THE DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION STATE OF INDIANA W. A. GUTHRIE, CHAIRMAN STANLEY COULTER JOHN W. HOLTZMAN RICHARD M. HOLMAN, SECRETARY PUBLICATION No. 7 Volume I RICHARD LIEBER DIRECTOR OF CONSERVATION INDIANAPOLIS: B. BURFORD, PRINTER 192O LAKE MAXINKUCKEE A PHYSICAL AND BIOLOGICAL SURVEY BY BARTON WARREN EVERMANN, A. M., PH. D. Director of the Museum of the California Academy of Sciences AND HOWARD WALTON CLARK, A. B., A. M. Scientific Assistant U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Biological Station, Fairport, Iowa VOLUME I PUBLISHED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION STATE OF INDIANA 1920 Foreword The Department of Conservation presents this monograph to the public in the belief that it is a notable addition to the scien- tific works of the present day. It is especially valuable because Maxinkuckee is typical of thousands of lakes in the glaciated re- gions of North America. It will be invaluable to future students because here are authentically reported numerous species and con- ditions which are rapidly disappearing because of the increased use of all available lakes for summer resorts and their destruction by drainage. The actual work of investigation was financed by the U. S. Bu- reau of Fisheries. Although they spent thirteen years of work and much money, when the report was finally complete an insuffi- cient printing fund prevented publishing. When The Department of Conservation was inaugurated, April 1, 1919, the question of printing the Maxinkuckee report was placed before the Conservation Commission. The great scientific value of the work, the unquestioned authenticity, and the fact that the lake is in Indiana led the Commission to approve of its publication. The illustrations used in this monograph have come from vari- ous sources. The halftones showing Lake Maxinkuckee scenery (except that of Shady Point, which is from a photograph by Mr. Clark), were supplied by the Culver Military Academy. Most of the text-figures of fishes are chiefly from Jordan and Evermann's "Fishes of North and Middle America" ; the others, as well as the three figures of frogs, were furnished by the United States Bureau of Fisheries. The Bureau of Fisheries very kindly supplied elec- tros for all these text-figures. The halftone plates of the large- mouth black bass, small-mouth black bass, rock bass, bluegill, red- eared sunfish and yellow perch, are from photographs of live fishes in the water, taken at Lake Maxinkuckee by A. Radcliffe Dugmore for use in Jordan and Evermann's "American Food and Game Fishes," published by Doubleday, Page & Company. For the col- ored plates of thirty-three species of fishes we are indebted to Dr. Stephen A. Forbes, Director of the Illinois State Natural History Survey. The Conservation Commission wishes to express to these vari- ous gentlemen and institutions its appreciation of the courtesies Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey which they have so generously extended. Their kindly co-opera- tion has added materially to the attractiveness and value of this report. To Dr. Evermann, Mr. Clark and their collaborators is due praise and honor for the work. It is truly a scientific classic and without peer in its field. RICHARD LIEBER, Director, The Department of Conservation. April 7, 1920. Contents INTRODUCTION 13 SCOPE OF THE INVESTIGATIONS 15 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS IS SPECIAL LOCALITIES OFTEN REFERRED TO IN VARIOUS CHAPTERS OF TH'- REPORT. 19 PHYSICAL FEATURES 22 LOCATION 22 ELEVATION ABOVE SEA-LEVEL .- 22 SIZE, FORM, ETC 23 CHARACTER OF SURROUNDING COUNTRY 23 Soil .... 24 TRIBUTARY STREAMS 27 Culver Creek 27 Aubeenaubee Creek : 27 Norris Inlet 28 Overmyer's Brook 28 Flowing wells . - .28-35 SHORE AND BEACH 35 The ice-beach 39 HYDROGRAPHY 40 DEPTH 40 TOPOGRAPHY OF LAKE BOTTOM 42 The Deep Hole 42 The Sugarloaf 42 The Weedpatch 42 The Kettlehole 43 THE LAKE BOTTOM 45 Soils 45 Sand 45 Gravel • 45 Boulders 46 Marl 46 THE LAKE LEVEL 49 Stage of water 49 Volume of outflow 53 THE OUTLET 54 LOST LAKE 55 OUTLET CREEK 56 METEOROLOGY 57 INTRODUCTION 57 SKY 58 AIR 60 Pressure 60 Temperatures 62-135 (7) 8 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey METEOROLOGY— Continued Page WINDS 136 Introduction 136 Character 139 RAIN 144 FROST '. . . 145 SNOW 145 Introduction 147 Depth 147 Direction 148 Form 148 Relation to lake 149 FOG 150 DEW 152 WATER TEMPERATURES 152 At surface of lake 152-194 At various depths 195-214 The turning over of the lake 214 CONDITION OF THE WATER 216 Clearness 216 Chemical condition 218 Deficient in Oxygen for only a brief period each year 221 ICE 223 Introduction 223 On Lake Maxinkuckee 226 On Lost Lake ,232 Thickness 233 BIOLOGY 236 INTRODUCTION 236 THE FISHES 238 Introduction 238 Methods of collecting 239 CONDITIONS FAVORABLE TO FISH-LIFE 260 FlSH AND FISH PROTECTION 263 ANGLING 264 The long cane pole 266 Trolling 267 Bait-casting 267 Baits and lures 268 Lake Maxinkuckee as an angling resort 271 Ice-fishing 275 FlSHES PLANTED IN LAKE MAXINKUCKEE 278 MORTALITY AMONG FISHES 281 COMMERCIAL FISHING 282 OBSERVANCE OF FISHING LAWS 282 MIGRATIONS AND SEASONAL MOVEMENTS OF THE FISHES 284 From one depth to another 284 From Lake Maxinkuckee to Lost Lake . . .... 287 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 9 BIOLOGY— Continued Page FOOD AND PARASITES OF THE FISHES 291 Introduction 291 Species studied 293 Insect larvae 302 Leeches 304 ANNOTATED LIST OF SPECIES 306 THE MAMMALS 452 Introduction 452 List of species 453 THE BIRDS 481 Introduction 481 List of species : 486 THE REPTILES 580 The snakes 580 List of species 581 The turtles 591 List of species 592 THE AMPHIBIANS 620 List of species 620 List of Illustrations HALFTONE PLATES Page 1 Large-mouth Black Bass Frontispiece 23 Calico Bass 383 23 Rock Bass 383 24a Warmouth Bass 392 25 Bluegill 398 25 Red-eared Sunfish 398 27 and 28 Small-mouth Black Bass '. 410, 412 32 Yellow Perch . . .426 COLORED PLATES Facing page 2 Dogfish 318 3 Yellow Bullhead 324 4 Speckled Bullhead 324 5 Tadpole Cat ' 332 5 Grass Pike 332 6 Common Sucker 334 7 Hog-sucker 336 8 Chub Sucker 338 9 Stone Roller 340 10, 11 and 12 Carp 342 13 Golden Shiner 348 14 Cayuga Minnow 350 14 Straw-colored Minnow 350 16 Common Shiner 358 16 Blackfin 358 17 Mud Minnow 366 17 Grayback Minnow 366 18 Brook Stickleback 376 18 Skipjack 376 19 Fundulus dispar 372 20 White Crappie - 380 21 Black Crappie 382 '22 Rock Bass 388 24 Green Sunfish 394 26 Bluegill 402 (ID 12 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Facing page 29 Large-mouth Black Bass 416 30 Wall-eyed Pike 422 31 Yellow Perch 424 33 Log Perch , '...'.- 430 33 Black-sided Darter 430 34 Green-sided Darter 436 34 Johnny Darter '. 436 34 Iowa Darter 436 35 Short-nosed Gar 316 35 Brook Lamprey 316 36 Red-mouth Buffalo. . . 330 TEXT FIGURES Page Paddlefish 309 Short-nosed Gar 316 Black Bullhead 330 Common Buffalo-Fish . . . .' 333 Blunt-nosed Minnow 344 Common Chub 346 Variable-toothed Minnow 350 Spot-tailed Minnow 354 Silver-fin Minnow 356 Cavern-jawed Minnow 360 Black-nosed Dace 361 River Chub .363 Common Eel 365 Common Pike , 370 Long-eared Sunfish 395 Pumpkinseed Sunfish 406 Maxinkuckee Darter 436 Aubeenaubee Darter 445 Rainbow Darter 448 Least Darter 450 Spring Frog 632 Green Frog 642 Bullfrog 644 Map of Lake Maxinkuckee In back of book LAKE MAXINKUCKEE A PHYSICAL AND BIOLOGICAL SURVEY By BARTON WARREN EVERMANN, A. M., Ph. D., Director of the Museum of the California Academy of Sciences, and HOWARD WALTON CLARK, B. S., A. M., Scientific Assistant, U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Biological Station, Fairport, Iowa. INTRODUCTION Though the United States Fish Commission (now the Bureau of Fisheries) was organized in 1871, it was not until 1888 that any definite attempt was made to study either the biological or physical characters of any of the streams and lakes of the United States. In that year and the two or three years following, a beginning was made toward working out the distribution of the species of fishes in the streams of certain regions, and some little attention was given to the larger crustaceans and to water tem- peratures. Beginning with 1891, one or more field parties from the Division of Scientific Inquiry of the Commission have been in the field, usually for a brief period each summer. These par- ties usually gathered data for each stream examined, upon the following points: character of country through which the stream flows; the volume of water which it carries; general character of the water as to clearness and purity, and its temperature; the fishes, crustaceans, mollusks, reptiles, batrachians and other ani- mals inhabiting the stream or found about it, and the abundance, distribution and habits of each; also, the species of aquatic plants, their distribution, abundance, and relation to the fishes of the same waters. The primary and immediate objects of these investigations were to determine what fishes each stream already contains and whether the conditions, physical and biological, are favorable for the introduction of other species. Since 1890 inves- tigations of this kind have been carried on in a number of States, among which may be mentioned California, Oregon, Washington, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, North Dakota, South Dakota, Missouri, Arkansas, Iowa, Minnesota, Texas, Florida, Tennessee, New York, (13) 14 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, and perhaps others. As many of these investigations were made in response to resolutions of Congress calling upon the Commission to determine the desirabil- ity of establishing fish-cultural stations in certain States, it can be seen that a wide area had to be covered and that the investi- gations were necessarily hurried and incomplete except for the specific purpose in view. Occasionally, however, it was possible to confine the season's investigations for a longer period to a lim- ited area, and more thorough work resulted ; as, for example, upon the Redfish Lakes in Idaho in 1895 and 1896, the Connecticut Lakes in 1904, and the Rangeley Lakes and Sebago Lake in Maine in 1905-1913. The need of exact knowledge of the physical and biological conditions obtaining in the various types of lakes and streams became increasingly evident. In the direct interest of fish cul- ture, there was great need of more complete knowledge of the habits not only of our most common food fishes, but also of the animals and plants associated with them, and of the physical and biological conditions under which they thrive. Not until 1899, however, was any such work undertaken under really favorable conditions. It was in that year decided to select a small lake and make such a study of it as might serve as a- model for the investigation of all similar lakes. There are, in the upper Mississippi Valley, particularly in Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnesota and Iowa, many thousand lakes of glacial origin. With scarcely an exception, these lakes teem with food and game fishes of the finest quality, besides many other species of greater or less importance. Many of these lakes are inhabited also by a large number of species of turtles, batrachians, mollusks and crustaceans, some of which are already used for food or otherwise utilized by man. They are the home also of many other species of aquatic animals and many species of aquatic plants which are known to serve an important purpose in the economy of the lakes in their relation to food fishes, and of still many other species whose status we do not yet know. The value of exact knowledge concerning this type of lake and the inhabitants thereof is appreciated by all biologists and fish- culturists and can scarcely be overestimated. In making selection of a particular lake for study along these lines it was important that the lake chosen should meet certain essential conditions. It must not be too large; it must be suffi- ciently compact to enable any or all parts to be reached readily from a central station; there should be no inlets or connecting Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 15 waters of a size great enough to complicate the problems ; in other words, the conditions should be bunched and the environmental unit should be a fairly homogeneous one; furthermore, the lake should be one where there are fishing and angling interests and which would afford a field for fish-cultural studies and operations. Lake Maxinkuckee, in northern Indiana, was believed to meet all these conditions. It was assumed to be typical of the class of small glacial lakes. It was selected for study primarily because of these facts. Its accessibility and the fact that the field expenses there would be exceptionally small were also factors in determin- ing the selection. Scope of investigations: — In planning the investigations to be made, it was desirable to make them as comprehensive as pos- sible, that the report, when published, would be really a mono- graph of the lake. Among the more important purposes to be considered were the following: 1. To gain a fairly good understanding of the physical and biological conditions obtaining in a typical glacial lake. Accurate knowledge of one lake of a type enables a study of other lakes of that type to be made more readily and easily. 2. To study carefully and fully the habits of as many species of animals and plants of the lake as time permitted. This field is practically inexhaustible and the opportunities infinite. The writers know of no place where one can study more problems of interest to fish-culture and general biology than at Lake Maxin- kuckee. This is because of the unusual abundance of aquatic animals and plants in that lake. There are now known from Lake Maxinkuckee 64 species of fishes, 9 species of turtles, 18 species of batrachians, about a dozen species of crustaceans, more than 130 species of mollosks, and more than 100 species of aquatic plants. Each of these groups is represented by a greater number of species than is known from any other lake of similar or even considerably greater size in the world; and most of the species are each very abundant as to individuals. 3. To study carefully the physical and biological conditions under which the more important of these species thrive. In short, Lake Maxinkuckee was utilized as a biological station where scores of interesting problems were studied and where many more problems can be studied more effectively than at any other lake with which the writers are acquainted. In the spring of 1899 the senior author submitted to the Hon- orable George M. Bowers, then United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, a memorandum setting forth reasons why an 2—17618 16 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey investigation of this kind should be made in the interest of fish culture and the biology of freshwater fishes. Mr. Bowers approved the recommendation and ordered the investigation to be entered upon in the summer following. The actual study of Lake Maxinkuckee by the U. S. Fish Com- mission was begun in 1899. On July 5 of that year a station was established at the Duenweg cottage (known now as Shady Point) on the west side of the lake at the base of Long Point and in front of the Arlington flag station of the Vandalia Railroad. The party consisted of the following: Dr. Barton Warren Ever- mann of the U. S. Fish Commission, in charge; Dr. Josiah T. Scovell, teacher of biology, Terre Haute, Ind., high school, botany ; Thomas Large, teacher of science, Evansville, Ind., high school, hydrography; Chancey Juday, teacher of biology, Evansville, Ind., high school, plankton ; and T. Bronte Evermann, student Cornell University, general assistant. During a portion of the season, H. Walton Clark of Fort Wayne, Ind., and Harry Warren of Evans- ville, Ind., were present as volunteer assistants. The field work of 1899 was carried on from July 5 to Sep- tember 5, though certain lines were continued until October 18, and during the time from then until July, 1900, temperature and various other meteorological observations, as well as notes on the appearance and behavior of the water birds, fishes, etc., were recorded by S. S. Chadwick, then resident on Long Point. On July 1, 1900, the work was resumed by a regular field party consisting of the following: Dr. Evermann, in charge; Dr. Scovell, botany and general assistant; Leonard Young, teacher of biology, Evansville, Ind., high school, plankton; Wm. F. Hill, U. S. Fish Commission, surveyor ; T. Bronte Evermann, assistant to surveyor and draughtsman ; Millard Knowlton of Sims, Ind., general assist- ant ; Robert G. Gillum, professor of physics and chemistry, Indiana State Normal School, physics and chemistry; H. Walton Clark, botany. Regular investigations along a number of lines were car- ried on until about the middle of September. Dr. Evermann re- mained at the lake until December 12, and Mr. Clark continued the investigations continuously through the entire winter of 1900-1901 and to July 11, 1901. In 1902, Dr. Evermann was again at the lake from June 19 to July 4, and again in 1904 most of the time from October 22 to November 11. Mr. Clark was there in 1904 from October 17 to November 29 and again from December 1 to January 5 following, and Dr. Scovell from November 23 to 26. In 1906, Mr. Clark carried on observations from July 19 to November 25, and Dr. C. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 17 B. Wilson of Westfield, Mass., studied the parasites of the fishes of the lake during the summer. In 1907, Dr. Evermann was again at the lake from August 3 to 8 and from September 7 to November 6, and Mr. Clark from September 12 to November 6. In 1908, Mr. Clark was at the lake from August 19 to Sep- tember 11, Dr. Wilson from August 19 to September 7, Donald Earll of Washington, D. C., from August 19 to September 4, and Dr. Evermann from September 6 to 10. In 1909, Mr. Clark and Dr. Wilson carried on work from July 21 to 28, on August 1 and 2, and from August 31 to September 13. In 1910, Dr. Evermann was at the lake September 27 to 29, and October 1, 2 and 6; and from October 31 to November 4 in 1912. In 1913, Dr. Evermann was at the lake from September 2 to October 20, and Mr. Clark from September 9 to November 9. In addition to the observations made by the above named in- vestigators, a great many observations were made and recorded by Mr. Chadwick, particularly in the winters from 1898 to 1914. It will be observed from the foregoing that more or less field work was done in each month, but that most of it was done in the summer and fall months. The longest continuous period of obser- vation was that from June 19, 1900, to July 11, 1901. The longest continuous period by any one observer was that covered by Mr. Clark from August 27, 1900, to July 11, 1901. During the winter of 1900-1901, Mr. Clark spent the entire time alone at the lake devoting all his time to field observations. Practically the only other winter observations we have are those communicated to us by Mr. Chadwick. Perhaps the most satisfactory records are those for the fall months, September and October, as those months have been cov- ered, in part at least, in more different years. The spring records are most incomplete and unsatisfactory, practically the only obser- vations for those months being those made by Mr. Clark in 1901. It is much to be regretted that a more thorough study of the lake could not have been made in those important months. While our studies of the lake have been quite unevenly dis- tributed throughout the year, while many observations have not been verified as often as might be desired, and while many phases of lake study have barely been touched, and others not at all, nevertheless, it is hoped that the studies have added materially to our knowledge and understanding of the physics and biology of small glacial lakes, such as are found so abundantly in the upper Mississippi Valley states. 18 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey It is regretted that the publication of this report has been so long delayed. Much of it was written in the winter of 1901-1902, but before it could be completed other duties so engrossed the attention of the senior author as to render its completion at that time impossible. This, however, has not be£n wholly without com- pensating advantages, in that opportunity occurred from time to time to revisit the lake and make new observations, verify former ones, or to study phases previously neglected. As a result, it is now possible to write on some of the problems more fully and with greater confidence, and to make the report somewhat more com- prehensive. It also enables us to omit certain discussions and conclusions which later observations failed fully to support. There still remains a multitude of problems which should receive further study and which the writers would like very much to consider, but they feel the report should not be longer delayed. Even so, they feel that more is probably known of Lake Maxin- kuckee, particularly of its biology, than of any other lake in the world. It may be thought by some that the scope of the report is too broad, that subjects are included which do not bear any relation to fish-culture. Such is not the case. There is probably not a species of animal or plant in or about the lake that does not bear some relation, more or less important, to the fish-life of the lake. The truth of this impresses itself more and more evidently upon one as he becomes more and more fully acquainted with the rela- tions and inter-relations of the multitude of species of animals and plants in and about the lake, and their dependence and inter- dependence among and upon each other. The field naturalist is constantly observing facts and phenomena, climatic and biologic, which impress upon him the great principle of the dependence of the varied forms of organic life upon climatic conditions and of the inter-dependence of the various species among themselves and upon each other. One who has never made any special study of these problems in the field may find it difficult to discover the rela- tions or to appreciate their significance. That is to be expected. Some of the relations and the significance of others may not always be evident even to him who has given them consideration; but he feels that all available facts are worth recording and that the rela- tions and the meaning thereof will in time appear. Acknowledgments: — To mention the names of all those from whom the writers have received assistance in their study of Lake Maxinkuckee would be impossible. Nearly every cottager about the lake, and scores of the anglers who visit the lake from time Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 19 to time, have extended courtesies in various ways, such as giving information regarding their angling experiences at the lake, per- mitting their catch to be measured and weighed, and furnishing fish to be examined for a study of their food or parasites. Similar favors have been shown by a number of persons who come to the lake in the fall to hunt ducks. We are under special obligation to Mr. S. S. Chadwick, formerly of Long Point, Lake Maxinkuckee, now of Ithaca, Mich., Mr. George E. Farrington and other officials of the Vandalia Railroad, and Captain Eisenhard of the Culver Military Academy, for assistance of various kinds. To the Lake Maxinkuckee Association, particularly to its some- time secretary, Mr. W. T. Wilson of Logansport, we are indebted for courtesies of many kinds. -Mention should be made also of the late Colonel A. F. Fleet, for many years Commandant of the Cul- ver Military Academy; Colonel L. R. Gignilliat, the present Com- mandant of that flourishing institution ; of Mr. Brownell of Peru ; Mr. Clement Vonnegut of Indianapolis; and Mr. J. H. Vajen of Indianapolis; also of Judge A. C. Capron and Colonel Daniel Mc- Donald of Plymouth. All these gentlemen rendered us real service for which we desire to express grateful appreciation. To Mr. Chadwick we are indebted for the air and water tem- perature records from October 18, 1899, to June, 1900, and for other briefer periods, also for a vast amount of useful informa- tion regarding the fishes, birds and mammals, and regarding weather conditions. Mr. Chadwick's long and intimate acquaint- ance with the lake, keen powers of observation, and skill as hunter and fisherman, enabled him to supply us with much valuable data which could have been secured from no other source. To Mr. Farrington we are indebted for material assistance in enabling the Bureau to keep the lake stocked with bass and wall- eyed pike. To these gentlemen and .to all others who co-operated so effect- ively with us in our work we take this opportunity to express, not only for ourselves but for the Bureau of Fisheries, grateful appreciation. SPECIAL LOCALITIES OFTEN REFERRED TO IN VARIOUS CHAPTERS OF THIS REPORT In the chapters which follow frequent references are made to various particular localities or places about the lake. In order that these references may be readily understood, the locations of the places referred to are here definitely described: 20 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Arlington Hotel: — On the west side of the lake at the base of the east side of Long Point, and within a few yards of the Arlington railroad station. Assembly grounds: — On the west side of the lake about 1,000 to 2,000 feet north of the Outlet. These grounds are across the railroad from the lake and are high and sparsely wooded. Bardsley cottage: — On the northeast shore of Lost Lake in the west of Green's woods. Known also as Sunset cottage. Birch swamp: — On west side of railroad near Walley's, about a mile south of Arlington. Chadivick house: — Near the end of Long Point on the west side of the lake. Culver Academy grounds: — On the north side of the lake near the east side, fronting on the west part of Aubeenaubee Bay. Culver Creek: — Entering the lake at Aubeenaubee Bay in the east part of the Academy grounds. Belong: — On Tippecanoe River, 3 miles south of Lake Maxin- kuckee. Drained lake: — About 2^ miles west of the Outlet. Edwards' boathouse: — On the east side, at the mouth of Au- beenaubee Creek. Farrar's woods : — A heavy forest of many acres along the south end of the lake from Murray's east to the neighborhood of Over- myer's brook. This wood consists chiefly of oaks, hickories, elms, willows, poplars, sassafras, and dense underbrush. It is fully de- scribed elsewhere. Fish Commission stoMon: — The Shady Point (formerly the Duenweg) cottage on the west side of the lake in front of the Arl- ington railroad station and adjacent to the Arlington hotel. (See plate 34.) Gravelpit: — Just west of the railroad on the west side of the lake, 600 to 1,800 feet south of the Arlington station. Green boathouse: — On the lake shore at the west edge of the Norris Inlet marsh — the large marsh at the head of the lake. Green's marsh: — Sometimes called Green's flat, a tract of about 11 acres of low, marshy ground, on the west side of Long Point, between it and the railroad and just south of Outlet Bay. This marsh is covered with a rich growth of blue-joint grass (Calama- grostis canadensis) , sedges (Carex), a large clump of button- bush (Cephalanthus occidentalis) , low willows (Salix bebbiana), and a little Cornus. During times of high water this marsh be- comes flooded so that a boat can be rowed about over it. In dry weather it can be walked over. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 21 Green's woods: — Between Lake Maxinkuckee and Lost Lake. Hawk's marsh: — At the southwest border of the town of Cul- ver, or just west of the Assembly grounds. The marsh comprises 3 or 4 acres. It is a sphagnum bog with a dense thicket of poison sumac, mountain holly, winter holly, chokeberry, and the like. In the middle of the marsh is a small pond around which are cran- berries, pitcher plants, high bush huckleberries, leather leaf, marsh rosemary, cotton grass, etc. Ice-houses: — On the west side of the lake at Outlet Bay and north of the Outlet about 500 feet. Indiana boathouse: — On the east side about half a mile north of the Maxinkuckee road. Indianapolis pier: — On the east side about 2500 feet south of the mouth of Aubeenaubee Creek. Jenks' cottage: — East side of Long Point near the McSheehy cottage. Lakeview Hotel: — On the north shore of the lake about 1,000 feet east of the Culver railroad station. Lapaz Junction, 18 miles north of Culver. McOuat cottage: — On east side of lake north of the Indianapolis pier. McSheehy cottage: — East side of Long Point near the tip. Murray's: — A small farm bordering the southwest part of the lake, south of the Gravelpit. Norris pier: — At the southeast corner of the lake about 1,200 feet from Norris Inlet. Outlet: — At the base of the north side of Long Point. It is crossed at its beginning by a concrete bridge on the public high- way and also by the Vandalia Railroad a few feet further down. Sometimes referred to as the Thoroughfare. Outlet marsh: — The low, marshy ground along the Outlet be- tween the railroad bridge and the upper end of Lost Lake. This marsh is mostly under water and is covered with a rank growth of bluejoint grass, sedges and cattails. It is a favorite resort for bitterns, rails, long-billed marsh wrens, and red-winged blackbirds. Outlet stream: — The stream connecting Lost Lake with the Tippecanoe River; sometimes called Outlet Creek. Overmyer's woods: — On the south shore of the lake between Farrar's woods and Norris Inlet. This has the same general char- acter as Farrar's woods, ^except that much of it is on higher ground in which there is a good deal of clay. Palmer house: — On the north shore just west of the Academy grounds. 22 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Scovell cottage: — On the east side of Long Point. Shady Point: — In front of the Arlington station and adjacent to the Arlington hotel grounds. This was formerly known as the Duenweg cottage and was occupied by the U. S. Fish Commission party in 1899-1901. (See plate 34.) Tamarack swamp: — About two miles west of the Assembly grounds. Thoroughfare: — The Outlet or stream connecting the two lakes. Va jen's cottage: — On northeast side of lake. W alley's woods: — Just west of the railroad and bordering Out- let Creek, about a mile southwest of the lake. Walter Knapp cottage: — East side of Long Point just north of the Scovell cottage. Win field's cottage: — On the west side of the lake north of the Outlet. PHYSICAL FEATURES Location: — Lake Maxinkuckee is situated in about 41° 12' north latitude, and 86° 24' west longitude, in northern Indiana, on the Terre Haute and Logansport Railroad (Vandalia Line). It is 34 miles south of South Bend, Indiana, 94 miles southeast of Chicago, 32 miles north of Logansport, 121 miles north of Indianapolis and 149 miles north of Terre Haute. It is easily reached by the Penn- sylvania Line from any of the places above mentioned. It lies wholly in Union Township in the southwest corner of Marshall County; the distance westward to the Starke County line being 2,25 miles, and to the Fulton County line on the south, but 1 mile. The Vandalia Railroad runs north and south along the west shore of the lake. Near the north end of the west side of the lake is the town of Culver, with a population of about 1,500, which is the principal railroad station for Lake Maxinkuckee. One mile south from Culver is a flag station called Arlington. On the east side of the lake, and about a half mile back from it, is the little village of Maxinkuckee with a population of about 100. Near the middle of the north shore are the buildings and grounds of the Culver Military Academy, a flourishing institution. Elevation above sea-level: — The surface of the lake at the aver- age stage of water, is 734.5 feet above sea-level of the Gulf of Mexico at Biloxi, Miss., 150 feet above Lake Michigan, and 130 feet below the summit of the divide between Lake Michigan and the Wabash drainage. It is 15 feet above Tippecanoe River 4 miles south, into which it drains, and 75 feet above English Lake 20 miles west. The lake itself, therefore, is situated on a south and west slope. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 23 Size, form, etc.: — Lake Maxinkuckee lies in a north and south direction and its greatest length is 2.6 miles. The maximum width from east to west is 1.6 miles. The lake covers parts of sections 15, 16, 21, 28, 32, and 34 north, range 1 east of the second prin- cipal meridian, and has a total area of 1,854 acres. The average length of the shore line is 7.3 miles. The distance around the lake by the road which goes around it at some distance from the shore, is about 12 miles. The form of the lake, as may be seen from the map, is quite regular. The major axis lies in an approximately north and south direction, but about one-quarter east of the middle of the lake. The longest line from east to west is about the same distance north of the middle of the lake. In the north half of the lake the east and west shore lines are approximately parallel, but in the south half they converge considerably, and that part of the lake is much narrower than the north half. There are not many bays or indentations of importance. At the northeast corner of the lake is Aubeenaubee Bay, the most pronounced of any. On the east the shore-line sweeps eastward in a long regular curve, making a long but narrow bay. At the south end, as already stated, the lake narrows greatly, producing a considerable bay extending somewhat toward the southeast. Near the middle of the west side is a point of land known as Long Point, projecting into the lake toward the northeast. This is the most pronounced and conspicuous irregularity in the shore-line of the lake. The north line of Long Point runs approximately east and west and at the Outlet the shore-line turns to the northward again, resulting in a considerable indentation known as Outlet Bay. Character of the surrounding country: — The country surround- ing Lake Maxinkuckee lies wholly in the glacial region of Indiana. The lake is near the southwestern angle of the Saginaw Moraine, and deep borings in the adjacent soil indicate that at its greatest depth it does not reach the bottom of the drift. The topographic features are somewhat varied, as shown on the accompanying map. There are numerous small hills with gentle slopes, and among them are a good many kettle-holes, some of considerable depth, and with more or less water during wet seasons, while others are less deep and fairly dry. While the surface irregularities are con- siderable, they are, as a rule, not abrupt. The highest land any- where about the lake is a hill just east of the village of Maxin- kuckee about one-half mile from the lake. Its elevation above the surface of the lake is 136 feet. 24 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Soil: — It is desirable to give some consideration to the char- acter of the various kinds of soils of the region about the lake; for the soil determines in some measure many of the physical and biological factors which influence the lake more or less directly, such as the topography of the country, the flora, fauna, clearness and purity of the water, and the lake bed. The Lake Maxinkuckee region is highly favored in that it con- tains many kinds of soils, which the glaciers brought down and deposited about the lake. Speaking broadly, it may be said that the soil about Lake Maxinkuckee is composed chiefly of sand. There are a few isolated areas of clay, usually of small extent, and even they usually have a considerable proportion of sand mixed with the clay. The west and south sides of the lake are more sandy than the east and north. Long Point is a high sand ridge underlain with gravel, and is continued out into the lake a considerable distance beyond the shore in a long sandbar in shal- low water. In some places, at the southeast corner of the lake, there is considerable gravel and clay mixed with the sand, and at a few places on the north and east sides, and one place at the southwest corner, there are a good many boulders of moderate size. There are only six places about the lake where there is any marsh ; two of these are on the north end, two on the south, and one each on the east and west. The west -one of those on the north is in the vicinity of the Morris boathouse and is of small extent, the other is on Aubeenaubee Bay at the northeast corner of the lake. This is of considerable extent, but the western part of it has been filled in by the improvements at the Culver Academy grounds. The marshy tract on the east side lies about the mouth of Aubeenaubee Creek and extends eastward to near the head of that creek. At the southeast corner of the lake is the largest and lowest area of marsh; this lies along Norris Inlet, and several acres are entirely too marshy to permit walking over. Near the middle of the south end is another small area of low ground which at times is under water. The remaining patch of marsh is on the south of Outlet Bay and west of Long Point. This is known as Green's marsh and is in the shape of a narrow strip on the north- west side of Long Point, widening to the westward and covering several acres just south of the Outlet. The soils of the catchment basin of Lake Maxinkuckee have been classified by the United States Bureau of Soils1 as Miami 1 Soil Survey of Marshall County, Indiana, by Frank Bennett and Charles W. Ely, Field Operations of the Bureau of Soils, 1904, pp. 689-706, with map. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 25 gravelly sandy loam, Marshall sandy loam, Miami sand, Miami clay loam, and muck. The first of these, as described by Bennett and Ely, is usually a light or, dark brown sandy loam, containing a high percentage of gravel and, frequently, small glacial boulders. The subsoil is a gravelly or sandy clay with numerous small stones scattered through it. This is the type of soil found bordering lakes or old lake basins as a chain of rounded knolls or hills, which are gen- erally composed of stratified and unstratified sands, clays and gravels. There is a large area of this soil, the largest in the county according to Bennett and Ely, on the east side of Lake Maxin- kuckee. It borders the lake from the mouth of Culver Inlet on the north to the mouth of Aubeenaubee Creek near the middle of the east side, and extends east and southeast from the lake about 1V-2 miles or to the head of Aubeenaubee Creek. The Marshall sandy loam borders the lake from the mouth of Aubeenaubee Creek south to Norris Inlet, thence across the south end and up 'the west side to Arlington station. There is also a small area between the mouth of Culver Inlet and the Academy grounds. This type of soil usually presents a rolling topography and generally occurs in irregular ridges composed of rounded knolls. The soil in the intervening depressions is a heavy black sandy loam. On the rounded knolls the soil is often quite gravelly. Granite boulders often occur scattered over the knolls and ridges. The entire north end of the lake and all of the west side south to beyond the Gravelpit is Miami sand. A narrow tongue of the same runs southward along the lake shore to the extreme southern end. The town of Culver and the entire region for some distance to the northwest is of this character. The surface to a depth of about 9 inches is a slightly loamy grayish or yellowish sand of medium texture, while the subsoil is a yellow or orange- colored sand of about the same texture. In the depressions the soil is more loamy, much darker, and extends to a greater depth. The Miami sand presents a very rolling topography and much of it resembles sand dunes in form and appearance. In all prob- ability a large portion was formerly old sand dunes on which plants obtained a foothold and checked the action of the wind. Some of it is even now shifted about by the winds. This soil has been, and still is, a more important factor than any other in deter- mining the character of the lake. Miami clay loam is found near the lake in only one place, namely, in a narrow ridge across the south end of the lake and 26 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey some rods back from it. This is a yellowish white loam, almost white when dry, but dark gray when damp, composed of about equal parts of sand and silt. There is usually some gravel scat- tered through this soil or left on the surface by erosion. Muck is found only in a few places about the lake and in lim- ited areas along the creeks. The largest area is that about the lower course of Norris Inlet. The low ground along the Outlet between Outlet Bay and Lost Lake (including Green's marsh), a narrow strip on either side of the creek below Lost Lake, and a similar narrow strip along the lower part of Aubeenaubee Creek, are of muck. There is also a small amount about the mouth of Culver Inlet, and west of the lake about a mile is a large area. This soil usually represents deposits of partly decayed organic matter, and occurs in low, wet places, commonly known as "marshes". The muck is usually several feet deep and is black or brownish-black in color. It has much to do in determining the character of the water and the vegetation of the parts of the lake where it occurs. The relation of the soils of the country surrounding the lake to the lake itself is an intimate one. In the first place the kind and amount of soluble salts in the soil will determine the mineral character of the water. In certain places there appears to be con- siderable iron in the soil. This is particularly noticeable at the Gravelpit where large masses of post-glacial conglomerate are found resulting from the cementing of pebbles together. There is a smaller area of similar material on the east side. There is also some lime in the soil and no doubt much is leached out and carried into the water of the lake from which it is again removed by the various mollusks, and by certain plants. The water of the springs and flowing wells also contains considerable iron and lime. Erosion: — Not a great amount of eroding is now going on about the lake. Although heavy and frequent rains occur, the soil is sufficiently sandy to take up most of the water readily and the run off is not great. Most of the abrupt slopes are still covered fairly well with vegetation, A few hills or ridges, especially along roadsides, are rather deeply grooved and channeled, but the eroded material is largely deposited before reaching the lake. The fall in the inlets is so slight that comparatively little detritus reaches the lake and the deltas and sandbars formed at their mouths are insignificant. The largest delta is at the mouth of Overmyer's Creek at the south end of the lake where a hilly region, chiefly of Miami clay loam, near the lake, has long been cleared and is most eroded. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 27 Tributary streams: — Lake Maxinkuckee is a body of water in which the physical and biological conditions are bunched ; the lake is only of moderate size and regular in form ; its catchment basin is quite limited, it being hardly more than three times as large as the area of the lake itself, and there are no important connect- ing streams or other waters which complicate the conditions. The streams flowing into the lake are few in number and inconsider- able in size. There are only three deserving any special descrip- tion; these are known as Culver Creek, Aubeenaubee Creek, and Norris Inlet. Culver Creek: — This creek enters Aubeenaubee Bay at the northeast corner of the lake. It rises in a small marsh about 2 miles from the lake, and pursues a winding course in a general southwesterly direction, entering the lake in the eastern part of the Culver Military Academy grounds. Just before entering the Academy grounds, this creek turns abruptly to the west, and, after flowing a few rods in that direction, turns southward to enter the lake. At the first bend mentioned, the stream, on August 21, 1900, was about 4 feet wide, and with a maximum depth of three feet, though the average depth was not more than two feet. From this point it increases in width and depth through the Academy grounds where the banks have been improved by sodding. Much marsh gas comes up when the bottom is disturbed. There is everywhere an abundance of aquatic vegetation, chiefly Philotria canadensis, Ceratophyllum demersum and Potamogeton. An effort is made by the Academy authorities to keep the lower portion of this creek free of vegetation by dredging it out with rakes (as explained elsewhere). Aubeenaubee Creek, named for the Pottawattomie chief who at one time owned the land on the east side of the lake, rises in a small marsh some two miles east of the lake. This creek flows through a low level meadow or prairie region. It averages about four feet wide and from a few inches to a foot in depth with occasional deeper holes. The bed in the upper part of its course is usually of fairly compact sand with some admixture of muck, and its banks are sodded and rather firm. In the lower portion of its course, the shores are more marshy, the banks less stable, and the bed has an increasingly larger percentage of muck. Throughout most of its length this creek is overhung by bushes and briars and is full of sticks and brush. It enters the lake at the Edwards boathouse near the middle of the east side of the lake, or S1/^ rods south of section line No. 28. 28 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Norris Inlet has its sources in some small springs southeast of the lake and about two miles distant. It flows in a northwesterly direction and enters the lake through the marsh at the southeast corner. Though this creek does not carry much, if any, more water than either of the others just described, it is usually spoken of as "the inlet". The upper part of this creek flows through fields and other cleared land, and the banks are usually well defined and sodded. The marsh about the Norris Inlet is about 80 rods wide and i/2 mile long, and is a flat, level, quaking bog full of holes. The lower portion of the creek is through a wet marsh with an abundance of marsh-grass and sedges but with scarcely any woody vegetation except a few bushes of Decodon verticillata, scattered low clumps of pussy-willow, and an occasional button bush (Cephalanthus). There is but little vegetation in the upper part of this stream, but the lower part is well filled with horn- wort (Ceratophyllum), milfoil (Myriophyllum verticillatum) , spat- terdock (Nymphaea advena), and various species of duckweeds. Overmyer's Brook: — A few rods west from the mouth of Nor- ris Inlet is a small brook about a mile long which usually contains some water. This may be called Overmyer's Brook or Creek. Be- sides this there is a very small brook a few rods long near the south- west corner, another small one coming from the Peebles' flowing well on the northeast part of the lake, and two or three very small streams from flowing wells at the north end. The total volume of water carried into the lake by these vari- ous little streams cannot be conveniently nor accurately deter- mined; but from observations and experiments made at various times, the total daily flow during July and August, 1900, probably did not exceed 400 gallons per minute. Floiving ivetts: — There are on the immediate shores of the lake more than 100 wells, of which about 50 are flowing wells, i.e., wells in which the water rises above the surface of the ground without being pumped. With the exception of one or two recently dug along the south shore, these wells are all located on the east and north sides of the lake. Beginning just north of Norris Inlet, flowing wells have been secured at irregular intervals all along the east shore and across the north end, the last one being at the Vandalia Railroad station at Culver. These wells vary greatly in depth; some are only 27 to 30 feet deep, while others are as much as 138 feet deep. The depths of all were not learned, but the majority seem to be between 50 and 80 feet. In driving these wells it often happened that flowing water could be obtained at a certain depth, and, by going deeper, a stronger flow would Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 29 be secured. The deep wells seem to have the strongest flow, though this is not invariably the case; indeed, the "Wise well" at the Maxinkuckee road is said to be 110 feet deep and flows only a trifle over one gallon per minute, while the Sheerin well on the north side is only 38 feet deep, flows 50 gallons per minute, and is the strongest well about the lake. The flow of the different wells ranges from three-tenths of a gallon to 50 gallons per minute, and the total flow of all is about 400 gallons per minute. In some the water barely rises to the surface of the ground, while in others it will rise from 10 to 18 feet above. The temperature of the water as it leaves the pipes is usually 52° F., the variation being from 51.5° to 54.5°. This variation is probably due chiefly to the length of pipe on or above ground, and to the difference in rapidity of flow. The coldest of all the flowing wells is the one at the cottage of Mrs. Judge A. R. Heller, on the east side. This well is 103 feet deep, flows 25 gallons per minute, and has a temperature of 51.5°. The warmest is that of Otto Stechhan, also on the east side, flowing only two-thirds of a gallon per minute and with a temperature of 54.5°. The water in several of the pump wells is colder than in any of the flowing wells, the coldest being that at the cottage of Judge John Mitchell on the east side, the depth being 36 feet and the temperature 50.5°. All the wells about the lake were examined August 25 and 26, 1900, and the temperatures and volumes given were obtained on those dates. LIST OF WELLS ON SHORE OF LAKE MAXINKUCKEE The following table gives the most important facts about the wells in the vicinity of the shore of the lake. The temperatures were taken with a Queen & Company's protected thermometer, and the volume determined by noting the time required to fill a bucket holding 2.5 gallons. Several tests were usually made at each well for temperature and for volume. The work began at the well of H. R. Norris, at the southeast corner of the lake, and proceeded northward. The temperatures and depths of the pump wells as well as those of the flowing wells, were recorded. The list is as of August, 1919. In order that the table may be useful in various ways we have given a complete list of all the lots on the shore of the lake whether there is thereon a flowing well or not. In column 1, we have numbered the lots consecutively begin- ning with the Vandalia Railroad land at the Culver station and proceeding around the lake on the north side, then south, then west, thence north to the starting point. In column 2, we give the 3.) Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey owner of each lot; in 3, the frontage; in 4, whether there is a cot- tage or not ; in 5, the depth of the well ; in 6, .the size of pipe ; in 7, the flow in gallons per minute, if it is a flowing well ; and in 8, the temperature of the water of the well. It is difficult to prepare a table of this kind that will remain accurate very long. Lots are changing hands, new wells are being driven, old wells deepened, pipes changed, etc., etc. It is believed, however, that this list will be found useful and interesting. For much of the data we are under obligations to the Culver Military Academy. No. OWNER Front Feet Cottage Well Depth feet Size of pipe, in inches Number of gallons per minute Temperature of water, degrees Fahr. 1 Vandalia Railroad 2,500 No 67 2 73 54 ? Lakeview Hotel 1 000 Hotel 65 2 53 1 Ed. Morris 213 No 2 06 52 4 S. P. Sheerin. 313 Yes 38 4 50 53 5 >> Carrie B. Waldorf 100 Yes 65 2 fi Albert F Schad 50 Yes 65 2 7 Fred Thompson 50 Yes 65 2 8 Helen Albrecht 50 Yes 65 2 3 53 53 q Adolph Herz . . 50 1A 7 5 52 10 187 Hotel 65 21A 3 53 11 1 52 5 12 1 60 1 UU Pump 52 5 13 f 65 1 65 52 14 Wm. F. Kuhn and Oscar D. Bohlen 50 Yes 2 5 3.35 52 15 Pump 53 16 Theophilus Gonzelman 45 1 4.41 52 17 65 2 52 IS 4 500 65 3 40 52 19 65 3 40 52 '0 65 3 40 53 21 2 3 54 99 2 3 93 2 3 '4 2 3 '•» 64 2 1 •>6 E R Culver 124 Yes 2 97 Culver-Bell Yes (2) 2 '8 245 Yes 2 m 50 No 30 100 Yes 2 5 1.01 54 si 110 Yes 52 3? 100 Yes 65 3 52 5 33 100 Yes 2 34 Maude F Wolfe llO Yes 2 35 68 Yes 3 36 92 Yes ' 37 214 Yes 65 2 38 J.W. Smith 400 Hotel 104 2 39 George E. Miller 93 Yes 2 40 M.M. Milliken 70 Yes 107 2 41 Wm. E. Wheeler 30 Yes 103 2 5 8.33 52.5 4? Yes Pump 53 4,3 Gideon W. Blane. . . 156 Yes. . . Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 31 No. OWNER Front Feet Cottage Well Depth feet Size of pipe, in inches Number of gallons per minute Temperature of water, degrees Fahr. 44 272 Yes 103 2 25 51 5 45 173 Yes 104 2 5.55 52 46 Yes 104 2 1.22 52.5 47 21.43 52 48 115 49 Charles C Perry 410 Yes 70 2 50 H R Bliss 105 2 6 52 5 51 Elizabeth B Crawford 190 Yes 65 2 52 2 24.17 52 53 75 2 .40 53 54 L B Martin *• 60 Yes 2 1 25 52 55 Worth B Steele 50 Yes 65 2 56 C R Green 2 52 57 Milton Shirk . ... 208 Yes 70 2 10 29 52 58 Guy T Bigley 96 "Wise well" 105 3 1.07 53 59 78 2 16.67 52 60 Mrs S R A Rector 27 2 .3 53 61 Rector Spring 3.75 53.5 62 69 Yes (2) .... 98 2 24.75 52 63 50 Yes 64 50 Yes 65 70 Yes 100 2 66 140 Yes 100 2 67 A B Gates 110 to 68 140 Yes. 115 100 2 2 1.16 53 69 40 Pump 51.5 70 Pump 52.5 71 R T Daggett Pump 52.0 72 140 Yes 75 Pump 53 0 73 Charles E Coffin 213 Yes 100 2 74 71 Yes 104 2 75 71 Yes 106 2 76 71 Yes 110 2 77 71 Yes 116 2 78 71 Yes 120 2 79 212 Yes 80 W W Wilson 110 Yes 81 70 Yes 120 2 82 F M Harwood 50 Yes 47 5 Pump 53 83 356 Yes 130 1^4 53 84 14 Pump 53 85 Ada Stuart 50 Yes 8fi 100 Yes 36 Pump 50.5 87 58 Yes 88 143 Yes 89 148 Yes . 90 T H Wilson Pump 52 91 50 Yes 9? Pump 52.5 9T 101 Yes 48 Pump 51.5 94 W T Wilson Yes Pump 51 95 107 Yes 48 Pump 51.5 96 125 Yes 40 Pump 97 100 Yes Pump 52.2 98 100 Yes 37 Pump 52 99 Pump 52 100 52 Yes 101 Mrs W E Shedd Pump 51.4 102 L. T. Van Schoiack. . 30 Pump 52 3—17618 32 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey No. OWNER Front Feet Cottage Well Depth feet Size of pipe, in inches Number of gallons per minute Temperature of water, degrees Fahr, 103 E. B. McOuat 207 Yes 104 Lavina Walker 454 No 105 Sidney A. Vaughn 100 Yes 106 Mary Van Schoiack 50 No 107 J. D. Ferguson 125 Yes 108 Fred Gompf 120 Yes (3).... 101 J. A. Maxwell .... . Pump 52 110 Walter Twiname 50 Yes 111 Marion Ellsworth 100 Yes 52 5 11? C. D. Snoeberger 75 Yes 113 Anna B. Bramen 50 Yes 114 A. Curtis. 40 Pump .... 52 5 115 W. F. Christian 100 Yes . . 116 Wm. Wallace 70 Yes 117 Pierce and Ward 75 118 M. V. McGilliard Yes Pump 53 111 J. M. Dresser 50 Yes 63.5 Pump 53.6 I'O Mary L. Taylor 200 Yes (3) .... 1?1 Lavina Walker 514 No 100 2 m Eva Sherman 61 Yes 1?3 Richard Irwin . 78 Yes . 100 2 1?4 Otis Hann . . . 163 Yes 2 1'5 Cordelia Edwards 127 Yes 196 Marvin T. Loudon 65 No 1?7 EffieCrabb 77 Yes 1?8 Chester Edwards 77 Yes 19Q Wm. Daggett Pump 51.8 no H. C. Chandler 37 2 0.66 53.4 131 Daniel W. Gardner . 90 Yes (104) 64 (2) 1 0 75 52.5 1,3? Edwin Fulton 372 Yes (3) .... (100) 71.6 2 3.57 52.5 133 200 Yes 134 William J. Wood. 143 Yes 135 136 Harvey R. Norris J^mile 1 200 (No) Yes Yes (104) 66 2 1.2 53.8 137 100 Yes 138 548 Yes 131 101 Yes MO 500+ 141 I. & H. Faulkner 50 14? 50 143 140 Yes 60 2 144 William Cline 50 60 2 52.8 145 50 Yes 146 147 Ada F. Daugherty (Col. Farrar estate) (John Murray plot:) Ida Walker J^ mile 172 Yes Pump Pump 51 51 148 Ida Rovell 47 Yes 14fl 100 Yes 150 James E Hillis 45 Yes 151 42 Yes IV?! 50 No 153 400 Yes 154 155 156 James Green (Wm. O'Keefe) Bardsley Cottage (Lost Lake) Schroff (Shady Point) 160 Yes Yes Yes Pump Pump Pump 52 157 William H. Holland (Arlington) 160 No . . . 52 Pump 52 158 Georee W. Barnes. . . 100 Yes. . . , Pump 52.1 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 33 No. OWNER Front Feet Cottage Well Depth feet Size of pipe, in inches Number of gallons per minute Temperature of water, degreesFahr. 119 W.C Routh 50 Yes 160 Cordelia C Shafer (Scovell) 50 Yes 161 Frank C Murphy (Walter Knapp) 162 30 163 50 Yes 164 60 Yes 50 Pump. . . . 52 8 165 75 Yes 166 Mary B Reitemeier . 25 Yes 167 100 Yes . 168 Arthur H. Springer 50 Yes I'.1' Frank B Murphy (Plank) 50 Yes 170 Fred A. Seeburger, 50 Yes.... 171 John J. Campbell 100 Yes 17? Jacob W. Miller 100 Yes Pump 52.5 173 37 5 Yes 174 Webster & Folrath. . 37 5 171 Keller, Florin & Retz. 75 Yes 176 Jessie Uhl and Mary Traut 75 Yes 177 80 Yes 178 H. J. McSheehy 80 Yes Pump.... 52 179 Kathryn Duenweg 92 Yes... Pump.. . . 52 180 83 25 Yes 181 Weinstein & Dahlen 55 5 Yes.... 189 Edward W. Johnson 55 5 Yes 18? 55 5 Yes 184 Jane A. Fisher (Judge Slick) 27 75 Yes 185 (Chadwick plot: ) 450 Yes 186 187 Melvin T. Anderson (Chadwick) 274 191 Hotel Yes 29 Pump 54 188 440 Yes 189 C. C. Durr and George Green 50 No. . . 190 Maurice Winfield 1,000 Yes 36 Pump 53 191 Daniel Wolf 80 Yes . Pump 51 19' M. R. Cline 140 Yes 19? 130 Yes 194 Helen M. Outland 100 Yes 2 191 J. Freeman . 100 196 Ed Morris 100 No There are a few small springs along the shores, and probably a good many in the bottom of the lake, but how much they con- tribute to the supply of the lake, there is no means of knowing. The water of the springs and wells in several cases contains a considerable amount of iron. In some wells the iron is per- ceptible to the taste and discolors the drain troughs. The water in all contains some lime, the well-water being about three times as hard as that of the lake. In some instances boards exposed to it become coated with lime. In addition to the wells given above, numerous others have been constructed since our observations were made. Weak flowing wells have been obtained at the McDonald cottage between Farrar's and 34 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey the south spring. Many of the wells which are not flowing have the water within a few feet of the surface. President W. W. Parsons of the Indiana State Normal School, who has built on the east side since the census of wells was taken, has a flowing well 116 feet deep which remains at 52° the year round; now owned by Francis W. Jones. The sum total of water entering the lake from the flowing wells actually measured, is, therefore, about 400 gallons a minute, which equals 24,000 gallons an hour or 576,000 gallons, or considerably over a half million gallons, every day of 24 hours. Add to this another 400 gallons per minute from the various tributary creeks and we have a total of 1,152,000 gallons daily. This large amount, The Duenweg or Shady Point Cottage, used as headquarters by the investigators in 1899- 1901. The Arlington station seen in the background at the right. added to the unknown amount from under-water springs, must exercise a great influence on both the character and temperature of the lake water the year round. The Outlet: — The outlet or thoroughfare of Lake Maxinkuckee is near the middle of the west side just north of Long Point, through a small stream which, after flowing sluggishly for about 3 rods to the west and south, enters Lost Lake. Just as the Outlet leaves the lake it is crossed by a wagon bridge, and 27 feet west of this the Vandalia Railroad bridge also crosses it. Immediately below the railroad bridge the stream turns southward and con- tinues nearly due south through a somewhat artificial channel for 800 feet, and then through a wet marsh about 1,000 feet to Lost Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 35 Lake into which it gradually widens. The banks are low and the adjacent ground is of soft black muck over which one cannot pass, except in the driest season, without danger of miring. At the lower end the marsh along its edges is continually under water. The bed of the stream at the bridges is artificially 16 feet wide and the water about 18 inches deep in dry weather. There is usually a fairly strong current at the bridges, but below them it is barely perceptible. Shore and Beach: — The shores of Lake Maxinkuckee are in most places several feet above the lake level; there is very little marsh ground anywhere. The beach is usually of compact sand or fine gravel; with the exception of a few rods at Norris Inlet and a few yards in 3 or 4 other places, it would be possible to drive a team and wagon entirely around the lake in shallow water without any danger of miring. Beginning at the Outlet and proceeding southward the shore and beach may be described in detail as follows: From the Outlet to the middle of the north side of Long Point the shore is low and continuous with Green's marsh. During extreme high water the public highway is sometimes flooded. Recently the western - portion of this section has been materially modified by filling in and is now firmer ground than it was orig- inally. The beach is of fine yellow sand, usually quite firm and free of vegetation. Long Point rises abruptly to a maximum height of 35 feet above the lake. The distal end of this point has recently been cut down considerably but still remains several feet above the lake. The crest of Long Point from near the extreme end to the Arlington station is 20 to 35 feet above the water line. The shore is abrupt and bluff -like. The beach along the east side of Long Point and southward to Arlington is of clean yellow sand with a considerable propor- tion of pebbles and fine gravel just below the water line. Toward the south the gravel becomes rather more evident. From Arlington to the Gravelpit there is a narrow low strip ex- tending back to the railroad west of which the shore rises abruptly to an extreme height of 40 feet, the highest point being at the Gravelpit. Opposite the Kettlehole and just south of the Gravel- pit the high ground again approaches very close to the water's edge, so that we have a quite narrow beach, and the bare beach patches are not sandy, but both shore and bottom are covered by very coarse gravel, the component pebbles of the gravel being about the size of a goose's or hen's egg. There are also quite large rocks 36 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey of a granitoid nature projecting out on the narrow beach from the base of the hill. From Murray's to Farrar's there is a rather broad and toler- ably bare sandy or gravelly beach, with moderately coarse gravel in the bottom. The shore is low and level, the ice-beach being the highest ground. The next section of about 1,000 feet east of Far- rar's presents a strong contrast to the preceding, the immediate shore being a low marshy woodland with a well-defined ice-beach near the water's edge. The ridge is narrow, 2 or 3 feet high, and practically cuts off a strip which otherwise would be a part of the lake. In some places there is a second, similar ice-ridge paral- lel to the first and some distance back of it. Both of these ice- ridges bear trees of considerable size, some of them 6 inches or more in diameter and 20 feet high. The shore is flat and mucky and full of muskrat holes. It is thickly covered in some places by the three-cornered bulrush (Scirpus americanus). It is too miry to walk on between the water-line and the ice-ridge ; one has to walk on the ridge in places. Following this flat shore is a stretch of 110 feet of fine sandy beach, where a hill comes down to the shore. This is in line with a public road, and is used for a boat-landing. There is a broad beach of fine yellow sand, and a gravelly shelly bottom, bare and sandy a distance out from shore. The break in the rush patch is probably due to boats going over this region. Then occurs a stretch of about 850 feet reaching from the end of the sandbar mentioned above to the place where the forest comes to the shore. In general this shore is a good deal alike throughout its extent, is nearly flat, and has behind it most of the way an ice-ridge sepa- rating it from a large swamp behind ; all of the shore is soft, and it extends out into the lake as a long broad cape. The apex point of the cape is sand, but both sides, especially the northern side, are tolerably black on top from a scum of decaying vegetation. The hill which forms the border of the swamp approaches the lake, but does not reach it, so that there lies a flattish, rich, but dry and elevated plain between it and the lake. This plain is well forested. At this place the hill is cut in two by a deepish and rather wide gully with moderately steep, but well rounded sides, cut by Overmyer's Brook which enters the lake at this point and forms a large flat sharp delta of sand which projects out for a considerable distance into the lake. The delta holds a sort of lagoon, and at the northeast edge of the delta the stream and waves have combined to form a sandbar with a sharp apex and an almost Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 37 regular and equal slope on each side. The shore is quite irregular here, with sandy capes and mucky gulfs. The bottom of the north- ern half of this stretch is of fine sand ; the southern part is a solid platform of firm black dirt. The hill or bluff here comes down to the lake and there is a well- wooded, high slope coming down nearly to the water-line. In most places there is no beach at all, or only a very narrow one. The hill is made up of a yellowish clay full of boulders. At about the middle of the hill a torrent bed cuts somewhat into the hill and makes a small sandbar off shore. There are many quite large boulders along the water's edge. Toward the southern half of this stretch the shore becomes broader. The shore is gradual in its slope; for the northern half it has coarsish gravel out for a little way under water; farther out it is fine sand with ripple-marks. Scirpiis validus, the common bulrush, forms a large patch 15 feet from shore and farther. Toward the southern end the bottom is filled with gravel, the pebbles of which are about the size of goose eggs. The next stretch reaches from this place to near Norris Inlet. Back of the shore is a flat, dense willow and red osier dogwood jungle. There is a broadish beach with a very gradual slope all the way. The shore changes gradually from a flat soft fine white sand with considerable vegetable intermixture to a flat miry black or brown stretch of muck. The Scirpus, Potamogetons, cattail, etc., grow so densely in the water that the bottom can be seen only in a few places. It is quite flat and mucky and marly. There is a good deal of Spirodela (duckweed), dead and white, and much green algse may usually be seen washed up on this flat miry shore. At the end of this stretch there are back of the flat beach two low, broad, flat ice-ridges, very close together and side by side. The region about the mouth of Norris Inlet is a flat sedgy plain with a low ice-ridge near the water's edge. At the west end this ice-ridge is quite high and well-marked; at the east end nearer the creek it is less distinct. The Inlet is tolerably narrow and deep where it enters the lake ; farther up it becomes very crooked and shallow, and its bot- tom is full of rootstocks of the yellow pond-lily, or spatterdock, Nymphaea advena. It is surrounded by about 40 acres of flat, wet marsh, overgrown with sedges, reeds, cattails and various grasses, with bushes of red osier dogwood, or willow here and there. Much of it is tussocky. Near the lake it is quaky and full of holes. Along the sides of the Inlet are many lagoons. On both banks near the water's edge is a thick, narrow growth of Decodon verti- 38 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey cillata. This plant forms a fringe on each border some distance upstream about a quarter of a mile. Besides the spatterdock already mentioned as growing1 in the bottom, the water of the Inlet contains much vegetation on its surface along the edges — the various duckweeds in great masses, and great quantities of the floating liverwort, Riccia fluitans. The duckweeds thrive in great abundance at the mouth of the Inlet. From Norris Inlet to the Norris pier — about 1,000 feet — the shore, except for the last few yards, is low and boggy. The ice- ridge is pretty plainly marked for much of this distance. At Nor- ris's the low flat country ceases and the hill slopes gently down to the water's edge. The ice-ridge stops and the beach is composed of a strip of gravelly sand. Then the ice-ridge reappears and is overgrown with tall willows and sycamores. From the Norris pier northward the shore is low, but rises near the Indianapolis pier and continues high until Aubeenaubee Creek is reached. The beach is mostly of fine firm sand with con- siderable gravel in places and a number of large granite boulders sparsely scattered near shore. At the mouth of Aubeenaubee Creek the country has been modi- fied somewhat by dredging and straightening the stream. The stream now flows through the center of a marshy tract about 200 feet wide. This marsh is of flat black miry ground covered with a rank growth of marsh vegetation. From Aubeenaubee Creek northward to beyond the Maxin- kuckee road is a long stretch of low, level ground extending back to beyond the public highway. The hills or high ground recede gradually from the lake, leaving broad, dry greenswards of gentle slope. Just north of the Maxinkuckee road the high ground again approaches the lake and forms an abrupt bluff 20 to 50 feet high for a distance of about three-fourths of a mile, or to the southeast corner of Aubeenaubee Bay. The only considerable break in this line is the narrow canyon of Spangier Creek just south of Brownell Point. There is another small gully north of the Indiana boat- house. Throughout this entire distance the shore rises abruptly from the water line and much of it is protected by a stone break- water. There is, consequently, no beach. In the shallow water near shore are a good many granite boulders of various sizes, and a few masses of post-glacial conglomerate. This shore is the highest and most abrupt of any about the lake; it is also the most considerable section of high shore. At Aubeenaubee Bay the high ground recedes from the lake front and turns suddenly almost at a right angle from the lake. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 39 There is, therefore, facing on this bay a broad area of low, almost marsh, ground. The beach is broad and of fine sand with a con- siderable admixture of muck which induces a rank growth of aquatic vegetation. The eastern part of the ground at the north end of the lake is occupied by the Culver Military Academy. This ground has, of course, been greatly modified in response to the needs of this insti- tution. The grounds are relatively level and are bordered in the rear by the usual ridge of higher ground. West of the Academy grounds and extending to the Vandalia Railroad station at Culver, the shore is somewhat higher, espe- cially at the Lakeview Hotel where it ascends abruptly to a height of 30 feet or more. Along this shore there is not much beach, the shore-line being for the most part artificial. There are, how- ever, a number of short stretches of sandy beach with boulders scattered here and there. From the railroad station at Culver southward to the Assembly grounds the shore is relatively level and elevated 5 to 15 feet above the lake. This section has undergone many modifications incident to the development of the town of Culver and the construction of the railroad which, in the main, parallels the shore. There are two or three small marshy areas, and at one place there is a small cape with lower ground between it and the higher land in the background. Beginning with the Assembly grounds and extend- ing to the Outlet the shore rises abruptly as a sandy hill to a height of 30 feet or more, there being only a narrow strip of low ground scarcely wider than needed by the railroad. The beach along this side of the lake is usually of very fine sand with but few boulders except at the cape, and but little gravel. It has a sufficient percentage of muck and marl to support a luxuriant growth of aquatic vegetation. The Ice-beach: — One of the most interesting phenomena at Lake Maxinkuckee is the ice-beach or ice-ridge so well-marked on many parts of the shore. In many places where the shore is low and moderately firm, an ice-beach is more or less evident. Start- ing at Long Point and proceeding southward the ridge is but faintly or not at all marked until in the vicinity of the Farrar cottage. There are slight evidences at the base of Long Point and also between Green's pier and Murray's and just west of Farrar's. It is probable ridges form periodically along this shore, but soon become obliterated through various agencies. Just east of Farrar's is a very definite ridge, high and narrow, and much resembling an artificial dam or towpath. It juts up against the 40 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey shore and partially cuts off what was originally part of the lake. In some places there is a second similar ridge parallel to the first and some feet back of it. Both of these ridges have growing on them trees of considerable size, some of them about 6 inches in diameter and 20 feet high. East of this the ice-ridge is for a distance old and worn away on the lake side, so that many of the trees growing on it have been more or less undermined and now lean out over the water. The commonest species of tree on the ridge is the water-beech ; there is an occasional willow, soft maple, elm and kinnikinnik (Cornus sericea). From this point east to Norris Inlet, an ice-ridge is more or less evident and back of it a second, and sometimes a third, older ridge appears for short reaches. These ridges, even the last and most evident one, are usually not continuous for more than a few rods without interruption. The wearing away most often takes place on the lake side and is the result of undermining by the waves. After passing the miry ground at the mouth of Norris Inlet some 500 feet the ice-ridge reappears and is overgrown with tall slender willows, weeds and grasses. Just before reaching the Norris pier it stops, but soon reappears again as a high broad ridge overgrown with tall willows and sycamores. The ridge then disappears and is not seen again until just south of the Indianapolis pier where it is quite pronounced and separates a small pond from the lake. The rest of the lake shore from this point on north and around to Long Point, seems to be entirely without any ice-ridge. HYDROGRAPHY Depth: — In determining the depth of the lake several thousand soundings were made. The method followed in taking soundings was essentially as follows: Two different sounding machines were used during this work. The first consisted of a brass reel with a grooved rim on which was wound piano wire of sufficient length. The circumference of the reel or wheel was just 3 feet, so that in sounding, each revo- lution of the wheel reeled off exactly 3 feet of wire. The sounding lead consisted of a 21/2 Ib. piece of lead shaped like a truncated pyramid with a cupshaped base in which was placed a small quan- tity of lard and beeswax for the purpose of securing samples of the bottom. In the end of the axle was placed an ordinary cyclom- eter which recorded the revolutions made by the wheel. The reel thus equipped was installed in the bow of a rowboat. In taking Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 41 soundings 3 people were employed, — one to row the boat, one to operate the sounding machine, and one to record the readings. A smaller machine was sometimes used when sounding in shal- low water. This consisted of a wooden reel cut out of a thoroughly seasoned piece of oak and then boiled in oil and paraffin to pre- vent splitting. This reel was just two feet in circumference, and on its grooved rim was wound piano wire. A similar but lighter sounding weight was used and the reel was installed in the boat in essentially the same manner as was the larger one. Usually a sounding was taken at the end of every 15 oar strokes. An effort was made to have the same person do all the rowing. Before entering on the work he endeavored, through practice, to acquire a uniform stroke, to the end that 15-oar-stroke intervals between soundings might be approximately equal. Quiet days with little or no breeze and with the lake surface undisturbed and smooth were selected for this work; under these conditions the drifting of the boat was reduced to a minimum and it was easy to follow a definite line. In order to do this, range signals were placed on shore; these were always visible to the rower. Lines of soundings were run across the lake on all section, half- section and quarter-section lines, both east and west and north and south, and in a number of places lines were run at even closer distances. In order to determine the location and extent of bars, deep holes, or other topographic features of special interest, a buoy was established on the bar or other special feature, from which radi- ating lines of soundings were run in sufficient number and with the soundings at sufficiently short intervals to determine the de- sired facts. The locations of these buoys were determined by sextant readings based on shore marks of known position. During the winter of 1900-1901, a number of lines including several hundred soundings were run by Mr. Clark when the lake was covered with ice. The exact position of each of these sound- ings was determined from known shore positions by measure- ments on the ice. It is believed that the care taken at all times while carrying on this work, the great number of soundings taken, and the fre- quent verification of questionable results, justify the belief that the hydrography of this lake has been pretty accurately deter- mined and that the contour lines on the map showing the depths may be depended upon as showing the actual depths with reason- able accuracy. 42 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Topography of the lake bottom: — There are many striking features in the topography of the lake bottom; in fact, it is quite diversified and the contour lines, as may be seen by an examina- tion of the map, are very irregular both as regards direction and spacing. There are a number of low hills and plateaus with gentle slopes, others of smaller area and rising abruptly from deep water, numerous long, narrow troughs or valleys running between bars, and a number of holes where the depth over a limited area is noticeably greater than in the surrounding region. Only a few of the more salient topographic features need be described in detail. The Deep Hole: — The greatest depth known in Lake Maxin- kuckee is 89.5 feet. The locality where this sounding was gotten is known as the "Deep Hole". It is about midway on a direct line between the tip of Long Point and the J. H. Vajen cottage, a short distance north of the Maxinkuckee road. It is also on a direct line drawn from the Palmer House to Overmyer's spring at the south end of the lake. Located more precisely, its center is 3,426 feet (about 2/3 of a mile) from the end of the Maxinkuckee road, 3,140 feet (nearly 2/3 of a mile) from the end of Long Point, 4,568 feet (or about 5/6 of a mile) from the Palmer House, and 8,000 feet (or 1.5 miles) from the Overmyer spring. This so-called "deep hole", in which the depth is 70 feet or more, is quite irregular in shape. Its greatest length lies north and south and is about 2,500 feet; about 1,000 feet of this, how- ever, is a narrow trough (400 feet wide) of 70-foot water extend- ing northward from the main body. The average width of the main part is between 700 and 800 feet. The total area of 70-foot water and over is close to 40 acres. The Sugarloaf: — At the northern edge of the main body of deep water is a small area (about 100 feet long by 75 feet wide) known as the "Sugarloaf", over which the depth is but 10 feet. The sides of this little hill are very steep, the distance to 40-foot water in any direction being only 50 to 100 feet. The Sugarloaf is on a direct line from the end of Long Point to the Indiana Boathouse and almost midway between the two points. It is also on a direct line drawn from the Maxin- kuckee road to the tabernacle in the Assembly grounds; also be- tween the Lakeview Hotel and Norris's pier ; also between the depot pier at Culver and the Indianapolis pier. The Weedpatch: — This is an east-and-west bar about 1,200 feet long and 500 feet wide, on a direct line between the Arlington Hotel and Van Schoiack's place and just midway between these Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 43 two points. A line drawn from the Palmer House to the mouth of Overmyer's brook passes over the east end of the Weedpatch; one from the Lakeview Hotel to the same point passes over the west end of it ; and a line from the tip of Long Point to the Chan- dler cottage passes over the center of the Weedpatch. This bar rises rather abruptly from 40-foot water, the mini- mum depth on the bar being about 10 feet, of which there is an area of about 4 acres. The Weedpatch is remarkable because of the very luxuriant growth of the large-leaved pondweed, Potamogeton amplifolius, found there. The Kettlehole: — This is a deep hole about 1,000 feet off the shore between Murray's and: Farrar's, in the southwestern corner of the lake. Over the greater part of this portion of the lake the depth is less than 10 feet. At the Kettlehole the depth increases rather abruptly to 20 feet, 30 feet, and then to 40 feet. The area over which the depth is 20 feet or more is ovoid in shape, the major axis being about 1,000 feet, east and west, while the north and south line is about 700 feet. The area of 40-foot water is about 600 feet long (from east to west) and not much over 100 feet wide. While the above are the only topographic features of the lake bottom which have received definite names there are several others worthy of special mention. Among deep holes are the following: In front of the Arlington Hotel, or little south of it, and about 1,200 feet off shore is an oblong area of 60-foot water, about 1,000 feet long from southwest to northeast, and about 200 feet wide. This is surrounded by much shallower water. A short distance The Cadets of the Culver Summer Cavalry School occasionally take their horses along for the afternoon swim. 44 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey east of this are two smaller deep holes, of 50 feet and 60 feet re- spectively, and between them and the Deep Hole is another with a depth of 70 feet. While that portion of the lake north of Long Point is mostly shallow, there are in it a few deeper areas. About 1,200 feet north from Long- Point is a hole 35 feet deep. Just off the Assem- bly grounds is a small 20-foot hole; off Winfield's cottage is a 45- foot hole, while some distance farther out and 1,400 feet south- east from the Lakeview Hotel is another of about the same depth. Northeast from the Sugarloaf are 3 or 4 small areas in which the depth reaches 50 to 70 feet. Among bars of special interest are the following: Just east of the Deep Hole and the Sugarloaf is a considerable bar rising out of deep water and extending northeast and southwest on which the minimum depth is less than 10 feet. North of it some 1,300 feet is another small bar with a depth of 20 feet. A long, narrow bar extends north and east from Long Point for nearly 2,500 feet before the depth exceeds 10 feet, and a sim- ilar but broader bar extends west from the mouth of Aubeenaubee Creek nearly 3,000 feet before a greater depth than 10 feet is reached. On the other hand, a deep, broad trough of 30 to 50-foot water comes from a little north of west to near shore at the mouth of Aubeenaubee Creek, and a similar trough is found off the Arling- ton Hotel, and another off the Indiana Boathouse. There is no deep water at the shore in Lake Maxinkuckee; the depth everywhere increases from shore so gently or gradually that there is scarcely any probability of even a small child ever getting beyond his depth when wading in the lake. There are no sudden irregularities or increases in depth; the increase in depth is so uniform and gentle that several steps would be necessary to make any appreciable difference. Small children can therefore wade about along shore with perfect safety. But beyond the 5-foot con- tour line the irregularities are greater and well-marked. If the water level of the lake were lowered 10 feet, the result would be the formation of at least 3 islands (Weedpatch, Sugar- loaf and the large bar east of Sugarloaf). At the same time the Kettlehole would become detached from the main lake and become a small independent lake. Another small lake would be formed north of Long Point; another would be formed off the Assembly grounds, and perhaps others would be made. The peculiar distribution of deeps and shallows, the abundance of shallow bars and deep holes closely associated, taken together Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 45 with the favorable character of the bottom, present a combination of conditions remarkably favorable to fish life, and distributed in such a way as to make practically every part of the lake attractive to the angler. The very gradual slope and absence of stepoffs in the shallower portion of the lake near shore which make the lake so admirable as a bathing resort is due in large measure to the waves, and espe- cially the undertow which rolls the fine sand near the shore down to lower levels and thus produces a marked levelling action. The effect of waves upon bottom topography is quite marked and well- formed ripple marks which are formed in water to a depth of 5 feet or more are often left when the lake freezes over, where they remain until spring and can ^be observed to an advantage through the clear ice. The depths at 10-foot intervals are shown by the contour lines on the map which accompanies this report. Most of the topo- graphic features mentioned are indicated on the map. THE LAKE BOTTOM Soils So far as we have been able to determine, there is no bedrock anywhere on the bottom of the lake. Several hundred tests in different parts of the lake, and the fact that wells about the lake drilled to depths of 100 to 150 feet pass through only sand, gravel and clay without reaching bedrock, indicate that the original bed of the lake was composed wholly of morainic materials, chiefly sand and gravel with a few boulders and some boulder clay. Over the greater part of the original bed has been deposited a more or less thick coating of marl and mud. The morainic or drift material of the original bed is composed essentially of the same materials as those that make up the drift of the surrounding land. Sand: — Along most portions of the shore, particularly on the west, north and southeast, there is considerable compact fine sand out to a depth of 2 to 6 or 8 feet. Gravel: — On the east, and in limited stretches elsewhere, there is mixed with the sand considerable gravel . This is especially true on the north and east sides. This gravel ranges from very fine, almost sand, to rather coarse. The most conspicuous gravel areas are across the north end from the Lakeview Hotel eastward, and off the east shore, particularly near the Indiana Boathouse. There is a 46 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey little gravel along the east side of Long Point, and between the Kettlehole and the shore. The Sugarloaf appears to be made up largely of gravel. Dredging on the north and south sides of it re- vealed considerable gravel ranging up to the size of hen eggs. This gravel was usually not round but rough and angular. Doubtless there is much gravel in the lake bed that is not apparent, it is so mixed with or covered by sand or other fine material. Boulders: — There are not many boulders on the lake bottom. There are a few on the north end and a few scattered ones on the east side and south end. The more or less mythical "split-rock", of which some of the older fishermen and boatmen speak, is said to be somewhere in the south end of the lake, perhaps near the Flatiron or the Weedpatch bars. Although we made frequent search for this alleged rock, and asked many people about it, we never succeeded in finding it, or, in fact, in finding but two men who claim to have seen it. It must therefore remain as one of the mysteries of Maxinkuckee. Marl: — The most interesting and important component of the lake-bed is marl. The hard compact sandy bed usually extends out to a depth of but a few feet — on the west side from 2 to 4 feet, on the east to a somewhat greater depth. Beyond this border of hard bottom the marl begins. The depth to which it extends varies considerably. Off Long Point it is first met in water about 2 feet deep. On the north and east the depth is usually greater, and in some places is as much as 6 to 8 feet. From these depths the marl extends inward and covers practically all the lake bed. It is most evident on the bars, but is present everywhere. The thickness of the marl bed varies considerably. Along the outer edge it probably nowhere exceeds 6 or 8 feet in thickness. In deeper water and on the bars it is probably thicker. The greatest thickness determined by us was about 22 feet which was in the southern part of the lake, off the Gravelpit. The color and purity of the marl seem to vary in different parts of the lake. It appears to be composed chiefly of calcium carbonate mixed with more or less decaying vegetable matter and fine sand of aeolian origin. Samples from the surface are usually quite dark; those from deeper in the bed are much lighter in color.- The color and purity are doubtless related to the amount of decaying vegetable matter present. Analyses of several examples of marl from different parts of the lake were made by Dr. Wm. A. Noyes, formerly of the Rose Polytechnic Institute, now of the University of Illinois, with the following results: Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 47 Sample No. 1, from a bar east of the Long Point bar, just south of the center of the northeast quarter of Section 28 : Calcium carbonate (CaCO3) 85.02 Magnesium carbonate (MgCOs) 3.85 Ferric oxide (Fe203) 0.33 Alumina (A12O3) 0.12 Calcium sulphate (CaSCX) 0.17 Insoluble inorganic matter (silica, etc.) 5.67 Organic matter 3.21 98.37 Sample No. 2, taken 5 feet down in a bed in 8-foot water Calcium carbonate (CaCOs) 85.38 Magnesium carbonate (MgCO3) 3.50 Ferric oxide (Fe2O3) 0.33 Alumina ( A12O3) 0 . 05 Calcium sulphate (CaSO4) 0 . 17 Insoluble inorganic matter (silica, etc.) 6.40 Organic matter 3 . 15 98.98 Sample No. 3, from the surface of a marl bed in deep water off the Gravelpit : Calcium carbonate (CaCO3) 75.07 Magnesium carbonate (MgCOs) 4 . 18 Ferric oxide (Fe203) 0.51 Alumina ( A12O3) 0 . 09 Calcium sulphate (CaS04) 0.11 Insoluble inorganic matter (silica, etc.) 15.26 Organic matter 3 . 65 98.87 The last of these shows too high a percentage of magnesium carbonate and insoluble elements to render it satisfactory in cement making. The first and second samples are much purer, and would make a good cement. The origin of marl is a question of popular interest. The marl of Lake Maxinkuckee, as well as of the other lakes of northern Indiana, is evidently a secondary deposit on the original bed of glacial drift. The water of all the wells and springs of the region contains more or less lime and is usually regarded as hard, while the water of the lake, although containing considerable calcium carbonate, is relatively soft. That certain species of animals and plants dwelling in the lake have been important, perhaps the only 4—17618 48 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey important, agents in separating the lime from the water, is quite certain. Chief among these agencies are the various mollusks, especially the Unionidse and Vivipara contectoides, and certain plants, such as the Charas and Potamogetons. These have the power of separating out from the water the soluble calcic com- pounds and converting them into insoluble compounds which con- stitute the basis of the marl. The most abundant and most widely distributed mollusk in the lake is the univalve, Vivipara contectoides. This rather hand- some and beautifully marked shell occurs throughout the lake, apparently at all depths and on all kinds of bottom, but it is most noticeable in the great windrows of dead shells that are so often seen lining the beach, particularly at low water. These mollusks evidently die by the million every year. Their shells are fragile and disintegrate rapidly. The total annual limy accumulation on the lake bottom from this source alone must be quite considerable. Next to Vivipara contectoides is the species of mussel known as fat pocket-book, Lampsilis luteola. As set forth elsewhere in this report, this is the most abundant species of freshwater mussel in the lake. It is pretty generally distributed and is very abundant. There are several very extensive beds, particularly off Long Point and in the south end of the lake. Then there are at least 13 other species of mussels and no fewer than 30 or 40 species of gastero- pods, some of them represented by myriads of individuals. Be- sides such of the mussels as naturally die, the muskrats make considerable onslaughts upon them, leaving their shells strewn over the bottom to decay, and millions of the gasteropods die every year, and their decaying shells go to augment the lime deposited in the bottom of the lake. And there are several species of plants which have the power of separating the lime from the water. The most notable of these are the various species of Chara, some of which are so heavily encrusted in lime that when dried out on shore they become a chalky brittle mass and are accordingly known among fish-culturists as "lime-plants". These grow in depths up to 15 or 20 feet, and most of the plants grow in thick carpets on the bottom, the older portions becoming so thickly encrusted that they are hardly recognizable. Besides the Charas there are not fewer than 14 species of pond- weed or Potamogeton, all of which, in varying degrees are lime gatherers. Their leaves, particularly those of Potamogeton ampli- folius, P. compressus, P. robbinsii and P. americanus, are often encrusted with lime, the first mentioned species so heavily that the Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 49 leaf coatings often drop off as casts and are to be found lying heaped up about the bases of the plants. The so-called ditch-moss, Philotria, is an energetic lime gatherer; indeed, all the other sub- mersed plants in the lake possess this same property and contribute in the aggregate in no inconsiderable degree to the amount of marl in the bottom of the lake. In addition to the mollusks and plants there are still other organisms which play a part in the formation of marl; among these are the various species of crustaceans, particularly the craw- fishes, whose shells contain calcic compounds. The rate of deposition of lime in the lake is quite difficult to estimate. It was probably more rapid during the early life of the lake when the amount of calcium carbonate in the water was greater than it now is. Even at best the rate must be very slow, indeed. An annual deposit of one-hundredth of an inch has been estimated. A deposit of 10 feet would therefore require 12,000 years as the age of the lake. But this is scarcely more than a mere guess, and signifies very little. THE LAKE LEVEL Stage of water: — The mean elevation of the surface of the water of Lake Maxinkuckee above sea level at Biloxi, Mississippi, is 734.5 feet. Records kept by the Office of Engineer, Maintenance of Way, of the Terre Haute and Logansport Railway Company, from October 18, 1895, to May 7, 1900, totaling about 50 observa- tions, show that the lowest water in that period occurred on Octo- ber 18, 1895, when it stood at 733.30 feet. The highest, 735.21 feet, was recorded March 13, 1899. The extreme variation was therefore 1.91 feet or 22.92 inches. Our party began making observations on the stage of the water in the lake on August 14, 1900. On that date a three-foot rule, graduated to inches, was properly installed at the side of the wagon bridge which crosses the Outlet just as it leaves the lake. The position of this gauge was correlated with that of the up- stream girder of the railroad bridge, which crosses the Outlet 27 feet below the wagon bridge. Readings were taken from time to time from that date up to October 22, 1913. The lowest water was recorded November 3, 1908, and the highest July 8, 1902. Starting with the extreme low water of November 3, 1908, as "zero" and reducing all observations to that basis, we have the following table : 50 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey TABLE SHOWING STAGE OF WATER IN INCHES ABOVE EXTREME LOW WATER MARK IN LAKE MAXINKUCKEE. Date Height in inches above extreme low water mark Remarks 1900 August H 20.25 20 22.25 Lake rose 2 inches. Heavy rain yesterday. 27 22.00 September 13 19.00 17 18.00 21 17.50 28 17.25 October 10 16.75 18 15.50 24 14.75 November 5 14.00 11 14.00 15 13.25 17 14.25 Rained all night o[ the 17th. S. E. wind. Heavy rain on the 18th, day and night, with S. wind. Rain also on 19th. 25 18.75 27 18.50 29 19.50 December 2 18.50 6 18.00 9 17.75 11 18.00 1901 August 13 10.75 1902 January 27 Lake very low. June 30 26.50 A good deal of rain last night. N. E. wind. July 1 27.00 1 27.25 2 27.00 2 28.00 3 28.25 7 27.50 Heavy and almost continuous rain for more_than a week. 7 28.25 8 28.50 Highest water yet recorded. 17 24.50 20 26.50 Rain. 24 24.50 27 23.50 Rain. 28 25.75 August 11 22.50 13 21.50 Rain. 16 21.00 19 20.50 24 19.50 30 17.00 31 19.00 Rain. September 5 18.50 14 19.50 21 17.00 22 17.00 28 19.00 Rain four daya October 16 17.00 20 17.25 November 1 15.75 30 14.00 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 51 TABLE SHOWING STAGE OF WATER IN INCHES ABOVE EXTREME LOW WATER MARK IN LAKE MAXINKUCKEE— Continued. Date Height in inches above extreme low water mark Remarks 1902 December 9 12.50 20 17.00 21 17.50 1903 February 1 15.50 4 17.50 14 19.50 26 18.00 27 19.50 > March 1 20.50 8 21.00 9 21.50 14 20.00 17 19.50 29 16.50 April 16 21.50 May 1 20.50 10 16.50 13 15.50 17 15.00 20 14.50 June 7 16.50 29 13.50 July 1 13.00 ' 2 21.00 Exceedingly heavy rains. 3 21.50 4 22.25 Heavy rains. 11 21.50 16 20.50 19 22.75 August 8 19.25 26 16.00 September 16 23.50 Screen put in at railroad bridge, raising the lake. 17 24.25 Rain for several days. 26 22.00 October 22 22.00 1901 June 18 12.25 July 4 11.25 August 1 6.25 October 18 8.50 29 8.25 31 8.25 November 3 7.00 12 8.50 1906 January 22 10.50 Recently rose 3 inches August 20 Lake rose 1?<4 inches. October 3.50 1907 September 12 10.50 21 10.20 October 1 9.00 3 9.50 5 9.50 11 9.50 52 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey TABLE SHOWING STAGE OF WATER IN INCHES ABOVE EXTREME LOW WATER MARK IN LAKE MAXINKUCKEE— Continued. Date Height in inches above extreme low water mark Remarks 1907 October 14 8.50 15 9.50 24 9.50 25 9.50 30 9.50 November 2 10.00 1908 October 1 Very low. November 3 0.00 Lowest water yet recorded. 1911 November 18 8.50 1913 September 9 7.50 21 7.00 28 6.00 30 6.50 October 1 6.80 2 7.00 3 7.00 4 6.50 5 6.50 6 6.75 7 6.50 8 6.75 10 6.75 11 7.00 13 7.00 14 6.75 15 6.50 16 6.00 19 6.80 20 6.50 22 6.00 As shown by the above table, the water was continuously and quite uniformly low during the fall of 1913. There were no rains sufficient to produce any effect on the lake. The slight variation of an inch in September and October was doubtless due to winds. A southwest wind continuing for any length of time would blow the water back from the Outlet, thus slightly lowering the water at the gauge, while a northeast wind would blow the water into Outlet Bay and slightly increase the depth at the Outlet. It will be observed that our observations were not taken at regular intervals. They were usually taken whenever we were at the lake and occasion seemed to require ; records were also made from time to time by Mr. Chadwick, especially at times of sudden change and of unusually high or low water. It is believed that Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 53 the extremes for the period from 1899 to 1914 have been recorded in the table. Although the catchment basin of the lake is small (less than 8,000 acres) the lake is very sensitive to rains and responds promptly. Every heavy rain causes an almost immediate rise in the lake. High water will therefore be correlated with heavy continued rainfall and low water with the dry season. The early spring rains and melting snows put the lake up somewhat above the winter conditions, and the heavy rains that usually come in June and early July produce the highest water. The lake is there- fore apt to be highest in June and July, after which it begins to fall until minimum low water is reached toward the last of Octo- ber and early in November. As already stated the lowest water recorded was that of November 3, 1908, and the highest that of July 8, 1902, when it was 281/2 inches above extreme low water. This extreme high water of 281/2 inches followed three weeks of heavy and almost continuous rains. As early as June 15 the water was higher than old residents about the lake had ever seen it. It kept on rising until July 8. The ice-beach on the west and south shores was entirely covered; it was impossible to walk along the beach between Long Point and Arlington; the swamps were full of water and the low country generally flooded; nearly all the piers were under water, and a portion of the public road near the Outlet was flooded. Green's marsh was flooded so that one could go about all over it in a boat. One old resident says that the lake was equally high in June or July, 1896, and quite high in May and June, 1892. The extreme low water of November 3, 1908, followed a rather dry summer and fall. Our records show very little rain in August, September or October of that year. Volume of outfloiv: — The volume of water flowing from Lake Maxinkuckee varies greatly from time to time. As already stated, at times of high water, the depth at the bridge is 3 to 31/2 feet. The current, however, is never strong, and does not vary much. The water surface in the two lakes varies synchronously and the current therefore does not vary greatly. Measurements of the outflow were taken at various times. The results are recorded in the following table. It will be observed that the variation in number of gallons is considerable. The mini- mum, 1,168 gallons per minute, was recorded on September 25, 1899, at which time the average width was 15 feet, the depth 14.7 inches and the current 1.7 feet per second. This would mean an outflow of 1,681,920 gallons per day. The greatest volume of out- 54 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey flow was recorded July 8, 1902, when the width was 15 feet, the depth 42.5 inches and the current 1.4 feet per second. This indi- cated an outflow of 33,915 gallons per minute or 4,883,184 gallons per day. Number of gallons flowing out of Lake Maxinkuckee as deter- mined on various dates: Aug. 8, 1899 4,424 gallons per minute " 11, 1899 2,576 gallons per minute " 27,1899 3,347 gallons per minute Sept. 7, 1899 2,512 gallons per minute " 25, 1899 1,168 gallons per minute July 1, 1902 32,288 gallons per minute 8, 1902 33,915 gallons per minute Sept. 10, 1913 2,618 gallons per minute THE OUTLET Lake Maxinkuckee drains into Lost Lake through a short but very interesting little stream or thoroughfare known locally simply as "The Outlet." This stream leaves the lake at the north side of the base of Long Point or at Outlet Bay, which is on the west side about one-third the distance south of the north end of the lake. Just as it leaves the lake it is crossed by the wagon bridge on the public highway which follows the lake shore closely from the southwest corner of the lake to the Arlington station, then cuts across the base of the broad peninsula known as Long Point, and again approximating the shore along the north side of Long Point, only to leave it again immediately after crossing the Outlet. Twenty-seven feet below the wagon bridge the Outlet is crossed by the Vandalia Railroad bridge. Under and between these two bridges the stream flows nearly west, then turns southwest and south through the marsh until it finally loses itself in Lost Lake. Under the bridges and for a few yards below, the stream has a maximum width of 16 to 20 feet and a depth varying with the stage of water in the lake. During the period of our observations it has varied from about 6 inches to something more than 3 feet. Early in July, 1902, at the time of highest water, the depth was about 3i/£> feet and the water rushed through with a good strong current. In September and October, 1913, the lake was quite low, only 6 inches above extreme low water mark, and the depth under the bridges was only 6 inches or less, which made it very difficult to get a row boat through. The bed of the Outlet at the bridges is of fine sand. Formerly this bed was overgrown sparsely with certain aquatic plants, Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 55 chiefly wild celery (Vallisneria spiralis) and floating pond weed (Potamogeton americanus), which prevented washing and gave the bed a permanent character. In August, 1913, the old wooden wagon bridge was torn down and replaced by a concrete structure. In the work incident to this change the vegetation was destroyed and the bed torn up, since which it has silted up with clean sand in which the vegetation has not yet re-established itself. The distance that the stream pursues through the marsh below the railroad bridge and before losing itself in Lost Lake is about 1,500 feet. Through the upper part the course has been dredged and the banks are well defined; but lower down, the banks are scarcely evident, the stream -widens out through the dense growth of Carex, cattail, bluejoint grass, etc., and finally loses itself com- pletely in a large area of spatterdock at the head of Lost Lake. The water in the Outlet is always very clear. The current does not vary much, the rate being about the same whether the water be high or low. LOST LAKE Lost Lake, on a cursory examination, might be regarded merely as an expansion of the Outlet, but such is not the case. It is a real lake occupying a considerable hole probably of independent, though synchronous, origin with that of the large lake. There is considerable evidence to show, however, that the high sand ridge separating the two lakes and terminating in Long Point with the long shallow bar extending out into Lake Maxinkuckee from the tip of Long Point, is largely of aeolian origin, built up in part at least by the strong southwest winds. The open part of this lake, that is, the part not obscured by rank vegetation, is about 2,500 feet long and 1,500 feet wide, the major axis or length extending northeast and southwest. On the southeast side is a high sandy hill or ridge heavily timbered over its northern half and a cultivated field at the southern end, which slopes gradually down to the lake. The shore on this side is in most places a few feet above the water and is dry and firm. There is high ground at the northwest corner of the lake and for most of the distance along the southwest side, bordered by a narrow strip of marsh but rising rather abruptly into a high sandy ridge. At the upper and lower ends are the large areas of lily-pads, etc., already mentioned. Lost Lake is very shallow. Many soundings were taken. One line of soundings, taken every 10 oar strokes, from the Bardsley 56 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey cottage on the east side toward the north end of Hawk's house on the west side, gave the following depths in feet: 2f, 4£, 5, 4, 3f, 3-J, 3, 3, 3f, 3f, and 1£. The greatest depth found was 5 feet. The bottom everywhere was covered with a dense bed of Chara, patches of Potamogeton, Myriophyllum, etc., with white and yel- low pond-lilies at the west end, all growing in deep mud. In most places the sounding pole could be pushed down 2 to 8 feet in soft muck. At the lower end of the lake just where it narrows, the depth varied from 5 to 9 feet, and the bottom was more firm in some places. A little farther north and west is a considerable area over which the depth is uniformly 9 feet, which is the greatest depth found in this lake. A line run from the lower to the upper end of the lake gave 9 feet along the southwest end and 8 to 4 feet toward the northeast. Along this line there was an abundance of Chara, Myriophyllum, etc., and the bottom everywhere was of very soft muck; in fact, the bottom everywhere is of this character and in some places it is so thin as to be almost impalpable. In front of the Bardsley cottage is a "floating island", probably a detached portion of a pond-lily patch that has floated away from shore, or possibly material that has been built up around a musk- rat home. This lake is so shallow that a lowering of the water 15 feet would convert the entire lake-bed and many acres of marsh into tillable land. The margin of Lost Lake outlet is a wide plain bordered by a gravelly hill; then an inner margin of a broad belt of Bidens comosa and B. laevis, then sedges. Many of the sedges in the former portion are annually cut for hay, chiefly for the Calamagros- tis they contain. OUTLET CREEK At the lower end of Lost Lake is another marsh similar to that at the upper end but larger, in which the outlet stream again gradually becomes definite and well defined. The upper portion may be regarded practically as a continuation of the lake, so over- grown with water-lilies, spatterdock and other water plants as to obscure its lake character as well as the channel. This marsh- lake gradually narrows, however, and finally becomes a well-defined creek, filled in places with patches of long-stemmed Ceratophyl- lum, Potamogeton, and some wild rice. Then the stream becomes a quite definitely defined creek with low grass-grown banks pur- suing its way with many windings and turns through low grassy Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 57 meadows dotted here and there with clumps of slender black oak trees growing on little hummocks which were doubtless little islands when the whole region was a lake or river. The stream averages perhaps 5 feet wide and one to three feet deep, with occasional holes that are much deeper. The banks are low everywhere and are of rich black loam ; the bed is usually of fine white sand, with a little gravel in places. The water is always very clear and pure and cold enough for rainbow and black-spotted trout. Although the distance in a direct line from Lost Lake to the Tippecanoe River does not exceed 4 miles the sinuosities of the stream increase its length to at least 12 miles. At times of low water it is difficult to get a boat down the creek to the river but when there is moderately high water an ordinary clinker-built row- boat passes through nicely, and no more delightful trip can be taken than that through the outlet from Lake Maxinkuckee to the Tippecanoe River. METEOROLOGY INTRODUCTION The remarkable development of animal and plant life in and about Lake Maxinkuckee is undoubtedly due in large measure to the unusually favorable geologic and climatic conditions of the region in which the lake is situated. The geological features are discussed elsewhere in this report; the climate may be considered here. The cold winters and the warm summers, together with favor- able winds, adequate rainfall advantageously distributed through- out the year, and the varying conditions of sunshine and clouded sky, make up an environment peculiarly favorable to the develop- ment and maintenance of an abundant and varied flora and fauna. Many correlations between certain climatic conditions, such as tem- perature, direction of wind, character of sky, and rains, and the habits of the fishes, turtles, ducks, coots, certain insects, etc., readily suggest themselves to any one interested in such problems and a number of them can be demonstrated. The distribution of the fishes in the lake, with reference to depth and nearness to shore, is particularly influenced by such factors as those men- tioned. This fact is well understood by the experienced anglers familiar with this lake. During the investigations at Lake Maxinkuckee considerable attention was given to meteorological conditions. Early in the work arrangements were made for making regular observations 58 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey regarding the more important meteorological phenomena, such as the temperature of the air, the direction and strength of the winds, the character o'f the sky, rainfall, snow, fog, frost, dew, storms, etc. Our first records of air temperatures taken at the lake were made in November and December, 1898, by Mr. S. S. Chadwick. These records, few in number, were of the readings from an ordi- nary thermometer, hung about 6 feet above the surface of the lake on the north side of a house-boat on the east side of Long Point. Following these are a few records for January, February and March, 1899, also made by Mr. Chadwick. On July 5, 1899, the recording of temperatures was regularly begun by our party and continued without serious interruption until July, 1901, since which date records have been kept for vari- ous periods from then to the end of 1913. SKY Along with the other weather observations kept at the lake, the condition of the sky as to clearness and cloudiness was also recorded. Generally, the condition of the sky was noted whenever temperatures of the air and water were taken, that is, three times a day. In addition to this, however, any sudden clearing off or clouding up that was observed and noted, and for each day's journal was entered a general summary of the day's weather. The state of the sky was usually written out in considerable de- tail ; much more than would be desirable in a general report. In looking over the records it was observed that the various days could be described as clear, cloudy clearing, clouding and partly clear, and partly cloudy. These terms are generally relative. Days without the sign of a cloud are not very frequent. Days without a patch of blue sky anywhere are not very common, but more common that absolutely cloudy ones. Accordingly, by days with clear sky is meant days when clouds were relatively few, and gen- erally speaking such days are very bright and cheerful, although absolutely clear days, so far as clouds are concerned, may be hazy or very smoky, and relatively dull, while days entirely overcast by thin clouds may be fairly bright. The terms "clearing" and "clouding" are self-explanatory. Partly cloudy and partly clear mean, of course, throughout the day the clouds and blue sky have so evenly balanced that neither greatly prevailed. During the period from November 2, 1899, when the record begins, to September 17, 1908 — with considerable gaps from time to time — the state of the sky has been observed for 1,223 days ; of Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 59 these, 393 were clear, 530 cloudy, 151 clearing, 104 clouding up and 49 about evenly balanced between cloudy and clear. In a discussion elsewhere of the conditions of the sky for vari- ous months, the conditions were given for periods of observation, so that the observations along that line could fit in well with the temperature records taken three times daily. In the present con- sideration they are given by days. Taking the year extending from July 1, 1900, to June 30, 1901, the year for which the record is most complete, there are repre- sented in the record 361 days (4 days in December having no record). Of these 361 days 79 were clear, 168 cloudy, 53 clearing, 46 clouding, and 15 partly cloudy and partly clear. Taking this year by months, the days were distributed as shown by the fol- lowing table : CONDITION OF SKY FOR 1 YEAR FROM JULY 1. 1900, TO JUNE 30. 1901 Partly Month Clear Cloudy Clearing Clouding cloudy Total partly clear July —31, 1900... 14 7 5 31 Aug. —31, 1900 .. 9 15 3 1 3 31 Sept. —30, 1900... 9 12 4 3 2 30 Oct. —31, 1900... 14 11 1 2 3 31 Nov. —30, 1900. . . 6 14 5 5 30 Dec. —27, 1900... 5 16 5 1 27 Jan. —31, 1?01... 3 IS 4 6 31 Feb. —28, 1901... 6 16 5 1 28 Mar. —31, 1901... 1 19 5 3 3 31 April —30, 1901.. . 6 13 5 6 30 May —31, 1901... 0 18 7 5 1 31 June 1—30, 1901.. 6 9 4 8 3 30 Although the records of no other year are full enough to make the giving of the full year satisfactory, the records of a number of months are almost complete, and those of a few months fully complete. A table for such months as have complete records is given below for the sake of comparison: Month Year Clear Cloudy Clearing Clouding Partly cloudy; partly clear Total April 1900 14 6 6 4 30 February March 1902 1902 15 11 6 14 1 6 2 4 28 31 April 1902 14 14 1 1 30 December 1904 5 17 4 3 2 31 October 1907 9 14 4 1 3 31 60 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey THE Am Pressure: — The data concerning air pressure at Lake Maxin- kuckee were obtained by readings taken 3 times daily, at 6 a. m., noon, and 6 p. m., from a compensated aneroid barometer kept hanging on a porch of the cottage used as our laboratory. The readings were continued from July 25, 1900, to June, 1901. The average pressure during that time was 29.291 inches. The mini- mum pressure recorded during that period was 28.62 inches, taken at noon of March 8, 1901, and the highest pressure noted was 30.26 inches on January 3, 1901, about 6 a. m., giving a range of 1.64 inches. A self-recording instrument would in all probability have given a lower minimum, a higher maximum, and larger range. The average pressure did not vary greatly during the different months of the year. The month having the lowest average was October, with an average of 29.005, and that having the highest was February, with an average pressure of 29.583. The month having the least range was August, in which the pressure varied from 29.42 to 29.85, exhibiting a variation of .43 inch, and the month showing the greatest range was January, with a range of from 28.82 to 30.26, or 1.44 difference. The greatest change of the barometer noted within the space of 6 hours was a fall of .9 inch between noon and 6 p. m. on May 2, 1901, and the greatest change in the same direction for a single period of 24 hours was from 29.85 on the evening of September 14 to 28.88 on the even- ing of September 15, making a fall of .97 inch. The greatest increase of barometric pressure between two consecutive observa- tions was from 28.91 at noon of May 21 to 29.77 at 6 p. m., a rise of .86 inch, and this was followed by an almost equal fall within the next 12 hours. It not infrequently happened, espe- cially during the month of August, 1900, that 2 successive read- ings were the same, or nearly the same, and in nearly all cases where this occurred the two nearly equal or equal readings were those of noon and evening, there being usually little change during the afternoon. The period of 24 hours showing the least change was from noon August 14 to noon August 15, during which the change was only .08 inch. In the study of the barometric readings at the lake these were plotted in a graph (the time periods being represented by abcissas and the height of the barometer in inches by ordinates) and the graph so constructed exhibited at a glance the most striking features of the barometric record. Of these the following may be noted : Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 61 The pressure for August, 1900, was remarkably uniform, the graph for this month standing in marked contrast with all the other months considered. There were no rapid or violent changes whatever. The average for the whole month is just a trifle below the average for the whole period, and the pressure for the middle third of the month is somewhat lower than that for either end. While there are no violent changes in pressure whatever there is a remarkably regular daily pulse of variations. With only two exceptions the morning reading is the highest; from this time there is a fall of about .16 inch (varying from about .09 to .2 inch) until noon, after which there is usually very slight change toward evening, after which it rises back to nearly its original morning reading. We have then for this month a rather constant daily mode. This mode is of quite frequent occurrence through- out the whole year, and there are all degrees of approximation to it and divergence from it ; during the autumn, winter and early spring months its appearance is somewhat less frequent. Rather strictly interpreted, this mode occurs with the following coefficient of frequency for different months : August, 21 ; September, 4 ; October, 13; November, 5; December, 2; January, 2; February, 5; March, 4; April, 9; and May, 4. The average height of the barometer is determined by the alti- tude of the place, and the great barometric changes are due to the passage of general storm centers. The small daily changes, however, are quite probably due to local conditions, and even the large changes are due to conditions which are represented on a small scale in the area immediately about the lake. Among these causes are difference in nature of the surface of areas of land and water and the presence in the atmosphere of clouds, vapor, dust, etc. Generally speaking, the air mass over a water area is com- paratively stable in relation to daily changes of temperature, while that over land areas is subject to much larger changes. We have differences somewhat analagous to differences of potential between different elements in a galvanic cell. The air above the land sur- faces becomes superheated during the day and during the after- noon represents areas of low pressure, while the air mass above them becomes cooled during the night and becomes areas of high pressure during the latter part of the night. Again taking up land surfaces in detail, these differ consider- ably among themselves. Large areas of sand have a greater daily amplitude of temperature than areas of loam or muck, and these more than clay, so that, continuing the analogy of the galvanic 62 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey cell, we have a greater difference of potential between areas of sand than between muck, loam or clay. No marked tendency is shown to congregate in the vicinity of the maximum. While the morning readings appear to have a pretty distinct mode, no such feature is apparent in the other two readings, although it cannot be said that a long and diligent scrutiny might not yield some results. For the month of August they are usually close together, but rather indifferent as to position, although in a small majority of cases the evening reading is the lower and when the reverse is true the difference is usually less. On several occasions they were equal. Of 22 observations where the maxi- mum reading was not represented by the morning, however, 15 were represented by evening readings and 7 by morning, so there is quite discernible a tendency for these readings to differentiate in this regard. It is worthy of note, too, that of these 22 observa- tions, 7 (4 of the noon and 3 of the evening) represent strong and sudden changes in the barometer at the time, so that the de- parture from the mode may be explained in these cases, quite markedly when all are taken together, as a result of a sort of inertia carrying the barometer beyond its normal reading, and the advantage of the one additional abnormality in favor of the morning reading is, taken altogether, of almost equal value in explaining the abnormality there. Am TEMPERATURES During the investigations at Lake Maxinkuckee considerable attention was given to air temperatures. Beginning with July 5, 1899, the temperature readings were from a Wilder protected thermometer which had been tested by the U. S. Bureau of Standards. This thermometer, from July 5, 1899, to May 31, 1901, was hung about 10 feet above the surface of the lake on the shaded side of a cottage near the Arlington station on the west side of the lake. After May 31, 1901, it was hung about 15 feet above the surface of the lake, on the north side of the Chadwick House on Long Point. Temperature readings were usually taken three times daily, at 6 a. m., noon, and 6 p. m. During the year 1900-1901 a set of standardized maximum and minimum thermometers was installed on the shaded side of the cottage at Arlington and readings from these are given in the appropriate accompanying tables. The temperature observations were made and the record kept by various persons, as follows: Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 63 Period. Observer. November, 1898, to July 1, 1899 S. S. Chadwick July 5, 1899, to September 1, 1899 T. Bronte Evermann September 1 to October 18, 1899 Barton W. Evermann October 18, 1899, to June 19, 1900 S. S. Chadwick June 19 to July 15, 1900 J. T. Scovell July 15 to December 11, 1900 Barton W. Evermann December 11, 1900, to May 31, 1901 H. Walton Clark December 8, 1901, to October 10, 1903 S. S. Chadwick October 18, 1904, to January 4, 1905 H. Walton Clark January 5, 1905, to July 22, 1906 S. S. Chadwick July 23, 1906, to October 24, 1906 H. Walton Clark October 25, 1906, to September 6, 1907 S. S. Chadwick September 7, 1907, to October 31, 1907 H. Walton Clark November 1, 1907, to August 26, 1908 S. S. Chadwick August 27, 1908, to September 26, 1908 H. Walton Clark September 27, 1908, to August 31, 1913 S. S. Chadwick September 1, 1913, to October 31, 1913 Evermann and Clark November 1, 1913, to February 1, 1914 S. S. Chadwick JANUARY Temperatures: — The total number of records for January is 485, as follows: 5 for 1899; 93 for 1900, 1901, 1902, 1903 and 1914 each ; 12 for 1905 ; 3 for 1906, and 1 for 1907. The lowest temperature recorded for this month was — 12° on the 27th and again on the 28th, in 1902. The highest was 65° on January 20, 1906. The extremes for each year were as follows : 1900, -8° January 31, and 42.5° January 18; range 50.5°. 1901, -1.3° January 1, and 45° January 21; range 46.3°. 1902, -12° January 27 and 28, and 38° January 2; range 50°. 1903, -4° January 12, and 50° January 29; range 54°. 1914, 4° January 12, and 56° January 29; range 52°. Records of temperatures at or below freezing were made as follows: In 1899, at 6 a. m. on the 8th, 29th, 30th and 31st, the only dates on which temperatures were recorded; in 1900, at 6 a. m. on the 1st to 4th, both inclusive ; 8th, 9th, llth, 12th, 13th, 16th, 17th, 21st, 22d, 23d, and 25th to 31st, both inclusive, and at 6 p. m. on the 1st, 2d, 3d, 10th to 13th, both inclusive; 16th, 20th, 23d, and 25th to 31st, both inclusive. From this it appears that, in January, 1900, the temperature was at or below freezing on 21 days at 6 a. m., at noon on 11 days, and on 18 days at 6 p. m. The average temperature for the month is shown in a table elsewhere in this report (page 70). In 1901, freezing temperatures were recorded at 6 a. m. on the 1st to 6th, both inclusive; 9th, llth, 12th, 13th, 15th, 17th, 18th, 19th, and 22d to 31st, both inclusive, and 6 p. m. on the 1st, 2d, 3d, 5th, 7th, llth, 12th, 13th, 16th to 19th, both inclusive. In 5—17618 64 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey other words in January, 1901, the temperature was at or below freezing at 6 a. m. on 24 days, at noon on 17 days, and at 6 p. m. on 20 days. In 1902, freezing temperatures were recorded at 6 a. m. on the 1st, 3d to 6th, both inclusive; 8th to 17th, both inclusive; 19th to 25th, both inclusive, and 27th to 31st, both inclusive; at noon on the 3d, 4th, 5th, llth, 12th, 13th, 16th, 18th, 19th, 23d, 24th, 25th, and 27th to 31st, both inclusive ; at 6 p. m. on the 1st to 5th, both inclusive ; 10th to 16th, both inclusive, and 18th to 31st, both inclusive. The temperature was at or below freezing at 6 a. m. on 27 days, at noon on 17 days, and at 6 p. m. on 25 days. In 1903, freezing temperatures were recorded at 6 a. m. on the 1st, 2d, 4th to 26th, 30th and 31st, at noon on the 4th to 14th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 21st to 25th, both inclusive, and 30th, at 6 p. m. on the 1st, 3d to 15th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 22d, 23d, 24th, 25th, 29th and 30th. The temperature was therefore at or below freezing on 27 days at 6 a. m., on 20 days at noon, and on 23 days at 6 p..m. In 1905, we have records for only the first 4 days of January. On the 2d, the temperature was below freezing at noon and at 6 p. m., while on the 3d and 4th it was below freezing all day. In 1914, at 6 a.m. on the 1st to 8th, both inclusive, 10th to 14th, both inclusive; 17th, 18th, 19th, 21st, 22d, 23d, 25th, 26th, 30th and 31st ; at noon on the 1st, 4th, 6th, 10th to 13th, both in- clusive; 18th, 21st to 25th, both inclusive, 30th and 31st; at 6 p. m. on 4th to 7th, both inclusive, 10th, llth, 12th, 13th, 18th, 23d, 25th, 26th, 29th, 30th and 31st ; or at or below freezing at 6 a. m. on 22 days, at noon on 15 days, and at 6 p. m. on 17 days. The greatest daily range in January was as follows : January 24, 1900, from 33° to 56.5°, or 23.5°. January 2, 1901, from 1.5° to 24°, or 22.5°. January 28, 1902, from -12° to 10°, or 22°. January 1, 1903, from 16° to 40°, or 24°. January 29, 1914, from 32° to 56°, or 24°. The average temperature for the month was as follows: In 1900, 24.2° at 6 a.m., 33° at noon, and 29° at 6 p.m., or 28.7° for the day; in 1901, 23.8° at 6 a.m., 31.3° at noon, 29.2° at 6 p. m., or 28.1° for the day; in 1902, 19.3° at 6 a. m., 29.9° at noon, 24.7° at 6 p.m., or 24.6° for the day; in 1903, 22.1° at 6 a.m., 31° at noon, 27.1° at 6 p.m., or 26.7° for the day; in 1914, 29.2° at 6 a.m., 34.4° at noon, 32.8° at 6 p.m., or 32.1° for the day. Sky: — The records show that clear and cloudy periods in Janu- ary, 1901, were about equally divided, with the clear periods some- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 65 what in excess. This month for 1901 was markedly cloudy, the sky being obscured about § of the time. In 1902 it was again about equally divided as to clearness and cloudiness, with only 1 extra period in favor of cloudiness. In 1903 it was again markedly cloudy. Taking the entire period observed under consideration, there are almost twice as many cloudy days as clear ones. In 1914, the first clear day was on the 8th; the next two cloudy, the 12th very clear; 13th, 15th and 17th clear; 14th, 16th, 18th, and 31st, cloudy ; no record for the other days. Winds: — North and east winds are relatively infrequent. Winds from other directions are so evenly distributed that we cannot speak of any as a prevailing wind. Taking the period as a whole, indeed, the southwest winds are considerably in the lead of the others but a consideration of the several years shows that on some years other winds predominate, for example, the west winds in 1900 and 1901, so that a different series of years would yield some- what different results. The southwest winds, especially those of winter and autumn are usually chilling, and frequently bring storms. Calm periods were fairly common in 1900. The January of 1901 was unusually calm, the calm periods being considerably in excess of any wind from any particular direction and, indeed, ag- gregating nearly J of the entire month. The months of January, 1902 and 1903, were unusually boisterous, no periods of calm being recorded for either. Snow: — Rainstorms are only occasional, 3 or 4 for the month being the usual number. Snow storms are more frequent. The unusual number of 23 were reported for 1901, but a number of these were rather light snow flurries. In 1914, there was snowing all day on the 2d, snow and rain on the 3d and 4th, rain on the 14th, and snow all day on the 18th and 31st. The following tables represent briefly and comprehensively the weather phenomena for January during the periods when the lake was under observation: S KY ' • ^ VlNDS Rain Snows fall in Year Clear Cloudy Calm N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. W. N.W. inches 1900 17 12 5 1 3 2 6 2 9 11 6 4 3 1901 26 69 23 0 3 2 12 13 14 16 13 4 23 1902 16 17 > 0 1 5 0 4 2 13 1 9 5 7 1903 9 22 0 1 2 3 3 7 9 2 6 3 8 7.5 1914 14 27 1 9 14 66 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1899 Date 6 a. m. 29 30 31 0° 30° —13 0 -9 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 0° 18° 10° < 9.3° 2 12 28 • 15 18.3 3 10 30 22 20.6 4 22 37 37 32 5 38 44 37 39.6 6 33 40 37 36.6 7 42 44 40 42 8 22 34 30 28.6 9 25 42 42 36.3 10 35 36 32 34.3 11 30 32 31 31 12 29 31 31 30.3 13 30 33 32 31.6 14 34 38.5 34 35.5 15 ' 34 44 40 39.3 16 32 33 32 32.3 17 31.5 36 39 35.5 18 42.5 46 44 44.1 19 40 45 49 44.6 20 35 40 32 35.6 21 21 41.5 34 32.1 22 29 43 34 35.3 23 31 43.5 32 35.5 24 33 56.5 50 46.5 25 27.5 18.5 13 19.6 26 8.5 20 13 13.8 27 13 30 32 25 28 8 8 2.5 6.1 29 0 16 18 11.3 30 10 13 3 8.6 31 —8 0 0 -2.6 Average 24.2 33.0 29.0 28.7 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 67 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average Maximum Minimum 1 —1.3° 16.1° 7.9° 7.6° 16.9° —1.9° 2 1.5 24 17.9 14.4 24.6 1. 3 6.5 23.1 23.5 17.7 27.6 53 4 20.8 39.9 32.1 30.9 40.1 16.5 5 25 25.2 25.8 25.3 29.9 24.5 6 25 38.9 37.9 33.9 41.2 21 5 7 34 34 32 33.3 39.2 32 8 , 38.9 47.9 50 45.6 51.7 31.5 9 31 33 33 32.3 39.1 30.5 10 36.2 35 33 34.7 45.8 32.1 11 31.5 34 31 32.1 33.9 30 12 26.4 33.7 27 27.3 34.3 24.4 13 24 32 31.7 29.2 33 23.5 14 36.3 42 39.8 39.3 44.7 28.3 15 30.1 44 48.2 40.8 48.5 29.1 16 34.9 36 31.9 34.2 51 31 17 20.3 20.7 18.9 19.9 28.5 18.3 18 10.1 24.1 25.1 19.8 25.6 9.1 19 13.6 19.5 24.8 19.3 27.5 13.1 20 34.7 50.5 48.5 44.5 54.9 22.9 21 45 42.7 34 40.5 47.1 33.6 22 24.8 31 32.5 29.4 34.8 21 9 23 31 35 38.3 33.7 41 27.9 24 28.5 29.3 20 25^9 41 19.8 25 18.5 23 24.8 22.1 25.3 14.5 26 24.5 26.3 27 25.8 27.5 22.6 27 29.5 28.9 24.2 27.5 30 23.9 28 20.3 28 21.5 23.2 28.1 18.2 29 11.3 22.1 23.5 18.9 25.1 5.3 30 20.5 27 15.1 20.8 29.7 15 31 • 3.2 24.5 24.5 17.4 27.5 —3.2 Average 23.7 31.3 29.2 28.1 68 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1902 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 20° 36° 32° 29.3° 2 38 35 26 33 3 10 20 20 16.6 4 12 29 26 22.3 5 10 29 30 23 6 23 38 38 33 7 33 40 36 36.3 8 30 43 34 35.6 9 29 48 38 "38.3 10 29 44 32 35 11 20 26 23 23 12 19 24 20 21 13 15 22 18 18.3 14 16 33 30 26.3 15 18 34 32 28 16 29 29 20 26 17 17 36 40 31 18 35 30 28 31 19 14 30 29 24.3 20 20 40 30 30 21 28 36 29 31 22 27 35 26 29.3 23 28 31 27 28.6 24 25 32 29 28.6 25 21 28 32 27 26 36 40 27 34.3 27 —12 0 -8 —6.6 28 —12 10 0 —0.6 29 3 6 6 5 30 6 20 11 12.3 31 11 24 6 ' 13.6 Average 19.29 29. 94 24.74 24.6 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 69 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 16° 40° 32° 29.3° 2 30 34 34 32.6 3 34 34 •30 32.6 4 26 28 26 26.6 5 26 32 30 29.3 6 13 27 21 20.3 7 30 25 25 26.6 8 17 14 10 13.6 9 3 15 10 9.3 10 1 20 15 12 11 15 19 10 14.6 12 —4 7 1 1.3 13 2.5 18 17 12.5 14 15 25 27 22.3 15 27 37 30 31.3 16 22 40 38 33.3 17 28 24 23 25 18 11 20 18 16 3 19 15 30 20 21.6 20 16 40 35 30.3 21 28 28 22 26 22 18 32 35 28.3 23 20 27 23 23.3 24 20 28 21 23 25 22 30 28 26.6 26 30 50 40 40 27 39 47 40 42 28 38 43 45 42 29 50 46 22 39.3 30 18 22 23 21 31 28 38 39 35 Average 21.11 29.68 25.48 25.4 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1905 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average Maximum Minimum 1 2 3 4 5 36° 35 9 9 50° 28 19 24 42° 22 17 21 42.6° 28.3 15 18 50° 46 25 28 23 35.1° 22 9 6 Average 22 5 30 3 25 5 26 Am TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1906 There are only three records for this month, all at 6 a. m., viz. : January 20, 65° ; 21st, 60° ; and 22d, 35°. 70 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1907 There are only two records for this month, viz. : January 19, 60° maximum, and January 20, 6° at 6 a. m. AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1914 DATE 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Range Average 1 30° 32° 34° 4° 32 ° 2 30 35 33 5 32.7 3 31 39 36 8 35.3 4 30 32 32 2 31.3 5 27 37 32 10 32 6 29 29 29 0 29 7 29 33 30 4 30.7 8 29 40 37 11 35.3 9 38 40 36 4 38 10 26 27 25 2 26 11 18 24 20 6 20.7 12 14 21 . 15 7 16.7 13 14.5 30 28 15.5 - 24.2 14 26 39 40 14 35 15 35 48 42 13 41.7 16 35 42 37 7 38 17 30 36 34 6 33.3 18 30 30 32 2 30.7 19 32 35 37 5 34.7 20 36 38 34 4 36 21 18 25 33 15 25.3 22 19.5 24 35 14.5 26.2 23 25 30 31 6 28.7 24 33 30 34 4 32.7 25 25 28 30 13 27.7 26 30 33 31 3 31.3 27 38 50 45 12 44.3 28 40 46 42 6 42.7 29 56 56 32 24 48 30 26 31 30 5 29 31 25 30 30 5 28.3 Average 29/2 34.4 32.8 32.1 Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1900 24.2° 33.0° 29.0° 28.7° 1901 23.8 31.3 29.2 28.1 1902 19.3 29.9 24.7 24.6 1903 21.1 29.7 25.5 25.4 1914 29.2 34.4 32.8 32.1 For fi ve years 23.5 31.7 28.2 27.8 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey FEBRUARY 71 The weather conditions for February during the time when this month was under observation are given in brief form in the following table : Year SKY WINDS Rains Rain- fall in inches Snows Snow- fall in inches Clear Cloudy Calm N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. W. N.W. 1900 1901 1902 1903 20 34 20 12 10 50 11 17 1 28 0 0 2 0 1 0 4 4 7 4 1 8 2 0 8 7 2 2 4 2 5 6 1 11 5 0 6 7 0 1 9 19 6 4 5 8 14 20.2 7 11.5 7 Sky:- — February of 1900 was a relatively clear bright month, the records for clearness being twice those for cloudiness. That month for 1901 on the other hand was considerably more gloomy, the records for cloudiness exceeding those for clearness. 1902 was similar to 1900 in weather conditions prevailing during this month, it being a bright cheerful month, while in 1903 it was just a trifle more frequently cloudy than clear. For the whole period of the 4 years this month was under observation there is a remarkable balance between clear and cloudy periods, these being very nearly equal, the total number of clear periods being exceeded by cloudy periods by only 2. Winds: — North winds are the least frequent, being almost rare. Northwest winds are the most prevalent not only for the greater number of years but rather markedly so for the whole period ob- served, being on the whole twice as frequent as any wind from any other direction but not by any means equalling the sum total of the other winds combined. Generally speaking, February is a rattter blustery month, periods of calm being rare. The February of 1901, however, was unusually calm, the number of calm periods exceeding considerably that of any particular wind, and giving for the entire period a very respectable sum total of calm periods. Storms: — Rainstorms are of rather infrequent occurrence. Snow flurries and snow storms are common, there being usually a foot of snowfall for this month. Temperatures: — The total number of records for February is 438, as follows: 13 for 1899; 84 each for 1900, 1901, 1902, 1903, and 1914; 1 for 1905; 3 for 1906; and 1 for 1908. The lowest temperature recorded for this month was — 22° on February 18, 1905. The highest was 56° on February 8, 1900. The extremes for each year were as follows: 72 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 1900, -8° February 1 and 17, and 56° February 8; range 64°. 1901, -14.5° February 6, and 37.5° February 17; range 52°. 1902, -13° February 3, and 52° February 27; range 65°. 1903, -6° February 19, and 49° February 10; range 55°. Temperatures at or below freezing were recorded as follows: In February, 1899, at 6 a. m. on the 1st, 2d, 7th to 15th, both inclusive ; 25th and 27th, the only days on which observations were recorded: Zero weather was recorded on the 1st, 2d, and 7th to 13th, both inclusive. In 1900, on the 1st, 2d, 3d, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, llth, 13th to 20th, both inclusive, and 22d to 28th, both in- clusive, at 6 a. m. ; on the 1st to 5th, both inclusive ; 9th, 13th to 19th, both inclusive, and 24th to 28th, both inclusive, at noon ; and on the 1st, 2d, 5th, 6th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 13th to 19th, both inclusive; 22d and 24th to 28th, both inclusive, at 6 p. m. The temperature was therefore down to freezing on 23 days at 6 a. m., on 18 days at noon, and on 20 days at 6 p. m. Zero weather was recorded on the 1st, 16th, 17th, 24th and 25th. In February, 1901, the temperature was down to freezing on every day at 6 a. m. ; on the 1st to 17th, both inclusive, 19th to 24th, both inclusive, and 26th to 28th, both inclusive, at noon; and on the 1st to 24th, both inclusive; 16th, and 18th to 28th, both in- clusive, at 6 p. m. The temperature was therefore at or below freezing at 6 a. m. on every day of the month, at noon on every day but the 18th and 25th, and at 6 p. m. on every day except the 15th and 17th. Zero weather was recorded on the 6th, 7th, and 21st. In February, 1902, freezing temperature was recorded at 6 a. m. on every day except the 27th and 28th, at noon on every day except the 21st to the 28th, both inclusive, and at 6 p. m. on every day but the 23rd to the 28th, both inclusive. In this month records of zero or below at 6 a. m. were made on the 2d, 3d, 4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 9th, llth, 14th, 15th, 18th, 19th and 20th,— 13 days in all. In February, 1903, freezing temperatures were recorded at 6 a. m. on the 3d, 5th to 10th, both inclusive, and 13th to 26th, both inclusive; at noon on the 4th, 5th, 8th and 13th to 22d, both in- clusive ; at 6 p. m. on the 3d to 8th, both inclusive, and on the 28th. The temperature was at freezing or below on 21 days at 6 a. m., on 13 days at noon, and on 21 days at 6 p. m. Zero weather was recorded on the 17th, 18th, and 19th. We have no record for February, 1904, and only one for 1905, when on February 18, 22° below zero was recorded, the coldest temperature that has been noted during the period covered by these observations. In 1906, only 3 observations were recorded for this month, namely, 50° Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 73 on the 12th, 42° on the 13th, and 18° on the 14th, all at 6 a.m. The only record for February, 1908, is 4° at 6 a. m. on the 22d. In February, 1914, freezing temperatures were recorded at 6 a. m. on all the days except the 3d and 28th ; at noon on all the days except the 2d, 3d, 6th, 17th, 26th, 27th, and 28th ; and at 6 p. m. on all days except the 2d, 4th, and 27th. .The temperature was therefore at or below freezing on 26 days at 6 a.m., on 22 days at noon, and on 25 days at 6 p. m. Zero weather was recorded on the 8th, 9th, and 15th. The greatest daily range was as follows: February 17, 1900, from -8° to 18°, or 26°. February 6, 1901, from -14.5° to 15.9°, or 30.4°. February 22, 1902, from 4° to 44°, or 40°. February 25, 1903, from 13° to 40°, or 27°. February 9, 1914, from -2° to 28°, or 30°. AIR TEMPERATURES FOR FEBRUARY, 1899 Date 6 a. m. 1 — 8° 2 —10 7 0 8 — 9 9 —20 10 —20 11 — 1 12 —15 13 — 8 14 7 15 19 25 35 27 16 Average —1.07 74 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR FEBRUARY, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 — 8° 12° 13° 5.6° 2 4 19 10 11 3 18 28 35 27 4 35 20 33 29.3 5 20 30 32 27.3 6 32 34 32 32.6 7 40 40 41 4*0.3 8 56 42 27 41.6 9 8 25 20 17.6 10 20 34 28 27.3 11 27 40 36 34.3 12 33 40 37 36.6 13 23 19 13 18.3 14 10 30 26 22 15 17 16 8 13.6 16 — 3 15 0 4 17 — 8 18 9 6.3 18 10 28 15 14.3 19 7 25 17 16.3 20 22 37 36 31.6 21 35 36 35 35.3 22 30 33 30 31 23 18 42 38 32.6 24 8 8 — 4 4 25 — 2 10 17 8.3 26 5 20 15 13.3 27 10 20 17 15.6 • 28 19 22 20 20.3 Average 17.4 26.5- 22.7 '- 22 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 75 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR FEBRUARY, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average Maximum Minimum 1 12.5° 23 ° 15.2° 16.9° 23.9° 9.5° 2 2.5 25.5 27.3 18.7 27.5 — 1 3 29.5 31 31 30.5 31.3 25 4 26.5 28.5 27.8 27.6 29 22.2 5 12.7 23.9 14.8 17.1 23.5 12 6 —14.5 15.9 14.5 5.3 18.3 —16 7 — 4 19.1 18 11 22.9 —11.2 8 22.1 23.9 26.5 22.5 27 8 9 22.8 25.8 26 24.8 29.9 21 10 8.5 21 18.2 15.9 29.9 4 11 13.5 28 21.8 21.1 32.1 — 4 12 9.5 27 20 5 16.6 27.6 7.5 13 11.1 22.9 24.5 19.5 25.5 6 14 14.9 20.3 17.5 17.5 23.1 9.5 15 4 28.1 32.5 21.5 36 1.6 16 18.1 28.5 28 24.8 30.1 14.5 17 25 31.3 37.5 31.2 38.1 24 18 27.8 35.5 31.8 31.7 37 27 19 11.9 17.3 11.9 13.7 27.2 9.5 20 6 21.5 16.5 14.6 24 5.1 21 — 0.1 23.2 19.9 14.1 23 — 0.1 22 2.5 14.7 5.5 7.5 15 0.1 23 4 21 12.1 12.3 19.7 — 0.1 24 11.2 26.1 26.9 21.4 27.9 4 25 28 32.9 27.5 29.4 36.5 22.6 26 4.9 25.9 16.1 15.6 24.6 4.8 27 5 29 18.5 17.5 28 18 28 5 25.6 26.3 18.9 30.3 — 0.9 Average 11.3 24.8 22 19.3 76 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR FEBRUARY, 1902 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 6° 22° 12° 13.3° 2 2 — 4 — 6 — 2.6 3 —13 0 — 6 — 6.6 4 —12 — 4 — 8 — 8 5 —12 9 7 1.3 6 9 21 27 19 7 — 3 13 6 5.3 8 — 6 14 0 2.6 9 0 20 13 11 10 12 31 20 21 11 0 32 18 16.6 12 3 23 23 16.3 13 9 27 13 16.3 14 — 3 27 9 11 15 — 1 27 20 15.3 16 17 27 22 24 17 19 31 21 23.6 18 — 7 27 19 13 19 — 3 27 18 14 20 0 28 19 14.3 21 7 38 25 23.3. 22 4 44 28 25. if 23 23 49 37 36.3 24 26 47 36 36.3 25 25 43 35 34.3 26 25 48 40 37.6 27 39 52 44 45 28 41 40 40 40.3 Average 7.4 27.1 19.7 17.8 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 77 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR FEBRUARY, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 39° ~ 40° 43° 40.6° 2 * 45 47 38 43.3 3 32 33 32 32.3 4 33 29' 23 28.3 5 15 28 26 23 6 20 35 28 27.6 7 25 33 31 29.6 8 24 32 26 27.3 9 19 40 33 30.6 10 30 49 37 38.6 11 35 37 36 36 12 35 37 32 34.6 13 31 32 30 31 14 24 . 30 31 28.3 15 32 28 29 29.6 16 10 14 8 10.6 17 — 4 6 0 0.6 18 — 3 0 2 — 0.3 19 — 6 16 12 7.3 20 3 28 21 17.3 21 18 28 20 22 22 7 28 26 20.3 23 20 36 32 29.3 24 18 35 28 25.6 25 13 40 30 27.6 26 20 45 38 34.3 27 35 45 43 41 28 39 38 27 35.6 Average ... 21 7 31.8 27.2 26.8 78 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR FEBRUARY, 1914 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 14° 30° 27° 23.7° 2 30 40 38 36 3 33 46 30 36.3 4 14 32 36 27.3 5 22 30 32 28.0 6 28 34 30 30.7 7 14 20 8 14.0 8 — 2 14 0 4.0 9 — 2 28 28 18.0 10 20 24 27 23.7 11 10 20 20 16.7 12 7 14 9 10.0 13 9 11 15 10.7 14 9 24 22 18.3 15 0 15 18 11 0 16 9 20 10 13.0 17 20 38 30 29.3 18 27 32 30 29.7 19 22 30 20 24.0 20 14 31 24 23.0 21 9 28 27 21.3 22 21 22 12 18.3 23 8 14 12 11.3' 24 1 26 23 16.7 25 3 28 28 19.7 26 17 34 31 27.3 27 27 43 36 35.3 28 36 41 32 36.3 Average . ... 14.6 27 46 23.39 21.9 AVERAGE TEMPERATURE FOR FEBRUARY Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1900 17.4° 26.5" 22.7° 22.0° 1901 11.3 24.8 22 19.3 1902 7.4 27.1 19.7 17.8 1903 21.7 31.8 27.2 26.8 1914 14.6 27.5 23.4 21.8 Average for five years.. . 14.5 27.6 23 21.5 MARCH March is prevailingly a cloudy month. Of thirty observations in 1900 as to condition of the sky, 12 showed clear and 18 cloudy ; of 90 observations in 1901, 18 were clear and 72 cloudy; in 1902, 33 observations were made of which 15 recorded the sky as clear, and 18 as cloudy; while in 1903, of 41 recorded observations, 19 report the sky as clear and 22 as cloudy. March is generally a boisterous month, with very little calm. Of 46 observations in 1900 no period of calm was observed ; of the 46 winds observed nearly every direction was represented, there Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 79 being 5 winds from the north, 6 from the northeast, 5 from the east, 4 from the southeast, 4 from south, 8 from the southwest, 6 from the west and 8 from the northwest, the winds from the southwest and northwest being slightly in the majority. In 1901 the month was considerably more calm than during the preceding year. Of 91 observations 18 were calm, 1 north wind, 9 from the northeast, 3 from the east, 6 from the southeast, 13 from the south, 25 from the southwest, 2 from the west, 14 from the north- west, showing again the southwest and northwest winds slightly in the majority. In 1902, of 33 observations, there was recorded no period of calm, 1 north wind, 8 from the northeast, none from the east, 3 from the southeast, 6 from the south, 8 from the southwest, 1 from the west and 6 from the northwest. In 1903, of 50 observations, there were 2 periods of calm, 6 north winds, 11 from the north- east, 4 from the southeast, 10 from the south, 8 from the south- west, 5 from the west and 4 from the northwest. A considera- tion of all these records shows that there is no especial direction from which winds come during this month; it varies from day to day and year to year. March is generally a rather stormy month with a trifle more snow than rain. In 1900 there were 5 rainstorms, 6 snow storms with a total snowfall of about 7 inches, and 2 sleet storms. In 1901 there were 13 rainstorms. During 15 periods snow was re- corded as falling but these were usually light snow flurries, the total depth of snowfall registering only about 2| inches. 4 fogs were recorded, 15 hazy days, one electrical storm and 1 frost. In 1902 there were 5 rainstorms and 4 slight snow storms, the total snowfall being 3 inches. 2 fogs and 1 frost were recorded. In 1903 there were 7 rainstorms, 3 snowstorms, 3 fogs and 1 frost. There was a cold snap at the end of the month during which ice was frozen on pools. The month is marked by rather sudden up- ward changes of temperature, one hour changes of 25° being common. General weather conditions for March are given briefly in the following table: Year SKY WINDS Snow- fall in Clear Cloudy Calm N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. W. N.W. inches 1900 12 18 0 5 6 5 4 4 8 6 8 5 1 7 1901 18 72 18 1 9 3 6 13 25 2 14 13 15 ZH 1902 15 18 0 1 8 0 3 6 8 1 6 5 4 3 1903 19 22 2 6 11 0 0 10 8 5 4 7 3 6—17618 80 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Sky: — As shown by our records, March, in all the years rec- ords have been kept, has shown an excess, sometimes inconsider- able, sometimes considerable, of cloudy weather. During the years 1900, 1902 and 1903, the excess was not great, the month being pretty evenly divided as to periods of cloudiness and clearness. In the spring of 1901 this month was unusually cloudy, there being 3 times as many cloudy periods as clear ones. It is the abnormal condition of this particular spring that makes the periods of cloudi- ness during the 4 years studied sum up to more than twice as fre- quent as the clear ones. Winds: — North, east and south winds are relatively infrequent. The winds from other directions vary from year to year in fre- quence, but, taken as a whole, are so evenly distributed that none can be called the prevailing wind. Most years this is rather a rude boisterous month with few periods of calm. Storms: — Rainstorms, the first of the spring rains, and snow storms, are quite frequent. Temperatures: — The total number of records for March is 370, as follows : 8 for 1899 ; 93 for 1900, 1901, 1902, and 1903. The lowest temperature recorded was zero, on March 17, 1900. The highest was 73° on March 19, 1903. The extremes were as follows : 1900, 0° March 17, and 52° March 9; range 52°. 1901, 5.5° March 6, and 64.8° March 25; range 59.3°. 1902, 10° March 17, and 65° March 19; range 55°. 1903, 18° March 1, and 73° March 19; range 55°. Temperatures at or below freezing were recorded as follows: In March, 1899, at 6 a. m. on the 12th, 22d, 23d, 24th, 28th, 29th and 31st. The only other record was 50° on the llth. In 1900, March furnished freezing temperatures at 6 a.m. on the 1st to 5th, both inclusive ; 7th to 10th, both inclusive ; 12th, 14th to 18th, both inclusive; 20th, 21st, 22d, 24th, 25th, and 27th to 31st, both inclusive ; at noon on the 1st, 5th, 6th, 12th, 14th to 17th, both in- clusive; 20th, 21st, and 29th; at 6 p.m. on the 3d to 8th, both inclusive ; llth, 13th to 17th, both inclusive ; 19th, 20th, 21st, 25th, 29th and 30th. The temperature was down to freezing at 6 a. m. on 25 days, at noon on 11 days, and at 6 p. m. on 19 days. In March, 1901, freezing temperatures were recorded at 6 a. m. on the 1st, 5th, 6th, 7th, llth, 12th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 21st, 22d, 27th, 28th, 29th and 31st; at noon on the 5th, 6th, 20th and 21st; at 6 p.m. on the 4th, 5th, 6th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 27th, and 28th. The temperature was at or below freezing on 16 days at 6 a. m., on 4 days at noon, and on 8 days at 6 p. m. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 81 In March, 1902, freezing temperatures were recorded at 6 a. m. on the 2d to 6th both inclusive, 10th, 14th, 17th to 20th, both in- clusive, and 31st ; at noon on the 2d, 3d, 4th, 17th and 18th ; at 6 p. m. on the 2d to 5th, both inclusive ; 16th, 17th, and 18th. The temperature was at or below freezing on 12 days at 6 a.m., on 5 days at noon, and on 7 days at 6 p. m. In March, 1903, freezing temperatures were recorded at 6 a. m. on the 1st, 2d, 3d, 13th, 21st, 22d, 24th, 25th and 29th; at noon on the 1st and 24th, and at 6 p. m. on the 1st and 24th. The tem- perature was therefore at or below freezing at 6 a.m. on 9 days, at noon on 2 days, and at 6 p. m. on 2 days. For March, 1907, we have but three records, these showing that the maximum on each of the three days, March 21, 22, and 23, was 84°. The greatest daily range for March was as follows: March 3, 1900, from 7° to 43°, or 36°. March 23, 1901, from 40° to 62.2°, or 22.2°. March 26, 1902, from 40° to 60°, or 20°. March 31, 1903, from 35° to 60°, or 25°. AIR TEMPERATURES FOR MARCH, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 20° 23° 40° 27.6° 2 23 40 27 30 3 7 43 25 25 4 30 42 31 34 3 5 16 23 27 22 6 40 27 23 30 7 12 37 20 23 8 19 40 31 30 9 32 52 34 39.3 10 28 40 39 35.6 11 35 38 30 34.3, 12 17 32 37 28.6 13 37 42 32 37 14 24 30 25 26.8 15 18 19 14 17 16 .18 10 4 10.6 17 0 19 20 13 18 31 40 41 37 19 42 43 30 38.3 20 19 28 26 24.3 21 30 32 30 30.6 22 32 39 47 29.3 23 33 50 38 40.3 24 27 42 35 34.6 25 27 40 32 33 26 35 35 33 34.3 27 27 40 38 35 28 31 34 33 32.6 29 30 30 30 30 30 32 37 32 33.6 31 27 43 40 36.6 Average 25.8 35.2 30.5 30.4 82 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR MARCH, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average Maximum Minimum 1 28 ° 36 ° 34.5° 32.8° 37 ° 20.2° 2 34.2 38.8 35.1 36 40.6 33.8 3 38.4 51 38 42.4 53 33.4 4 33.5 41 27 33.8 4.9 31.4 5 8.5 16.9 7 10.8 23 7 6 5.5 24.5 26.4 18.8 28.6 3.1 7 26.1 40.8 36.2 34.3 42.4 2}. 4 8 38.1 41.8 43.7 41.2 44.5 34.4 9 36.8 35.2 34.5 35.5 45 33.9 10 34.5 42.5 39.9 38.9 47.5 31.8 11 28.1 33 33.6 31.5 35.5 27.3 12 28.2 36.3 38.5 34.3 38.9 37 13 41.6 37.5 34.7 37.9 43.5 34.2 14 30.7 35.5 33.1 33.1 37.3 30.4 15 28 35 28.5 30.5 34.9 26.6 16 19.6 39.5 35.2 31.4 40.6 17 17 31.1 53 49.5 44.5 54 30 18 39.3 66.5 62 55.9 69.3 39.3 19 47.8 57.1 49.2 51.3 58.5 44.4 20 32.5 30 26.1 29.5 53.9 ' 25.3 21 22.9 22.9 29.5 25.1 29.5 21.9 22 25 40.1 43.1 36 47.8 21.5 23 40 62.2 49.5 50.5 65 35 24 44.5 56 52.1 50.8 58.5 43 25 46.6 64.8 50.8 54 67.3 46 26 41.9 46.1 41.1 43 47.5 40.5 27 32 36.2 32 33.4 40.3 31.7 28 30 34.5 32 32.1 37.9 29.1 29 29.9 35.2 37.9 34.3 38.1 22.9 30 33 32.5 32.8 32.7 36.5 31 31 30.1 35.1 38.2 34.4 43 29.9 Average 31.8 40.5 37.2 36.5 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 83 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR MARCH, 1902 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 35° 36° 34° 35.0° 2 23 32 25 27.3 3 25 30 30 28.3 4 27 31 30 29.3 5 25 38 31 31.3 6 27 48 40 38.3 7 35 50 40 41.6 8 35 35 36 35.3 9 40 42 40 40.6 10 32 62 55 49.6 11 53 60 63 58.6 12 53 63 43 53 13 35 43 45 41 14 32 54 44 42.6 15 42 52 54 49.3 16 39 46 24 36.3 17 12 10 12 11.3 18 13 26 25 19.3 19 20 46 40 35.3 20 32 50 43 41.6 21 35 50 43 42.6 22 36 45 44 41.6 23 40 57 53 50 24 40 55 42 45.6 25 35 56 46 45.6 26 40 60 54 51.3 27 50 65 65 60 28 53 58 50 53.6 29 40 55 52 49 30 42 36 37 38.3 31 32 42 39 37.6 Average 34.8 46.2 41.3 40.7 84 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR MARCH, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 18° 29° 27° 24.6° 2 25 40 36 33.6 3 25 37 36 32.6 4 35 41 38 38 5 40 38 38 38.6 6 36 44 45 41.6 7 45 55 57 52.3 8 37 45 38 40 9 35 43 41 39.6 10 43 42 40 41.6 11 38 43 45 42 12 40 47 43.5 *13 30 55 45 43.3 14 37 50 44 43.6 15 35 51 46 44 16 43 52 56 50.3 17 53 65 63 60.3 18 55 72 66 64.3 19 60 73 62 65 20 60 54 40 51.3 21 30 45 40 38.3 22 32 55 40 42.3 23 35 55 34 41.3 24 30 32 32 31.3 25 32 45 45 40.6 26 33 56 55 47.6 27 40 56 42 46 28 33 44 37 38 29 27 44 43 38 30 34 54 45 44.3 31 35 60 46 47 Average 37.1 49.1 42.6 43.4 * — The maximum for the 13th was 70° AVERAGE TEMPERATURES FOR MARCH Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1900 25.8° 35.2° 30.5° 30.4° 1901 31.8 . 40.5 37.2 36.5 1902 1903 34.8 37.1 46.2 49.1 41.3 42.6 40.7 43.4 32 4 42 8 37 9 37.7 Lake Maxinkuckee> Physical and Biological Survey 85 APRIL Sky: — Of 39 observations of the sky made in April, 1900, we , have 24 records of clear and 15 cloudy ; of 89 in 1901, 33 recorded the sky as clear, 56 as cloudy; of 31 in 1902, 15 noted clear, and 16 cloudy; and of 71 in 1903, 39 records gave clear and 32 cloudy, making a total of 111 records clear and 119 cloudy, the weather being pretty evenly divided in this particular, there being a few more cloudy periods than clear ones. Generally, this month shows a very even balance between pe- riods of clearness and of cloudiness, the month for 1900 showing a greater number of clear periods than cloudy, the spring of 1901 showing the reverse, and April of 1902 and 1903 being very little different. For the whole 4 years there are 8 more cloudy periods than clear ones. Winds: — Generally speaking, calm periods are rare in April, none at all being recorded in 1900, 1902 and 1903. In 1901 it was, however, unusually calm, there being 19 periods of calm recorded. As to direction, winds are pretty equally divided; so much so that taking year after year, one cannot speak of any marked tendency toward a prevailing wind from any particular direction ; the rec- ords are as follows: Year N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. W. N.W. 1900 6 5 8 2 6 4 5 3 1901 3 26 10 9 1 0 0 18 1902 4 5 2 2 3 5 1 8 1903 8 1 8 12 38 5 1 1 There are fewer west winds than any other, and more north- east than any other, the others being well distributed. The north- east winds generally bring cool weather and storms. It is gen- erally a boisterous month, with but few calms. Storms: — Both snowstorms and rainstorms are rather frequent. As compared with other months, rain storms are usually rather infrequent; we have a record of 3 rainstorms for 1900, of 6 for 1901, of 4 for 1902. In 1903 it was unusually wet, there being 11 periods of rain recorded for April of that year. There are occa- sional snowstorms; we have 4 recorded for 1900, 1 for 1901, and .75 inch for 1902. There was one sleet storm in 1900. Five records of frost in 1901, and one hailstorm in 1903. The following table shows the general weather conditions for April : 86 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Voar £ SKY WIND Snow- Clear Cloudy Calm N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. W. N W 1900 1901 1902 1903 24 33 15 34 15 56 16 32 0 19 0 0 6 3 4 17 5 26 5 28 8 10 2 0 2 9 2 8 6 1 3 18 4 0 5 9 5 0 1 2 3 18 8 5 3 6 4 11 4 1 4 2 6 X 1 Temperatures: — The total number of temperature records for April is 362, as follows : 90 for 1900, 1901, 1902 and 1903 each, and 1 each for 1907 and 1909. The lowest temperature recorded was 18° on April 10, 1909. The lowest recorded in years of full records was 25° on April 5, 1900, and again on April 4, 1903; the highest was 88° on April 29, 1900. The extremes were as follows: 1900, 25° on April 5, and 88° on April 29; range 63°. 1901, 30.1° on April 1, and 85.1° on April 30; range 55°. 1902, 22° on April 8, and 86° on April 21; range 64°. 1903, 25° on April 4, and 75° on April 12; range 50°. The temperature was at or below freezing as follows: In April, 1900, at 6 a.m. on the 1st, 3d, 4th, 5th and 10th to 14th, inclusive ; at noon on the llth ; and at 6 p. m. on the 3d, llth, and 13th. The temperature was freezing at 6 a. m. on 9 days, at noon on one day, and at 6 p. m. on 3 days. - In April, 1901, it was at or below freezing at 6 a. m. only on the 1st, and at no time at noon or 6 p. m. In April, 1902, it was at or below freezing at 6 a. m. on the 1st, 2d, 3d, 4th, 7th and 8th; at noon on the 1st and 7th; and at 6 p. m. on the 1st, 7th and 8th. In this month it was down to freezing on 6 days at 6 a. m., on only 2 days at noon, and on 3 days at 6 p. m. In April, 1903, the temperature was down to 30° at noon and 6 p. m. on the 3d; to 25° at 6 a. m., and 32° at noon and 6 p. m. on the 4th, to 28° at 6 a.m. on the 5th, and to 32° at 6 a.m. on the 23d. In April, 1909, when only one observation was recorded, it was 18° at 6 a. m. on the 10th. The greatest daily range was as follows : April 26, 1900, from 46° to 77°, or 31°. April 30, 1901, from 62.9° to 85.1°, or 22.2°. April 21, 1902, from 48° to 86°, or 38°. April 1, 27, and 28, 1903, from 40°, 40° and 50°, respectively, to 60°, 60° and 70°, respectively, or 20°. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 87 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR APRIL, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 . 30° 55" 47° 44° 2 37 42 43 40.6 3 27 44 32 34.3 4 27 55 40 40.6 5 25 60 51 45.3 6 38 70 55 54.3 7 49 75 60 61.3 8 47 60 50 52.3 9 38 57.5 37 44.1 10 26 47 40 37.6 11 29 32 30 30.3 12 30 40 34 34.6 13 30 46 32 36 14 30 60 44 44.6 15 48 78 65 63.6 16 58 60 55 59.3 17 52 60 58 56.6 18 • 55 60 52 55.6 19 49 69 53 57 20 43 73 60 58.6 21 53 64 60 52.3 22 58 65 51 58 23 45 76 65 62 24 51 74' 60 61.6 25 45 74 60 59.6 26 46 77 56 59.6 27 51 67 65 61 28 64 80 63 69 29 60 88 65 71 30 50 67 60 59 Average 43 "62.5 51.4 52.3 88 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR APRIL, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average *1 30.1° 44.2° 45.7° 40.3° 2 39 34 36 36 3 34.1 49 44.5 42.5 4 35.1 53.5 54 47.5 5 43.1 51.5 47.2 47.3 6 43.8 44.9 41 43.2 7 38.9 50 41.5 •47.1 8 34 40.1 40.9 38.3 9 34 48.8 48 43.6 10 35.8 51.9 51.9 46.5 11 40.3 52.5 51.9 42.8 12 40.6 49 51.5 47.1 13 47.2 48 48.8 48 14 43.5 59.8 57.8 57 15 43.9 58.2 52 51.4 16 41.9 60.2 49.4 50.5 17 53.7 51.5 40.5 48.6 18 32.5 37.9 38 36.1 19 32.2 41.1 39 37.4 20 33.3 47.1 38.2 39.5 21 35.3 42.6 36.8 38.2 22 41.4 44.5 50.1 45.3 23 46 51.9 52.2 50 24 44 58.9 56.5 53.1 25 49.5 52 59 53.5 26 52.7 64.1 62.5 59.8 27 57.9 70.5 63.3 63.9 28 58.6 78 71 69.2 29 60.2 77.5 71.3 69.7 30 62.9 85.1 71.5 73.2 Average .... 42.9 53.3 50.4 48.9 * — Maximum air temperature for the 1st was 48.4°; minimum, 26. lc Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 89 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR APPRIL, 1902 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 32° ~32° 32° 32° 2 31 35 36 34 3 28 47 40 38.3 4 30 50 42 40.6 5 36 56 50 47.3 6 45 60 50 51.6 7 32 26 25 27.6 8 22 38 36 32 9 35 58 45 46 10 35 65 60 53.3 11 48 55 50 51 12 46 45 44 45 13 35 41 39 38.3 14 36 44 42 40.6 15 38 50 45 44.3 16 42 58 52 50.6 17 42 60 56 52.6 18 48 68 56 57.3 19 47 56 50 51 20 40 68 53 53.6 21 48 86 77 70.3 22 67 80 78 75 23 42 50 48 46.6 24 38 58 64 53.3 25 50 62 70 60.6 26 50 46 50 48.6 27 50 60 62 57.3 28 56 76 65 65.6 29 54 78 66 66 30 56 62 60 59.3 Average 41.9 55.7 51.4 49.7 90 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR APRIL, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6p.m. Average 1 40° 60° 50° 2 55 70 65° 63.3 3 36 30 30 32 4 25 32 32 29.6 5 28 35 45 36 6 45 55 56 52 7 43 55 61 53 8 45 57 60 54 9 48 65 56 56.3 10 45 53 47 48.3 11 55 65 70 63.3 12 65 75 65 68.3 13 53 48 48 49.6 14 45 50 47 47.3 15 43 48 41 46 16 38 54 46 46 17 37 55 50 47.3 18 42 60 55 52.3 19 41 55 .50 48.6 20 43 57 57 '52.3 21 43 43 43 43 22 36 42 42 40 23 32 50 48 43.3 24 46 58 48 50.6 25 45 46 48 46.3. 26 35 55 56 48.6 27 40 60 63 54.3 28 50 70 71 63.6 29 60 74 72 68.6 30 63 36 32 43.6 Average 44.1 53.8 51.9 49.9 AVERAGE AIR TEMPERATURES FOR APRIL Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1900 43.0° 62.5° 51.4° 52.3° 1901 42.9 53.3 50.4 48.9 1902 41.9 55.7 51.4 49.7 1903 44.1 53.8 51.9 49.9 Average for four years . . 43 56.3 51.3 50.2 MAY Sky: — Of 35 observations made in 1900, 21 record the sky as clear, and 14 as cloudy; of 95 in 1901, 23 record the sky as clear and 72 as cloudy; of 31 records in 1902 we have 15 clear and 16 cloudy ; and of 76 records for 1903 we have 49 clear and 27 cloudy, making a total of 108 records for clear and 129 of cloudy, the cloudy periods being somewhat in excess of the clear ones. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 91 May is generally a bright sunny month, most of the records showing a preponderance of bright days. Many of the periods marked "cloudy" in 1901, were bright and pleasant, either because of thinness of the clouds or broken rifts in them. Winds: — As with April, this is a month of comparatively few calms, none being reported for 1900, 1902, or 1903. In 1901, for which our records are much fuller, we have recorded 15 periods of calm. West winds were rather few; all others were pretty well dis- tributed, those from the south being on the whole, the most abund- ant. For the year for which we have the fullest records we have a goodly record of periods of calm. The following is a record of the winds for the time observed : Year N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. W. N.W. 1900 7 5 0 8 6 10 2 - 1 1901 5 31 2 12 1 3 1 16 1902 1 1 4 4 1 5 0 2 1903 8 1 8 12 38 5 1 1 Storms: — Rainstorms are frequent, just about as frequent as in April. Two rainstorms were recorded for 1900, 4 in 1901, none in 1902, and 6 in 1903. Of other atmospheric phenomena there was one thunderstorm in 1901, and there were 2 cases of noticeably heavy dewfall. It may be observed that "dew", as commonly observed, especially on grass, is as much a biological as an atmospheric phenomenon, being the result of transpiration by herbage, although peculiar atmospheric conditions favor its manifestation. The general weather conditions for May are shown in the fol- lowing table : SKY WIND Clear Cloudy Calm N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. W. N.W. 1900 21 14 0 7 5 0 8 6 10 2 1 2 1901 23 72 15 5 31 2 12 1 3 1 16 4 1902 15 16 0 1 1 4 4 1 5 0 2 0 1903 49 27 0 8 1 8 12 38 5 1 1 6 Temperatures: — The total number of temperature records for May is 310, as follows: 90 in 1900, 91 in 1901, 53 in 1902, and 76 in 1903. 92 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey The lowest temperature recorded was 30° on May 1, 1903. The highest was 93° on May 14 and again on May 16, 1900. The extremes were as follows : 1900, 35° on May 3, and 88° on May 25; range 53°. 1901, 42.5° on May 30, and 89° on May 23; range 46.5°. 1902,* 43° on May 15, and 88° on May 18; range 45°. 1903, 30° on May 1, and 90° on May 17 and 19; range 60°. In the 4 years for which records were made the temperature in the month of May fell as low as freezing only once, which was at 6 a. m. May 1, 1903, when it stood at 30°. The greatest daily range was as follows : May 10, 1900, from 37° to 77°, or 40°. May 23, 1901, from 60° to 89°, or 29°. May 3, 1902, from 62° to 90°, or 28°. May 10, 1903, from 54° to 83°, or 29°. AIR TEMPERATURES FOR MAY, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 D. m. Average 1 46° 80° 64° 63.3° 2 60 82 54 65.3 3 35 55 45 45 4 45 56 48 49.6 5 45 70 60 58.3 6 50 78 67 65 7 53 79 66 66 8 65 75 55 65 9 40 56 42 46 10 37 77 58 57.3 11 50 77 65 64 12 60 88 70 72.6 14 f 79 93 76 82.6 15 70 9"0 80 80 16 76 93 72 80.3 17 50 65 60 58.3 18 56 60 51 59 19 50 63 51 54.6 20 50 67 63 60 21 46 70 60 58.6 22 50 70 64 61.3 23 61 80 74 71.6 24 61 85 76 74 25 63 88 76 75.6 26 70 85 83 79.3 27 68 80 70 72.6 28 64 80 70 71.3 29 68 78 70 72 30 70 88 80 79.3 31 70 80 70 73.3 Average 56.9 76.3 64.7 66 *No record after May 18. t Maximum air temperature, 93° Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 93 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR MAY, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 62° 83.8° 80° 75.3" 2 85.9 73.1 79.5 3 51.5 66 65.4 61 4 48.9 67 62.9 59.6 5 58.9 74.3 70.5 67.9 6 62 73.2 62.3 65.8 7 57.8 61.8 57.8 59.1 8 55 60.3 58.8 58 9 49.5 62 63.9 58.5 10 53 2 59.5 66 59.6 11 50.5 64 1 61.8 58.8 12 51.6 55.5 53 53.4 13 46.5 66.1 55.8 56.1 14 46.6 " 59.8 60.5 55.6 15 42.9 70.3 83 65.4 16 54 82.6 64.5 67 17 55.1 83 5 80.5 73 18 62.3 79.2 70.4 70.6 19 54 N2 64.9 61 60 20 53.5 67.9 59 60.1 21 52.8 57.4 59.6 56.6 22 55 62 66.6 61.2 23 60 85.9 89 78.3 24 60.9 57.5 52.5 57 25 47.6 51.1 49.4 26 45 51.5 47 47.8 27 46 56.9 54.9 52.6 28 52.2 65.2 62.6 60 29 43.9 57.9 54.5 52.1 30 42.5 58.9 57.9 53.1 31 45 66 68.9 60 Average 52.2 66.9 63.7 61 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR MAY, 1902 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 48° 63° 61° 57.3° 2 60 80 67 69 3 62 90 78 76.6 4 67 88 76 77 5 60 72 70 67.3 6 56 66 63 61.6 7 50 58 60 56 8 46 52 50 49.3 9 43 50 54 49 10 45 48 49 47.3 11 45 50 56 50.3 12 50 78 76 68 13 59 60 60 59.6 14 58 62 54 58 15 43 56 58 52.3 16 50 66 68 61.3 17 51 73 60 81.3 18 65 88 76.5 Average 53.2 66.7 62.4 61.2 94 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR MAY, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 30° 55° 50° 45.0° 2 37 60 58 51.6 3 43 43 40 42 4 37 60 54 50.3 5 47 68 60 58.3 6 55 70 60 61.6 7 45 65 60 56.6 8 45 70 62 59 9 55 82 65 67.3 10 54 83 60 65.6 11 62 81 68 70.3 12 60 84 73 72.3 13 64 84 60 69.3 14 50 80 64 64.6 15 57 78 63 66 16 60 84 65 69.6 17 63 90 66 73 18 65 85 74 74.6 19 66 90 70 75.3 20' 70 78 65 71 21 68 78 70 72 22 66 75 70 70.3 23 68 80 78 75.3 24 70 80 68 72.3 25 65 81 73 27 70 80 75 Average 56.6 75.5 63.5 65.4 AVERAGE TEMPERATURES FOR MAY Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1900 56.9° 76.3° 64.7° 66.0° 1901 52.2 66.9 63.7 61.0 1902 53.2 66.7 62.4 61.2 1903 56.6 75.5 63.5 65.4 Average for four years . . 54.7 71.4 63.6 63.3 JUNE Sky and Winds: — We have complete records for June for only 2 years, 1900 and 1901, the records of other years being too frag- mentary to tabulate. Of 36 records in 1900, 23 record the sky as clear and 13 as cloudy; of 78 for 1901 we have 33 records of clear sky and 45 of cloudy, leaving the month for 1900 with an excess of clear records and that for 1901 with a somewhat similar ex- cess of records for cloudy. The total observations for the 2 years Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 95 are 56 clear periods and 58 cloudy, which is a remarkably even balance. In 1900 there were 10 more observations marked "clear" than cloudy, while in 1901 cloudy periods were somewhat more frequent than clear. Taking observations for both years, we have the pe- riods pretty evenly divided. These observations show that, taken as a whole, the cloudy pe- riods and clear periods are about equally divided, the clear periods being more prevalent in 1900 but less so in 1901. North and west winds are relatively infrequent ; winds from other directions are so evenly balanced that none can be called the prevailing wind. This is an evenly tempered uneventful month and the minor weather phenomena such as fog, haze, electrical storms, etc., were not suf- ficiently marked to attract especial attention. Rainstorms are not especially frequent during this month. The results of our observations are given in the following table : SKY WINDS Rain- Year I? * fall in Clear Cloudy Calm N N.E E. S.E s S.W W. N.W inches 1900 23 13 4 5 9 9 7 4 8 0 4 8 1.5 1901 33 45 17 0 8 5 16 5 16 3 11 9 Temperatures: — The total number of temperature records for June is 202, as follows : 90 in 1900, 90 in 1901, 10 in 1902, and 12 in 1903. The lowest temperature recorded was 45.5° on June 1, 1901. The highest was 95° on June 28, 1901. The extremes were as follows: 1900, 49° on June 3 and 88° on June 16; range 39°. 1901, 45.5° on June 1 and 95° on June 28; range 49.5°. 1902,1 50° on June 21 and 22, and 66° on June 30; range 16°. 19032, 62° on June 27 and 86.2° on June 30; range 24.2°. Our records show no freezing temperature for June, greatest daily range was as follows : June 9, 1900, from 54° to 80°, or 26°. June 16, 1901, from 65° to 90°, or 25°. June 28, 19021, from 56° to 61°, or 5°. June 29 and 30, 1903% 72° and 73° to 85.2° The and 83.2°, or 13.2 c 1 Records for only 6 days. 2 Records for only 4 days. 7—17618 96 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JUNE, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 76° 86° 73° 78.3° 2 68 65 60 64.3 3 49 66 60 58.3 4 58 75 70 67.6 5 67.5 80 73 73.5 6 68 78 68 71.3 7 66 79 70 70.3 8 68 79 60 69 9 54 80 60 64.6 10 65 80 70 71.6 11 68 79 65 70.6 12 63 77 75 71.6 13 70 81 76 75.6 14 63 80 65 69.3 15 64 75 63 67.3 16 60 88 78 75.3 17 66 82 68 71.3 18 65 80 63 69.3 19 65 76 74 71.6 20 76 74 63.5 70.5 21 63.5 69.5 67.5 66.8 22 65 68 60 64.3 23 64 82 70 72 24 68 84.5 70 70.8 25 67 84 73 74.6 26 84 85.7 76 5 82 27 71 84'. 7 79.5 78.4 28 68 85 79 77.3 2) 76 5 79 69 74.8 3) ro 68 72 66 6 Average 66.2 78.3 69 71 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 97 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JUNE, 1901 Dftte 6 a. in. NOOT 6 p. m. Average l 45.5° 66.1° 64 0° 58.5° 2 52.2 66.1 79.5 65.9 3 57.3 79.5 81.2 72.7 4 60.1 84 82.1 75.4 ' 5 69 65.9 73.9 69.6 6 65 72 76.5 71.2 7 52.5 56 52.9 53.8 8 46 63.9 58 56 9 55.2 78.5 77.1 70.3 10 62 1 71.3 79.6 71 11 ' 73.8 91.5 93.5 86.3 12 70 94 75.1 79.7 13 70 89.8 80 7,9.9 14 73.8 -91.6 82.5 82.6 15 72 82.5 80 78.2 16 65 90 83.8 79.6 17 66.1 71.5 73.5 70 4 18 62.9 83.6 73.5 73 3 19 68 85.9 79.5 77.8 20 63.9 77.1 74.9 72 21 69.9 75.8 79.3 75 22 72 87.8 87.9 82.6 23 67.8 81.9 83.3 77 7 24 73.9 90.1 85 83 25 76.1 94.5 83.8 84.8 26 74 91 88 84 27 76.5 93.4 81 83 6 28 71 95 91 86 29 76.5 88 82.5 82.3 30 79.8 94 2 92 9 88.9 Average 66.3 81.8 79.2 75.7 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JUNE, 1902 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Rarfc Average 21 50° 22 50 23 55 24 58 28 30 56 64 61° 66 59° 52 5° 14 58.7° 60 7 55 5 63 5 55 5 59.7 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JUNE, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Averape 27 62° 75" 74° 70.3° 28 63.5 75 78 72.2 29 72 85.2 82.5 79 9 30 73 86 2 81 ?0 Average 67 6 80 4 78.9 75.6 98 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AVERAGE AIR TEMPERATURES FOR THE MONTH OF JUNE Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1900 66.2° 78.3° 69.0° 71.0° 1901 66.3 81.8 79.2 75.7 1902 55.5 63.5 55.2 59.5 1903 67.6 80.4 78.9 75.6 Average for four years . . 63.9 76 70.6 70.4 JULY Sky: — The records for July are fairly complete for only 3 years and accordingly do not admit of the checking up and balancing which is possible where we have more years to compare. It may briefly be observed that the clear periods were somewhat in ex- cess of the cloudy ones for the years under observation and that the south winds were somewhat more common than those from any other direction. The calm periods were surprisingly few. Winds: — Northeast, west and northwest winds were the least frequent, the prevailing wind being from the south. Periods of calm were rather infrequent. Storms: — Compared with other months, showers were rather frequent; of fairly complete records of 34 months, we have only six that equal or exceed that of this particular month. Temperatures: — The total number of temperature records for July is 330, as follows : 93 in 1899, 93 in 1900, 26 in 1902, 93 in 1903, 24 in 1906, and 1 in 1910. The lowest temperature recorded for this month was 54° on July 1, 1902; the highest was 103° on July 1, 1910. The extremes for each year were as follows : 1899, 58° on July 8 and 89° on July 21; range 31°. 1900, 60.5° on July 1 and 9, and 92° on July 4; range 31.5°. 19021, 54° on July 1 and 90° on July 7 and 27; range 36°. 1903, 60° on July 15 and 16, and 91° on July 3 and 4; range 31°. 19062 60.5° on July 31 and 94° on July 23; range 33.5°. Our records show no freezing temperature for July. The greatest daily range was as follows : July 12, 21 and 24, 1899, from 71°, 73° and 71°, respectively, to 87°, 89° and 87°, respectively, or 16°. July 14 and 28, 1900, from 71° and 64°, respectively, to 88° and 81°, respectively, or 17°. July 24, 1902, from 65° to 88°, or 23°. July 2, 1903, from 68° to 88°, or 20°. July 31, 19063, from 60.5° to 84°, or 23.5°. 1 Records for only 11 days. 2 Records for only 9 days. 3 Records for only 9 days. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 99 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JULY, 1899 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 5 69° 73° 70° 70.6° 6 65 77 77 73 7 69 80 78 75.6 8 58 70.5 68 65.5 9 65 76 76.5 72.5 10 69 80 80 76.3 11 71 83.5 81 78.5 12 71 87 86.5 81.5 13 74 86 74 78 14 70 74 73 72 3 15 69 77 73 16 71 77.5 74 77.1 17 66 72 70 69.3 18 66 79 80 75 19 69 83 82 78 20 74 86 85 81.6 21 73 89 84 82 22 73 87 84 81.3 23 72 87 85 81.3 24 71 87 85 81 25 71 86 80 79 26 68 83 82 77.6 27 69 78 73 5 28 69.5 76 81 75.5 29 72 77 68 72.3 30 64 74 71 69 6 31 62 75.5 75.5 71 Average 68.9 80.2 77.9 75.6 100 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AiK TEMPERATURES FOR JULY, 190U Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 60.5° 73.0' 76.5° 70.0° 2 68.4 » 86.5 85 80 3 70.5 88 86 81.5 4 85 92 85 87.3 5 81 90.5 85 85.5 6 77.3 89.5 85 83.9 7 71 86 76.5 77.8 8 69 66 67.5 67.5 9 60 5 75 70 68.5 10 64 79 76 73 11 76 89 67 77.3 12 67 64 77 60.3 13 64.5 75.5 74 5 71.5 14 71 88 85. 81.3 15 78 88 84.5 83.5 16 71 71.5 79 73.8 17 71.5 78.5 71 73.6 18 67 74 76 72.3 19 72 84 78 78 20 72 87 66 75 21 62 71 75.8 72.8 22 67 83 81 77 23 72 86 85 81 24 75 70 71 72 25 67 78 76 73.6 26 67.5 75 70 69.1 27 66 74 75 71.6 28 64 81 79 •74.6 29 73 82. 78 77.6 30 70 82 76 76 31 70.5 88.5 79 78.6 Average 70 80.4 77.3 75.9 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JULY, 1902 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 54° 71° 63° 62.6° 2 64 84 70 72.6 3 75 84 7 80 90 75 81.6 9 76 82 79 18 79 81 80 21 58 24 65 88 79 77.3 25 70 85 83 79.3 27 75 90 70 78.3 6J 6 83 9 73 4 76 4 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 101 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JULY, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Nocn tip. m. Average 1 73.5° 89° 71° 77.8° 2 68 88 84 80 3 75.5 91 87 84.5 4 79 91 75 81.6 5 78 sa 76 78 6 73 79 81 77.6 7 73 84 82 79.6 8 75.2 90 86 83.7 9 73 87.5 88.5 83 10 75.2 85 83.2 81.1 11 70.5 -82 77.5 76.6 12 70 78.5 68 72.2 13 63 78 73.5 73.2 14 63 76 68 69 15 6J 71.5 68 66.5 16 63 75 74 69.6 17 68 78 69 71.6 18 63 68 73 68 19 73 73.5 73.5 73.3 20 67 75 77 73 21 73 85.5 78 77.1 22 73 76 70.5 73.1 23 < 72 78 72 74 24 81 83 83 82.3 25 82 86.5 83 83.8 26 72 89 77 79.3 27 67.5 78 80 75.1 28 71 91 79 80.3 29 70 81 76.5 75.8 30 65 73 68.5 68.8 31 58 61 07.5 63.8 Average 72.5 83.9 76.6 75.9 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR JULY, 1906 Date 6 a. m. Nocn 6 p. m. Average 23 74° 94° 88° 85.3° 24 66 74 73 71 25 63.9 78 5 71.2 26 66 87 9 76.9 27 71.9 84 83 79.6 28 78 92.2 71.8 80.6 29 70 73.9 75 73 30 67 83.9 79.9 76.9 31 60.5 84 82 75.5 Average 68 6 83.6 78.9 76.9 102 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AVERAGE TEMPERATURES FOR THE MONTH OF JULY Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1899 6S.9° 80.2° 77.9° 75.6° 1900 70 80.4 77.3 75.9 1902 69.6 83.9 73.4 76.4 1903 72.5 80.9 76.6 75.9 1906 68.6 83.6 78.9 76.6 Average for five years. . 69.9 81.8 76.8 76.1 AUGUST Sky: — For August we have fairly complete records for only 2 years, 1900 and 1906. We have pretty full temperature records for 1902 but few. records of other weather conditions. Our records show an abundance of cloudy weather, and for the summer of 1906, a considerable excess. In many cases of cloudy weather, however, the clouds were much broken up, permitting many bright days and clear bits of sunshine. Winds: — August is notably a month of calms and it is due to the placid untroubled surface of the lake that the plankton scum, which begins either at the end of the preceding month or the be- ginning of this, forms on the surface and reaches its maximum de- velopment. West winds are the least frequent; east winds the most so. Storms: — In keeping with the prevailing calm, storms are rela- tively infrequent. The following is the record in tabular form : SKY WIND Cl Cloudy Calm N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. VV. N.W. 1900 14 19 8 4 3 5 2 7 4 1 4 5 1906 19 48 34 5 3 12 4 5 2 2 7 3 Temperatures: — The total number of temperature records for August is 382, as follows : 93 in 1899, 93 in 1900, 23 in 1902, 74 in 1906, and 15 in 1908, The lowest temperature recorded was 51°, on August 28, 1906; the highest was 98°, on August 2, 1906. The extremes for each year were as follows: Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 103 1899, 58.5° on August 15 and 88.5° on August 19; range 30°. 1900, 62° on August 31 and 92.1° on August 10; range 30.1°. 1902,' 54° on August 23 and 90C on August 5; range 36°. 1903, 55° on August 12 and 86.5° on August 23; range 31.5°. 1906, 51° on August 28 and 98° on August 2; range 47°. 1908,2 62.5° on August 27 and 87.4° on August 31; range 24.9° Our records show no freezing temperature for August, greatest daily range was as follows: The August 3, 1899, from 69C August 19, 1900, from 70 c August 5, 1902, from 65' August 21, 1903, from 59C August 29, 1906, from 56 c August 28, 19082, from 63° to 81°, or 18°. AIR TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST, 1899 to 88°, or 19°. to 91.5°, or 21.5C to 90°, or 25°. to 79°, or 20°. to 77.5°, or 21.5C Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 67.0° 73.5° 82.5° 74.3° 2 75 82 76.5 74.5 3 69 80 88 79 4 73.5 83 80 78.8 5 70 73.5 73 72.2 6 69.5 74.5 76.5 73.5 7 64 76 70 70 8 62 72 73.5 69.2 9 65 80 71 72 10 70 82.5 80.5 77.6 11 71 87 86.5 81.5 12 72.5 83.5 76.5 77.5 13 64.5 71 68 67.8 14 62 70 74 68.6 15 58.5 75.5 76 70 16 60 75 78.5 71.2 17 65 80 81.5 68.8 18 69.5 81 81 77.2 19 71 88.5 85 81.5 20 72 80.5 76.2 21 71.5 83 77.5 77.2 22 65 79 80 74.6 23 72 80 82.5 78.2 24 67 83.5 82.5 78 25 67.5 80 81.5 76.3 26 68 82.5 82.5 77.<; 27 62.5 82.5 83 76 28 70.5 84 82 78.8 29 69 75 74 72.6 30 70 83.5 83.5 79 31 72 81 82 78.3 Average 67.9 79.5 79 75.1 1 Records for only 12 days. 2 Records for only 5 days. 104 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average Maximum Minimum Range 1 65.8° 76.5° 78.0° 73.1° 79.4° 64.5° 14.9° 2 69.5 76 76 73.8 79 67.2 11.8 3 69 78 81.1 76 82.8 67.2 15.6 4 7J.2 89.8 87 82.3 90.5 67.4 23.1 5 75 89.8 88 84.2 91 73.6 17.4 6 76.5 87.5 86.8 83.6 89.8 74 15.8 7 75 89.5 86. .5 83.6 80.6 71.8 8.8 8 76 88 85.1 83 90.4 70.6 19.8 9 74.5 90.2 87.5 84 91.5 70.4 21.1 10 77.4 90.8 88.4 85.5 92.1 75.2 16.9 11 77 91 78 82 92 73.5 18.5 12 69.5 77 76.4 74.3 81.8 69.5 12.3 13 68 80.2 81 76.4 84.5 65.6 18.9 14 67.6 68.5 77 71 80 63 17 15 71 70.1 72 71 73.2 68.5 4.7 16 65.8 71 77 71.3 78.5 64.6 13.9 17 73.9 77 75 75.3 80.5 67 13.5 18 73 86.6 87 82.2 90.4 69.8 20.6 19 77 90 68.5 78.5 91.5 70 21.5 20 71.5 88.5 81 80.3 90.5 69.6 20.9 21 64.8 80.9 75.5. 73.4 83.8 63.2 20.6 22 71.9 79 79 76.6 82.8 70.5 12.3 23 69.4 71 78 72.8 82 69.4 12.6 24 71.5 83 81 78.5 86 70.2 15.8 25 72 84 77.3 77.7 86.5 70.6 15.9 26 70.5 80 75.5 75.3 80.6 69.8 10.8 27 (8.5 79.8 78 75.4 82.2 65.2 17 28 65.5 79 78 74.1 81.8 64.5 17.3 29 69.5 81 78 76.1 82.6 67 15.6 30 61 82.5 81 74.8 84 65 19 31 63 83 82 77.3 85.2 62 23.2 Average 70.8 81.9 80 77.5 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST, 1902 Date 6 a. m. NOOT 6 p. m. Average 5 65° 9J° 77.5° 56 74 65 10 75 11 56 « 19 20 21 72 76 65 86 80 74 79.3 75 22 23 56 54 66 65 62.3 24 28 30 60 62 76 81 88 70 73 68.6 72 Average 62.2 79.5 72.4 71.4 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 105 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 57° 70° 73° 66. 6J 2 64 83 69 75.3 3 72 87 70.5 77.1 4 66 73.5 75 71.5 5 68 78.5 78.5 75 6 68 74 68 70 7 ' 55 73 67 65 8 60 76 68 68 9 62 75 68 68.5 10 60 75 75 70 11 56 70 64 63.3 12 55 67 67 63 13 60 72 70 67.3 14 61.5 74 73 69.5 15 60 68 65 64.3 16 63 75 74 70.6 17 63 75 71 69.6 18 65 81 77 74.3 19 63 64 69 65.3 20 58 75 70 67.6 21 59 79 75 71 22 67 81 78 75.3 23. 69 86.5 82.5 79.6 24 73 86 85 81.3 25 76 86 72 78 26 60 71 75 68.6 27 68 78 69 71.6 28 65 75 76 72 Average 63.3 76 72.7 70.7 106 Lo,ke Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST, 1906 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 65.5° 83.5° 83.9° 77.6" 2 71 88 98 85.7 3 . 65.9 85.5 75.9 75.8 4 72.9 91.5 72.9 79.1 5 75 87.5 71.9 78.2 6 70.9 88 69 76 7 68.8 80 73.4 74.1 8 68.5 79 83.5 77 9 70 10 67.5 78 76.9 74.1 11 66.4 79.5 74.9 73.6 12 59 70.1 70.1 66.4 13' 59.9 75 72.5 69.1 14' 65 15' 80 9 16 72.5 87.8 80.5 80.3 17 71 76.5 74.1 73.9 18 68 81.8 72.6 74.1 19 75.5 •20 90 5 73 81 8 21 80.5 •22 89 79 84 23 90 84 87 24 70.5 78.5 74 5 25 82.5 26 89 5 66 5 78 27 58.9 65 9 61 61.9 28 51 66.9 65.5 61.1 29 56 77.5 75 69.5 30 61.5 68 68 65.8 31 59 Average 67 4 81 1 75 1 74 9 1 Maximum for the day, 77.8°. 2 Maximum for the day, 74°; minimum, 51.9°. 8 Maximum for the day, 89°; minimum, 79°. AIR TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST, 1908 Date1 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 27 62.5° 80° 76° 72.8° 28 63 81 76 74.3 29 69 73 75 72.3 30 70.5 83 82.1 78.5 31 73 87.4 86 82.1 Average 67 6 80 9 79 75 8 Records only for the last five days of the month. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 107 AVERAGE TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1899 67.9° 79.5° 79.0° 75.1° 1900 70.8 81.9 80 77.5 1902 62.2 79.5 72.4 71.4 1903 63.3 76 72.7 70.7 1906 67.4 81.1 75.1 74.9 1908 67.6 80.9 79 76 Average for six years . . . 66.5 79.8 76.4 74.3 SEPTEMBER Sky: — The month of September generally contains a good pro- portion of fair bright days. Our table for 1900 shows a consider- able excess of cloudy days, but the conditions are reversed in 1903, when, however, we have only about a third of the month repre- sented. In 1906, the records cover only the first 19 days and are expressed in too general terms to easily adapt themselves to tabu- lar form, but which, of the 19 days, record 16 days as "fine" or "fair weather" and 3 as cloudy or showery. The only fairly com- plete record for September is that of 1900. In 1902 we have scattered records covering 6 days, too fragmentary to be tabulated. In 1903 we have continuous records only from the 21st to the 30th, but as these are pretty full records they are entered. Winds: — Calm days are frequent. In September, 1900, south winds were the most prevalent. In September, 1906, northeast winds were frequent ; these are usually cold disagreeable winds. Storms: — Rainstorms are rather frequent most years and are accompanied by cool weather. Fogs are occasional, and this is the month of the first frosts. The following is the table for the two years : SKY WIND Clear Cloudy Calm N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. W. N.W. 1900 21 31 8 3 2 2 5 10 6 1 3 13 1903 12 6 0 2 1 0 3 7 1 1 1 1 Temperatures: — The total number of temperature records for September is 452, as follows : 84 in 1899, 88 in 1900, 11 in 1902, 25 in 1903, 52 in 1906, 61 in 1907, 47 in 1908, and 84 in 1913. The lowest temperature recorded was 37° on September 29 and 30, in 1899; the highest was 95° on September 1, 1913. 108 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey The extremes for each year were as follows : 1899, 37° on September 29 and 88° on September 2; range 51°. 1900, 37.3° on September 18 and 90.3° on September 10; range 53°. 1902.1 42° on September 14 and 80° on September 21; range 38°. 1906.2 51° on September 14 and 90° on September 12; range 39°. 1907.3 39° on September 25 and 86° on September 17; range 47°. 1908.4 50° on September 3 and 88° on September 11; range 38°. 1913, 39° on September 22 and 23, and 95° on September 1; range 56°. 1 Records for only 6 days. - Records for only 19 days. 3 Records for only 22 days. 4 Records for only 17 days. Our records show no freezing temperature for September. The greatest daily range was as follows: September 16, 1899, from 50.5° to 86°, or 35.5°. September 5, 1900, from 59.5° to 88.8°, or 29.3°. September 5 and 21, 1902,1 from 51° and 60° respectively to 71° and 80° respectively, or 20°. September 22, 1903,2 from 56° to 76°, or 20°. September 11, 1906,3 from 65.5° to 88.1°, or 22.6°. September 14, 1907,4 from 62° to 80°, or 18°. September 3 and 11, 1908,5, from 50° and 64° respectively to 72° and 88° respectively, or 22°. September 10, 1913, from 51° to 75°, or 24°. 1 Records for only 3 days. 2 Records for only 7 days. 3 Records for only 16 days. 4 Records for only 19 days. 5 Records for only 15 days. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 109 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1899 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 73° 81.5° 79° 77.8° 2 73 88 84 81.6 3 76.8 84.7 72.4 77.9 4 59.6 6 71.5 78.5 80 76.6 7 75 79.1 77 77 8 68 73 68 69.6 9 60 70 65 10 59.5 63 63 61.8 11 62 69.5 71 67.5 12 63 70 67.5 66.8 13 58 68 58 61.3 14 47.5 58.5 60 55.3 15 51 70 71 62 16 59.5 86 82 75 8 17 69 84.6 70 74.5 18 65 66 63.2 64.7 19 56 56.4 55.5 55.9 20 47 61.6 54 54.2 21 46.5 68 66 60.1 22 57 72 59 62.6 23 55.6 61 65.5 60.7 24 62 71.6 59 64.2 25 49.5 55 51 51.8 26 44 54.5 48 48.8 27 42 60.2 60 54 28 55 57 50 54 29 37 46.5 41 41.5 30 37 47.5 39 41.1 Average . . . 58 67.9 63.5 63.1 110 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1900 Da:e 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average Maximum Minimum 1 71.8° 85 0° 74 0° 76.9° 85.0° 71.8° 2 71 82 75 76 82.5 71 3 70 76.5 71.5 72.6 78 67.5 4 61 76.2 75 70.7 79 59.8 5 64.2 87 84.5 78.5 88.8 59.5 6 74 88 75 79 88 73 7 06 73 75 71.3 77 63 8 64.5 78.8 71.6 82.9 63 9 71 85.2 74 76.7 86 66 10 69.5 88.2 . 77 78.2 90.3- 69.5 11 73 87.5 79 79.8 88.6 71.5 12 63 71.5 67.8 t>7.4 78 58.5 13 58.5 74 73 68.5 77.3 53 14 62.2 79 76.5 72.5 80.6 60.5 15 62 81.9 80 74.6 85.5 61.5 16 53.6 57.6 55 55.4 71.6 53.5 17 45 52 47.5 57 44.5 18 38.5 63 64 55.1 66 37.5 19 57 58.8 60.4 58.7 61.6 55 20 62 5 74.5 71 69.3 77 60.5 21 52 62.2 61.5 60.2 70 51 22 51.5 68 65.5 61.6 70 48.6 23 55 72.7 65 64.2 75 54 24 56.5 72.5 63.5 64.1 76 51 25 71 87.5 83 80.5 88.8 70.5 26 70 75.9 66.5 70.8 80.5 65.5 27 58.5 60.5 58.7 59.2 64.5 58 28 56 65 67.5 62.8 69.5 55.2 29 59 61.5 57 59.1 66.2 55 30 50.5 62.8 63.1 58.8 63.1 44 Average 61.3 74.2 69.7 68.1 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1902 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 5 51° 71° 61° 13 43 14 42 21 23 60 66 80 72° 70.6 28 60 64 60 61.3 Average 53.7 71.7 66 64.3 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 111 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 21 55 5° 60° 57 7° 22 56 76° 64 65.3 23 59 24 50 25 46 70 58 26 60 -78 60 66 27 46 50 46 47 28 44 65 59 56 29 56 70 65 60 30 60 71 68 66.3 Average 53 3 67 1 60 2 59.5 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER. 1906 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 51° 73° 71.5° 65.2° 2 71.1 71 66 69.4 3 62.5 70 65 65.8 4 59.5 73 66.3 5 56.2 75 68 66.4 6 62 79 70 70.3 7 63.9 80.9 73.9 72.9 8 80.5 72 76.3 9 69 81 75 75 10 63 67 65 11 65.5 88.1 74.9 76.2 12 66 90 69 71.7 13 67.5 68 69 68.2 14 51 58.6 63.1 57.6 15 52 69 59.8 60.3 16 61 77 70 69.3 17 63 83 74 73.3 18 66 83.5 82 77.2 19 70 Average 62.2 76.7 70.2 69.3 112 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1907 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 7 63° 8 62° 69° 69 66.7° 9 68 68 61 65.7 10 55 57 56.5 56.2 11 52 66 64 60.7 12 56.5 75 79.5 70.3 13 62 79 73 71.3 14 62 80 71 17 73 86 72 77 18 68 70 79 72.3 19 72 85 79 78.7 20 72 78 73 74.3 21 56.9 70 64 63.6 22 47 60 59 55.3 23 55 65 60 24 58 63 54 58.3 25 39 51 49 46.3 26 43 58 58 53 27 52 51 57 53.3 28 58 61 58 59 29 54 55 55 54.7 30 51 54 52.5 Average 58 67.5 63.9 62.9 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1908 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 74° 75° 74.5° 2 63.5 70.5 60° 64.7 3 50 72 66.5 62.8 4 58.1 75 67 66.7 5 61 80 70.5 6 69 77 66 70.7 7 54 70 69.5 64.5 8 59 9 62.5 79.5 SO 74 10 65.5 82.8 78 75.4 11 64 88 76 12 69 83.5 76.8 13 68 83 77.9 76.3 14 65 78 75 72.7 15 67 73 75 71.7 16 60 78 79 72.3 171 66 81 78 75 Average 63.3 77.8 73.2 71.5 1 At 6 a. m. on ths 23th ths air was 43°, and tha maximum for that day was 92°. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 113 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1913 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 95° 2 94 3 93 81° 87.0° 4 65° 79 72 5 64 76 79 73 6 67 86 87 80 7 73 87 76 78.7 8 69 76 71 72 9 53 73 68 64.7 10 51 75 74 66.7 11 58 81 69 69.3 12 60 67 62 63 13 49 - 65 63 59 14 50 69 64 61 15 49 65 63 59 16 63 69 70 67.3 17 67 67 62 65.3 18 55 65 60 60 19 51 71 67 63 20 62 54 49 55 21 44 49 43 52 22 39 49 47 45 23 39 60 62 53.7 24 56 78 70 68 25 55 76 72 67.7 26 50 52 53 51.7 27 41 60 60 53.7 28 48 66 60 58 29 61 70 67 66 30 59 73 63 65 Average 55.3 71 65.8 64.1 AVERAGE AIR TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1899 58.0° 67.9° 63.5° 63.1° 1900 61.3 74.2 69.7 68.1 1902 53.7 71.7 66 64.3 1903 53.3 67.1 60.2 59.5 1906 62.2 76.7 70.2 69.3 1907 58 67.5 63.9 62.9 1908 63.3 77.8 73.2 71.5 1913 55.3 71 65.8 64.1 Average for eight years. 58.1 71.7 66.6 65.4 OCTOBER Sky: — The records are fairly complete for October in the years 1899, 1900, 1903 and 1913. We have also a fragmentary record for 1902 which is too incomplete to tabulate. 114 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey October is singularly blest with bright, sunny days, the clear periods having outnumbered the cloudy periods every year obser- vations were taken, and in the sum total of our records exceeding the cloudy periods by nearly 50 per cent. Winds: — It is also a month of calm, the number of calm pe- riods generally exceeding that of any other month. October is made up largely of pleasant hazy Indian summer days. When the calms are broken it is usually by pleasant southeast or southerly winds, winds from the north, northeast, west and northwest being the least frequent. Storms: — Storms are not frequent, and such rains as fall are usually gentle drizzles such as weight down the loosened leaves and bring them to earth. Fogs are common in low places, especially in the morning. There are few records of frost, probably on ac- count of the fogs. The following table gives the general weather features : SKY WINDS Clear Cloudy Calm N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. W. N.W. 1899 8 5 4 4 1 2 3 6 2 1 2 6 1900 46 32 27 1 6 10 19 10 3 2 5 9 *1903 22 20 8 2 0 2 3 9 14 3 0 3 Temperatures: — The total number of temperature records for October is 507, as follows: 88 in 1899, 93 in 1900, 27 in 1902, 24 in 1903, 42 in 1904, 45 in 1906, 93 in 1907, 1 in 1908, 1 in 1912, and 93 in 1913. The lowest temperature recorded was 28.5° on October 11, 1906 ; the highest was 84° on October 5, 1900. The extremes for each year were as follows : 1899, 36° 1900, 33.7 1902.1 33° 1903.2 46° 1904.3 30° 42°. 1906, 28.5 1907, 33° 1913, 30° 53°. on October 1 and 82° on October 15; range 46°. 0 on October 17 and 85° on October 5; range 51.3 c on October 29 and 93° on October 26; range 60°. on October 10 and 80° on October 3; range 34°. on October 28 and 72° on October 18 and 19; range 0 on October 11 and 68° on October 17; range 39.5°. on October 19 and 78° on October 2; range 45°. on October 21 and 31 and 83° on October 10; range 1 Records for only 11 days. 2 Records for only 8 days. 8 Records for only 14 days. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 115 Freezing temperatures were recorded as follows: In 1899, 1900, 1903, and 1907, none; in 1904, October 27, 32° and October 28, 30° ; in 1906, October 10, 28.9° and October 11, 28.5° ; in 1913, October 21, 30°, October 22, 32°, and October 31, 30°. The greatest daily range was as follows: October 15, 1899, from 60.5° to 82°, or 21.5°. October 4, 1900, from 62.5° to 84.5°, or 22°. October 26, 1902,1 from 63° to 93°, or 30°. October 10, 1903,: from 46° to 64°, or 18°. October 28, 1904,3 from 30° to 51°, or 21°. October 20, 19064 from 42° to 63.8°, or 21.8°. October 19 and 22, 1907, from 33° and 40° respectively to 54° and 61° respectively, or 21°. October 9, 1913, from 50° to 77°, or 27°. AIR TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 36° 53° 54.5° 47.8° 2 49 60 59 56 3 50 71.5 66.5 62.6 4 50 65 59 58 5 48 61.6 56 55.2 6 45 62.5 58 55.1 7 47 61.5 55 54.5 8 44.5 55 53.2 50.6 9 42.5 64 63 56.5 10 58 75.2 63 65.4 11 59.5 61.5 63 61.3 12 60.5 69 67 65.5 13 64 72 77 71 14 65.5 75 69 69.8 15 60.5 82 76 72.8 16 64 78.8 60 67.6 17 50 53 52 51.3 18 44 19 60 20 46 21 44 22 49 65 57 23 59 78 67 68 24 57 75 65 66 25 57 77 62 65.3 26 56 73 59 62.6 27 54 53 ' • 53.5 28 51 51 51 29 43 56 50 49.6 30 38 57 54 49.6 31 42 59 43.5 48.2 Average 51.6 66.4 59.8 58.1 1 Records for only 11 days. 2 Records for only 8 days. * Records for only 14 days. 4 Records for only 14 days. 116 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average Maximum Minimum 1 54.3° 67 0° 66.0° 62.4° 69 0° 53.6° 2 58.5 77 73 69.5 78.5 58.5 3 62.5 81.5 72.5 72.1 83 62.2 4 62.5 83.5 76.9 74.3 84.5 62.5 5 67 84 79.8 76.9 85 64.9 6 65 79.5 74 72.8 84.8 63 7 58 56.5 53.5 59.3 72.5 52.8 8 50.8 57.5 51.5 53.3 59.8 50.2 9 40.5 59.5 54 51.3 61 39.4 10 44 61.5 60.5 55.3 62.4 41.5 11 49 62 62 57.7 64.5 46.5 12 51.9 64 61.1 59 65 51.3 13 54.2 63.9 63.3 60.5 67.2 51.7 14 48.7 67.5 61.9 .59.4 70.6 46.5 15 48.9 70.1 68 62.3 73.4 47.2 16 55.3 55 51.8 54 62 47.3 17 35 54.5 52.5 47.3 58.4 33.7 18 38.1 64 58 53.4 67.1 37.4 19 46.3 60 59.5 55.3 63 46 20 48 67 61.9 59 68.5 47.6 21 61.1 65.1 66.6 64.3 69.5 54.4 22 65.8 69.2 65.2 66.7 70 60.3 23 57.9 65.3 61.5 61.6 66.4 57 24 43.7 64.5 62.5 56.9 66.2 47.5 25 55.3 70 66.2 63.8 72.5 55.1 26 59.3 76.3 59.9 65.2 77.5 58.3 27 47.3 64 61.8 57.7 67.7 46.2 28 53.9 69.5 67 63.8 73.2 51.2 29 61.5 71.3 69.5 67.4 74.7 61.1 30 62.7 68 65 65.2 71.7 62.3 31 61 71.5 70.1 67.5 75 61 Average 53.8 67.4 63.8 61.5 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1902 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 16 48° 19 53 65° 55° 57.6° 20 43 59 53 51.3 21 43 58 54 51.6 22 50 68 65 61 23 58 70 65 64.3 24 60 75 70 68.3 25 60 73 64 65 26 29 63 33 93 63 73 31 55 51.1 70.1 60.4 61.6 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 117 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 66° 74° 67° 69 ° 2 61 . 73 68 67.3 3 65 80 76 73.6 4 64 76 70 70 5 67 69 66 67.3 6 66 70 68 66 7 66 68 61 65 10 46 64 60 56.6 Average 62 6 71 7 67 67 1 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1904 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 18 55° 72° 66° 64.3° 19 53 72 66 63.6 20 50 50 47 49 21 43 47 43 44.3 22 39 46 40 41.6 23 33 50 44.6 42.5 24 46 57.5 52.5 52 ^ 25 40 43.5 42 41.8 26 37 50 43 43.3 27 32 42 40 38 28 30 51 48 43 29 38.2 60 53.9 50.7 30 40 53 50.5 47.8 31 37 58 53.9 49.6 Average 40.9 53.7 49.3 48 118 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1806 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 5 51.0° 9 39.0° 10 - 28.5 11- 28.5 40.0° 33.5 34.0° 12 34.9 51.8 49.8 45.5 13 53 65 60.5 59.5 14. 44 65 58 56.5 15 47.8 63.7 57.8 56.4 16 50 62 61.5 57.8 17' 54 68 62.1 61.4 18 56 64.9 62.8 61.2 19 48.8 62.8 57.5 56.4 20 42 63.8 52 52.6 21 43 61 59 54.3 22 50 55 54.5 53.2 23 56.6 56 56.9 56.2 24 59 56 49 54.7 27 46 37.5 37 40.2 28 . 32.5 31.5 32 32 29 30.5 41 43.5 38.3 30 38.5 49.5 36 41.3 31 28 37.6 37.2 34.2 Average 44.2 54.3 49.5 49.8 'Minimum for the llth, 28.5° 'Minimum for the 17th, 44°. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 119 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1907 Date 6 n. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 50° 09° 65° 61.3° 2 60 78 71 69.7 3 67 74 69 70 4 57 63 57 59 5 48 63 56 55.7 6 49 69 64 60.7 7 62 66 57 61.7 8 42 53 50 48.3 9 47 61 54 54 10 42 61 60 54.3 11 41 50 43 44.7 12 38 44 43 41.7 13 39 46 46 43.7 14 36 55 52 47.7 15 44 53 51 49.3 16 52 61 58 57 17 54 69 65 62.7 18 47 49 44 46.7 19 33 51 51 46 20 47 48 43 46 21 36 53 48 45.7 22 40 61 60 53.7 23 45 54 46 48.3 24 37 56 53 48.7 25 46 55 44 48.3 26 36 44 42 40.7 27 44 45 39 42.7 28 36 41 38 38.3 29 38 45 45 42.7 30 43 46 47 45.3 31 42 57 52 50.3 Average 45.1 56.2 52 51.1 120 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1913 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 54° 66° 64° 61.3° 2 52 63 58 57.7 3 43 64 64 57 4 50 74 66 63.3 5 56 70 64 63.3 6 62 76 69 69 7 61 81 68 70 8 61 77 69 69 9 60 77 71 69.3 10 63 S3 78 74.7 11 49 56 51 52 12 47 63 55 55 13 46 62 59 55.7 14 51 72 66 63 15 55 72 58 61.7 16 54 60 59 57.7 17 59 63 52 58 18 43 50 48 47 19 42 53 47 47.3 20 40 43 38 40.3 21 30 34 36 33.3 22 32 39 39 36.7 23 39 45 43 42.3 24 45 54 50 49.7 25 40 51 49 46.7 26 37 58 49 48 27 43 44 43 43.3 28 40 46 44 43.3 29 40 50 35 41.7 30 34 40 37 37 31 30 39 32 33.7 Average 47 58.9 53.6 53.2 AVERAGE AIR TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1899 51.6° 66.4° 59.8° 58.1° 1900 53.8 67.4 63.8 61.5 1902 51.1 70.1 60.4 61.6 1903 62.6 71.7 67 67.1 1904 40.9 53.7 49.3 48 1906 44.2 54.3 49.5 49.8 1907 45.1 56.2 52 51.1 1913 47 58.9 53.6 51.1 Average for eight years. 49.5 62.3 56.9 56.3 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 121 NOVEMBER Sky: — Unlike October, November is prevalently a cloudy month, there being more cloudy periods than clear for every year for which we have a record, the cloudy periods for the entire time ex- ceeding the clear by nearly 50 per cent. Air: — Calm periods are still frequent, east winds are the least frequent, but the others are pretty well distributed. Storms: — Storms, both rain and snow are common. It is usually a foggy month, the fogs generally being dissipated during the day but forming again during the night. Eleven fogs were observed during this month in 1900. Frosts are very frequent, 13 having been recorded for November in 1900. It is the month in which the pools first freeze over. There are fairly full records for November for four years, which are given in the following table: SKY WIND,. Snow- Clear dourly Calm N. N.E. E. | S.E. S. S.W. W. N.W. inches 1899 6 10 1 S 10 2 12 «i 2 9 1 1900 35 52 24 2 8 0 12 5 15 18 7 14 13 10 3 11 1902 3 6 0 2 2 0 2 3 2 1 1 5 2 5.5 1904 28 43 16 14 1 1 5 11 6 6 6 9 7 5 Temperatures: — The total number of temperature records for November is 402, as follows: Three in 1898, 90 in 1899, 90 in 1900, 52 in 1902, 90 in 1904, 3 in 1906, 3 in 1902, 1 in 1910, 3 in 1912, and 67 in 1913. The lowest temperature recorded was 5° on November 26, 1898. The highest was 70° on November 1, 1900, and again on November 2, 1902, and November 20, 1913. The extremes for each year were as follows: 1899, 30° on November 4 and 61° on November 17; range 31°. 1900, 15.9° on November 16 and 70° on November 1; range 54.1°. 1902.1 22° on November 28 and 70° on November 2; range 48°. 1904, 19° on November 27 and 64° on November 3; range 45°. 1913.2 20° on November 11 and 70° on November 20; range 50°. Records of temperatures at or below freezing were made as fol- lows: In 1898, at 6 a.m. November 24, 26 and 27 (the only rec- 1 Records for only 17 days. - Records for only 24 days. 122 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey ords for that month in 1898) ; in 1899, at 6 a. m. on November 4, 5, 12, 26, 27 and 28, none at noon or 6 p. m. ; in 1900, at 6 a. m. on November 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 23, 26, 27, 29 and 30, at noon on November 14, 15, 16 and 29, at 6 p. m. on November 8, 13, 14, 15, 28 and 29. In other words, there were 10 days in November, 1900, when the temperature fell to or below freezing. In 1902 it was below freezing at 6 a. m. on November 25, 27, 28, 29 and 30 ; at noon on no day, at 6 p. m. on November 29. In 1904 it was at or below freezing at 6 a. m. on November 6, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 26, 27, 28 and 30, at noon on November 26, 27, 29 and 30. There were, therefore, 10 days in November, 1904, when the temperature fell to or below freezing. In 1907, our only records are for November 1.8 and 27 when the temperature was 20° and 30° respectively, at 6 a. m. Our only record for 1910 is for' 6 a. m. November 6, when it was 20°. In 1912 we have only 3 records, all taken at 6 a.m., viz., November 1, 37°, November 2, 25°, and November 3, 25°. In 1913, the temperature fell to or below freezing at 6 a. m. on Novem- ber 1, 9, 10, 11, and 12; at noon on November 9; and at 6 p.m. on November 8, 9, and 11. The greatest daily range was as follows: November 9, 1899, from 40° to 59.5°, or 19.5°. November 22, 1900, from 36° to 67°, or 31°. November 28, 1902,1 from 22° to 38°, or 16°. November 18, 1904, from 34° to 64°, or 30°. November 12, 1913,2 from 32° to 52°, or 20°. Am TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1898 We have only three records for this month, viz. : November 24, 20° ; 26th, 5° ; 27th, 20°, all at 6 a.m. 1 Records for only 17 days. 2 Records for only 24 days. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 123 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1899 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 40° "48.5° 44° 44.1" 2 34 40 36 37 3 34 38 34 35.1 4 30 40 37 35.6 5 27 44.5 42 37.8 6 33 44 42 39.6 7 37 56 48 43.6 8 40 56 45 47 9 40 59.5 50 49.8 10 43 55 57.5 51.8 11 43 53 40 45.3 12 32 42 38 37.3 13 33 51 50 44.6 14 48 51 48 49 15 46 48 46 46.6 16 47 56 54 52.3 17 49 61 55 55 18 56 57 50 54.3 19 42 56 50 49.3 20 42 61 51 51.3 21 49 59 54 54 22 51 55 50 52 23 41 41 42 41.3 24 38 41 40 39 25 38 41 36 38.3 26 32 46 36 38 27 32 42 36 36.6 28 32 50 56 46 29 36 43 42 37.3 30 40 56 52.5 47.5 Average 39.5 49.7 45.4 44.6 124 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average Maximum Minimum 1 51.8° 51.5° .50 0° 51.1° 70.0° 49.7° 2 37.2 55.1 52.3 48.2 56.8 36.5 3 37.9 60.5 53.4 50.6 61.3 36 4 45.3 64.1 58.9 56.1 66.3 44.8 5 38.8 57 51 48.9 58.2 37 6 33 48.5 40.8 52 32 7 36 47.5 42.5 42 49 31.7 8 29.6 34.5 30.8 31.6 37.5 29.2- 9 32.2 38.1 37.6 35.9 41.4 27.8 10 33.5 34.9 36.8 35.1 36.8 27.9 11 33.9 39.6 36 36.5 41.8 33 12 28.2 42.8 41 37.3 45 28.2 13 37.3 39 27.8 34.7 45.7 26.8 14 16.5 28.6 27.5 24.2 30.2 16 15 27 30 27.5 28.2 32.5 16 16 19.5 31.5 34 28.3 34.5 15.9 17 34.1 42 48.5 41.5 49.1 30.3 18 32 52.3 55.5 53.3 56.1 42.1 19 55 57.5 57.7 56.7 60.5 55 20 59.4 67 61.2 62.5 64 55 21 42.6 38.4 37.2 39.4 62 35.5 22 41 63 61 55 67 36 23 29.5 38.5 40 36 43.2 28.6 24 38 38.5 37.5 38 40.1 36.5 25 33.8 33.5 32.7 33.3 35 32.1 26 28.3 40.1 34.8 34.4 42.1 26.9 27 28.3 44.3 46.8 39.8 49.9 26.1 28 32.5 35 31.1 32.9 39 31.3 29 29.1 30.3 29.1 29.5 31.5 27.8 30 27.3 44 42.9 38.1 47 24 Average 35.6 44.3 44.2 40.7 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1902 Date Average. 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 56° 67° 61° 62° 66 70 65 67 57 55 38 50 42 43.3 40 52 48 46.6 60 67 62 63 60 69 60 63 61 70 64 65 63 68 56 62.3 45 48 45 46 45 45 44 44.6 , 60 68 61 63 48 30 44 37 40 40 40 40 30 34 30 31.3 22 38 33 31 30 40 32 34 30 40 35 46.3 53.5 50 49.1 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 125 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1904 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average Maximum Minimum 1 40.0° 62.0° 57.0° 53.0° 2 43 64 54 53.6 3 43 64 56 54.3 4 40.5 61 52 51.2 5 41.9 48 42 43.9 6 32 42 41 39 7 35 52.2 49 45.4 8 36 40.2 40.1 38.8 9 36 40 40 38.6 10 35.5 39 33 35.8 11 27.8 40 35.9 31.2 21 5° 12 25 40 36.2 33.7 23.5 13 30 38.4 34.9 34.4 27 14 34 39 36 36 3 33 2 15 29.9 48.8 42.6 39 29.2 16 17 18 19 31 38.1 36 45 52 53 58 63.2 45 50.5 52 56 42.6 47.2 48.6 54 7 56.5° 57 64 64 30.5 33.9 34 20 21 51 30 45.5 49 42 43 46.2 40 6 57 50 1 42 22 35.5 52 41 42 8 54 23 38 55 48 5 47 2 24 25 26 27 28 29 40 35 24 19 25 37 42 38 28.2 27 34 38 34 27 25 33.8 25 40 35.6 26.4 23.6 30.9 31 49 46 35 42 35.4 38 33 23 18.5 22 34 30 19.5 33 25 25 8 Average 34 4 46 2 41 2 40 4 126 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1906 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 31.5° 44.9° 41.8° 39.7° 2 32.1 48.6 46.1 42.2 3 42 53 41.6 45.5 4 40 5 43.9 42.2 5 38 61.1 49 49.3 6 39 7 55 8 42 54 51 49 9 46.5 46.5 39 44 10 34 44 37 38.3 11 36 39.0 34 36.6 12 29.5 35.1 29.2 31.2 13 28 32.5 32.5 29.5 14 27.9 41 36.9 35.2 15 30 40 35 35 16 32.5 42.5 46.5 34.4 17 50.5 46.5 43 46.6 18 43 42 1 42.5 19 31.5 36.5 35.5 34.5 20 34 33 9 33.9 21 41 5 30 35.8 23 34 37 2 43 7 39.2 39.2 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1909 Our only records for this month are: November 18, 20°, and November 27, 30°, both at 6 a. m. Maximum for November 27, 45°. AIR TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1910 The only record for this month is that of 20° at 6 a. m. on the 6th. AIR TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1912 There are only three records for this month, all at 6 a. m., viz., 37° on the first, 25° on the second, and 25° on the third. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 127 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1913 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 25° 42° 8 32 9 29 28 25° 27.3° 10 27 11 20 34 32 28.7 12 32 52 52 45.3 13 55 56 46 52.3 14 42 45 45 44 15 38 37 36 37 16 38 43 40 40.3 17 42 52 53 49 18 54 60 62 58.7 19 60 '~ 64 62 62 20 65 70 60 65 21 59 65 67 63.7 22 58 69 65 64 23 40 44 43 42.3 24 34 38 40 37.3 25 33 45 48 42 26 42 46 49 45.7 27 45 46 48 46.3 28 48 56 60 54.7 29 54 60 58 57.3 30 57 60 58 58.3 Average 43.3 49.7 49.9 48.6 AVERAGE AIR TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1899 39.5° 49.7" 45.4° 44.6° 1900 35.6 44.3 42.2 40.7 1902 46.3 53.5 50 49.1 1904 34.4 46.2 41.2 40.4 1913 43.3 49.7 49.9 47.3 Average for five years. . 39.8 48.7 45.7 44.5 DECEMBER Sky: — We have an unusually full record for December, cover- ing the month for 1899, 1900, 1902, 1904, 1913, and a good part of 1901. December is generally a cloudy month, our observations for every year except 1899 showing more cloudy periods than clear, the excess of cloudy periods usually being considerable. Winds: — Periods of calm are generally frequent, the weather being as a usual thing pretty well settled and steady. North winds are the least common, those from the southeast the most frequent. 9—17618 128 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Winds from other directions are common and pretty evenly dis- tributed. Storms: — Rainstorms are generally pretty frequent, but not so much so as snowstorms.. We have a record of 2 sleet storms in 1904, and of several fogs. The various elements of weather are exhibited in the following table : Year SKY WIND Rains Rain- fall in inches Snows Snow- fall in inches Fogs Clear Cloudy Calm N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. W. N.W. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1904 1913 19 28 12 8 32 17 11 63 17 19 59 19 1 24 0 0 20 1 0 1 0 4 1 6 1 3 6 1 3 4 0 1 i5 11 13 4 4 5 1 5 4 3 11 8 13 6 12 10 8 10 4 1": 13 6 10 7 3 3 1 4 5 3 6 4 3 6 9 4 3 11 4 4 m i 14 1 5 3 1 Temperatures: — The total number of temperature records for December is 528, as follows : 4 in 1898, 93 in 1899, 83 in 1900, 72 in 1901, 88 in 1902, 93 in 1904, 2 in 1907, and 93 in 1913. The lowest temperature recorded was -13° on December 19, 1901 ; the highest was 54° on December 18, 1901. The extremes for each year were as follows : 1899, -1° on December 31 and 54° on December 8; range 55°. 1900, 10.4° on December 29, and 50.1° on December 22; range 39.7°. 1901,1 -13° on December 19 and 54° on December 18; range 67°. 1902, 4° on December 9 and 47° on December 1; range 43°. 1904, 3° on December 29 and 55° on December 23; range 52°. 1913, 17° on December 7 and 62° on December 3; range 45°. Records of temperatures at or below freezing are as follows: In 1898 at 6 a. m., December 7, 8, 9 and 14 (the only records made for that month in 1898) . In 1899 at 6 a. m. on December 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 13, 15, 16, 19, 20, 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 and 31 ; at noon on December 5, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 and 31 ; at 6 p. m. on December 3, 4, 5, 6, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 20, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 and 31. The temperature was at or below freezing at 6 a. m. on 21 days, at noon on 14 days, and at 6 p.m. on 19 days. In 1900 it was at or below freezing at 6 a. m. on December 2, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 20, 21, 24, 28, 29, 30, and 31 ; at noon on December 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 1 Records for only 24 days. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 129 24, 28, 29, and 31 ; at 6 p. m. on December 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 28, 29, and 31. Thus the temperature in December, 1900, was at or below freezing at 6 a. m. on 19 days, at noon on 11 days, and at 6 p.m. on 9 days. In 1901, observations began on the eighth and records at or below freezing were made at 6 a. m. on the 9th, 10th, llth, 12th, 14th to 24th, both inclusive, and 28th and 31st, both in- clusive ; at noon on the 14th to 21st, both inclusive, and 29th and 31st; at 6 p. m. on the 9th to 12th, both inclusive, 13th to 23d, both inclusive, 25th, and 27th to 31st, both inclusive. In 1902 freezing temperatures were recorded at 6 a. m. on the 1st, 2d, 4th, 6th to 9th, both inclusive ; 12th to 19th, both inclusive ; 23d, and 25th to 31st, both inclusive; at noon on the 4th, 7th to 9th, both inclusive; llth to 14th, both inclusive; 16th, 17th, 18th, and 24th to 31st, both inclusive; at 6 p.m. on the 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, llth to 14th, both inclusive ; 16th to 18th, both inclusive, and 24th to 31st, both inclusive. It will thus be noted that in this month the temperature was at or below freezing at 6 a. m. on 23 days, at noon on 19 days, and at 6 p.m. on 19 days. In 1904 freezing temperatures were recorded at 6 a. m. on the 1st to 22d, both in- clusive; 24th, 25th, 26th, 28th, 29th and 30th; at noon on the 1st to 6th, both inclusive; 9th to 21st, both inclusive; 24th, 25th, 28th, 29th and 30th; at 6 p.m. on the 1st to 21st, both inclusive; 24th, 25th, 27th, 28th and 29th ; from which it is seen that in December, 1904, the temperature was down to freezing at 6 a. m. on 28 days, at noon on 24 days, and at 6 p. m. on 26 days. In 1913, the tem- perature was at or below freezing at 6 a. m. on December 8, 15, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 27, 28, 29, 30 and 31 ; at noon on December 7, 29, 30 and 31 ; and at 6 p. m. on December 7, 8, 18, 21, 25, 26, 28, 29, 30 and 31. The greatest daily range was as follows: December 8, 1899, from 29° to 54°, or 25°. December 12, 1900, from 14° to 35.3°, or 21.3°. December 18, 1901, from -13° to 54°, or 67°. December 9, 1902, from 4° to 23°, or 19°. December 13, 1913, from 34° to 54°, or 20°. AIR TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER, 1898 For this month there are only 4 records of air temperatures, all at 6 a. m., viz. : 16° on the seventh, 5° on the eighth, 10° on the ninth, and 5° on the fourteenth. 130 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER, 1899 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 40° 46° 37.5° 41.1° 2 38.5 44 38 40.1 3 36 38 31 35 4 24 33 25 27.3 5 9 27 23 19.6 6 19 43 32 31.3 7 37 46 34 39 8 29 54 38 37 9 36 41 40 39 10 46 50 48 42 11 48 53 50 50.3 12 30 30 30 30 13 20 30 20 25 14 25 27.5 24 25.5 15 7 17.5 10 11.5 16 14 22 25 20.3 17 39 46 44 43 18 39 44 48 43.6 19 28.5 32.5 30 30.3 20 22 45 30 32.3 21 26 46 38 36.6 22 26 42 38 35.3 23 34 40 35 36.3 24 30 26 20 25.3 25 5 16 12 11 26 4.5 20 20 14.8 27 9 20 13 14 28 5 18 15 12.6 29 3 14 7 8 30 0 11 0 3.6 31 — 1 17 10 8.6 Average 23.5 33.5 27.9 28.2 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 131 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6~p. m. Average Maximum Minimum 1 36.1° 39.7° 40.0° 38.6° 42.0° 34.1° 2 29.8 40 45.7 38.5 48.5 28 3 34.2 41 39.6 38.3 48.5 33 4 36.1 36 35.7 35.9 38.7 34.9 5 34.5 35.5 35 35.2 37 33.9 6 27.5 40 41.9 36.5 43.9 27 7 37.9 37.5 35.6 37 39.1 35 8 30.8 35.3 33.8 33.3 37.2 30 9 28.7 24.4 21.3 24.8 37.2 20.6 10 16 25.8 24.5 22.1 27.5 13 11 20.3 26 22.5 22.9 27.7 19.9 12 14 35.3 34.6 28 39.2 13.3 13 29.8 32 25.1 29 36.2 24 14 15.9 20 24 16.6 24.5 14.8 15 20.6 26 25.5 24 26.5 19.3 16 20.5 27.5 32.5 26.8 32.6 19.4 17 35 42.1 40.5 39.2 43 31 18 36.8 39.9 38.8 38.5 43.9 33.4 19 26.8 42 35.7 34.8 45 23.9 20 23.1 34.3 33 30.1 37.4 21.4 21 29.8 43.5 41.5 38.3 45.4 28 22 38.2 49 49 45.4 50.1 37.2 23 43.3 36.7 32.2 37.4 49.5 32 24 26.3 30.5 28.4 32 26 28 28.6 28.1 22.2 26.3 33.8 13.4 29 11.1 30.1 25.8 22.3 30.8 10.4 30 29.3 33 32.5 31.6 33.9 20.9 31 30.5 31.5 20.8 27.6 34.5 19.4 Aver&gc 28.3 34.4 31.8 31.7 132 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 8 40° 48° 36° 41.3° 9 30 34 28 30.6 10 26 34 24 28 11 27 40 32 33 12 28 46 38 36.6 13 48 54 32 44.6 14 7 0 — 7 0 15 —12 — 2 — 4 — 6 16 — 5 9 8 4 17 — 5 10 8 4.3 18 — 3 8 5 3.3 191 — 9 8 8 2.3 20 — 8 0 — 5 . — 4.3 21 — 8 13 10 5 22 18 35 31 28 23 31 36 32 33 24 32 38 35 35 25 34 37 32 34.3 26 33 36 34 34.3 27 33 36 32 33.6 28 30 34 32 32 29 30 31 29 30 30 28 34 32 31.3 31 27 32 27 28.6 Average 18.8 27.1 22 22.6 '—Minimum, —13°. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 133 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER, 1902 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m Average 1 30° 47° 40" 39° 2 30 40 41 37 3 40 40 38 39.3 4 28 30 30 29.3 6 29 34 39 34 7 23 19.5 18 20 8 7 18 12 23 9 4 23 25 17.3 10 35 37.5 35 35.8 11 34 32 30 32 12 28 ' 28 27 27.6 13 22 22 23 22.3 * 14 12 26 28 22 15 28 38 36 34 16 32 28 26 28.6 17 20 32 29 27 18 22 32 32 28.6 19 32 41 38 37 20 37 41 39 39 21 38 40 37 38.3 22 37 38 35 36.6 23 30 24 37 18 12 22.3 25 9 12 8 10.6 26 10 16 15 13.6 27 14 22 16 17.3 28 14 30 27 23.6 29 25 29 26 26.6 30 8 20 13 13.6 31 11 31 26 22.6 Average 24.2 29.8 27.6 27.5 134 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey AIR TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER, 1904 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average Maximum Minimum 1 22° 32° 30° 28° 2 29 26 23 26 32° 9° 3 22 25.2 23 23.4 28 21 4 22 30 25 25.6 34 17.5 5 23 32 29 28 37.5 21.5 6 19 30.5 30 28.5 36 16.1 7 24 33 31 29.3 37 23 8 26 36 32 31.3 40 26 9 26.8 25 22 24.6 32 22 10 19 25 26 23.3 30 19 11 20.5 26 24 23.5 36 19 12 23 27.2 20.5 23.5 33.2 20 13 9 20 17 15.3 24.5 4.2 14 9 20 16 15 20 7.5 15 7. 20 16 14.3 22 14.5 16 11 22 21 18 30 10 17 22 27.5 20 23.1 29.5 18.3 18 20.5 29.9 30 26.8 31.5 12 19 22 23 17 21.6 31 15.1 20 27 28 21 25.3 33 13.9 21 11.9 26 23 20.3 30 8 22 28 43 44 38.3 50 20.1 23 50 54 36 46.6 55 36 24 28 26 24 26 37.2 24 25 25 28 28 27 29 23.9 26 30 36 39.8 35.2 41 27.5 27 36 38 10 28 47 29 28 7.8 10 7 8.2 10 6 29 8 21 23 30 3 30 17.6 25 41 37 42.9 23 31 34.3 36 48 41.3 50 35.2 Average 21.9 28.4 25.7 25.2 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER, 1907 Only two records : December 7, 42°, and December 8, 52°, both at noon. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 135 AIR TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER, 1913 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Range Average 1 56° 57° 56° 1° 56.3° 2 53 58 57 5 56 3 56 62 60 6 59.3 4 45 50 42 8 45.7 5 35 45 43 10 41 6 42 50 47 8 46.3 7 34 22 17 17 24.3 8 27 38 26 12 30.3 9 35 40 37 5 37.3 10 35 45 35 10 38.3 11 35 46 39 11 40 12 39 50 48 11 45.7 13 34 54 41 20 43 11 36 52 40 16 42.7 15 30 40 38 10 36 16 38 46 36 10 40 17 38 40 37 3 38.3 18 36 42 31 11 36.3 19 26 43 34 17 34.3 20 32 38 34 6 34.7 21 28 38 30 10 32 22 22 33 36 14 30.3 23 32 36 35 4 34.3 24 36 39 36 3 37 25 33 36 31 5 33.3 26 34 37 30 7 33.7 27 30 33 35 5 32.7 28 28 34 30 6 30.7 29 30 31 30 1 30.3 30 30 30 29 1 29.7 31 29 31 32 3 30.7 Average 35.3 41.8 37.1 38.1 AVERAGE AIR TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER Year 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. For the month 1899 23.5° 33.5° 27.9° 28.2" 1900 28.3 34.4 31.8 31.7 1901 18.8 27.1 22 22.6 1902 24.2 29.8 27.6 27.5 1904 21.9 28.4 25.7 25.2 1913 35.3 41.8 37.1 38 Average for six years . . 25.4 32.5 28.7 28.8 136 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey THE WINDS INTRODUCTION Of the more obvious relations of the winds to the lake, little need be said. Their effect upon the lake surface is evident to every one. Their effect upon the plankton-scum, the calm days allowing the minute organizations to ascend to the surface and the more windy days keeping them churned up with the upper layers of the water, and the effect upon the temperature of the water of differ- ent depths — the calm days allowing the surface layers to heat gradually downward while the windy days mix up waters of dif- ferent temperatures and break up definite stratification — are effects more keenly appreciated by students of these special problems. It is due to the winds, also, that we have more or less fine sand of a peculiar sort in the bottom, this having been blown in from the neighboring hills. It is doubtless due to the winds that the lake owes the presence and peculiarities of its plankton, many of the organisms consti- tuting the plankton being carried to the lake by winds, a fact which accounts for the worldwide distribution of some of the species. In the matter of keeping records, no instruments were used, and the manner of recording the observations varied somewhat from time to time and with different observers. At the beginning of the work, and for some time after the practice of taking the temperatures of air and water three times a day had been estab- lished, only a general weather record for the day was made; such as, for a certain date, "northeast wind, changing to southeast, and rain" or "wind changing to north" ; "clear" ; "first pleasant day of spring, though snowing" ; "has been cold with east wind all week," etc. Later on, although the general observations were continued, the habit was formed of observing and recording along with the temperature observations, the condition of the sky and the direc- tion of the wind. In summing up results and arriving at conclu- sions, both the journal and the periodic observations have been con- sulted and taken into consideration. In the absence of instru- ments of precision which give in definite units the force and di- , rection of the wind, the general method which gives in general terms the prevailing "atmosphere" of the day is about as good as any, and is certainly in any case indispensible in giving data for « a just estimate of the weather. It has the defect of taking into consideration only the more remarkable and striking weather Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 137 phenomena, leaving the gentler or less obvious processes pass by unobserved. The method of periodical observations on the other hand is likely to present weather as a series of disconnected events, to ignore even important intervening phenomena, and to force into prominence unimportant and insignificant details. Moreover, so far as minor weather events are concerned, the position of the observer in regard to the lake is of importance. In the sheltered location of the cottage just below Arlington, where many of the observations were made, it would be difficult to ap- preciate the force and keenness of west and northwest winds, though the position of elevated vanes would show well enough in which direction the wind was blowing; on the other hand, the slightest northeast, east, south or southeast wind would be im- mediately manifest. At Long Point, on the other hand, where many of the observations were taken, one was protected and kept from a full realization of the force of southeast and southerly winds. Even with instruments which gave unbiased records, a wind on the leeward side of the lake would give somewhat different effects than the same wind after it had passed to the windward side and had been tempered by the water surface ; a dry wind taking up some moisture and a hot wind losing some of its heat. As a basis for the wind record, where only the journal method was used, this has been of necessity the basis for calculation. Where three daily observations were made, these have been used for the basis, but have been so modified by the journal records that the number of records for each month is exceedingly variable; winds shown by the journal as having occurred between observa- tion periods have been counted in, while on the other hand when the records show the same wind to have continued throughout sev- eral periods of observation the records have been fused into one count so that the number of observations for any one month is usually more or fewer than 93, generally fewer. A prominent feature of Maxinkuckee weather is the frequent occurrence of light, fitful breezes that last for only a short time and die away, winds that do not belong to the general weather of the country but are purely local phenomena. That such should be the case could naturally be expected from the nature of the country, for we have closely juxtaposed on a small scale as high a "difference of potential", to use an electrical phrase, as could well be imagined : a lake of considerable depth and withal spring-fed, so that the mass of water does not heat up like shallow ponds, but remains comparatively cool, and, not a great way to the west, 138 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey barren stretches of wind-blown sand which on hot days overheat the layers of air above them just as the tendency of the lake is to keep the air above lower than the surrounding air. Severe wind-storms, however, are rare, and tornadoes almost unknown. In the record of August 19, 1900, occurs the entry: "Warm this morning but a breeze came up about 2 p.m. from south, then changed to north and about 3 p. m. heavy rain came up from the north with strong wind, thunder and lightning, changing more or less to all points of the compass and continuing until about 7 p.m. Brilliant lightning in the south until late at night; lake the roughest I have seen it: steamers had difficulty making land- ings, excursionists got drenched, one small sailboat capsized — two boys — no damage. During p.m. temperature fell from 91.5° to 68.5°, a drop of 23°." Again in the journal record of September 11, 1900, occurs the note: "Cloudy; barometer fell rapidly during morning ; strong southwest wind began about 9 a. m. and continued until 8 or 9 p. m. Severest wind known here for many years ; several trees blown down ; lake very rough, rain followed the wind at night." A pretty severe windstorm occurred early in the sum- mer of 1908 and blew down the large ice-houses on the west side of the lake. This appears to have been an unusually strong wind ; none of the dwelling houses in the immediate vicinity, however, was injured and the destruction of the ice-houses was due to their being empty at the time and offering much surface and little resist- ance to the wind. On July 8, 1913, there was a very severe storm soon after noon from the northwest, a small tornado, lasting 30 minutes. It be- gan as a severe windstorm, the wind being full of cutting sand. It did trifling damage to some buildings and a great deal to forests, the woodlands around the lake being strewn with fallen timber — many trees being uprooted, and many twisted off from 10 to 20 feet above the ground. The storm was accompanied by some rain, and by thunder and lightning, the lightning striking one or more trees on Long Point. A few miles north of the lake there was at the same time a severe hail-storm which cut the corn into ribbons. On the other hand, though local calms are frequent, periods of widespread calm when the entire surface of the lake lies like an unruffled mirror, are rather rare; and pretty rough conditions when the lake is covered with white-caps and it is very unpleas- ant, though not especially dangerous, to be out on the lake with a rowboat, are not rare, particularly during the spring and autumn. Lake Maxinkuckec, Physical and Biological Survey 139 Character of various winds: — Everybody has pretty definite no- tions concerning the character of different winds, and associates the north and northwest winds with storm and cold; east winds with raw, disagreeable weather; south winds with balmy, pleas- ant weather, etc. An attempt was made by collecting data con- cerning each wind with the accompanying weather, to get more precisely at the character of each wind. The same associations were not found together nearly so uniformly as expected; it is only the general and long continued, persistent winds that 'have deep-seated influence on the weather. The light local surface winds are more or less characterless. Calms: — These are generally associated with pleasant weather, although there are not infrequent instances where they are noted during cloudy and sprinkling or rainy weather. Calm may be associated with exceedingly cold weather, and in some cases the cold of calm fogs is rather depressing. Generally during the win- ter, calm weather is much to be preferred to wind from any di- rection whatever. In the hot, sultry days of midsummer, however, which are fortunately rather few, the calms are very oppressive, and light winds from almost any direction are welcomed as a relief. During the summer the calms are usually associated with fine, hazy mornings. During the autumn and spring they are usually associated with low fogs on the marshes and certain parts of the lake and with heavy frosts. The heavy hoar-frosts which are at times such a striking feature of the region, in which the various trees are surrounded by a halo of long needle-like white crystals standing at right angles to the trunk and branches, are formed only during periods of almost perfect calm, and are quickly blown off by the first breeze that springs up. Calms are generally character- istic of the mornings and evenings of fine days during settled weather, and on only rather rare occasions do they persist through- out the entire day. It is rather unusual for the winds to die down to a calm during the middle of the day. North winds are relatively infrequent at the lake. The lighter winds may be associated with either clear or cloudy sky. The stronger winds, especially in summer, are usually though not al- ways accompanied by clouds, and frequently storms. During late autumn and winter and early spring, they are usually character- ized as "raw, cold, and disagreeable," especially when accompanied by dampness, drizzle or rain. 140 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Northeast winds: — Some of the lighter northeast winds, even as late as October and November, are recorded as warm and pleas- ant, and accompanied by bright, clear weather. These, however, are exceptional cases, and generally speaking, are among the most disagreeable winds at the lake. Northeast winds are usually raw, cold and disagreeable, and are noteworthy for their persistency, usually lasting from one to several days when well under way, and during the colder season often accompanied by cutting sleet. They often bring heavy snowstorms. In April and May they fre- quently bring disagreeable and persistent drizzles. East winds are relatively infrequent at the lake and are almost always associated with cloudy skies, and during the winter are often accompanied by a heavy fall of snow. Most of those occur- ring during the summer are simply noted without any special char- acterization; those mentioned during winter records are usually noted as "cold, stormy, disagreeable." Winds from the southeast are among the most common about the lake ; however, they rarely attain to the dignity of winds, and are almost always referred to in the notes as "breezes" — light, brisk or stiff, as the case may be, but very rarely winds. They are, indeed, the next thing to a calm, and, in the fairest and best sorts of weather, if it is not actually calm in the morning the calm is usually replaced by a light south- east breeze. They are usually characteristic of fine mornings. They are less frequent in the evening and not common at noon. Rarely they persist through the day. The stronger breezes or winds from the southeast may be accompanied by clouds or rains in summer or by snow in winter, but this is rather exceptional. Usually they are more pleasant than winds from any other direc- tion. One noted December 18, 1900, is characterized as a "cold, penetrating raw wind" and one of March 12Js mentioned as hav- ing "become almost a gale, cold, raw and disagreeable" ; but these are highly unusual cases. South winds are much like southeast winds in character, but are not so common. They are generally gentle breezes and when they rise to the dignity of strong winds, are frequently accom- panied by mild sprinkles or in extreme cases by thunder, lightning and heavy showers of rain. It is doubtless on account of the gen- tleness of the south and southeastern breezes that the great ma- jority of the duckweeds of the lake find their harbor in that por- tion of the lake, only a few, being the progeny of individuals driven out at rare intervals by southern storms, finding harbor in other portions of the shore behind sheltering rushes. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 141 Southwest winds: — The southwest wind from our point of ob- servation was always a land wind, and the fact that it always came from stretches of solid earth, whispering through grasses, rustling through leaves, or roaring through trees, made it impossible to mete out to it the same measure of judgment as is given to the other winds above mentioned which came across stretches of water. It is frequently mentioned in the notes as noisy, or howling, and was associated with the moaning or roaring winds which presage the coming of winter. This, however, was merely accidental, and from the opposite side of the lake would apply with still greater Cutter Drill, Culver Summer Naval School. Lake Maxinkuckee covers an area of 1,854 acres, which is ample for Naval drills, and yet small enough for safe supervision. force to northwest winds. Disregarding the point of observation, however, southwest winds have certain pretty constant character- istics. They are generally a good deal stronger than those from the southeast or south, and in the notes taken at the time of obser- vation are usually referred to as "winds" instead of breezes — light, brisk or strong, as the case may be. They are frequently asso- ciated with clouds and rain, often with heavy storms. They are not limited to any particular time of day but are liable to spring up at any time. They do not have the persistency of the northeast winds and usually do not last much more than a half day or day. 142 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey They are generally more prevalent during the colder seasons than during the summer, but even in the winter are not often referred to as being particularly raw, cold or disagreeable. West winds: — These are relatively infrequent at the lake and are much more prevalent during the winter than in summer. They are usually moderately strong winds. They are not generally of great duration, though they occasionally last from 12 to 18 or 24 hours, and they are not especially associated with any particular time of day. They are often associated with clouds and storms, and in the winter, with snow. In cold weather they are often raw and searching. Northwest winds are rather frequent at the lake and vary greatly in strength, sometimes being light breezes but more often rather brisk to strong winds. They are rather infrequent in the morning but usually spring up some time during the day. When strong winds they are usually markedly disagreeable and are often associated with clouds and rain or snow. In the winter they are cold and chilling but not so persistent and depressing as winds from the northeast. Relative duration and frequency of winds: — The direction of the wind Curing the summer of 1899 was observed 223 times, morning, noon and night, as follows: Easterly 90, southerly 47, northerly 34, westerly 31, calm 21. During the summer of 1900 the result of 200 observations was as follows : Southerly 66, east- erly 60, westerly 31, northerly 22, calm 21. During the summer of 1903 the result of 172 observations was as follows: Easterly 59, westerly 45, northerly 32, southerly 21, calm 15. Summary of 595 observations during three summers, 1899, 1900 and 1903 as follows: Easterly winds 209 Southerly winds 134 Westerly winds 107 Northerly winds 88 Calm . 57 Total 595 Observations so far made show that the easterly winds prevail during the s^vmmer at Lake Maxinkuckee. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 143 Winds for a year: — In order to get data for the winds of an entire year, the period extending from July 1, 1900, to June 30, 1901, was chosen, this being the period during which the fullest records were kept. The tables will explain themselves : CALMS NOBTH NORTHEAST EAST SOUTHEAST MONTH . | M | | M M B _ ti * ! M & E 5 1 •e 2 E 8 S •8 | E 8 £ •3 | E B 1 — 'i E 0 I •o 1 a 55 H 5 H s * w 5 H s 55 & 5 H s 55 s < H a 55 ™ July, 1900 0 1 3 1 5 9 0 J n 4 a n 0 0 2 ' 3 1 1 o R I I 1 ft n August, 1900 2 1 1 3 7 0 0 4 2 6 8 0 i i 2 0 0 2 4 1 0 0 0 1 September, 1900. 1 1 1 3 (i 0 0 1 i 2 2 l 0 0 8 2 0 0 0 2 4 0 0 1 8 October, 1900.... 3 1 7 9 20 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 1 fi 8 2 8 1 9 7 8 2 8 15 November, 1900. 6 1 6 10 23 0 1 1 0 2 J 3 0 2 5 0 0 0 0 0 4 8 8 0 10 December, 1900. 4 1 5 5 15 0 0 0 l 1 2 0 1 1 4 1 2 1 0 4 8 2 3 2 15 January, 1901 .... 6 0 3 7 u 0 1 0 0 . 1 2 1 1 0 4 1 1 1 0 * 8 4 6 ^ 0 13 February, 1901... 10 2 6 6 24 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 8 2 1 1 2 6 2 4 1 0 7 March, 1901 7 3 1 4 15 3 1 1 0 5 8 8 3 0 ! 9 0 0 0 2 a 2 8 8 0 8 April, 1901 7 3 6 4 ''0 n 1 1 o 4 4 7 7 4 o.) 1 o 1 3 a , 1 1 n g May, 1901 7 2 5 2 16 8 o s 1 It 5 6 ftl o 7 o o 1 4 1 1 '' •i June, 1901 7 11 0 'n n 1 0 o 1 5 ft ft 1 1? ft 1 o 5 4 4 g 2 Total 60 18 55 54 1S7 7 10 18 4 84 80 25 24 17 96 18 11 9 10 48 50 30 24 17 121 SOUTH SOUTHWEST WEST NORTHWEST MONTH M c '£ ~ o ~ § fc y c 1 W « •o < 3 1 i/ 5 * 2 M c 'I w 1 — < Tj 1 | 8 a 1 fc M c 1 & & •3 :- - $ u B '5 B a § 55 | c 9 £ H S •Q < j| i July, 1900 • 6 4 1 1 1 1 6 1 2 1 0 1 0 0 1 4 2 8 4 ,1 1 0 0 1 A 0 2 1 0 1 8 0 n 0 0 1 ft • 2 4 8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 16 10 n 10 6 5 12 2 12 1 0 3 8 2 8 0 8 8 4 ft 7 0 0 7 4 1 2 1 4 4 3 A 7 f 2 6 8 0 8 1 1 8 8 2 4 0 1 8 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 4 0 0 1 10 8 !) 2 14 13 15 18 a i 8 17 2 1 2 • 1 5 8 2 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 2 1 ft 3 1 4 I 0 0 i 0 0 0 0 8 8 9 1 1 0 0 l 0 0 0 0 1 1 2 2 1 0 0 0 3 1 4 2 15 10 14 10 4 0 1 2 0 2 2 2 2 8 4 4 2 5 8 t 8 1 0 1 5 s (i 4 1 5 1 5 0 2 1 0 2 4 4 7 ft 5 4 5 0 (i 0 2 0 1 1 2 8 1 2 0 8 5 8 5 9 Hi 15 17 12 ii 10 13 August, 1900 September, 1900 October, 1900 November, 1900 December, 1900 January, 1901 February, 1901 March, 1901 April, 1901 May, 1901 June, 1901 Total 23 17 19 24 81 43 40 81 s 122 19 20 20 7 86 32 4ii 40 12 124 10—17618 144 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey TABLE OF WINDS FROM JULY 1, 1900, TO JUNE 30, 1901 Month Calms N. N.E. E. S.E. S. S.W. W. N.W. Total July, 1900 5 4 2 5 13 16 10 3 3 61 August, 1900 7 g 5 4 1 10 3 j 5 September 1900 6 2 3 2 5 5 9 4 3 October, 1900 20 0 6 9 15 10 2 2 5 69 November, 1900 . . . 23 2 5 o 10 g 14 15 9 84 December, 1900 . 15 1 4 4 15 5 13 10 16 83 January, 1901 .... 16 1 4 3 13 12 15 14 15 93 February, 1901 24 0 3 | 7 2 13 10 17 82 Maroh, 1901 15 5 g 2 g 12 22 4 12 89 April, 1901 20 4 22 6 9 1 1 o 16 79 May 1901 16 8 21 2 9 o 3 j 10 70 June, 1901 20 1 12 5 16 3 17 2 IS 89 Total 187 34 96 48 121 83 122 66 124 881 Per Cent 21 2 3 8 10 8 5 4 13 7 9 4 13 7 7 5 13 7 RAIN The number of rains observed from July 1, 1899, to September 15, 1909, is 277. This number is of little significance, however, as there are numerous gaps or periods during which the weather at the lake was not under observation. „ Taking the year from July 1, 1900, to June 30, 1901, the year for which we have a complete set of observations, the following is the record of rains at the lake : July, 7 ; August, 5 ; September, 9; October, 5; November, 8; December, 3; January, 3; February, 0; March, 10; April, 10; May, 11; June, 9; total, 80. From this it appears that May is the most showery month, and February the least. Of these rains, 40 are marked as "rains", 31 as "sprinkles", and 5 as "drizzles", the character of the 4 others not being designated. Twenty are reported as occurring during the forenoon, 25 in the afternoon, and 25 during the night. The 10 others are continu- ations of other showers, or parts interrupted by brief periods of calm. None of the rains recorded for this year was continuous for 24 hours but each usually more or less fitful. Among the especially heavy rains was one from the southwest on July 24, from 10 a. m. till noon, and again from 4 to 9 p. m., very hard from 5 to 6 p.m. and from 7 to 8 p. m. This storm raised the lake 2.5 inches. Outside of the particular year under discussion there is a record (Oct. 27, 1899,) of a continuous rain of "all day and all night, 36 hours, raised the lake 5 inches" ; and another on Dec. 11, of the same year of a rain 24 hours. There is another record of a severe thunder-storm on July 1, Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 145 1903, during which at least 3 inches of rain fell, raising the lake 8^ inches. In July of the same year there was a severe rainstorm with a total fall of fully 2 inches. Again on August 27, 1903, there was a heavy fall of rain during the night which caused the lake to rise about 2| inches. Rain was abundant during this season so that the level of the lake was higher than usual. On May 11, it rained 5 inches in 12 hours and on January 22, 1906, it is recorded that it "has been raining for a week but that the lake is 18 inches below high water mark, al- though it has raised 3 inches." We have few data in regard to the directions from which storms come. Of 35 records one storm is recorded as having oc- curred during calm weather, 5 storms came from the north, 1 from the northeast, 3 from the east, 6 from the southeast, 3 from the south, 10 from the southwest, 2 from the west, and 4 from the northwest. The following is a table of the rainfall in inches at Logansport for the year 1902 : January 1.00 July 4.84 February 1.10 August 2.55 March 2.64 September 5.02 April 2.13 October 2.37 May 4.27 November 3.92 June 10.54 December 3.48 This makes a total of 43.86 inches of rainfall for the year. As Logansport is only 32 miles distant from Lake Maxinkuckee the rainfall at the two places is probably approximately the same. FROST Economically considered, one of the most important questions concerning any particular region is the average date of the last killing frost of spring and the first of autumn. This question is of importance not only to the farmer and gardener but also to the lover of flower-beds and house-plants as well, and it has a direct and important bearing upon the aquatic life of a region such as Lake Maxinkuckee. Taking the weather records for the whole period under observa- tion, the number of frosts recorded is not many, there having- been only 99 noted. This is largely due to the fact that it is only the first and last killing frosts that are of especial importance or in- terest to people in general, and also to the fact that a frost is not 146 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey an especially attention-arresting phenomenon like a rain or a thunder shower, and is likely to be overlooked, especially in the dead of winter in snowy weather. In considering frosts, especially first and last frosts, it is nec- essary to distinguish between local and general frosts, or to be specific, as to locality ; for there is a remarkable difference between closely neighboring areas in regard to susceptibility to frost. The low, flat, extensive peaty or mucky plains, and various sphagnous bogs, such as Hawk's marsh, usually have their early fall frosts from three weeks to a month before the upland, and quite possibly the tender, succulent herbage that they produce is much more sus- ceptible to the effect of light frosts than the firmer growths of more solid soil. Certain plants such as cucumber vines, touch-me-not, fireweed, etc., often succumb and turn black at the touch of a frost so light as to escape ordinary observation. The upland, just about the lake, is especially favored by its freedom from killing frosts in late spring and early autumn, and peaches and other delicate orchard fruits, where planted and properly cared for, do exceed- ingly well. The first autumnal frost noted about the lake in 1900 was on October 17 ; the first in 1901 was November 23, the first in 1902 was September 14. In 1904, the first record was October 23, but the lake had not been under observation for some time and there were quite certainly frosts much before this. In 1906, a frost was reported on August 28, but this was in the flat lowlands back from the lake. The lake was under constant observation at the time, and no frost, nor sign of any, was observed at the lake until Ocotber 29. In 1907, again when the lake was under constant ob- servation, the first frost was reported for the" region on Septem- ber 25, but none was actually seen at the lake until October 10. The first frost in the fall of 1913 was noted on the morning of Sep- tember 23, killing sweet potato vines and other delicate vegetation. Of the late frosts of spring there are fewer records. In the spring of 1901, for which we have complete records, the last frost occurred April 20. In 1903 there is a record of a frost on May 2. In the winter of 1900-1901, for which we have complete rec- ords, 39 frosts were observed; 1 for -October; 7 for November; 11 for December; 7 for January; 3 for February; 3 for March, and 7 for April. Frosts were liable to occur any clear, calm night dur- ing the winter. In addition to the ordinary frost known every- where, several modifications were common about the lake. Vapors arising from airholes in the ice were often congealed at the edge Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 147 of the airhole in the form of long plume-like or feathery objects. Indeed, on one occasion after Lost Lake had entirely frozen over, a dense steam arose from the surface of the ice and much of it congealed in the shape of long, feathery crystals. Hoar-frost, which is frequent in all locations where there are large, exposed bodies of water such as near Lake Michigan and the Mississippi River, is of rather frequent occurrence at Lake Max- inkuckee and occasionally appears in great beauty, coating trees thickly and entirely with long, needle-shaped crystals almost an inch long. The rising sun melts the bases of the crystals first and the awakening morning breezes stirring among the bejewelled branches shake the frost crystals down in great multitudes, reduc- ing the tree in a moment from one of the most magnificent spec- tacles to one quite commonplace, but producing for the moment a cataract of sparkling crystals as indescribably splendid as it is evanescent. Frosts affect the life of the lake in various ways and through various channels. One of the first and very interesting effects is that of a decided change in the methods of the anglers. During late summer and early fall grasshoppers constitute the principal and most popular bait used by the anglers. As the season ad- vances grasshoppers gain in popularity so long as readily obtain- able. It is only when the first frosts have come and chilled the grasshoppers so that they can no longer be easily found that the anglers abandon their use and turn to other lures. Then, again, the early frosts kill down the patches of delicate vegetation such as touch-me-nots, Eleocharis interstincta, etc., and affect the Scirpus and other aquatic plants that extend above the surface of the water thus killing or driving away the various in- sects that live upon or frequent such plants. The same frosts act in the same way on the marsh vegetation along the shore and the trees and shrubs which overhang the banks. The quantity of in- sect life living upon, in, or with this vegetation and which falls into the lake with the falling leaves or on account of the chill, or which is driven away every year, is enormous. SNOW INTRODUCTION Our record of snowstorms, extending from March, 1899, to February 1, 1914, with important omissions for some years, makes mention of 194 snowstorms, varying in all degrees of intensity from 148 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey light flurries to blinding storms. The earliest snow recorded in any year was that of October 10, 1906, and the latest, at the ending of winter, was a light snow, sufficient, however, to whiten roofs, of May 4, 1907. The last snow of the winter of 1898-1899 was on March 31; the snowy period of the winter of 1899-1900 was from November 2 to April 12 ; that of 1900-1901 from November 7 to April 21. Records for the fall of 1901 are incomplete, the first snow recorded being on December 9, and the latest of the spring of 1902 on April 12. The first snow of the winter of 1902-3 was November 26, and the latest April 3. The record for the winter of 1904-1905 is incomplete; the earliest snow in the fall was on November 8, but there are no records for the following spring. For the autumn of 1905 an especially heavy snow occurred Novem- ber 25. In the fall of 1906 a very heavy snow began October 10, and continued until 10 inches fell. This is the earliest and most noteworthy snowfall shown by our records. The latest snow in the spring of 1907, as already stated, was on May 4. The winter of 1906-1907 is, therefore, noteworthy in that it had both the earliest and the latest snowfall in the years covered by our records. The first snow in the fall of 1913 came on the night of October 21 ; the next on the evening of October 29. It snowed again on November 8 and 10, a total of 12 inches falling, and drifting con- siderably, but all disappearing by the 18th. No more fell until December 7 when it snowed all day. On the 20th about one inch fell, and on the 22d there was snow and rain. On January 2, 1914, it snowed all day but melted as rapidly. Snow fell on the 3d and 4th and again all day on the 31st, when the first sleighing was possible. Depth of snow: — Most of the snowstorms recorded were rather light flurries, with less than \ inch of snowfall. Records of 1, 2, and 3 inches of snowfall are fairly frequent. There are 2 rec- ords of 4 inches each, one each of 5£, 6, and 7 inches, 2 of 10 inches, and one of the maximum snowfall of 18 inches, which was recorded for March 5 and 6, 1899. Direction of snowstorms: — Record of the direction from which the* heavier snowstorms came was kept. Of such a record for 33 storms, 5 came from the north, 7 from the northeast, 3 from the east, 2 from the southeast, 1 from the south, 5 from the south- west,. 1 from the west and 9 from the northwest, thus showing the northwest to be the prevailing direction from which snows come, the northeast being a rather close second. The northeast storms hang on longer, and the snows they bring are generally sup- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 149 posed to. stay on longer, most likely because the snowstorms from that direction are more persistent and heavier. Forms of snow: — One of the most common forms of snow at the lake is that of firm, white, little pellets like minute snowballs, a sort of form somewhat intermediate between genuine snow and sleet, and coming down with considerable force and directness; this may harden at times into genuine icy cutting sleet. This pellet snow contains more water and less enmeshed air than the feathery flakes, and it packs more tightly, an inch of it being equivalent to 2 or 3 inches of the lighter snow. The feathery flakes are common, especially in little snow flurries. The loose flakes, sometimes adhering in large masses, are the common forms in the great snowstorms which result in the deeper snows. The following is the record of the snows for the winter of 1900-1901, the year for which there is a complete set of observa- tions. The first snow of the winter, as given above, was on the night of November 7, when a rain, which began at 8 o'clock in the evening, changed into snow. It snowed the next night nearly all night giving a total snowfall of 3 inches. From this time on, snow- storms were of frequent occurrence, there being 11 in November, 9 in December, 16 in January, 13 in February, 11 in March and 2 in April. The last well-marked storm, that of April, was un- usually unseasonable; the hazel and many other plants were fully in bloom, and the tender verdure of spring, just beginning to put forth, was covered f of an inch with fluffy, sticky snow. No harm to vegetation was caused, however, as the weather was fairly warm and the snow soon melted off. The early snow of October 10, 1906, was still more unseasonable and striking in its effects, though not so much damage resulted as would have been the result of a single light frost. It had snowed heavily during the night and continued until 10 a. m., part of the time the snow coming down in remark- ably large masses composed of adhering flakes. It took the birds entirely by surprise. A flock of tree swallows twittered musically from the snowclad telephone wires, and crickets were chirping underneath the snow. The houseflies, which were still present in considerable abundance out of doors, settled thickly on the window screens of the hotel, and the yellow-rumped warblers, then migrating, alighted on the screens and ate the flies. At one time there were 3 of the warblers on a window screen at the same time. About all the unoccupied cottages around the lake these warblers took refuge on the porches underneath the roof as if semi-domesti- cated. The golden-crowned kinglets, like the warblers, took refuge 150 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey in porches, and late dragon-flies flew about over the snow. The evening of the day closed in dark and snowy, and it snowed pretty hard all night, leaving 10 inches of snow on a level on undisturbed places. The snow settled thickly on the leaves of poplar trees, which were still green, and the weight in many instances broke off the boughs. Relation of snow to the lake: — During the parts of early winter before the ground is covered with snow, a considerable amount of sand from the dry, barren sand hills about the lake is driven on to the ice and subsequently finds its way to the lake bottom. A cov- ering of snow over the surrounding country of course puts a stop to this process. A still more marked effect is that produced by a thick blanket of snow upon the ice of the lake. Among the most striking of the phenomena of the ice is its expanding and contracting on the clear, warm days and cold nights of winter ; great cracks opening in cer- tain places by the contracting of the ice, and the ice being heaved up in others, because of the expansion, until it forms high rooflike ridges. All these movements are accompanied by sharp cracking and booming like the firing of distant cannon. These movements are the cause of the shoving up of the ice-beach, and are said to have been quite striking during the winter of 1899-1900. They were well under way during the winter of 1900-1901 when a heavy blanket of snow covered the ice, the great weight of the snow weighing heavily on the ice, and by protecting it from alternate contractions and expansions, put a stop to its movements. FOG General fogs are rather uncommon about the lake; they are very local in their nature and are confined to certain localities for the greater part. The dry, sandy soil, so common in the higher ground, warms up readily during the day and is unfavorable to the formation of fog. On the other hand, the extensive level, peaty tracts lying in the country west of the lake are especially favorable to the formation of fogs; so are Green's marsh and the marsh at the north end of Lost Lake, Inlet marsh, and the region along the outlet. Lost Lake, which warms up more readily on account of its shallowness, and also cools more readily at night, is more favorable to the formation of fogs than Lake Maxinkuckee, and when small, local fogs are formed on the lake they are usually formed over stretches of shallow water, such as Aubeenaubee or Outlet bay. The fogs of the flat, peaty plains are generally very chilly and de- \ Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 151 pressing. How many fogs one would record in any given length of time would depend much upon the point of observation. Those herein recorded were observed from Long Point, and of these many were seen at a greater or less distance. Fogs are almost or entirely absent during the summer, most common through the autumn and spring months and in early winter. One of the conditions neces- sary for their formation is a calm or very little movement of air, as winds blow forming fogs away. During the year between July 1, 1900, and June 30, 1901, twenty-nine fogs were observed, distributed according to months as follows: July, 0; August, 1; September, 2 ; October, 8 ; November, 3 ; December, 5 ; January, 1 ; February, 0 ; March, 4 ; April, 1 ; May, 4 ; June, 0. From October, 1899, to August, 1906, a period in which there are considerable gaps in observation, there is a total record of 59 fogs. The appearance and behavior of the fogs vary somewhat. Usually they are low, heavy blankets of uniform density covering limited areas, the form in which fogs are generally known, but sometimes on the lake they assume the form of tall, vertical col- umns which glide over the water in a peculiar, ghostly fashion. Usually the fogs form in the evening or some time during the night, and remain until morning, imperceptibly dissipating in the heat of the morning sun. Sometimes they condense on sticks, grass and other objects, or uniting to form drops, fall to the earth as a sort of rain. On December 3, 1900, a fog was noted rising from the lake, passing gradually into the far-off sky and assuming the form of immense and imposing thunderheads, the passage from fog to cloud being complete. This transition from fog to cloud was subse- quently frequently seen on the upper Cumberland but never on so magnificent a scale. Among the most noteworthy fogs observed about the lake may be mentioned the following: Some time in December, 1896, when a thin ice extended out a considerable distance from shore, there appeared an extremely dense fog on the lake which, according to Mr. S. S. Chadwick, was the heaviest fog he has ever seen here. A large flock of wild geese was on the lake and were unable to leave on account of the fog. A party went out after the geese and, becoming bewildered in the fog, had great difficulty finding a place to land. On October 18, 1900, a heavy fog set in about 8 o'clock and con- tinued until about 10 the next day. A steamer got lost on the lake and did not get in until 2 or 3 o'clock the next morning. 152 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey DEW As might be expected dews are so frequent in the mornings of the warmer portion of the year that their absence rather than their presence is generally commented upon. Yet the dews of the up- lands immediately about the lake are not drenching and quickly dry up in the mornings so that one can walk about without getting wet almost any morning after 8 or 9 o'clock. The dews of the mucky or peaty lowlands are much heavier and more persistent. It may be worth while to remark here that much that is gen- erally taken for dew, such as the sparkling drops at the tips of spears of grass, is not condensed vapor, but water of transpiration which has passed through plants and has not evaporated from the leaves as it exuded. This might be termed organic dew, and is particularly noticeable on the leaves of strawberries, muskmelons, etc., where it is found in prominent drops at the water-pores of the leaves. This "dew" is always abundant at times when evapora- tion is checked in the atmosphere surrounding rapidly growing plants. Dew proper is common on all calm nights during the summer. The dews first become noticeable about the end of April and con- tinue until freezing weather. When fogs appear on the land they usually leave a good deal of moisture on the herbage. WATER TEMPERATURES Temperature of the surface of the lake: — Considerable time and attention were devoted to a study of the temperature of the lake water. Regular observations regarding the temperature of the water at the lake surface were begun July 5, 1899, and continued daily, practically without interruption, to July 1, 1901. An observation station was established at the pier in front of the cot- tage now known as Shady Point, on the west side of the lake at the base of Long Point, and at that time occupied by the Fish Commis- sion party. A copper- jacketed Wilder protected thermometer was used. Observations were made and temperatures recorded three times daily — at 6 a.m., noon, and 6 p.m. In getting tempera- tures, the thermometer was placed in water to a depth of a foot to 18 inches. When there was ice a hole was cut, through which the thermometer was lowered into the water beneath. From July 5 to October 19, the observations were made and recorded by a member of the Fish Commission party. From Oc- tober 19, 1899, to June 25, 1900, the readings were taken and Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 153 recorded by Mr. S. S. Chadwick. Up to April 5, 1900, the tempera- tures were taken at the Chadwick houseboat on the east side of Long Point; after April 5 they were taken on the north end of Long Point in the south side of Outlet Bay, but sometimes at the wagon bridge across the Outlet. From June 25, 1900, to June 30, 1901, the temperatures were again taken at the pier in front of the Shady Point cottage, and usually by Mr. Clark. Besides these regular observations, a large number of miscel- laneous records were made; a few in November and December, 1898, and at various odd times since 1901, by Mr. Chadwick; and a large number by the present writers during the various times when one or both of them have been at the lake since 1901. And many more were taken in various places in the lake during the regular investigations of 1899-1901. In addition to the surface temperature observations at the regu- lar station, many other records were made in various parts of the lake, particularly in connection with the seining and other collect- ing operations, and in connection with the serial temperature work. Surface temperatures were also taken as a part of the plankton studies. Since July 1, 1901, surface temperatures have been re- corded at intervals by Mr. Chadwick, also by Dr. Scovell, and by the present writers when any of them happened to be at the lake. The total number of water surface temperature readings taken and recorded exceeds 10,000. Most of these are given in the tables on pages 160 to 215. It was felt that the large amount of attention given to tempera- ture observations was justified because of the very intimate re- lation which the temperature of the water bears to aquatic animal and plant life. It was desired to learn the relation between temperature and the feeding, breeding, and other habits, and the distribution of the different species of fishes, turtles and other animals in the lake, also of the various species of aquatic plants. It is believed that a number of interesting and important correlations have been es- tablished. The details of the records may now be considered. For the month of January, there are 5 records for 1899, 93 for 1900, 93 for 1901, and 12 for 1905. As might be expected, there is but slight variation in January in the temperature of the water at the surface of the lake. The temperature of the air is at, below, or near, freezing during most of the days of the month, and, as the water-surface temperature, 154 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey until it reaches the freezing point, varies directly with that of the air, the water temperature will usually be close to freezing. In January, 1899, only 5 records were made (on the 1st, 8th, 29th, 30th, and 31st) , all of which were 32°. These were all taken through the ice. In 1900, the variation was from 32° to 38° at 6 a.m., from 32° to 40° at noon, and from 32° to 39° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 32°, the highest was 39°, and the average for the month was 33.8°, the average for the air for the same period being 28.6°. In 1901, the variation was from 33° to 39.5° at 6 a.m., from 34° to 41° at noon, and from 33.5° to 40.6° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 33.7°, the highest was 42°, and the average for the month was 36°, the average for the air for the same period being 27.9°. In 1905, records were made only on the first 4 days of January. The variation was from 32° to 34° at 6 a.m., from 32° to 34.9° at noon, and from 32° to 34.8° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 32°, the highest was 34.3°, and the average for the 4 days was 33.8°. Any discussion or interpretation of these January water tem- peratures is difficult. Any consideration given them must be in connection with the air temperatures. The observations in 1899 and 1900 were before the regular beginning of our work and were made by a volunteer observer whose records must be regarded as only approximately accurate. On all the days (9 in number) cov- ered by records in January of those two years, the air was at or below freezing, and on most of the days the water temperature was taken through the ice. This will account for the large number of records of 32° or slightly above. In January, 1901, the air was at or below freezing on 24 days. The water temperatures were taken perhaps with somewhat greater care. It is interesting and significant to note, however, the close approximation of the aver- ages for the Januarys of the 2 years, 33.8° in 1900 and 36° in 1901. Notwithstanding the almost freezing temperature of the water near shore in January and other winter months, it was interesting to observe that various species of small fishes such as grayback minnows, straw-colored minnows, and skipjacks, gathered up in large schools under the ice in shallow water, particularly on bright sunny days. This phenomenon is considered more fully elsewhere. In February, 1899, only 7 records were made, on the 1st, 2d, 7th, 10th, 13th, 15th and 27th, on each of which dates the air was Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 155 below freezing. All these were 32° except that on the 27th when it was 36°. In 1900, the record is complete for the month. The variation was from 32° to 35° at 6 a.m., 32° to 34° at noon, and 32° to 34.5° at 6 p.m., the lowest daily average for the air during the same period being 22.6°. In 1901, the record is also complete for the month. The varia- tion was from 32.5° to 35.5° at 6 a.m., from 32° to 34.5° at noon, and from 32.9° to 34° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 32.5°, the highest 34.3°, and the average for the month was 33.1°, that of the air for the same period being 19.3°. For March, 1899, the only record is for the llth when the water was 33.5°. In 1900, the record is complete. The variation was from 33° to 37° at 6 a.m., from 33° to 37.5° at noon, and from 33° to 38.5° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 33.1° on the 17th, the highest 37.5° on the 31st, and the average for the month was 35.4°, that for the air in the same period being 30.1°. The record for March, 1901, is complete. The variation was from 32.3° to 39.8° at 6 a.m., from 33° to 49° at noon, and from 32.9° to 43.4° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 33° on the 1st and 3d, the highest 42.4° on the 29th, and the average for the month was 36.4°, that for the air in the same period being exactly the same, 36.4°. The average for March of the 2 years was 35.9°, that of the air 33.25°. For the month of April, the record is complete for 1900 and 1901. In 1900, the variation was from 39° to 67° at 6 a.m., from 44° to 67° at noon, and from 45° to 67.5° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 42.6° on the 1st, the highest 67.1° on the 30th, and the average for the month was 49.8°, that for the air in the same period being 52.3°. In 1901, the variation was from 36° to 60.1° at 6 a.m., from 38.5° to 65.5° at noon, and from 39° to 69.8° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 38.6°, the highest 64°, and the average for the month was 47.9°, that for the air in the same period 48.9°. The average for April of the 2 years was 48.8°, that for the air, 50.6°. For the month of May, the record is approximately complete for 1900 and 1901. In 1900, the variation was from 56° to 72.5° at 6 a.m., from 57° to 74° at noon, and from 57° to 74° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 57° on the 10th, the highest 73.3° on the 30th, and the average for the month was 64.74°, that for the air being 66°. In 1901, the variation was from 51.9° to 66° at 6 a.m., from 50.5° to 70.1° at noon, and from 51.1° to 68° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 52.8°, on the 2d, the highest 156 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 68.4°, on the 18th, and the average for the month was 60.93°, that for the air being 61°. For the month of June, the record is complete for 1900 and 1901. In 1900 the variation was from 70° to 78° at 6 a.m., from 71° to 78° at noon, and from 71° to 78° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 71° on the 4th, the highest 77° on the 26th and 28th, and the average for the month was 74.6°, that for the air being 71°. In 1901, the variation was from 58° to 79.2° at 6 a. m., from 64.5° to 86.2° at noon, and from 62.9° to 84.6° at 6 p. m. The low- est daily average was 61.8°, on the 1st, the highest 83.2° on the 28th, and the average for the month was 74.11°, that for the air being 75.7°. For the month of July, there are complete records for 1899, 1900, and 1903, and partial records for 1906. In 1899, the variation was from 70° to 79° at 6 a. m., from 75° to 88.5° at noon, and from 73.5° to 85.5° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 74.1° on the 9th and 10th, the highest 84.2° on the 23d, and the average for the month was 78.2°, that for the air being 75.6°. In 1900, the variation was from 71° to 80° at 6 a.m., from 72° to 83° at noon, and from 75° to 82° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 74.6° on the 1st, the highest 80.3° on the 5th, and the average for the month was 78.4°, that for the air being 75.9°. In 1903, the variation was from 71° to 81.5° at 6 a.m., from 73° to 87° at noon, and from 71° to 87.5° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 73.1° on the 1st and 2d, the highest 83.3° on the 9th and llth, and the average for the month was 77.86°, that for the air being 75.9°. The records for July, 1906, cover only the last 7 days of the month. The variation was from 62.5° to 75° at 6 a. m., from 72.5° to 82° at noon, and from 73° to 83.3° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 67.5° on the 25th, the highest 74.5° on the 26th, and the average for 6 days 74.3°, that for the air being 76.9°. For the month of August, the records are nearly complete for 1899, 1900, 1903, and 1906. In 1899, the variation was from 67° to 77.5° at 6 a.m., from 77° to 84.5° at noon, and from 75° to 84.5° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 74.5° on the 9th and 15th, the highest was 82° on the 27th, and the average for the month was 78.4°, that for the air being 75.1°. In 1900, the variation was from 74° to 79.4° at 6 a.m., from 72.1° to 83.6° at noon, and from 78° to 83.6° at 6 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 157 p. m. The lowest daily average was 75.4° on the 15th, the highest 81.7° on the 22d, and the average for the month was 79.7°, that for the air being 77.5°. In 1903, the variation was from 68° to 77.1° at 6 a.m., from 71° to 78.5° at noon, and from 70.5° to 78° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 70° on the 15th, the highest 76° on the 5th, and the average for the month was 73.8°, that for the air being 70.7°. In 1906, the variation was from 67° to 76.4° at 6 a. m., from 71° to 85° at noon, and from 72° to 84.5° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 72.5° on the 30th, the highest was 81.3° on the 26th, and the average for the month was 76.2°, that for the air being 74.9°. There are 14 records for the last 5 days of August, 1908. The variation was from 65° to 72.9° at 6 a.m., from 70.5° to 81° at noon, and from 73.5° to 80° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 69° on the 27th, the highest was 77° on the 30th, and the aver- age for the 5 days was 73.2°, that for the air being 75.8°. For the month of September, the records are practically com- plete for 1899 and 1900, and there are partial records for 1906, 1907, 1908, and 1913. In 1899, the variation was from 54.8° to 80° at 6 a.m., from 60° to 84.2° at noon, and from 56° to 81.2° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 56.9° on the 30th, the high- est was 81.3° on the 3d, and the average for the month was 68.1°, that for the air being 63.1°. In 1900, the variation was from 59.3° to 77.5° at 6 a. m., from 65.5° to 83° at noon, and from 66.5° to 81° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 65.6° on the 28th, the highest was 80.5° on the 1st, and the average for the month was 72.4°, that for the air being 68.1°. For September, 1906, the record is nearly complete for the first 18 days. The variation was from 60° to 76° at 6 a.m., from 67° to 80° at noon, and from 67° to 80° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 65.1° on the 14th, the highest was 75.4° on the llth, and the average for the 18 days was 71.2°, that for the air being 69.3°. For September, 1907, the record is partial for the 13th, 14th, 23d, and 30th, and complete for the 19th to 29th both inclusive. The variation was from 57° to 70° at 6 a.m., from 60° to 74° at noon, and from 59° to 73° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 59.7° on the 29th, the highest was 72.2° on the 19th, and the average for all the records was 64.5°, that for the air being 62.9°. For Septem- ber, 1908, the record is practically complete for the first 17 days. The variation was from 61.5° to 75° at 6 a. m., from 72° to 81° at noon, and from 70° to 78° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 67.8°, on the 3d and 7th, the highest was 76° on the 12th, and 158 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey the average for the month was 72.2°, that for the air being 71.5°. For 1913, there is only one record, which is 62° at 6 a. m. on the 13th. For October, there are nearly complete records for 1899, 1900, 1907 and 1913, and partial records for 1904 and 1906. In 1899, the variation was from 48.5° to 60.5° at 6 a.m., from 58° to 70.5° at noon, and from 55° to 65° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 53° on the 21st, the highest was 65.3° on the 15th, and the average for the month was 59.5°, that for the air being 58.1°. In 1900, the variation was from 54° to 69.8° at 6 a.m., from 62° to 73.5° at noon, and from 60° to 71° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 59.3° on the 20th, the highest was 71° on the 6th, and the average for the month was 64.4°, that of the air being 61.5°. For 1904, there are records only for the last three days of the month, when the morning range was from 47.9° to 50.2°, the noon range from 53° to 58°, and the evening range from 52.8° to 53.5° ; the lowest daily average was 50.5° on the 29th, the highest 53.6° on the 31st, and the average for the 3 days 52.5°, the average for the air being 48°. For 1906, there is one record for the 5th (57° at 6 p.m.), one for the 10th (47° at 6 p.m.), and nearly complete records for the llth to 24th both inclusive. The variation was from 44.5° to 59° at 6 a.m., from 52° to 65° at noon, and from 49.5° to 62.5° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 43.3° on the 28th, the highest was 62° on the 19th, and the average for the 14 days was 53°, that of the air being 49.8°. For 1907, the varia- tion was from 43° to 63° at 6 a.m., from 45° to 65° at noon, and from 46° to 65° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 49° on the 27th and 30th, the highest was 64.3° on the 4th, and the average for the month was 54.8°, that of the air being 51.1°. In 1913, the variation was from 43° to 65° at 6 a.m., from 45° to 70° at noon, and from 44° to 68° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 44.7 on the 31st, the highest was 67.3° on the 9th. The aver- age for the month was 54.9° at 6 a.m., 58.2° at noon, 57.6° at 6 p. m., or 56.7° daily average, that of the air being 53.2°. For November, there are 3 records for 1898 (40° on the 24th, 35° on the 26th, and 34° on the 27th, all at 6 a.m.), nearly com- plete records for 1899, 1900, and 1904, and 3 for 1906 (43.5°, 44.5°, and 43.5° on the 16th) . In 1899, the variation was from 42° to 54° at 6 a.m., from 42° to 56° at noon, and from 43° to 52° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 43° on the 29th, the high- est was 55° on the 1st, and the average for the month was 47.6°, Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 159 that for the air being 44.6°. In 1900, the variation was from 32.9° to 59.8° at 6 a.m., from 39.6° to 63.8° at noon, and from 39.3° to 60.5° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 38.7° on the 30th, the highest was 62.6° on the 3d, and the average for the month was 47.6°, that of the air being 40.7°. In 1904, the variation was from 37.5° to 51.5° at 6 a.m., from 38.5° to 53.9° at noon, and from 38° to 53° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 38.5° on the 27th, the highest was 53° on the 4th, and the average for the month was 45.4°, that of the air being 40.4°. In 1906, the variation was from 35.5° to 53.5° at 6 a.m., from 37° to 53.2° at noon, and from 37.2° to 50° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 36.2° on the 20th, the highest was 48.8° on the 1st, and the average for the month was 44.6°, that of the air being 39.2°. For December, there are 3 records for 1898 (32° at 6 a.m. on the 7th, 9th and 14th) and nearly complete records for 1899, 1900 and 1904. In 1899, the variation was from 32° to 46° at 6 a.m., from 32° to 48° at noon, and from 32° to 47° at 6 p. m. The lowest daily average was 32° on the 16th, 29th, 30th, and 31st, the high- est was 47° on the llth, and the average for the month was 37.2°, that of the air being 28.2°. In 1900, the variation was from 32° to 40.9° at 6 a.m., from 32° to 42° at noon, and from 32° to 42.6° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 32° on the 14th, the highest was 41.5° on the 1st, and the average for the month was 36.8°, that of the air being 31.7°. In 1904, the variation was from 32° to 37° at 6 a. m., from 32° to 37.8° at noon, and from 32° to 36.5° at 6 p.m. The lowest daily average was 32° on the 10th, 12th, 13th, 15th, and 16th, the highest was 36.1° on the 2d, and the average for the month was 33.8°, that of the air being 25.2°. In the following tables are given the detailed records of the water temperature observations : 11—17618 160 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURE TABLES WATER TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 32° 32° 32° 32° 2 32 32 32 32 3 32 32 32 32 4 ' 32 32 32 32 5 32 32 33 32.3 6 33 33 33 33 7 34 34 34 34 8 34 35 35 34.6 9 33 33 33 33 10 33 33 33 33 11 33 33 33 33 12 33 34 33 33.3 13 33 33 33 33 14 33 33 33 33 15 33 34 34.5 33.8 16 35 35 35 35 17 34 34 35 34 18 35 35 35.5 35.1 19 35 35 35 35 20 35 35 35 35 21 35 35 35.5 35 1 22 35 35.5 36.5 35.6 23 36 37 37.5 36.8 24 38 40 39 39 25 37 36 35 36 26 34.5 34 34 34.1 27 33.5 33 33 33.1 28 33 32 32 32.3 29 32 32 32 32 30 32 32 32 32 31 32 32 32 32 Average 33.7 33.8 33.9 33.8 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 161 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 33.6° 34.1° 33.5° 33.7° 2 33.2 34 34 33.7 3 33.5 34.5 33.9 33.9 4 33 34.7 34.3 34 5 33.5 35.1 34.8 34.4 6 34 35 34.8 34.6 7 34 1 35 34.8 34.6 8 34.5 34.9 34.2 34.5 9 34 35 34 34.3 10 34 34.5 35 34.5 11 35.2 35.8 35.5 35.5 12 35.1 36 35.9 35.5 13 36 36.9 37 36.6 14 37 38.9 38.5 38.1 15 37.9 40.1 38.2 38.7 16 36.8 38.5 38.5 37.1 17 38.1 38.1 38.1 18 37.9 38.7 38.2 38.2 19 37 38.5 37.3 37.6 20 37.3 39 39.5 38.6 21 37 37.1 37.9 37.3 22 38.1 41 39 39.7 23 39.5 40 40.6 40 24 39.1 38.8 38.1 38.6 25 37.6 38.2 38 37.9 26 37.2 37.3 36.1 36.8 27 36.8 37 36.5 36.7 28 36 36.9 37.5 36.8 29 35.5 35.9 36.1 35.8 30 34.9 35.2 35.7 35.2 31 34.5 35 34.5 34.6 Average 35.4 36.7 36.8 36.4 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR JANUARY, 1905 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6pm. Average 1 33.5° 34.9° 34.5° 34.3° 2 34 34.5 32 33.5 3 34 34.8 34.8 34.4 4 32 32 32 32 Average . . 33 4 34 1 33 3 33 6 162 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR FEBRUARY, Date 6 a. m. 1 32° 2 32 7 32 10 33 13 32 15 32 25 32 27 32 32.7 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR FEBRUARY, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 32° 32° 32° 32° 2 32 32 32 32 3 32 32 32.5 32.1 4 32.5 32.5 32.5 32.5 5 32 32 32 32 6 32 32.5 33 32.5 7 33 33 33.5 33.1 8 33.5 34 34 33.8 9 33 33 33 33 10 33 33 33 33 11 32.5 33 33 32.8 12 33 33 33 33 13 33 32.5 32 32.5 14 32 32 32 32 15 32 32 32 32 16 32 32 32 32 17 32 32 32 32 18 . 32 32 32 32 19 32 32 32 32 20 32 33 33 32.6 21 33.5 34 34 5 34 22 35 34 34.5 34,5 23 34 34 35 34.3 24 34 33 32 33 25 32 32 32 32 26 32 32 32 32 27 32 32 32 32 28 32 33 33 32.6 Average 32.6 32.6 32.7 32.7 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 163 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR FEBRUARY, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 34° 34.1° 33.5° 33.8° 2 33.3 3 35.5 33.5 34 34.3 4 32.8 33.8 33.5 33 5 33.8 34 34 33.9 6 33.3 34.5 33.4 33.7 7 33.2 33.8 33.1 33.3 8 33 33.5 33 33.1 9 32.5 32 33 32.5 10 32.5 33 33.1 32.8 11 33.2 33.1 33.1 33.1 12 32.5 32.9 33 32.8 13 33 33 33.5 33.1 14 32.9 32.9 33.1 3.?. 9 15 32.9 33.5 33.3 33.2 16 33 33.5 33.2 33.2 17 33.1 33.2 33 33.1 18 33 33.2 33.2 33.1 19 33 33.7 33.3 33.3 20 33 33.4 32.9 33.1 21 32.8 33.5 33.2 33.1 22 33.2 33 32.9 33 23 33 33.2 33 33 24 32.9 33.1 32.9 32.9 25 33 33 33 33 26 32.5 33 32.9 32.7 27 32.5 33.1 32.9 32.7 28 33 33 32.9 32.9 . Average 32.7 33 3 33.2 33.1 164 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR MARCH, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Averrge 1 33° 34.5° 34° 33.8° 2 34 34.5 34 34.1 3 34 34 34.5 34.1 4 34 34 34 34 5 34 34 34 34 6 34.5 35 35 34.8 7 35 35 35 35 8 35 35.5 35.5 35.3 9 35.5 36 36 35.8 10 36 36 36 36 11 36 36 36 36 12 35 35 35 35 13 36 36 36.5 36.1 11 36 36 36.5 36.1 15 35 35 35 35 16 35 35 34 34.6 17 33.5 33 33 33.1 18 33.5 34 34 33.8 19 35 35 36 35.3 20 36 36 36 36 21 36 36 36.5 36.1 22 36 36.5 37 36.5 23 36 37 37 36.6 24 37 37 37.5 37.1 25 36.5 36 36 36.1 26 36 36 36 36 27 36 36.5 36 36.1 28 36 36 36.5 36.1 29 36 36 36.5 36.1 31 37 37.5 36.5 37 31 37 37 38.5 37.5 Average 35.3 35.5 35.6 35.5 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 165 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR MARCH, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 33° 33° 33° 33° 2 32.8 33.3 33 33.1 3 32.6 33 33.1 33 4 33.5 33.8 33.5 38.6 5 33.1 33.6 33.6 33.4 6 33 33.9 33.9 33.6 7 33 33.9 33.1 33.3 >' 32.9 33.4 32.9 33 9 33.2 33.2 33.8 33.4 10 32.3 33.8 33.8 33.3 11 33.9 33 34.8 33.9 12 35.1 34.3 34.5 34.6 13 34.3 35.3 34.5 34.7 14 35 34.9 34.9 34.9 15 33.8 34.9 34.6 34.1 16 35.4 36 34.5 35.3 17 35.2 37 38 36.7 18 36.9 37.1 37.8 37.2 19 34.8 38.5 39.5 37.6 20 37.9 38 37.5 37.8 21 37 40.9 38.9 38.9 22 37.9 44.9 43.4 42 23 38.1 45.6 41.5 41.7 24 36.3 39.5 39.6 38.4 25 35 49 42 42 26 39.6 41.4 40.1 40.7 27 38.9 41.2 40.3 40.1 28 37.4 41 40.5 37.6 29 39.8 44.7 42.7 42.4 30 37.5 - 38.3 37.7 37.8 31 37.1 40.1 41 39.4 Average 35.4 37.4 36.9 30. j 166 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR APRIL, 1900 Date 6 a. in. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 39° 44° 45° 42.6° 2 44 44.5 46 44.8 3 45 45.5 45 45.1 4 46 47 47.5 46.8 5 47 48 48 47.6 6 48 49 49.5 48.8 7 48 49 49.5 48.8 8 49 49 50 49^3 g 50 50.5 50 50.1 10 48 48.5 48 48.1 11 48 48 47.5 47.8 12 47 47.5 * 46 46.8 13 47 47 46 46.6 14 44 45 46 45 15 45.5 46 46 5 46 16 46 46.5 48 46.8 17 48 48.5 48 48.1 18 48 48 48 48 1!) 48 48.5 49 48.5 20 48 48 49 48.3 21 50 50 51 50.3 22 50 51 51 50.6 23 50 51.5 51 50.8 24 51 51.5 52 51 5 25 50 51 51 50.6 26 50 50 54 51.3 27 56 54 54 55.3 28 54 58 64 58.6 29 60 66 66 64 30 67 67 67.5 07.! Average .... 49.1 49.9 50.5 49.8 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 167 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR APRIL, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 36° 46.2° 45.5° 42.5° 2 38.5 38.5 39 38.6 3 38 44 43.9 41.6 4 40 50 47.9 45.9 5 42.5 45.5 45.5 44.5 6 44 43.9 43.5 44.1 7 42.1 47.6 45.6 45.1 8 40.5 48 45.5 44.6 9 40.8 48.9 47.9 45.9 10 41.9 50.5 tt.9 47.4 11 42.5 53.5 50.9 49.9 12 43.9 46.7 48.7 48.4 13 45.3 46.3 47.5 46.7 14 43.4 49.3 47.2 46.6 15 44.5 48.6 48.5 47.2 16 44.5 51.1 49.6 48.4 17 52.3 47.5 46.5 48.8 18 42.5 46.5 46 45 19 41 48.1 45 44.7 20 41 5 48.3 46.9 45.6 21 42.4 45.5 43.7 43. 9 22 43.5 44.5 47.3 45.1 23 45.5 47.1 49 47.2 24 46 52.1 5L.7 49.9 25 46.8 55.5 51.5 51.3 26 47.5 59 57 54.5 27 51.5 57.1 61.8 56.8 28 52 59 64.9 58.6 29 56.8 65.5 69.8 64 30 60.1 55.5 56.7 57.4 Average 44.6 49.7 49.5 47.9 168 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR MAY, 1900 Dite 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 60° 62° 61° 61° 2 56 58 60 58 3 58.5 58 59 58.5 4 60 60.5 60 60.1 5 60 61 60 60.3 6 59 60.5 60 59.8 7 59 60 61 60 8 59.5 60 59 59.5 9 58 58 57.5 57.8 10 57 57 57 57 11 58 60 60 59.3 12 62 64 65 63.6 14 66 69 69 68 15 69 71 70 70 16 71 73 70 71.3 17 63 64 63.5 63.5 18 62 62 62 62 19 62 62.5 62 62.1 20 61 60 60 60.3 21 59 60 60 59.6 22 60 61 62 61 23 61 65 70 65.3 24 68 70 71 69.6 25 70 71 73 71.3 26 72 73 74 73 27 72 73 73.5 72.8 28 72 72.5 73 72.5 29 72 72.5 73 72.5 30 72 74 74 73.3 31 72.5 73 73 72.8 Average 63.71 65.41 65.08 64.74 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 169 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR MAY, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 57.5° 58.3° 54.5" 56.8° 2 50.5 55 52.8 3 51.9 68.2 65.3 61.8 4 56.9 67 62.3 62.1 5 58.9 65.1 65.3 63.1 6 60.1 68 63.6 63.9 7 61 63.6 62 62.2 8 60.4 62.1 62.6 61.7 9 60.1 64.5 64.1 62.9 10 61.9 63.9 64 9 63.6 11 60.9 64.1 61.8 62.3 12 56 59 59.5 58.2 13 55.5 61.8 60 59.1 14 55 61.3 63.5 59.9 15 57.1 61.8 68 62 16 61.5 68.5 66.3 65.4 17 63.1 70 71 68 18 66 70.1 69 68.4 19 63 65.2 64.1 20 58.5 65 63.5 62.3 21 58 60.5 61 59.8 22 59 62.5 63.8 61.8 23 59.5 67.1 65.5 64 24 61.5 65.4 63.2 63.4 25 55 56.9 56 26 55 57 51.1 54.4 27 55 57.9 56.5 57.8 28 55 59 59.5 61.2 29 55 57.8 57 56.6 30 53.1 59.5 58.9 57.2 31 55.5 62.9 63.9 60.8 Average 58.23 62.92 61.98 60.93 170 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR JUNE, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 73° 74° 73.5° 73.5° 2 72.5 72 72 72.1 3 71.5 72 71 71.5 4 70 71 72 - 71 5 71.5 72 74 72.5 6 73.5 74 73.5 73.6 7 73.5 74 76 74.1 8 76 76.5 77 76.5 9 76 76 77 76.3 10 76 76.5 75 75.8 11 74 74.5 73.5 74 12 74 75 77 75 13 76 76.5 77 76.5 14 76 77 77.5 76.8 15 77 77 76 76.6 16 75.5 77 77 76.5 17 75.5 76.5 76 76 18 75 76.5 77 76.1 19 73 76 76 75 20 70 72 72 71.3 21 71 73.2 72 73 22 70 72 70 70.6 23 71 74 73 72.6 24 72 78 75 75 25 72 78 75 75 26 78 78 75 77 27 73 77.5 78 76.1 28 75 78 78 77 29 75 78 76 76.3 30 63 78 77 74.3 Average 73.21 75.32 74.9 74.6 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 171 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR JUNE, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 58° 64.5° 63° 6K8° 2 58.1 65.5 65.5 63 3 60.5 69 68.9 66.1 4 63.3 71 68.8 67.7 5 65 66 68.9 66.6 6 64.5 68.3 68.8 67.2 7 62.6 64. g 62.9 63.4 8 58.9 66.8 63.9 63.2 9 57 68.5 70 65.2 - 10 65 69.6 70.2 68.3 11 66 74.5 70.5 70.3 12 67 80 75 74 13 70.9 78 74.2 74.4 14 72.1 80.9 80 77.7 15 75 78.2 . 78 77.1 16 70.5 80.5 80 77 17 74 78.1 75.5 75.9 18 70.1 79 75.5 74.9 19 72 80 78 76.7 20 73 77.5 73.5 74.7 21 74.3 76.4 78 76.2 22 74.8 82 80.9 79.2 23 73.9 81 81 78.6 24 76.2 83.5 82 80.6 25 77.9 83.2 81.3 • 80.8 . 26 77 84.5 83.9 81.8 27 78.5 75 84.6 79.4 28 79.2 85.7 84.6 83.2 29 78.8 86.2 82.3 82.8 30 78 85.9 84.3 82.7 Average 73.07 74 . 13 75.13 74.11 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR JUNE, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 27 65° 76° 75° 72° 28 70 77 75 74 29 71 73.2 72 72 30 72 75.2 75 74 Average 69 5 75 4 74 3 73 172 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR JULY, 1899 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 5 73.5° 75° 77° 75.1° 6 73.5 80 77 76.8 7 72.5 77 75.5 75 8 72 77 73.5 74.1 9 70 77 77 74.6 10 72 '76.5 74 74.1 11 72.5 77.5 77 75.6 12 74.5 80.5 79 78 13 77 79.5 75.5 77.3 14 75 77 77 76.3 15 74 76 75 16 75 77.5 76 76.1 17 75 79 78 77.3 18 74 79 77 76.6 19 . 74 79 78 77 20 76 81 78 78.3 21 75 82 83 80 22 79 86 85 83.3 23 79 88.5 85 84.2 24 78 86 85.5 83.2 25 79 85.5 82 82.6 26 78 * 84 80 81.6 27 78 83 80.5 28 78.5 82 83 81.2 29 78 81.5 79.5 79.6 30 77 82.5 80 79.8 31 75 82.5 80 79.2 A verage 75.3 80.5 78.9 78.25 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 173 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR JULY, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 71° 76° 77° 74.6° 2 73 80 80 77.6 3 75 79 78.3 77.4 4 78 82 80 80 5 78 83 80 80.3 6 78 81 80 79.6 7 71 82 80 77.6 8 77.5 77 75.5 76.6 9 73 78 77 76 10 71 77 76 74.6 11 73 77.5 77 75.8 12 77 72 78 75.6 13 71 78 77 75.3 14 71 79 78 76 15 75 81 79 78.3 16 75 77 77 76.3 17 74.5 77 76 75.5 18 72 79 78 76.3 19 75 79 78 77.3 20 75 80 75 76.6 21 73 80 80 77.6 22 75 80 82 79 23 78 81 80.5 79.8 24 80 78 78 78.6 25 75 80 79.5 78.1 26 75 80 79 78 27 73 80 78 77 28 75 80 78 77.6 29 75.5 79 78 77.5 30 75 80.5 79 78.3 31 76 80 ' 78 78 Average . . . 74.6 79 78.3 78.4 174 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR JULY, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 71.5° 77° 71° 73.1° 2 71 73 75.5 73.1 3 74 77 78 71.3 4 76 79 78 77.6 5 78 80 80 79.3 6 77 83.5 84.5 81.6 7 78.5 86.5 81.5 82.1 8 79 87 81.5 82.5 9 79 83.5 87.5 83.3 10 80.5 85 85 83 11 81.5 84.5 84.5 83.3 12 81 84 81 82 13 78.5 81.5 78.5 79.5 14 78 80 78.5 78.8 15 74 77.5 78 76.5 16 75.5 79 79 77.8 17 75 78 75 76 18 73 73.5 74.5 73.6 19 73.5 74 74 77.8 20 72 75 75 74 21 72 75 73.5 73.5 22 72 75.5 75.5 74.3 23 72 79 77 76 24 75 81 80 78.6 25 78 78 77.5 77.8 26 76 79 78.5 76.8 27 76 81.5 81.5 79.6 28 77 80 78 78.3 29 72 80 78.5 76.8 30 76 78 77.5 77.1 31 71 77 75 74.3 Average 75.6 79.4 78.5 77.8 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR JULY, 1906 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 25 62 5° 72 5° 67 5° 26 75 75.5 73° 74.5 27 68.5 76.8 77.9 74.4 28 70 77.9 74 74 29 68.1 74 80 74 30 63.5 82 82.5 76 31 83 5 Average 67.9 76.4 78.5 74.3 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 175 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST, 1899 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 74° 78° 78° 76.6° 2 76.5 82 80 79.5 3 76 80 79 78.3 4 75.5 84.5 81 80.3 5 77.5 78.5 78 78 6 71.5 82.5 80 78 7 72.5 80 80 77.5 8 73 77 77 75.6' 9 71 77.5 75 .74.5 10 73 79 76.5 76.2 11 73.5 81.5 80 78.3 12 74.5 80 78.5 77.6 13 70 80 75 75 14 67 80 77 74.6 15 67 80 76.5 74.5 16 70 80 80 76.6 17 73 81 80 78 18 73.5 79 78 76.8 19 76 84 78 79.3 20 76 78.5 77.2 21 75 • 82.5 77 78.2 22 75 82 80.5 79.2 23 75 82 82 79.6 24 75 80 78.5 77.8 25 74 83.5 80.5 79.3 26 75 81.5 82.5 79.3 27 77 86 83 82 28 70.5 84 82 81 29 75.5 84 84.5 81.3 30 75 84 82 80.5 31 77 81.5 81.5 80 Average 73.7 81.1 79.4 78.4 12-17618 176 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 74° 81° 81.5° 78.8° 2 76.5 78 77.2 3 75 79 80.3 78.1 4 76 80.8 • 78.5 78.4 5 77.4 81 81 79.8 6 79 83.5 79.8 80.8 7 79.2 81.8 81.8 81 8 78.8 83 81 80.9 9 79.4 83 82 81.4 10 78.9 83.5 30 80.8 11 79 83.6 80.5 81 12 78.3 81 81.5 80.2 13 78 82 80.5 80.1 14 79 79 79 79 15 76.2 . 72.1 78 75.4 16 75.7 77 80 77.5 17 75.5 80 79.2 78.2 18 76 80.5 79 78.5 19 78.5 83.5 78.5 80.4 20 77 81 79 79 21 76.2 83.5 . 83.6 81.1 22 78.2 84 83 81.7 23 78.9 80 82 80.3 24 77.5 82.5 81.5 80.5 25 77.2 79 78.1 26 76 79.5 81.5 79 27 76.5 80 79.5 78.6 28 76.5 82 81.8 80.1 29 78 83.5 81.5 81 30 76 83 83 80.6 31 78 83.5 83 81.5 Average 77.2 81.3 80.6 79.7 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 177 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST, 1903 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 70° 71° 71° 70.6° 2 '72 77 75 74.6 3 77.1 74 78 75.3 4 73.5 75 77 75.1 5 74.5 78.5 75 76 6 73.5 76 74 74.5 7 70 72 71 71 8 72.5 76.5 74 74.3 9 74 75 75 74.6 10 71 75 75 73.6 11 72 74 74 73.3 12 68 72 74 71.3 13 71 74 74 73 14 69 76 76 73.6 15 68.5 71 70.5 70 16 68 75 74.5 72.5 17 70 76 75 73.6 18 73 78 76 75.6 19 73 74 72.5 73.1 20 70 76 75 73.6 21 71 74 77 74 22 71 74 74 73 23 72 75.5 73.5 77 24 73 78 74.5 75.1 25 73.5 78 76 75.8 26 72 77 77.5 75.5 27 73 76 75 74.6 28 73 76 75 74.6 Average 71.7 75.2 74 6 73.8 178 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Surrey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST, 1906 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 71.5° 77.5° 84.5° 77.8° 2 76.4 81 78.9 78.8 3 71.9 77 78.9 75.9 4 73.9 78 79 77 5 73.5 78 .'l 77.5 76.4 6 73 81.9 77.8 77.6 7 73.1 75.4 . 77 75.2 8 73 82.2 84 79.7 9 73.9 83.5 78.7 10 73.9 75.5 81.5 77 11 72 83 79 78 12 68.8 75.1 76.5 ' 73.5 13 69 73.8 75.9 72.9 14 75 15 71 76 72.5 73.2 16 72.5 77 81 76.8 17 74 79 77.5 76.8 18 72.5 77 78 75.8 20 79.5 78 78.8 21 74.5 22 80 23 80 80 .-8 80.4 24 75.5 80 77.8 25 74.8 81 77.9 26 85 77.5 81.3 27 70 73.5 73.5 72.3 28 68.5 74.1 76 72.9 29 70 73.5 79 74.2 30 74.5 71 72 72.5 31 67 67 Average 72.5 77.7 78.5 76.2 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR AUGUST, 1908 Date' 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 27 65 0° 73 0° 69.0° 28 65 74 74.0° 74.1 29 69 70.5 73.5 71 30 70 81 80 77 31 72.9 78.5 . 79 76.8 Average 68.4 75.4 76.6 73.2 Records only for the last five days of the month. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 179 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1899 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 77° 82.5° 81.2° 80.2° 2 76.2 82.8 80 79.6 3 80 84.2 79.8 81.3 4 73.8 6 72.5 82 79.5 78 7 73.5 79.2 78.5 77 8 75 79 75 76.3 9 67 68 67.5 10 67 69 69.5 . 68.5 11 69.5 77 74 73.5 12 69 77 71 72.3 13 66 75 70 71 14 57 72.5 68.5 66 15 64 73 69.5 68.8 16 64 74.5 72 70.1 17 66 76 70.8 70.9 18 62 70.5 66.2 19 63.1 64 63.5 63.5 20 61.5 68.5 65 65 21 61.5 71 67 66.5 22 62 69 66 65.6 23 63 65.5 67 65.1 24 64 66 65 65 25 61 66 63.5 63.5 26 57.5 65.5 61 61.3 27 57 63 62 60.6 28 55 61.5 60 58.8 29 56 62 57 58.3 30 54.8 60 56 56.9 Average 65.6 71.6 68.9 68.1 180 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 77.5° 83° 81° 80.5° 2 76 81.2 77.2 78.1 3 76 80.5 79 78.5 4 75 81 81 79 5 75 80.5 77.5 77.3 6 76 79.5 77.5 77.6 7 75 78 78 77 8 75.5 80.3 77.6 9 76.5 81.2 78.6 78.7 10 75.1 80 77 77.3 11 75.8 79 76.3 77 12 72.9 72.5 76.1 73.8 13 72 79 78 76.3 14 72.1 79 72.7 74.6 15 68.8 77 74.9 73.5 16 70.1 71.1 71.8 71 17 68 67 67.5 18 59.3 73 71.9 67.7 19 65 65.5 69.9 66.8 20 65 71 67 67.6 21 63.5 70 67.5 67 22 63.5 71 69.5 68 23 64 70.2 67.8 67.3 24 62.8 68.5 69 66.7 25 67 75.2 71.8 71.3 26 62 69.9 69 66.9 27 66 67.3 66.5 66.6 28 61.9 68 67 65.6 29 66 67.5 67.5 67 30 63.5 71 69.5 68 Average . . 69.6 74.6 73.2 72.4 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1906 Date 6am. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 64° 73° 70.9° 69.3° 2 66 68 69 67.7 3 67 72.5 70.1 69.9 4 69 69.5 69.3 5 63 69 71 67.7 6 66.1 71 73 70 •7 71 73 75 73 8 73 75 74 9 71.3 75 76 74.1 10 76 x 74 75 11 71 80 75.2 75.4 12 72 76.8 76 74.9 13 78.2 70 74.1 14 60 67.2 68 65.1 15 67 67 67 16 65 70.9 72 69.3 17 73 18 68.5 74.9 80 74.5 Average 67.8 72.6 72.4 71.2 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 181 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1907 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 13 70° 69° 14 67° 19 70 74 72.5 72.2° 20 70 73 73 72 21 67 72.5 70 69.8 22 62 70 70 67.3 23 65 - 66 65.5 24 61 66 63 63.3 25 58 62 62 60.7 26 60 62 63 61.7 27 61 61 61 61 28 61 62 62 61.7 29 60 60 59 59.7 30 57 62 59.5 Average 63 66.6 65.6 64.5 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR SEPTEMBER, 1908 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 75° 75° 75" 2 3 4 5 71.3 61.5 65 67 73.5 72 72 70.5 70 70 75 71.8 67.8 69 • 71 6 7 71 64 78 70 71 5 73 67 8 8 66 9 10 11 66.5 69 73.5 76.5 77 75 75.4 71.7 73.6 12 71 81 76 13 14 15 16 17 73 71 68.5 66.5 76 74 72 73.8 74 78 73 73 76 75.7 72.7 71.2 72.1 74 5 Average 68 74 1 73 3 72 2 182 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1899 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 48.5° 59.5° 56° 54.6° 2 52.5 61 59 57.5 3 52 63.5 60.5 58.6 4 55 61.5 61 59.1 5 55 61.2 60 58.7 6 54 62 62 59 7 54 63.5 61 59.5 8 52.5 64 61 59.1 9 58 64.5 60 60.8 10 54.5 62 60 58.8 11 58.5 60 60 59.5 12 58.5 65 62 61.5 13 60 64 64 62.6 14 60 68 65 64.3 15 60.5 70.5 65 65.3 16 59.8 67 61 62.5 17 58.5 58.5 57 58 18 58 22 50 58 54 23 60 66 60 62 24 • 60 66 60 62 25 60 62 61 26 55 64 60 59.6 27 56 57 56.5 28 57 57 57 29 56 59 59 58 30 53 59 56 56 31 52 60 55 55.6 Average 56 62.8 59.9 59.3 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 183 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1900 Date 6 a. in. Noon 6 p. m. Average ! 63.5° 70° 68° 67.2 ° 2 62.5 71 68 67.2 3 64.5 72.5 68.9 68.6 4 65 73.2 69 69.1 5 64.9 72 70.1 69 6 67 73.5 71 70.5 7 . 67.5 68.5 66.8 67.6 8 65 69.5 67 67.7 9 62.5 69.5 66.5 66.2 10 69.8 68.5 67 68.4 1.1 62 68.5 66.9 65.8 12 65.5 66.5 65 66 13 60 65.5 64 63.2 14 62 68 . 66.9 65.6 15 62.3 69.3 65.5 65.7 16 61.5 65 60 62.2 17 57.6 64.8 61 61.1 18 57.2 65.5 63 61.9 19 54.5 63.6 61.2 59.8 20 54 63 61 59.3 21 61.8 62 61.9 61.9 22 60.1 62.5 63 61.9 23 58.9 63.9 61.2 61.3 24 58.1 63.5 65 62.2 25 58 . 64.7 63 61.9 26 58.8 64 61.5 61.4 27 58.5 66.1 64 62.9 28 57.5 64 62.8 61.4 29 60.1 65 61.7 62.3 30 61.5 65.2 62.5 63.1 31 59.9 64.9 63.9 62.9 Average 61.4 66.9 64.8 64.4 184 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1901 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 28 52 8" 29 47.9° 53° 50 5° 30 31 50.2 50 54 58 53.5 52.9 52.6 53.6 49 4 55 53 1 52 5 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1906 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 5 57° 10 47 11 44.5- 53.5° 49.5 49.2° 12 47.2 52 52 50.4 13 55 55 55 14 51 55.8 55.5 54.1 15 51.6 55.5 56.7 54.6 16 51.8 57 54.8 17 51.5 58 58 55.8 18 56 58 61 58.3 19 58.5 65 62.5 62 20 51.9 63.3 53 56.1 21 56 59 60 58.3 22 56.3 57.6 56 56.6 23 59 - 60.5 58 59.2 24 57.5 50 53.8 27 49.5 47 45.5 47.3 28 44 43 42.8 43.3 29 41.1 50 44.5 45.2 30 46 47.5 45 46.1 31 42 52 48.5 47.5 Average 51.1 54.9 53.1 S3 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 185 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1907 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6pm. Average 1 57° 61° 63° 60.3° 2 60 65 64 63 1 62 64 63 63 4 63 65 65 64.3 5 59 63 63 61.7 6 59 62 63 61.3 7 59 62 60 60.3 8 54 59 61 58 9 57 58 '58 57.7 10 54 57 58 56.3 11 54 57 55 55.3 12 52 53 53 52.7 13 60 52 53 51.7 14 51 54 54 53 15 55 55 55 55 16 55 55 56 55.3 17 54 57 58 56.3 13 54 56 56 55.3 19 50 54 55 53 20 53 54 53 53.3 21 61 55 54 53.3 22 51 55 56 54 23 52 55 53 53.3 21 51 53 54 52.7 25 50 53 50 51 28 50 49 50 49.7 27 49 50 48 49 28 46 46 47 46.3 29 43 45 46 44.7 30 49 49 49 49 31 4S 51 51 49.3 Average 53.3 55.6 55.6 54.8 186 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR OCTOBER, 1913 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 61 66° 66° 64.3° 2 60 62 61 3 56 65 64 61.7 4 60- 65 65 63.3 5 60 64 64 62.7 6 62 65 65 64 7 62 67 67 65.3 8 62 67 67 65.3 9 64 70 68 67.3 10 65 69 67 67 11 61 63 61 61.7 12 57 58 50 55 13 56 61 62 59.7 14 57 62 61 60 15 56 63 62 60.3 16 59 62 62 61 17 60 62 52 58 18 56 56 56 56 19 51 59 55 55 20 51 52 48 50.3 21 45 46 46 45.7 22 50 46 50 48.7 23 48 52 50 50 24 51 54 54 53 25 48 55 54 52.3 26 50 54 55 53 27 50 51 50 50.3 28 47 49 50 48.7 29 49 50 46 48.3 30 45 45 45 45 31 43 47 44 44.7 Average 54.9 58.2 57 56.7 Lake Maxinkucfcee, Physical and Biological Survey 187 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1899 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average P 1 54° 56° 55° 2 45 48 46° 46.3 3 45 44 43 44 4 42 42 47 43.6 5 44 52.5 50 48.3 6 47 51 48 48.6 7 48 50 49 49 8 50 50 50 9 48 52 50 50 10 48 50.5 50.5 49.6 11 50 53 50 51 12 46 48 46 46.6 13 42 50 49 47 14 46 49 48 47.6 15 48 50 49 49 16 48 51 50 49.6 17 47 50 52 49.6 18 50 51 50 50.3 19 48 51 50 49.6 20 47 51 47 48.3 21 46 49 50 48.3 22 50 51 50 50.3 23 47.5 45 45 45.8 24 45 46 45 45.3 25 43 47 45 45 26 42 47 44 44.3 27 43 46 44 44.3 28 43 47 44 44.6 29 42 44 43 43 30 42 46 47.5 45.1 Average 46.2 48.9 47.6 47 6 188 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1900 Dite 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 59.8° • 59° 58.3° 59° 2 57 63.8 60.5 60.4 3 56.3 63.5 58.1 62.6 4 51.1 62 59.5 57.5 5 55.3 61 57.5 57.9 G 52 55 53.5 7 49.5 56 54 53.2 8 50 55 51.2 55.1 9 50 51.3 52.5 51.3 10 45.5 45.8 - 47.8 46.4 11 48.9 51.5 49.9 50.1 12 46.5 49.7 50.5 48.9 13 41.5 49.8 45.9 46.7 14 42 45.8 45.5 57.8 15 42.8 47 45 44.9 16 3S.9 42.9 41 40.9 17 33. 5 41 42.1 40.2 18 44.9 47 47.5 46.5 10 48.2 49.5 46.2 48 2J 48.9 50 42 47 21 45.8 47.2 45.6 46.2 22 43.1 47.5 46.5 45.7 23 43.5 45.1 44.5 44.4 21 43 43 43 43 25 39 39.6 39.3 49.3 20 35.9 40.5 40 38.8 27 38 41.8 42.8 40.9 28 40.3 41.5 41.5 41.1 29 41.1 41.8 41.7 41.5 33 3?.9 41.? 42 38.7 Average 45.8 49.2 47.7 47.6 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 189 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1904 Date 6 a. in. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 50° 52.5° 53° 51.8° 2 50 53 53 52 3 50.5 53.9 52.9 52.4 4 51.5 53.5 54 53 5 49.9 50.2 49.2 49.8 6 42.2 48.5 47.9 46.2 7 47.8 48.2 50.5 48.8 8 47.9 48.3 45.1 47.1 9 43.9 43.9 47.5 45.1 10 47.5 44.7 44 46.3 11 42 41 8 43 42.3 12 40.3 43 43.3 42.2 13 42 44 42.9 43.3 14 41.8 43 43.5 42.8 15 41.3 42 44.8 42.7 16 42.5 44.5 47.5 41.5 17 43.9 45.3 45 44.7 18 44 45.5 46.7 42.9 19 44.9 46 47 49.9 20 46 47 45.5 46.2 21 43.6 45.5 45.5 44.9 22 43 46 45.2 44.7 23 43.5 44 44.8 44.1 24 43.5 44.2 44.5 44.1 25 42 43 42.5 42.5 26 39.8 39.9 40 39.9 27 37.5 38.5 39.5 38.5 28 43 39 38 40 29 39 verage 44.3 45.6 45.9 45.4 190 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR NOVEMBER, 1906 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 45.5° 50.5° 50° 48.8° 2 45 45 50 46.6 3 48 51 45 48 4 45 2 46 45 6 5 47 52.5 46.5 48.6 6 43 7 53.5 8 45 49 48.6 47.5 9 47.5 48 46 47.1 10 41.5 53.2 44.5 46.4 11 45 2 48 9 12 42.5 45.1 45 44.2 13 41.8 43 42 42.2 14 41 46.6 44.5 44 15 43 16 43.5 44.5 43.5 43.8 17 43 5 40 41 1 18 45 45 5 45.2 19 42.5 37.5 37.2 39 20 35 5 37 36.2 21 39 5 39 39 2 23 43 5 Average 42.9 46.5 44.5 44.6- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 191 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER, 1899 Date 6 a m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 44° 46° 43° 44.3° 2 42 46 43 43.6 3 42 43 42 42.3 4 41 42 37 40 5 35 39 38 37.3 6 38 41 39 39.3 7 37 40 38.5 38.5 8 • 38 42 40 40 9 40 40 40 40 10 44 42 42.6 42.6 11 46 48 '47 47 12 40 40 40 40 13 40 38 35 37.6 14 35 36* 36 35.6 15 36 36 36 36 16 32 32 32 32 17 32 35 37 34.6 18 34 39 88 37 19 38 38 38 38 20 36 36 36 35 21 34.5 37 38 36.5 22 37 38 38 37.6 23 34 36 34 34.6 24 34 34 33 33.6 25 32 34 33 33 26 33 34 34 33.6 27 32 34 32 32.6 28 32 34 32 34.6 29 32 32 32 32 30 32 32 32 32 31 32 32 32 32 Average 36.6 37.9 37 37.2 13—17618 192 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey WATER TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER, 1900 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 39.9° 42° 42.6° 41.5° 2 38.9 40.9 41.5 40.4 3 40 41.2 42 41.1 4 40.9 41.3 41 41.1 5 40.9 41 40.5 40.8 6 38.5 41.1 41 40.2 7 40.1 40.9 39.9 40.3 8 37.8 38.9 38.9 38.5 9 37.5 38.5 37.7 37.9 10 38.4 39.2 39 38.9 11 37.1 39.5 39 37.5 12 35.1 37 36.5 36.2 13 36.6 37.3 37.8 37.2 14 32 32 32 32 15 32 32.9 32 32.3 16 32.1 32.5 33.2 32.6 17 33.5 33.8 33.5 33.6 18 33.5 34.7 34.8 34.3 19 33.9 36.5 35 35.1 20 33.8 36 36.7 35.5 21 35 37.8 36.4 36.4 22 34.7 36 35.9 35.5 23 37.2 36.7 34.7 36.2 24 33.9 36.3 35.1 28 33.5 35 36.7 35.1 29 34 35.9 35.4 35.1 30 33.9 35 34 34.3 31 33.8 34.8 33.6 34.1 Average 36 37.3 37.1 36.8 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 193 WATER TEMPERATURES FOR DECEMBER, 1904 Date 6 a. m. Noon 6 p. m. Average 1 35° 35° 85° 2 37 37.8° 33.5 36.1 3 32 33 32.5 32.5 4 32 32.9 34 31.9 5 33 34.5 34.5 33.5 6 34.9 33 35.2 35 7 34.5 36 35.2 35.2 8 34.5 34.9 9 34.8 35 34 34.6 10 32 32 32 32 11 34 33.8 33.8 33.8 12 32 32 32 32 13 32 32 ' 32 32 14 32 32.8 32 32.2 15 32 32 32 32 16 32 32 32 32 17 33 32 32 32.3 18 33 33 33 33 19 32 33 33.1 32.7 20 33 34.5 35 33.1 21 34.9 34.9 35.2 35 22 35 37 36.5 36.1 23 36.4 35.5 35 35.6 24 35 34.9 35 34.9 25 35 36.2 35 35.4 26 35 35 36 35.3 27 35 34.5 34 34.5 29 34.5 32 30 34 35 35.1 31 34 34.8 34 34.2 Average 33.8 34.1 33.8 33.8 194 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey CO 01 ^ ^ J 01 O <0 CN Q CO CO CO CO CO CO H * I........... X I Q B Q : S » o • o w ^ t^. 1/3 -H CO CO a, u/ -f- T3 g 3 O'-ii^^t<<^ 1C »O CX) i— ' 1C COCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOt^cO °S2-2523° °5 ° oooooooooo Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 195 BJ5I < 1*1 o> .2 o "»< e» > B *» t- o r« coic r-. ^*OCO^J*CM^^CO ^j £, **• OOOOOOb-OOOOt^ d fl i g ^.^.cot-M-ico e»coic _^ t-» t^»t>-t>-?Dr^t--t^- co»cco r^ Q "S -a •3_L ' I EH OOcDQOCCt^-C» £ 1C 1C i E o § S°2SS332S2333SS3 *O OO CO W5 O"— "ClOCO^OOOCCtOOOOiOCDt^OO ,- OiOsOOOOiOiXJCiCsOSOStX)'*1'1^'**'* ^ ^H ^M 1-H fe s 196 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey CO • e oo 10 *O U5 CO t- CO CO i i tJ Q g H i o •s •» — — - — s • W Q a e H ™ o. 1 o O CO 00 CM CO CO CM CO •3 ^a -C~ J3 M O 03 (D . H J3 J3 ,£3 ^ ^J -«"H ? Q -^ *j •" ro J£ CM ^ CO 1 § CM CM ™ 43 "S C -C S co 03 CO >- »O *— * CO CM lO CM O CO t~ CN CO s O O O O O O 333 3 S d CO 00 >O CO H S § S 5 § 3 g§ ?§ 3 W CO D H K W5 U5 00 O 00 a O C*3 GO *O *O CO t--» t~- iO O CD iO SCO 00 1C Tf S CO 5 8 * 333333 333 0 0 ^- ^ H CO >O O OO CM CO CM W5 CM 0! 00 CM CM CO CO 1 1 1 J g§s§s§ ssg o o 05 OJ > 4 t 1 : • : • : §3 fe ca si fe is s ^ .8 ^ i ca O O C O O O o o o o o £ s s s 0 CS g > > CJ II Q E & O> V a a Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 197 Serial ivater temperatures: — In addition to the observations on the temperature of the surface of the lake, many serial tempera- tures were taken. On July 18, 1899, a regular observation station was established at the deepest place in the lake, known as the Deep Hole, where the water is 89 feet deep at the ordinary stage of water. A buoy was placed to mark the station. Readings were taken daily from July 18 to September 30, 1899, and from July 17, 1900, to June 28, 1901, not daily but usually two to three times a week. Readings were taken at the surface and usually at 5-foot intervals from the surface to the bottom. Usually the temperature of the air also was recorded, and the condition of the sky and direction of the wind noted. From July 18 to August 14, 1899, a self -register ing Negretti- Zambra deep-sea thermometer was used. From August 15 to Sep- tember 21, a Ritchie thermophone was used, with not wholly satis- factory results, after which the deep-sea thermometer was again used. A similar serial-temperature observation station was estab- lished July 30, 1899, at the Kettlehole, in the southwest corner of the lake, in which the maximum depth is 40 feet. Seven sets of records, at 5-foot intervals, were made there in July, August and September, 1899, and 12 sets in July, August and September, 1900. More than 150 water-temperatures were recorded at the Kettle- hole, and over 4,200 at the Deep Hole. The total number of water- temperatures taken and recorded is therefore about 10,000. Most of the surface temperatures are given in the tables on the preceding pages and the serial temperatures will be found in the following tables. Temperatures at the Deep Hole: — Many serial temperature records were made at the Deep Hole. These are set forth in the tables on the following pages. An examination of these vari- ous tables reveals some very interesting facts, particularly with reference to the position of the thermocline, that is, the line or depth of most rapid change in temperature. During the winter months, when the lake is covered with ice, the temperature of the water from top to bottom is quite uniform, the variation sometimes being nil, and usually not more than 2 or 3 degrees. When the ice goes off in the spring, the sun's rays begin to affect the upper strata of the water to gradually increasing depths. From a mean surface temperature of 33.1° in February, it rose in March to 34.8°, in April to 45.8°, in May to 62°, and so on, until in August it reached 80.1°. By May the water had 198 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey warmed up perceptibly to a depth of 25 to 30 feet, and a well-de- fined thermocline was established. This is shown by the marked difference between the mean temperatures at 25 feet and 30 feet, 5.4°, which is 3.4° greater than for any other 5-foot interval in May. By the end of July, in 1899, it had moved down to 35 to 40 feet, the difference in temperature in that 5-foot interval being 6°. In 1900, it moved down only to the 30 to 35-foot interval by the end of July and showed a difference of 8.4°. In August, 1899, and again in 1900, it stood in the 30 to 35-foot interval. In Sep- tember, it moved down to the 40 to 50-foot stratum in both 1899 and 1900. In October, it went down to the 50 to 60-foot level, and in November to the 60 to 70-foot interval. The difference, how- ever, was only 1.9°. In this month it disappeared altogether in 1900 (the only year in which late fall observations were made), and did not reappear until in May following. • Pictures cannot do full justice to the beautiful views of Lake Maxinkuckee from the Academy buildings. One of the most attractive vistas shows a glimpse of the main lawn and flag in the foreground. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 199 CO >* 3 g - H W « * •< •< H ^ ^ .-.-.-- 1 *c GO e* « «o r- cc cs w oo CO —ICO 00 •** — O O ic r* ic c^ oo 10 O 04 M OO GO O3 ^^ ^H O •Q kQ lO M9 >Q iO »O U5 CO »o »o *c *o •si 200 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey SERIAL TEMPERATURES TAKEN IN THE DEEP HOLE, AUGUST, 1899 DEPTH 1 DATE 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 64 74 74.2 74.3 74.3 74.3 73.8 69.3 66 62 57.2 52.7 51.3 51 50.7 50.7 Air 74.5 78.5 78.8 79.3 78.3 78.5 74 69.5 77.3 79.5 79.5 79.5 78 77.2 74 70 74 79 79.2 79.2 79.2 78 74 70.2 74.5 78.5 78.2 78.2 78.2 77.7 75.5 69.8 77.5 77.5 77.5 75.5 77.5 75.3 70.2 66.6 77 77 77 77 77 74.8 70.5 71 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 70.5 72 75.7 75.7 76.2 75.6 75.6 76 70.7 78.5 76.5 76.5 76.5 76.5 76 75.2 70.2 71.5 77 77 77 76.5 75.5 72 76.7 76.7 76.7 77 76.5 74.4 71 64.5 75 75.2 75.2 75.2 74.9 72.3 68.5 66.7 77.4 74.5 74.5 /75.1' \74.5 74.3 73.6 f72.1' \70.5 Surface 78 78.2 78 77.5 74 73 70 78.3 78.3 78.3 78.3 78 75 69.7 5ft 10ft 15 ft 20ft 25ft 30 ft 32 5 ft 35 ft 64.5 59.2 54.6 52 52 51.5 51.5 64.7 59.1 55 52 51.8 51.3 51 63.7 59.2 54.8 52.5 51.7 51.7 51.3 64 60.5 55 52 51 51 51 64.5 59.5 54 52.5 52 51.5 51.5 65.5 59.5 54.5 52.5 52 51.7 51.7 63.7 59.7 54-. 7 52.7 51.8 51.8 51.5 64.2 58.7 54.5 52.4 51.7 51.7 64.2 59.8 54.5 51.6 50.7 50.7 65.6 60.1 54.7 52.5 51.7 51.7 51.7 64.7 59.7 54.8 52.3 52 51.7 52 64.7 59.2 54.6 51.5 52 51.9 51.9 66 60 55 53 52.2 52.1 52.2 61 57.5 52.5 51.5 51 50.7 50.5 62.5 57.2 /55' \52.5 51.3 50.8 50.7 50.2 40 ft 50 ft ...'.... 60 ft 70 ft . . 80ft 85ft SERIAL TEMPERATURES TAKEN IN THE DEEP HOLE, AUGUST 1899 DATE 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Air 71 5 71 5 76 5 76 72 83 71 83 72 5 72 3 71 7 74 72 74 2 73 Surface 75.4 76 7 77.3 77.7 77 76.5 76.5 76.5 76.5 76 3 75.5 77 76.5 77 2 75 7 5 ft 74 5 76 7 77 3 77.7 77 76.5 76.7 76 5 76 5 76.3 76.5 77 76.5 77 2 75 10 ft . ... 74 5 75 1 74 7 77 6 77 76 3 76 7 76 3 76 5 76 3 76 3 77 76 7 77 75 15 ft 74 5 74 4 74 74 76.5 76.5 76 5 76 5 76 5 76 3 76 3 76 5 76 5 77 74 7 20ft 74 7 74 73 4 73 75 74 7 75 74 7 75 75 5 75 1 75 76 76 5 73 5 25ft 73 5 73.5 72.2 71.7 73 73 73.3 73 73 2 73 73.7 73.3 73.5 73.5 71 30 ft 71 5 70.5 69.5 69.4 70.5 70.2 70 70.2 70 69.2 69.5 69.5 70. 70.7 67.3 32 5 ft 65 5 64 5 64.5 66 64.8 65 7 64 8 66 5 65 66.7 66.3 66.5 65 5 63.2 35ft 61 5 61 5 61 61 5 59 5 60.8 62 60 8 62 7 62 61 2 63 2 63 2 62 2 60 3 40ft 57 2 57 2 56 8 57 2 56 56 5 57 56 5 58 57 6 57 6 57 56 7 57 55 8 50ft 53 1 53 51 3 52 52 4 52 52 7 52 52 4 52 2 52 5 52 5 61 7 52 5 50 7 60 ft 51 5 51.5 50.3 50.5 50.5 50.4 50.7 50.4 51 50.8 51 50.7 51 51.5 49.5 70ft 51 3 51 50 49.5 50 50 50.4 50 50.5 50.4 50.5 50.5 50.7 51 49 80 ft 51 50 5 50 49.5 50 49.9 50.2 49.9 50 50 2 50.2 50.5 50.5 51 49 85ft 50 7 50 5 49.7 49.3 50 49.5 50 2 49 5 50 50 50 50 50.2 50. 52 48.7s 1 Thermometer. 2 Deep sea thermometer gave surface 76° and bottom 52.° * Deep sea thermometer gave surface 78.5° and bottom 52° Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 201 SAap<4*^l*^i*tf»***ff9M0*>4 tQ MS 1C *O *Q 1C >C iQ 1C iQ 1C 1C ^ tO 1C tO tO W3 10 tO S ••*'•'*'''•'••- «C CO CO »C 1C 1C CO QO ("*• to tC CD CO CO CO CO 35 J8 3S 3> tC> 1C iQ iC iQ 1C lOt— t^-t^-t— t^-t— t^-«O 49.9 54 45.9 46.7 44 42.9 5 ft 61 3 59 3 54 45 9 46 7 44 42 9 10ft 61.3 59.3 54 45.9 46.7 44 43 15 ft 61 59.3 54 45 9 46 6 44 42.9 20 ft 61 3 59 3 54 45.9 46.5 44 42.9 25 ft 61 59 3 54 45.9 46 5 44 42.9 30 ft 61 59.2 54 45 8 46 5 44 42.9 35 ft 60 9 59 1 54 45 5 46 7 44 42.9 40 ft 60.5 59.1 54 45.8 46.4 44 42.9 45ft 60 5 59 1 53.9 46 46 3 44 42.9 50 ft 60 59.1 53.8 46 46.2 44 42.9 55 ft 60 59 53.7 45.8 46.2 44 42.9 60 ft 59.8 58.8 53.7 45.7 46.2 44 42.9 62 5 ft 58 58 5 65 ft 56.5 58.4 53.7 45.8 46.2 44 42.9 70 ft 52.4 54 53.3 45.8 46.2 44 42.5 75 ft 52 52 53.3 45 8 46 2 44 42.5 80 ft 52 51.9 53.1 45 8 46 2 44 42.5 85 ft 51 5 51 9 53 46 3 46 2 44 42.5 SERIAL TEMPERATURES TAKEN IN THE DEEP HOLE, DECEMBER, 1900 DATE DATE 1 3 5 8 11 13 15 17 Air 39 9° 47° 36 5° 36 2° 29 5° 30° 25° 38 9° Surface 41.7 41.7 41 40.3 38 36.2 34.9 34 5 ft 41.8 41.8 41 40.3 38 36.1 35 34 10 ft 41 7 41 6 41 40.5 38 36.1 35 34 15 ft 41 7 41 6 41 40 1 38 36.5 35 34 20ft 41 7 41 6 41 40 3 38 36 1 35 34.1 25ft 41 9 41.7 41 40.3 37 36.1 35 34.4 30ft 41 7 41 3 41 40.3 37.2 36.1 35.5 34.4 35 ft 41 7 41 3 41 40.3 37 36.5 35.7 34.4 40ft 41 7 41 2 41 40.8 37.5 36.1 35.3 35 45ft 41 7 41 3 41 1 40.3 37.4 36.3 36 34.8 50ft 41.8 41.3 41 41 37.6 37 35.5 34.8 55ft 41 8 41.42 41 40.2 37.7 37 36 35 60ft 41 8 41.3 41 41 38 36.4 35.6 35.1 65 ft 41 8 41 3 41 41. 31 38.1 36.5 35.7 34.9 70ft. . 41 8 41 3 41 37.8 37.5 35.7 35 75 ft 41 8 41 2 41 38 38 8 35 80 ft 41 8 41 3 42 37 9 36 35 85ft 41 8 42 39 37 36 ' Bottom at 62 feet. 2 Certain slight anomalies in the temperature readings occur in our records, but we believe the records as here given cannot be far from correct. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 205 SERIAL TEMPERATURES TAKEN IN THE DEEP HOLE, JANUARY, 1901 DEPTH DATE 1 4 7 9 18 26 30 Air 23.1° 41° 32.1° 32° 16.5° 23.9° 24.9° Surface 34 34.5 33.7 34 33.1 34.2 33.4 5 ft 34.1 34.5 34.6 34.8 35.1 36.2 36.7 10ft 34 34.5 34.6 35.1 35.7 36.3 36.2 15 ft 34.2 34.5 35 35.3 36 36.2 36.5 20ft 34.2 35 35 35.4 35.5 36.3 36.5 25 ft 34.6 34.5 35.2 37. 35.4 36.3 37 30 ft 34.5 34.5 35.1 35.5 35.5 36.5 37 35 ft 34.6 34.7 ' 35.2 35 35.8 36.7 37.4 40 ft 34.8 34.9 35.7 37.5 35.9 36.9 37.7 45 ft 34 9 34.6 37 37.2 36 37 37.8 50ft 34.9 35.2 36 37.3 36 37 38 55 ft 34 9 35.5 36 35.5 36 37.1 38 60 ft 35 35.4 36 36 1 36.2 37.2 37.8 65ft 35 35.5 36 36.2 36.4 37.2 37.9 70ft 35 3 35.8 35.3 36.2 36.5 37.3 37.3 75 ft 35.4 35.3 36.3 37.2 36.9 37 37.5 80ft 35 35 4 37 6 36 36 8 37 37 5 85*f t 37 37 37.2 37.5 38.1 38.8 38.3 SERIAL TEMPERATURES TAKEN IN THE DEEP HOLE, FEBRUARY, 1901 DATE 5 8 16 25 27 Air 24 9° 26 8° 22 5° 36 8° 27 5° Surface 33 7 34 32 3 33 32 3 5ft . 36 9 37 36 36 3 36 10ft 37 9 36.5 36.9 36.4 37 15 ft 37 36 5 36.9 36 5 37.5 20ft 36 7 38 2 37 1 37 3 37 9 25 ft 37 37 37 1 38 37.4 30ft 37 37 1 37 2 38 38 35ft 37 2 37 3 37 2 37 7 37 7 40 ft 38 37.5 37 3 38.3 38 45 ft 38 38 37 8 37 9 38 50ft 37 5 38 1 37 8 38 5 38 55 ft 37 7 37.8 38 2 38.3 38 60 ft 37 5 38 37 9 38 6 38 65 ft 37 4 38 1 37 9 37 9 37 9 70 ft 38 37.5 37 9 38.1 38 75 ft . 37 7 37 7 38 4 38 1 38.1 80ft 38 2 38 5 38 8 38 8 38 9 85 ft 38 2 39 39 38.9 41.3 206 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey SERIAL TEMPERATURES TAKEN IN THE DEEP HOLE, MARCH, 1901 DATE 1 4 7 9 14 26 28 Air 31.9° 36° 36.5° 34.5° 30° 42.3° 31 5° Surface 32.9 32.9 32.3 33.1 32.8 40.1 39 8 5ft 36.9 37 37.3 37.9 38 5 40.1 40 10ft 36 8 37.5 37.5 37.8 38 9 40 5 40 2 15 ft 37 3 37.6 37 5 37 9 38 40 5 39 9 20 ft 37 9 37.3 37 7 37 9 38 40 5 40 25 ft 38 37.3 37.6 38.1 38.1 40.5 39.9 30ft 37 6 38 37 7 38 3 38 40 40 35ft 37.7 37.7 38 38.3 38 40.3 40 40ft 37.9 38.1 38 38 7 38 40 4 41 8 45 ft 38 38 38 38 7 38 9 40 40 50 ft 38 38.5 38 39 39 40 3 40.1 55 ft 38 38.2 38 38 38 1 40 1 42.3 60 ft 38 38 1 38 38 38 39 9 40 65ft 38 38.5 38.1 38.3 39 40.4 39 70ft 38 39 38.4 38 38.8 39.9 40 75ft 38.2 38.1 38.1 39.3 40 40 40 80 ft 38 4 39 39 39 40 4 40 85 ft 40.1 40.4 40.1 40.2 40 SERIAL TEMPERATURES TAKEN IN THE DEEP HOLE, APRIL, 1901 DATE 1 3 8 10 15 22 24 26 29 Air 37° 39.2° 42° 49.5° 49° 50° 57.7° 63.8° 77.5° Surface 5 ft 39.3 39.3 39.5 39.5 42 42 42.9 42.8 45 45 45 45 46 46 49.8 49 59 55.1 10 ft 39.3 39.6 42.2 42.8 45.9 45 45.1 47.6 52.8 15 ft 39.9 40 42.2 43 46.5 44.9 45.8 46.9 50.1 20 ft 39.9 39.5 42 42.5 45 44.8 46 46.8 47. 5J 25 ft 39.5 40 42.2 42.6 44.3 44.8 45.6 46.8 47 30 ft 39 5 39.5 42.6 42.6 46.2 45 45 46.1 46.5 35ft 41.2 39.5 42 42.9 45.9 45.1 45.6 46 46 40 ft 41.7 39.4 42.2 43 44.2 44.8 45.7 46 46 45ft 41.7 39.6 42 42.9 44.3 45.1 45.6 45.8 45.9 50 ft 39 4 39.5 42 42.5 44 44.8 45.9 45.5 46 55 ft 39 3 39 5 43 44 44.7 45.1 45.5 45.3 60ft 39 4 40 42.9 44 44.7 45.1 45.4 45.2 65ft 39 4 40 42.4 43.3 44.6 45.5 45.3 45.2 70ft 39 4 39 5 42.4 43.5 45 45 45.8 45.6 75ft 39 2 40 • 42.3 43 1 44.7 45.1 45.1 45.7 80 ft 41 5 40 42 7 43 4 45.5 45.1 45.2 85 ft 39 6 40 39 43 45 45 44.8 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 207 SERIAL TEMPERATURES TAKEN IN THE DEEP HOLE, MAY, 1901 DATES 4 7 13 15 17 22 24 28 30 Air 76 9° 67° 61° 78° 77 6° 58° 58" 56 5° 57* Surface 5ft 61 61 63 63 1 60 60 1 66 61 68.5 63 9 61 61 62.5 62 5 58.2 58 g 58 58 3 10 ft 60 9 63 4 60 60 62 61 4 63 58 2 58 15 ft 60 4 62 59 5 59 4 60 61 4 63 58 8 57 8 20 ft 56 1 56 5 60 6 59 4 59 61 3 63 58 8 57 9 25 ft 50 5 56 4 56 8 58 1 57 2 61 2 63 58 57 4 30 ft 47 5 48 6 49 9 50 1 51 3 52 3 54 58 57 35ft 47 1 47 3 49 50 2 49 49 2 50 6 54 5 56 5 40ft 47 47 4 48 49 7 48 2 48 9 49 9 50 3 50 9 45 ft 46 6 46 5 49 47 9 47 3 47 9 49 49 48 9 50 ft 46 46 1 46 8 47 5 47 5 47 9 47 5 48 5 48 55ft 46 46 2 46 4 46 8 47 47 i 47 5 47 5 47 9 60ft 45 5 45 5 47 46 3 46 5 47 47 47 1 47 65ft 46 45 5 46 5 47 47 46 9 46 8 46 9 47 70ft........ 45 3 45 9 46 5 46 1 46 47 46 9 46 5 47 75 ft 45.9 45 4 46 46 5 46 46 6 46 8 46 5 47 80 ft 45 3 46 46 46 3 46 5 47 6 46 7 46 5 46 9 85ft .. 45 1 45 6 45 9 46 46 3 46 2 46 5 46 6 SERIAL TEMPERATURES TAKEN IN THE DEEP HOLE, JUNE, 1901 DATES 1 3 6 8 10 12 17 19 21 24 26 28 Air 66° 65 3° 67° 54 5° 66 2° 89 5° 74° 83° 77 9° 83 5° 83° 88 2° Surface 59 5 60 9 65 5 63 5 65 79 6 76 80 76 9 78 8 82 83 5 ft 59 5 61 65 5 63 5 64 8 72 5 76 1 75 5 77 78 3 82 5 83 10ft 60 61 1 65 7 64 65 1 69 76 74 9 77 78 2 80 8 83 15 ft 59 7 61 64 2 63 4 64 9 66 5 68 6 71 5 75 9 78 77 4 82 9 20ft 59 60 2 64 63 2 64 64 5 66 1 66 66 5 67 1 68 67 2 25 ft 58 3 58 8 60 61 9 62 8 62 62 8 62 62 3 61 6 63 62 30ft 57 9 57 3 58 57 6 59 4 58 7 59 58 1 58 1 58 58 58 9 35 ft . . 57 55 9 56 2 54 8 54 i 54 8 54 9 54 5 55 g 55 g 55 5 55 6 40 ft 49 9 52 3 53 52 52 52 3 53 5 52 53 2 53 54 53 5 45 ft 49 50 52 1 50 9 50 2 51 50 9 51 50 9 52 51 9 52 50 ft 48 4 48 1 51 6 49 3 49 8 50 50 51 50 50 2 50 1 51 55ft 48 47 9 51 52 8 48 6 49 50 49 5 49 3 49 9 50 5 50 4 60ft 49 47 8 48 2 48 2 48 3 48 3 49 49 49 9 49 2 49 5 49 7 65ft 47 47 1 47 8 48 48 2 48 5 48 8 48 6 * 49 49 49 i 49 2 70ft 47 47 5 47 5 48 2 48 48 49 48 4 48 8 48 9 49 49 75ft 47 5 47 47 5 48 47 9 48 3 48 2 48 2 49 48 8 49 i 49 80ft .. 47 47 47 5 47 8 47 9 48 48 1 48 1 49 48 5 49 49 85ft 46 9 47 47 3 47 3 48 1 48 5 48 48 48 4 48 8 49 14—17618 208 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey SERIAL TEMPERATURES AT THE DEEP HOLE, LAKE MAXINKUCKEE, JULY— SEPTEMBER, 1899 JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER Max. Min. Mean. Max. Min. Mean. Max. Min. Mean. Surface 5 ft 80.5° 80 8 77.0° 77 0 79.2° 79.3 79.5° 79.5 74.0° 74.2 76.7° 76.8 77.0° 77.0 66.0° 66.0 72.1° 72.0 10 ft IS ft 81.0 80 2 77.0 76 5 79.2 78 3 79.5 79.2 74.3 74.0 76.7 76.3 76.5 75.5 66.0 66.0 71.9 71.3 20ft 78 0 74 7 75 7 78.2 73.0 75.6 74.5 66.0 71.0 25ft 74 0 72 0 72 8 76.2 71.0 73.8 73.5 66.0 70.5 30 ft 71 0 69.0 69.7 72.0 67.3 70.0 71.0 64.8 68.2 32 5 ft 66.7 63.2 65.4 69.0 63.0 65.7 35 ft 69 5 63.0 64.7 66.0 60.3 62.9 67.0 58.7 63.1 40 ft 63 0 57.3 58.7 60.5 55.8 58.1 63.5 54.8 57.9 50ft 57 5 52 5 53.2 55.5 50.7 53.3 54.5 50.0 52.1 60 ft 70 ft 52.5 51.8 50.5 50.5 51.7 51.2 53.0 52.2 49.5 49.0 51.5 51.0 53.0 52.0 48.8 48.5 50.8 50.3 80 ft 51.7 50.3 50.9 52.1 49.0 50.8 52.0 49.5 50.2 85 ft 51.3 50.5 50.8 52.2 48.7 50.6 52.0 48.4 50.1 Moonlight on Lake Maxinkuckee. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 209 s 0 « « U5 « ^ « ^ « 0 «5 ^ 00 00 « » « 0 « 1 a 8 ?s?§sg§?§sg ?§sssss??s§ggg H i g o 0 0 0 0 ~ •«. *. « 0 00 00 0 - 0. 0 0 0 0 8 J a 3 SSSSSSS SSSSSSS3888 a 09 ^oor-r^ot. a * S 0> CO <0 CO tt> « *> U9 * ^. « « « as a $ SggggSS SSSSSS9$S!5!S a " U5 ffiosooososa o>»o>»e»o»<»io«5usu5 E -H OJ „, „ .0 « .« „ .* S1 o 0 « - d 0> 00 0 0 t^ 0 t- N 0 « 0 ^00^0» 8? OOOSO»OS>0->JieOt^cOOOM!M(NIMCnc<5-<-«ooooo X 1 0 0000«^-H-HU50«,o'otO-OOd« o 1° OOOOOOOOtO>raOI^IMt>.T}<(M-HOOOOO5O> •< j o OOOOOCO^NOCBOOCOO^OOOOOO a 00 S S S S S S R g § S fe S S? S S S S S S d » t-C»OOCOOOOO>OtD-«^»^t-«5-.00=«5 a R fc fc K fc g R S g S 5 S 3 S g g g g S 5 X c 0 weocow-ooowco^oo^ooot-o D a 8 S g g S S S K 5 S § S S S g g g S S S s (N MW-fO^NOMOOOOO-m-OUSMtNIO •g OOOOOt^eO'**' — 0000>O'*lN-«-"OOOO 1 . & ::::::::::::::::::: 0 '; ^l-l§IIISilllSlSg|'il 210 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey »O«3-r-t^.CiOCXJOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOOOOOO'-'OOC^OOOOOO CCCOcDCOt^-l~»t^.t^t^.t>-OOGCOOI>'(N-OOOOOS I oi ::::::::::::::::: I" ' Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 211 The Kettlehole: — Similar observations were made at the Kettle- hole in July, August, and September, 1899, and again in the same months in 1900. The records are shown in the tables on the fol- lowing pages. The highest surface temperatures recorded at the Kettlehole was 83.2° on August 7 and 22, 1900, the lowest tempera- tur£ 48.5° at 40 feet on September 8, 1899. The maximum differ- ence between surface and bottom was 31.9°. SERIAL TEMPERATURES TAKEN AT THE KETTLEHOLE, LAKE MAXINKUCKEE DA TE DEPTH July 28, 1899 July 30, 1899 Aug. 3, 1899 Aug. 7, 1899 Sept. 4, 1899 Sept. 8, 1899 Sept.l9: 1899 July 16, 7:15- 9:30 a.m. 1900 July 17, 10:40- 11:30 a.m. 1900 July 21, 3 p. m. 1SOO Air 80° 70 5° 57 5° Surface 5ft 80.7" 80 5 79° 78 5 79.2° 79 5 78° 77 5 76.5° 76 5 74 74 68 68 77° 76° 78.9° 10ft 80 5 78 5 78 4 77 5 74 5 . 74 68 76 5 76 76 8 15 ft 78 3 77 3 77 2 76 8 73 5 74 68 20ft .... 71 5 72 5 73 6 74 70 5 72 5 67 5 72 74 74 25ft 66 64 3 64 2 66 60 5 61 66 30 ft 57 3 56 5 56 7 57 1 53 5 53 5 56 3 56 5 59 59 35 ft 53 52 5 51 2 [52 5i /51 5' /54' 40 ft 50 6 50 5 50 7 •( \50 50 5 \50.5 49 \51.7 48 5 50 5 53 50 51 44ft 49 6 50 49 7 Light Light Wind rain and North from S. E. breeze North; wind, lake strong very at times. rough. 1 At 32.5 feet. 212 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey SERIAL TEMPERATURES TAKEN AT THE KETTLEHOLE, LAKE MAXINKUCKEE DATE Depth July 23, 4:10- July 27, 1900 July 30, 1900 July 31, 1900 Aug. 7, 1900 Aug. 16, 1900 Aug. 22, 1900 Sept. 14, 1900 Sept. 22, 1900 5 p. m. 1900 4:00- 4:45 p. 10:00- 10:50 a. 10:10- 10:50 a. 3:05- 3:40 p. 7:30- 8:40 a. 3:55- 4.30 p. 1:30 p. 4-5:30 p. Air 76° 83 0° 70° 86° Surface 83.0° 79° 79.5 79 83.2° 78 83.2° 76.5 69.3° 5 ft 76 67.5 10 ft 77 9 77 77 78.5 79.2 77.9 80.8 75.4 67 15ft 75 66.6 20 ft ..... 74 2 73 3 75 74.5 75 76.5 77.6 74.3 66.6 25 ft 66 7 67 4 68 4 67 1 73 65.2 30 ft 59 58 58 58.8 58.2 59 59.2 63.3 65 35 ft 50.5 56 \54 t 40ft 51 1 50 9 50 7 50 4 50 8 51 3 52 8 54 Sky Scattered Cloudy Scattered Hazy; Very hazy; Clouds; N. E. clouds; threat- light wind S. W. wind; S. E. ening rain; S. W. S. E. wind; slight wind; S. E. breeze. slight slight waves. moderate breeze. waves. waves. waves. 1 At 32.5 feet. MISCELLANEOUS TEMPERATURES TAKEN AT THE KETTLEHOLE, JULY 25, 1899 Depth Temperatures 79.5° 1 ft ,. 79.5 2 ft 79.6 3 ft 79 7 4 ft . . 80 5ft . 79.9 6 ft 7 ft 23 ft 62' 35 ft • • 50.5s 52.0' 42 ft 50.5* 1 20 oar strokes northwest of Kettlehole. : 1 10 oar strokes northwest of the Kettlehole. • 10 oar strokes north of the Kettlehole. ' 10 oar strokes west of the Kettlehole. Temperatures taken at the Sugarloaf: — A few temperatures were taken at the Sugarloaf. On Algust 26, 1899, the surface was 76.5°, and the bottom 76.3° at 10 feet. On August 9, 1900 (9:55 to 10:15 a. m.), the water on the Sugarloaf was 9.75 feet deep. The temperature at the surface was 82.8°, and at the hot- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 213 torn 82.2°. On August 13, at 10:45 a. m., when the air was 79.8°, the surface was 81.2°, and the bottom 80.8 at 10 feet. On August 20, at 10 :30 a. m., the surface was 80.7° and the bottom 80° at 10 feet. Miscellaneous temperature records: — On July 18, 1899, the fol- lowing records were made at a plankton station by Messrs. Scovell and Juday, at certain places having the depths indicated : TEMPERATURES Surface Bottom 30 77° 70° • 50 77 67 70 77 52.5 70 77 51.5 On July 18, 1899, a series of surface and bottom temperatures was taken on a line from near the end of Long Point toward the Maxinkuckee road, the last being in the Deep Hole where a regular observation station was then established: TEMPERATURES Dspth in Feat Surface Bottom 14 75.2° 75.7° 19 75.2 29 75.2 73 35.5 75.5 69.5 37 75 62 45 75.2 55 58 75.2 52.7 69 75 52 74 75.1 51 75 75.2 51.1 69 76 51.5 89.5 76 51 On August 26, 1899, the following temperatures were obtained with the thermophone on a line between Long Point and the ice houses: surface, 76.8°; at 10 feet, 76.3°; at 20 feet, 75.2°; at 30 feet, 69.5°; at 38 feet (bottom), 59.8°. On August 19, 1899 (from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.), the fol- lowing thermophone readings were obtained on a line starting op- posite the Gravelpit and running east, making a station every 15 oar strokes: 214 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Depth in Feet TEMPEBATUBE Notes Surface Bottom 0.5 77.5° 77.5° Began at 8:30 a. m.; air in sun 82°. 4.5 77 76.5 7.5 76 76 21.0 77 72.5 9.0 77 75 4.5 77 76.5 6.0 77 76.5 6.0 77 76.5 6.0 77.5 76.5 6.0 77.5 76.5 6.0 77.5 76.5 6.0 77.5 77 7.5 77.5 77 6.0 77.5 76.75 6.75 77.5 75.5 7.5 77.5 76 45 77.5 56 45 78 58 55 78.5 52.5 10:40 a. m. 55 78.5 54.5 55 78 55 57 78 56.5 51 78 53.5 54 77.5 53.2 11:30 a. m. 57 78 52.75 3:15 p. m. 52.5 78 53 48 78 54.5 10.5 78 74.5 10.5 78.5 74 10.5 78.3 74 9.0 78.5 74.5 9.0 79 76 6.0 79 78 5.0 79.5 79 2.75 80 79 .50 83.5 83.5 4:00 p. m. East shore, 570 strokes. TEMPERATURES TAKEN AT PLANKTON STATION No. 3 Depth in Feet Temperature July 30, 1900, 11-11:45 a. m. Temperature August 16, 1900, 8:20-9:30 a. m. Air 82 8° 74° Surface 79 8 78 5 10ft 78 78 9 20ft 76 5 78 1 30ft 74 72 32.5ft ' 69 5 35ft 61 1 63.8 40ft 58 6 59 1 42.5ft 56 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 215 THE FOLLOWING TEMPERATURES WERE RECORDED SEPTEMBER 28. 1899 Station Depth in Feet Temperature Notes 1 6 59° Air at 8:15 a. m. 63°. 2 36 59 Surface temperature at noon, 62°. 3 30 59 4 34 59.5 5 28 - 60 6 6 59.5 7 12 60 8 56 60.5 9 50 60.5 10 50 61 11 50 60 On August 14, 1900, the following temperatures were taken in Aubeenaubee Creek, between 2 :30 and 4 p. m. : Near head of creek, 63° ; 10 rods lower down, 66.2° ; 50 rods lower down, 68°. On August 21, 1900, between 8:10 and 11 a.m., the following temperatures were taken in Culver Creek: At bend of creek just east of the Academy grounds, 69° ; at bridge at east edge of Acad- emy grounds, 70.2° ; just below the bridge, 70.5°, at bridge in Acad- emy grounds, 71.5° ; at mouth of creek, 76.5°. Turning over of the lake:- -Perhaps the most interesting phe- nomenon connected with such bodies of water as Lake Maxin- kuckee is the "turning over" which may occur each fall. This can be understood from a consideration of a selected few of the daily serial temperatures. The greatest density of fresh water is reached when the water has attained a temperature of 39.2°. When the temperature goes below 39.2° it begins to expand, and freezes at 32°. When the temperature rises above 39.2° it also begins to expand and continues to do so, however warm the water may become. As water expands its weight decreases. In other words, above the point of greatest density, the weight of water varies inversely with its temperature, the higher the temperature the lighter the water. A cubic foot of water at a temperature of 80° weighs less than a cubic foot of water at 50°.* On July 24, 1900, the surface temperature was 80.3°. From the surface down- ward the temperature was successively lower until, at the bottom, it was 49.3°, or 31° colder than the surface. A column of water in that part of the lake on that date, one inch square and equal in length to the depth of the lake, 89 feet, may be likened to a column of metal which increases slightly and uniformly in size and weight * A cubic foot of fresh water at 50° Fahr. weighs 62.331893 pounds : at 80° it weighs 62.186012 pounds, a difference of 2.334096 ounces. 216 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey from surface to bottom. So long as the upper end is lighter than the lower, the column will remain upright. But if the metal column should be reversed, bringing the heavy end up and the light end down, any slight disturbance would cause it to reverse itself and again assume the more stable position with the heavier end down. The same is true of the column of water. So long as the colder, heavier water is at the bottom, it will so remain ; but let the upper end of the column become the colder and, consequently, the heavier, it will go down, and the lighter bottom water will come up. That is precisely what does happen. If the series of temperatures from July 24 onward be examined it will be observed that the difference between the surface and bottom temperatures becomes successively less. By the 23d of November, 1900, the difference was only .5 of a degree, the surface being 46.7° and the bottom 46.2°. Some- time between the 23d and the 26th, probably on the night of the 24th, the temperature throughout the upper half of the column fell below 46°, or lower than that of the lower end of the column. The upper half of the column then being the heavier, it of necessity went to the bottom, the bottom half came up, and the temperature of the lake became uniform throughout. This is shown by the serial temperature readings of November 26, which show that the temperature at all depths from top to bottom was 44°, a condition which practically continued until the ice went off. It can there- fore be safely assumed that, in 1900, Lake Maxinkuckee "turned over" some time between the evening of November 23 and the morning of the 26th; and what occurred then, in all probability, occurs every November or December. The highest surface temperature recorded at the Deep Hole was 83° on August 11, 1900, the bottom temperature at the same time being 49.9°, the difference between surface and bottom being 33.1°. The lowest summer bottom temperature obtained in the Deep Hole was 48.7° on August 31, 1899 ; the lowest recorded at the Kettle- hole was 48.5° on September 8, 1899. CONDITION OF THE WATER Clearness: — The water of Lake Maxinkuckee is generally com- mented upon by visitors, and boasted about by the natives, on ac- count of its clearness and purity. After a long sojourn at Winona Lake, Indiana, paying particu- lar attention to the lake, a visit to Lake Maxinkuckee excited a marked sensation of surprise at the clearness of the water; in Winona Lake it was somewhat tea-color; at Lake Maxinkuckee, Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 217 at considerable depths, it exhibited an indescribable play of trans- parent green, something like that of an opal in some lights. Unfortunately, we have not a long series of records taken under different conditions the year round which would give an absolute test, and if there were such records, it would be difficult to find a large number of other lakes with records with which it might be compared. On September 20, 1907, when the sky was well clouded over, a secchi disk was visible at 9 feet. The same disk at Holem Lake, of the Twin Lakes, Indiana, on September 23, 1907, when the sky was bright and clear, was visible at 13 feet, and at Cook Lake, another of the Twin Lakes, under the same conditions, at the same depth. At Lake Mendota, Minn., September 18, 1907, with a cloudy sky, the same disk was visible at a depth of 6£ feet. One might, indeed, take as a measure of the clearness of the water, the depth at which green plants grow in the lake, the chief limiting factor in this case being the depth to which light pene- trates. The lower limit of plant life in the lake is about 25 feet. A remarkable feature of the water is its freedom from mud. Even after heavy rains the inlets bring in but little water, and be- cause of the general absence of clay, they bring in but little mud even when they have the swiftest current. Strong winds may make the water turbid near shore, and on one occasion, in the autumn of 1900, the whole lake was rendered slightly turbid by a long continued wind and rough lake, but in all cases the lake soon settles clear. During the winter of 1900-1901, the Chara and Potamogeton robbinsii showed up so clearly through several feet of water and clear ice that they impressed a very excellent image on a photographic plate, and the experience of traveling over this clear ice and seeing the fine meadows in the bottom, with the turtles and gars and dogfish resting quietly or moving slowly about, impresses one with the great opportunity offered along the lines of a new field of photography, that of subaqueous landscapes. Any one looking down in the water on a calm, bright day and studying it attentively will note small flecks or motes, the number of these differing in different seasons of the year and in different lakes. These motes usually represent low algal forms which make up the phyto-plankton of the lake. In Winona Lake this suspended matter was so abundant that the sun's rays lighted up the particles in long lines, as in the familiar phenomenon of the light entering a slit in a dark, dusty room, or the "sun drawing water." In some cases the algaB forming these motes have colonies of sufficiently characteristic shape to be recognizable, but generally not. Lyngbya has the appearance of short hair clippings; Clathrocystis has the 218 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey appearance of minute smoke rings ; Aphanizomenon, which is rare in our Indiana lakes but is common in some northern Minnesota lakes and in the Mississippi River, is easily recognizable, as rather large, green colonies, acute at each end, much like the little duck- weed, Wolffiella. Anabaena, the most common alga of Lake Max- inkuckee, has no definite form. In Lake Maxinkuckee it is rare that great areas are covered with algal scum, though there are sometimes rather long stretches in sheltered bays. The plankton scum usually makes its first appearance about the end of July and continues on calm days until freezing. The entire lake surface is not frequently calm for longer in- tervals than a day ; June, July and August are generally the calmer months. The surface is generally rippled, usually pretty rough, during the spring and later autumn. Periods of calm during the morning and evening are frequent the year round during fine weather. Chemical condition: — An important feature of the water is its chemical condition. A chemical examination of the water was made by Prof. Chancey Juday of the University of Wisconsin. The test for hardness used was Siler's method, in which a coal tar prod- uct, methyl orange, is used to color the water. The amount of hydrochloric acid necessary to turn it faintly pink indicates the hardness. The test used for oxygen was Winkler's method given in Sutton's Volumetric Analysis, and is as follows : 1. Add manganous chloride. 2. Add KOH + KI = a precipitate with brown, if oxygen is present. 3. Add Cone. HC1. — dissolves precipitate. If oxygen is not present the liquid is clear. If oxygen is present it is yellowish or brownish. It may now be left several days. 4. To determine amount of oxygen, titrate with hypo, 1/80 normal, using (cooked) starch as an indicator. The amount of hypo re- quired to clear up the blue caused by addition of starch is an index to the amount of oxygen. In the following tables, prepared by Prof. Juday, is shown the character of the water. Both the C02 and the oxygen are expressed in cubic centi- meters per liter of water. The full face figures indicate the amount of the alkalinity, i. e., it would require that number of cubic centimeters of free C02 to make the water neutral. The light face figures in the column marked free C02 indicate the acidity. Cal- cium and magnesium are found in water almost entirely as bicar- bonates, and chemists regard the CO2 as half-bound or bicarbonate C02, and bound or carbonate C02, so we have indicated them in this way on the tables. In neutral or acid water they are regarded as Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 219 equal in amount, but in alkaline water the bound or carbonate C02 is in excess of the half-bound. The results of the investigation showed that the water of the lake was softer than that of the well (Chad wick's) with which it was compared; also that the difference between the Kettlehole and the main lake is a curious and inter- esting thing. They differ as widely as if they were separate lakes and not connected in any way. A further study of them would prove very interesting. In the main lake the excess of alkalinity extends to a depth of 8 meters (26^ feet). At 9 meters (29| feet) the water is neutral, below which point it is increasingly acid. The Kettlehole shows less alkalinity at the surface and a much more rapidly increasing acidity at the bottom. In the lake the oxygen decreases rapidly from the surface down to the 13 (43£ feet) meter depth below which there is no free oxygen. In the Kettle- hole the free oxygen disappears at 10 meters (32* feet). The free oxygen is more abundant in the surface water of Lake Maxin- kuckee than in any of the Indiana lakes with which it was com- pared, and extends to a considerably greater depth, being found down to 12 (39J feet) meters in Lake Maxinkuckee, 9 meters (29| feet) at the Kettlehole, 8 meters (261 feet) at Cook Lake, 6 meters (19^ feet) at Holem Lake, and disappearing at the 13 meters (43| feet) in Lake Mendota, Minn. CHEMICAL CHARACTER OF THE WATER OF LAKE MAXINKUCKEE Station I, in the Deep Hole, Sept. 20, 1907, 2:30 to 4:40 p. m. Sky chiefly cloudy. Wind, rather strong southwest, falling toward evening; a few whitecaps. Secchi disk visible at depth of 9 feet. Meters Depth in Feet Temperature CARBON DIOXIDE Oxygen Free Bicarb. Carb. 0 3 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17X 20 22X 25 25^ 0 10 17 23 26.25 30 33 36 39 42.5 46 49 57.4 67.6 74 82 84 72° 3.8 20.7 24.5 24.5 24.5 24.5 24.8 25.8 25.8 25.9 26.8 28.0 30.9 31.3 31.3 31.4 6.3 6.3 6.1 5.5 4.0 2.7 2.2 1.3 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 72 71 67.5 36 3.0 1.1 Neutral 0.4 1.4 2.5 2.9 20.9 21.5 23.7 25.8 25.8 25.9 26.8 28.0 30.9 31.3 31.3 31.4 66 64 59.5 59 3.2 3.7 3.9 4.7 5.3 58 31.6 31.6 57 220 Luke Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey CHEMICAL CHARACTER OF THE WATER OF LAKE MAXINKUCKEE Station, Kettlehole, September 24, 1907, a. m. Sky, cloudy in west. Wind, fresh, south; moderate waves. • CARBON DIOXIDE Meters Depth, feet Temperature Oxygen Free Bicarb. Carb. 0 0 65° 2.3 24.5 26.8 4.9 5 17.4 64 6 2.1 24.7 26.8 4.9 7 23.0 64 9 29.5 61.7 3.7 32.2 32 2 o:oe 10 32.8 58.6 7.8 38.2 38.2 0.0 11 36.0 57.5 8.6 40.0 40 0 0.0 UH 37.7 56.6 I For purposes of comparison we give the results of similar oxygen tests made by Professor Juday, at certain other lakes. CHEMICAL CHARACTER OF THE WATER IN COOK LAKE, INDIANA September 23, 1907, 10:30—11:30 a. m. Sky, clear. Wind, brisk, wout breeze. Secchi disk visible at depth of 13 feet. Meters Depth in feet Temp3rature CARBON DIOXIDE Oxygen Free Bicarb. Carb. 0 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 UH 0 13 16.4 19.7 23 26.25 29.5 33 39.4 46 47 68.5 68.7 67.3 64.7 62 57 55.6 49.5 0.5 0.7 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.8 5.3 34.6 34.6 5.07 5.1 4.4 3.8 1.8 0.13 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 34.9 34.9 35.2 35.9 35.9 37.6 40.7 41.0 35.2 35.9 35.9 37.6 40.7 41.0 7.5 7.5 47.5 CHEMICAL CHARACTER OF THE WATER IN HOLEM LAKE, INDIANA September 23, 1907, 1:45—2:30 p. m. Sky, clear. Wind, strong, west breeze. Secchi disk visible at depth of 13 feet. CARBON DIOXIDE D^nth in iW»t TVmrwvraturp A « Free Bicarb. Carb. 0 0 69° 1.2 35.5 35.5 4.7 3 10 4.7 5 16.40 69 2.0 35.6 35.6 4.75 6 19.68 65.5 6.0 40.6 40.6 0.04 7 23 59 10.0 41.0 41.0 0.0 8 26 18 7 58 8 58 8 0 0 8H 27 53 0.0 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 221 CHEMICAL CHARACTER OF THE WATER IN LAKE MENDOTA, WISCONSIN Station II, September 18, 1907, 9-11 a. m. Sky, cloudy; rain. Winil, light breeze from the south. Secchi disk visible at depth of 6.5 feet. CARBON DIOXIDE TVm nprat nr<» I~W Free Bicarb. Carb. 0 0 68° 5.0 28.1 33.1 6.0 5 16.40 67.6 4.3 5 8 8 26.25 67 3.7 29.6 33.3 5.5 10 32.80 66 11 36 00 2 0 31 6 33 6 4 0 12 39.36 65.3 15 32.1 33.6 3.5 13 45.64 63.5 0.75 33.6 33.6 1.8 14 49.0 59 3.00 34.9 34.9 0.0 15 52.00 57 3.50 35.7 35.7 0.0 17 56.00 56 4.30 35.7 35.7 0.0 20 65.60 5 80 36 4 36 4 0 0 21Ji 70.5 7 00 37 9 37 9 0 0 22 72.2 54 DEFICIENT IN OXYGEN ONLY FOR A BRIEF PERIOD EACH YEAR Investigations have shown that Lake Maxinkuckee is deficient in oxygen only during a period of perhaps two months in the fall. The reason for this deficiency is a very interesting one and not dif- ficult to understand. It may be briefly stated as follows: Lake Maxinkuckee furnishes an environment exceptionally favorable to the rapid growth and development of a multitude of species of minute animal and plant life which together constitute the plank- ton of the lake. These animals and plants, entomostracans and other minute animals (zoo-plankton), and algaB of many species (phyto-plankton), literally swarm in the lake, reproducing with such marvelous rapidity that they would soon fill the lake, convert- ing it into a thick soup, were it not for the fact that millions upon millions of individuals die every day, their dead bodies slowly sink- ing to the bottom of the lake where they slowly oxidize and dis- integrate. This accumulation of dead plankton goes on during the spring and summer ; oxidation is doubtless most rapid in later sum- mer and early fall ; the oxygen required in the process must neces- sarily come from the supply contained in the water nearest at hand. This drain upon the absorbed oxygen of the waters in the deeper parts of the lake must inevitably, sooner or later, exhaust the sup- ply, and this condition of exhausted or reduced oxygen content will remain until the winds and storms of late fall and early winter and temperature changes result in thoroughly mixing the waters 222 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey ^f the lake and carrying of oxygen to the deepest parts. In this manner the entire lake will become fully supplied with oxygen early in the winter and so remain until the next fall when the accumulation on the lake bottom of dead animals and plants which have been showering from the upper layers all spring and summer again exhausts the supply and the lower strata again become de- void of oxygen. This matter has been quite thoroughly worked out on several lakes by Messrs. Birge and Juday of the University of Wisconsin, and the importance of the knowledge thus obtained can scarcely be overestimated. The important fact disclosed is that the waters of some lakes at certain periods in the year are practically without oxygen below certain depths. As fishes are dependent for the oxygen they require upon the absorbed oxygen contained in the water it is evident that water containing no absorbed oxygen cannot support fish life. In order that a lake may be suitable for the deeper freshwater fishes it is necessary that the water in the depths shall contain an adequate supply of absorbed oxygen at all times. A lake may have an abundant supply of oxygen at all depths for ten or eleven months of the year, but if the supply is inadequate for one month or even a briefer period, the deepwater fishes will perish unless, perchance, they are of species that can adapt themselves to shallower depths. But few, if any, of our important freshwater fishes possess that ability. Keeping that fact in mind it is now easily understood why certain lakes, otherwise suitable, do not contain any deepwater species such as lake trout, whitefish or lake herring. During the past 30 years the Federal Government and various States have spent thousands of dollars in making plants of white- fish, lake herring and lake trout in lakes many of which we now know to be deficient in oxygen during at least a portion of the year. Lake Maxinkuckee is included in this list, four large con- signments of lake trout having been placed in it in 1890 to 1894. We now understand why nothing was ever seen of the fish after they were liberated in the lake. In the past millions upon millions of fish have been planted in the lakes and streams of the United States and usually without any scientific investigation whatever for the purpose of determining whether the waters were suitable for the fish which it was proposed to plant in them. The result is that hundreds of thousands of dol- lars have been spent and millions of fish wasted without any results of value being obtained. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 223 No stream or lake should be stocked with fish until it has been carefully studied by a competent biologist and found to possess the conditions or factors of a favorable environment for the fish which it is proposed to introduce. Fish culturists should adopt this principle and adhere to it as an invariable policy. The rule- of-thumb, cut-and-try method so uniformly followed has brought no credit to fish culture in America. ICE INTRODUCTION It is not until one has watched the coming of the ice over the lake several times and during several winters, that he realizes how much variety there can be in that apparently simple process, and •how far from correct it would be to judge the behavior of the ice one winter from having seen it during another. The freezing over of Lost Lake is always about the same. That body of water, being of comparatively small size and shallow depth, readily freezes over the first severe night after the whole mass of water has become chilled down to near the freezing point, and we usually have a smooth clear sheet of ice spread over its surface rather early in the winter. This sheet being transparent, does not greatly alter the appearance of the lake ; indeed, on one occasion we saw a duck in the middle of this lake on the slippery ice one evening after it had frozen over, it probably having mistaken the clear ice for open water. Lake Maxinkuckee, with its greater area and volume of water, cools down much more slowly, and usually has ice simply skirting its edges by the time Lost Lake is completely frozen over. If the weather continues steadily calm and cold, the lake freezes over rather quickly, although it usually takes several days even of the most favorable weather for the lake to freeze entirely over, as its surface is always more or less disturbed by winds, some pools in various places toward the center usually persisting open for a few days. If, on the other hand, the weather in early winter is rough and windy, the freezing of the lake is much delayed and is a slow and long continued process — full of interesting details, resembling in many respects the freezing of large lakes, such as Lake Michi- gan. The winter of 1900-1901 was just such a blustery winter and gave opportunity to study the ice formation in great detail. The ice first forms in sheltered calm places and any object that breaks the wind or tends to calm the water tends to the formation of a sheet of ice. Thus ice appears early not only along the shore 15—17618 224 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey in sheltered bays, but also around any projecting body in the water — a stake, or a patch of bulrushes or pondweeds. Usually the for- mation of ice proceeds from day to day in a more or less orderly manner from these nuclei to the middle of th'e lake until the whole is frozen, but in the above-mentioned winter, the ice sheets formed in sheltered places during moments of calm. Our first regular observation of the ice phenomena at Lake Maxinkuckee began in the fall of 1899. Previous to that time, however, occasional observations, made and recorded by Mr. S. S. Chadwick and by Mr. Samuel B. Medbourn of the Medbourn Ice Company, have been kindly communicated to us by those gentle- men. The remarkable clearness and purity of the water of Lake Max- inkuckee and the thickness to which the ice freezes, give a very high quality to the ice made from it, and Lake Maxinkuckee ice has always had an enviable reputation for purity and enduring qualities. The operations required in taking out the vast quantities of ice each winter keep a changing portion of the lake on the west side more or less open for brief intervals in different places, and this has its effect on the plant and animal life of the lake. Our original plans contemplated a careful study of the ice in all its* more important relations to the various species of animals and plants inhabiting the lake, but lack of time prevented such study of many of the phenomena as the importance of the subject justi- fied. The grounds of the Culver Military Academy skirt the northern shore of Lake Maxinkuckee, covering a tract of 500 acres. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 225 The ice phenomena of the lake, including the formation, thaw- ing, expansion and contraction, forming of ice-beaches and so on, present more or less variety from year to year. In the two years the phenomena were studied there was a wide difference in them, so that different details confidently looked for from previous ex- perience were surprisingly discounted. Every year, the small body, Lost Lake, freezes over much sooner than the larger lake, and usually freezes over as a smooth sheet of ice, in a single night. During the winter of 1900-1901, cold weather came on rather suddenly and the weather was rough and windy, so that, though the surface water became quite cold, the wind kept it from freez- ing except in the form of ice-needles which drifted up at first on the shore in high, conical snow-white masses, which at a distance looked like frozen foam, but which revealed on closer examination an entirely different structure from foam. The surface of the water near shore on the windward side of the lake, was covered with slush ice, composed of long needle-shaped crystals, which, as they were jostled together by the choppy waves, made a cheerful musical sound, like the rustling of dried hay. At other times during momentary bits of calm, or in protected bays, a thin sheet of clear solid ice would be put out from shore, soon to be broken into bits by the wind. These, constantly moved among each other by the waves, produced a musical continuous clinking, like glasses struck together, or at other times larger masses in more violent motion produced a far-heard rumbling like a heavy farm wagon rattling along a road. The bits of ice blown up against the shore gouged the shore considerably and shoved considerable sand before them in places, although finally the result of such gouging was neither conspicuous nor permanent. As to the final freezing over of the lake, in 1900-1901, the first stage from shore was formed by the needle-shaped crystals already mentioned, these forming concretions around centers, making cir- cular patches from about the size of a dinner plate to several feet across, and these finally drifted together and the becalmed water of the interstices froze, thus cementing the whole together into a solid mass. From this time on, during moments of comparative calm, stretches of rather smooth clear ice would form out toward the center of the lake, the inner margin of which would soon be more or less chopped up and broken by waves during more windy pe- riods, and then would occur another advantage of calm and cold, another concentric ring of ice would be formed, another attack of 226 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey storm and wind on the weak-edged with a line of chopped ice, so that finally the limit of each freezing period was marked by a ring of choppy ice, and the stages of freezing could be counted, like the growth-rings of a tree as seen on a stump. Apparently a sud- den coming on of cold reduces the surface temperature greatly without allowing much chance for convection and the water under the ice continues tolerably warm all winter. The large lake was very slow in freezing over, and a few holes remained open quite late, being kept open by winds and by the flocks of ducks which congregated there in great numbers. Ice on Lake Maxinkuckee: — The earliest appearance of ice as noted in our records was on October 12, 1907, when ice was ob- served on boards in low places. This was evidently merely frozen dew. On the 22d, ice was seen on Green's marsh and on the boat slip at Outlet Bay. This was observed again on the 23d, 27th, 28th and 29th. In 1906, on October 31, ice was seen in a leaky boat and along the south shore in shallow quiet water. These are our only October records. For November, in 1899, the first ice was noted on the 12th, when it remained all day in favorable places. In November, 1900, there was a thin fringe along the shore on the 14th, and on the 16th it was frozen out from shore about 4 feet. On the 30th there was a fringe along the south shore, i to ^ inch thick and extending out usually 10 to 30 feet. Just west of Norris Inlet two broad points ran out about 200 feet. From this and subsequent obser- vations it is believed that it is on that part of the lake that perma- nent ice first forms. In 1902, the first freeze was on November 25. In 1904, ice was first noted on November 6, and on the llth and 21st there was some along the south shore of Outlet Bay, re- maining in the boat slip all day. On the 13th, 14th and 16th it was on the boat slip all day; on the 17th there was a thin skirt along the shore, and a little appeared each morning thereafter until the 27th when there was a good deal off the ice houses and in simi- lar situations. On the 28th ice skirted the shore pretty generally, but not far out. In 1898, in December, the ice was one inch thick all over the lake except at the Deep Hole ; on the 8th and 9th it was all over the lake and 3 inches thick, and on the 14th it was frozen solid and 7.5 inches thick. In 1899, in December, it was 1.25 inches thick on the 26th along shore. In December, 1900, on the 10th ice extended out about 50 feet from the end of the Chadwick pier, and about 200 feet out on east side of Long Point. At many places there was only a narrow irregular fringe, with occasional air holes. In places the Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 227 ice was choppy. On the llth snow covered the ice which was grinding and tolerably loud at the south end. On the 12th there was considerable ice, particularly in Outlet Bay and off the ice- houses where it extended out in long sharp points, an unusually long sharp blade extended off Long Point to the northeast. There was a broad fringe along the east side of Long Point and large ice islands around stakes in Outlet Bay and southeast of Shady Point cottage. A brisk wind ground up all the ice except that near the shore north of Long Point, the breaking up being accompanied by considerable rattling and clinking. Ice-chips, small and clear, were thrown up on the north shore near the railroad station with a great roar. By noon all the ice in front of Shady Point cottage had dis- appeared. Before breaking up the ice was I inch thick at the shore and § inch thick at end of pier at Shady Point. The next day a peculiar slush ice formed in front of Shady Point, consisting of circular or oval discs of needle-shaped crystals drifting together and freezing. On the 15th this ice, very rough but weak, extended out more than 100 feet. By the 19th the lake was frozen entirely over except a considerable area in the center and extending well toward the south end. On the 20th the lake was frozen nearly all over — only a con- siderable pond in the middle. The ice all around the lake, espe- cially on the west side, was very rough, and would hold one up only 60 to 70 feet out. There was a great deal of clear drift ice, the thickness of window glass, piled up along the east shore. It plowed and heaped up the sand a good deal, making a small ice- ridge. This was not caused by expansion but by the ice being blown up against the sand. On the 21st the ice was pretty solid out for some distance. The only open water was in parallel north and south strips near the center. In Outlet Bay one could walk out about 400 to 500 feet, but the ice was weak on the east side of Long Point. On the 22d there was a good deal of water on the ice, and the open spaces enlarged appreciably. On the 23d a strong wind began breaking the ice and piling it up on shore at Culver Bay on the 24th. On the 28th the lake was again frozen irregularly, with open spaces toward the center. One could walk out in front of the Gravelpit about 600 feet. At one place one could walk within a foot of the open water, so strong was the ice. On the 29th the ice was moving and jamming up some against the shore. At night it was somewhat noisy. In 1901, the first record in December re- garding the condition of the ice was made on the 15th, to the effect 228 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey that the lake was frozen nearly over. On the 16th the ice was 3 inches thick ; on the 18th, 4.5 inches ; the 19th, 5.5 to 6 inches, and entirely frozen over; the 20th, 6 inches; the 21st, 7 inches; the 22d, 8.5 inches ; and the 23d, 9 inches. On the 24th it began melt- ing and by the 31st was only 8 inches thick. In 1902, the only December records are for the 10th, the lake freezing, and the 14th, when the air at 6 p.m. was 20°, Lost Lake frozen over, but Lake Maxinkuckee still open. In 1904 there are several December rec- ords. On the 1st to 3d, the lake was rough and ice cakes were forming. On the 4th and 5th considerable stretches along the shore were frozen, but none along the north shore. On the 6th it was drifting up on the east side and on the 8th it softened and melted some, though it was strong enough to bear up in Outlet Bay. On the 9th it was torn up by waves at the south end. On the 10th Outlet Bay was firm enough to walk over, and by the 13th the lake was all frozen over except several scattered pools filled with ducks and coots. On the 14th, only three or four long open pools left, and these were filled mostly with coots, only a few ducks being left. The ice was clear, only one-half inch thick some distance from shore. On the 15th all the lake except two small pools was frozen over. These pools were full of coots which no doubt helped to keep them open. There were many cracks in Outlet Bay. On the 16th only one pool was left open. The next day the ice company had teams on the lake, scraping the snow off the ice, which was 5 inches thick. On the 18th the last open pool closed. The heavy snow on the ice weighed it down and forced a good deal of water to come up through a large crack that ran from Long Point southeast. On the 21st the ice was cracking and pushing up the shore at Long Point. On the 23d the ice was rotten and melted a good deal; there were many small air holes, and on the 25th there were many open places north and east of Long Point. We have one record for January, 1893. On the 5th the lake was frozen over 9 inches thick except in a few air holes and cracks caused by expanding ice. In January, 1899, the ice was 8 inches thick on the 1st, 9 on the 8th, 10 on the 29th, 10.5 on the 30th and 11 on the 31st. In January, 1900, it was 7 inches thick on the 1st, 8 on the 2d, 9 on the 3d, 9.25 on the 4th, 7 on the 12th, 6 on the 16th and 17th, 7J near the ice-houses, 8 at the Norris pier and 4.5 in front of Shady Point on the 21st and very rotten, 6 on the 30th, and 8 on the 31st. On the first there were several cracks, one running off from Murray's, one off mouth of Aubeenaubee Creek, one from ice-houses to Lakeview hotel, one from the ice- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 229 houses to Long Point, and one from Long Point northeast, this last being cooped up like the roof on a house. There was a large crack from the south end of the lake near the Farrar cottage northward to the shore near the Academy along which the ice buckled up and then fell back by overlapping, a phe- nomenon which old residents had never observed before. On the 22d the lake was open in deep water and on the 24th the ice was breaking up. In 1901, on January 1, it was cold and the ice grew very fast; on the 2d the lake was frozen over except one pool near the Deep Hole. Teams were cleaning snow off the ice near the ice-houses. On the 3d the pool was still open; this was between Long Point and the McOuat cottage and was only 18 or 20 feet in diameter. The ice was "cracking" a good deal all day and shoving up on shore and booming and rumbling at night. On the 6th there were 3 or 4 inches of water on the ice and again on the 8th when the ice was full of holes; on the 9th it was dry and clear; on the 10th it was getting rotten and breaking into cakes and by the 12th it was unsafe, but was firmer on the 13th ; rotted again on the 14th, but on the 15th again became firm and showed beautiful mosaics. It sang much and loudly nearly all morning, but rotted in the afternoon. On the 18th it was 4| inches thick, solid and singing much. On the 19th it was 7.5 inches thick at the ice-houses. There was much noise, a sort of groaning, at night, and many new cracks were noted the next morning. On the 21st the ice was very rotten, and at night a good deal of noise, ringing sharp cracks as if the ice were giving and falling. On the 23d it melted a good deal on top, and was about 5 inches thick. On the 27th the big hole was still open ; on the 28th it was 5.5 to 7 inches thick on the east side, but weak. On the 29th, 7.75 to 8 inches thick and covered with water in some places. The January record for 1902 is brief. The ice was 8.5 inches thick on the 1st, 9 on the 3d, 10 on the 6th, 11.5 on the 16th, 12 on the 17th and 18th, 12.5 on the 20th, 13 on the 21st, 14 on the 27th and 28th, and 15 on the 31st. The lake was very low. On the 27th the ice was shoving up some on the north and east shores but not much on the west side. In January, 1903, the ice was 5 inches thick on the 7th, 10 on the 12th, 12 on the 19th, and 13 on the 23d. The ice company began to put up ice on the 13th. In January, 1905, the records are few. On the first, the ice was rotten and rapidly disappearing, and there was a large hole 230 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey near the center of the lake. On the 2d, it was nearly all gone east of Long Point and south to Murray's, but Outlet Bay was still cov- ered. On the 4th the lake was again pretty well frozen over, it having grown cold on the 2d and 3d. In January, 1906, the lake was not frozen over on the first. Later it froze over but ice was all gone by the 22d, following a week of rain. Our first February records are for 1899, when the ice was 11.5 inches thick on the 1st, 12 on the 2d to 7th, 13 on the 8th, 16 on the 10th, 18 on the 13th, and 15 on the 27th. The next are for 1901. On the 1st the ice was groaning some; on the 4th and 5th it was much sunken by 8.5 inches of snow on it ; on the 8th it was groaning again; on the 9th it was still sagging and covered with water in many places ; on the 20th it was somewhat noisy and much flooded in the middle ; covered with slush on the 23d and still sink- ing on the 24th; on the 25th much slush and ice groaning a good deal, continuing for the next two days. There was much noise again on the 28th, continuing all day. In 1902, on February 4th the ice was about 18 inches thick; 17 inches on the 6th and 18 on the 21st. On the 25th the ice began to get dark where the snow had blown off, and in some places slush snow covered it. In 1903, the ice was 8 to 10 inches thick on February 15, but it had been about 14 inches thick. In 1906, on February 14, the lake was frozen over, the ice 4 to 6 inches thick, and the ice cutting beginning. Our March records begin with 1899, when the ice was 10 inches thick on the llth. On the 12th there was a high west wind driving the ice out from the west shore and piling it up 10 feet high on the east side. On the 22d the ice was rotten; by the 25th it had become so honeycombed that it practically all went off the lake, piling up high on shore in various places; on Long Point it was about 10 feet high, but did no damage. In 1900, on March 1, the ice was 12 inches thick and 16 inches on the 19th. On the 22d it was open near the center of the lake. On the 25th the ice began to break up, drifting to west and north- west shores, and by 6 p. m. it was all gone. In 1901, on March 3, the ice was free from snow and there was some water on the surface. On the 4th the air holes that were present on the 3d froze up. On the 6th there was a long crack along the west shore and on the 7th the ice was heaving and push- ing on the shore on the east side. On the 8th and 9th it was quite soft and flooded; on the llth very rotten around the edges, Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 231 tightening up again at night, and alternating weak and firm until the 25th when it all disappeared, simply breaking up and melting without piling on shore. In 1902, the only records for March are: On the night of the 12th the ice moved southeast and piled up 10 feet high on the north- west side of Long Point, and about as high on the east shore at th'e Edwards cottage. All the west side was open on the 13th. On the 13th the ice left the lake with a southeast wind which piled it on shore at the depot grounds and east to the Palmer House. On the 18th some ice had frozen and piled up some on shore. In 1903, in March, the 13th was the first warm, calm day of spring, and the ice went off very fast ; all gone from Outlet Bay by 6 p.m., and all gone from shore from there to depot. The next day the wind shifted to the south and piled the ice 6 feet high at the tip of Long Point. On the 15th the wind shifted to the northeast and drove the ice into Outlet Bay and along the west shore, but doing no harm. That portion of the lake north of a line from the tip of Long Point to the Edwards cottage and east of a line from the tip of Long Point to the Assembly grounds was free of ice. Then the wind shifted again to the south and drove all the ice to the north end of the lake. By 6 p. m. the ice was all gone. As the ice was very thin no harm was done. Air at 3 p.m. 70°. On March 29 there was some ice again. In 1905, in March, on the 25th, ice covered about three-fourths of the lake. The surface was very much decayed and broken. It went off rapidly all day and by the evening of the 26th there was only a little left in Culver Bay. In 1907, the ice left the lake on March 17. Several days of warm rain had rotted it thoroughly and a strong southwest wind on the 16th set it in motion, broke it up, and drove it toward the northeast part of the lake, where it melted. In 1908, the ice left the lake March 13, the day being very warm and the frogs singing. In 1910, on March 1, it turned warm, and there was no snow or rain thereafter. On March 22 the ice left the lake. It was 20 inches thick and just rotted out. It did not drift much and no harm was done. It opened as usual on the west side from the Outlet to the depot. Air about 60°. There are only a few ice records for April. The senior author spent April 6 and 7, 1885, at the lake, and recorded the fact that the ice was still on the lake, with a narrow strip open around the edges, especially along the south shore and at the inlet mouths. In 1900, on April 1, the ice moved north; on the 3d it moved 232 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey southeast and piled high on shore ; on the 5th it moved south ; and it was all gone by the 6th. The 7th was the first pleasant day of the season, although it snowed some; it had been cold, with an east wind for a week. In 1901, on April 1, there was some old ice and new ice had formed on the pools the previous night. On the 4th overflow water was frozen, and there was ice on the pools on the 9th. Even on the 19th and 20th there was ice on the pools. In 1913, the ground was frozen on April 23, and on May 2 the ground and pools were frozen. Ice on Lost Lake: — Considerable attention was paid to ice con- ditions on the small lake and the results are here given, in the thought that comparisons between the two lakes may prove in- structive. Ice was observed on Lost Lake in each month from October to April, both inclusive. In October, 1904, a little ice was noted on the 23d and 28th. In November, 1899, a narrow fringe was seen about the edge of the lake. In 1900, ice froze about 4 to 7 feet out from shore just above the Bardsley cottage on the 14th, and on the 16th the lake was frozen over but not strong enough to bear one up. In front of the Bardsley cottage it was £ to 2^ inches thick, but was thinner elsewhere. On the night of the 17th the ice went off, but the lake was nearly frozen over again by the 27th. In November, 1904, there was a narrow fringe of ice around the lake, most of which had disappeared by the 13th. On the 28th the lake was more than half frozen over with ice strong enough to permit one to walk out a short distance. On November 14, 1906, the lake was frozen nearly over. In December, 1899, Lost Lake was frozen over on December 6, but the ice left the lake on the llth after 24 hours of rain. It froze again on the 15th. In 1900, it was frozen entirely over on the 10th when the ice was 1 inch thick and would bear up some dis- tance out. Near shore the ice was choppy in places. On the llth it was strong enough for skating. On the 12th it was 2 13/16 inches thick 30 feet from shore, and did not crack when walked across. The next day it was 3 inches thick, and loud noises were caused by the expansion in the forenoon. On the 17th the ice was about 5£ inches thick and beautifully stratified. On the 19th thin ice had frozen on top of the other, from flooded water. On the 23d the wind tore up the ice at the south end. There were many large bubbles under the ice nearly everywhere, evidently blown under by the wind. The ice was dry on top and apparently solid. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 233 On the 28th the ice was frozen irregularly, with numerous air holes. In December, 1901, the lake was frozen over on the llth, and solid on the 19th, the ice being 6 inches thick. In December, 1902, Lost Lake was frozen entirely over on the 14th. In December, 1904, Lost Lake was frozen over on the first, the ice being quite opaque. On the 2d it was 1£ inches thick and would bear up, but cracked some on the west side where it was not so thick. On the 3d the Outlet was partly frozen below the railroad bridge. On the 9th the stream below the lake was pretty well open. In January, 1901, Lost Lake was solid on the first and 2d; on the 3d the ice was 10 inches thick and contained 9 planes of bub- bles, one of which, 5.5 from the bottom, seemed to divide the whit- ish upper ice from the lower clearer layer. On the 10th the ice was 8 inches thick and men were cutting it; on the 18th it was 9 inches and showed a hexagonal structure. On the 19th Lost Lake was open at the north end and remained so for several days. On the 20th all the stream below the lake was open. We have no February records. In March, 1901, Lost Lake was all open on the 25th, but it was almost frozen over again by the 29th. In March, 1902, the lake was nearly open on the 13th but frozen over again on the 18th. THICKNESS OF ICE ON LAKE MAXINKUCKEE AT VARIOUS DATES Date Thickness in inches Remarks 1893 Jan. 5 1QQQ 9 Entirely covering lake except a few air holes and cracks. lovo Dec. 8 1 Over entire lake except the Deep Hole. 9 3 Over entire lake. 14 7.5 1899 Jan. 1 8 29 10 30 10.5 31 11 Feb. 1 11.5 2 12 7 12 8 13 10 16 13 18 27 15 Mar 11 10 121 High west wind drove ice out from west shore and piled it up 10 feet high or 22/ east side. Ice dangerous. 234 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey THICKNESS OF ICE ON LAKE MAXINKUCKEE AT VARIOUS DATES— Continued Date 1,99 Mar. 25 Dec. Jan. Feb. 6 11 15 26 27 28 29 30 31 1900 1 2 3 4 10 12 16 17 21 22 24 30 31 1 2 3 15 16 17 18 19 1 Mar. 19 22 April 1 3 5 6 Nov. 14 16 18 27 30 Dec. 10 10 12 13 14 17 17 19 20 21 22 Thickness in inches 1.25 2 3 4.5 5.5 6 7 8 9 9.25 7 6 6 5.8 4.5 Remarks Ice left lake, it having become honeycombed, piling up in various places 10 feet high on Long Point, but doing no damage. Little Maxinkuckee frozen over. Ice went off of Litt'? Maxinkuckee. Little Maxinkuckee frozen over again. On Little Maxinkuckee near shore. Deep water still open. 4 inches on Lake Maxinkuckee and 8 inches on Little Maxinkuckee. Very rotten. Ice rotten. Ice open in deep water. Ice open in deep water. Ice breaking up. 6 8 9 11 11 6 6 7 8 8.5 12 16 Ice open near the Split Rock. Ice moving north. Ice moves southeast and piles up high on shore. Ice all gone except where piled up on south shore. Ice all gone. Coldest day of season, so far, 16°. Ice 1.5 in shallow water; Little Maxin- kuckee frozen 4 to 7 feet from shore. Little Maxinkuckee frozen over; frozen out on Maxinkuckee 4 feet from shore. Ice went off Little Maxinkuckee. Little Maxinkuckee again frozen over. Thin ice started around shore. Little Maxinkuckee frozen entirely over, 1 inch thick. Ice extending out 200 feet from shore on Maxinkuckee. 2 13-16 Most of the ice broken up. Ice on Little Maxinkuckee strong enough to bear one. 3 On Little Maxinkuckee. Outlet nearly frozen over. A broad fringe of ice around shore. About '/g inch of water on top of ice on Little Maxinkuckee. Lake frozen over except a large area in center and extending toward south end. Outlet Bay all frozen over. Open area still present. Lake frozen nearly all over. Water covering ice, and open area increasing. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 235 THICKNESS OF ICE ON LAKE MAXINKUCKEE AT VARIOUS DATES— Continued Date Thickness in inches Remarks 1900 Dec. 23 Much of the ice disappeared. 28 Ice cracking. 1901 Jan. 1 Ice extending over lake very fast. 1902 Jan. 27 14 Ice company has filled all its houses. Feb. 4 18 Dec. 26 Lake frozen over. 31 Patrolman made first trip over ice 1903 Jan. 7 5 12 10 13 Ice-men began to put up ice. 19 12 23 13 1901 Dec. 28 Ice heaved up some. 1905 Feb. 20 24 Best ice ever harvested; has been good in all places, and 10 to 18 to 24 inches thick. 1909 Feb. 17 21A Snow 12 inches deep; ice all over trees and bushes, many trees broken down. Thickest ice this winter about 9 inches and the ice-men got about half a crop; lake frozen over four different times. 1911 Nov. 18 Lake open from Long Point to Palmer House, wind in the north. i™> v«»rv thin and rotten. Air 38°. Rained all night and wind shifted from south- east to north at 6 p. m. 1914 Feb. 15 10 Air at zero in morning. CONDITIONS OF ICE ON LAKE MAXINKUCKEE Year When first noted When lake practically froze over. Thickness MAXIMUM THICKNESS When went off. Date Thickness 1883 1893 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1901 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 22 9 7.5 18 16 January 5 December 9 9 3 January 5 December 14 February 13 March 19 November 12 November 14 March 25 March 25 March 25 March 15 March 15 December 20 December 16 3 November 25 February 4 18 November 6 December 15 February 20 24 March 26 October 31 October 12 March 17 March 13 March 3 March 22 March 12 April 6 March 14 March 27 20 13 14 February 23 * 236 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey BIOLOGY INTRODUCTION More attention was naturally given to the biology of the lake than to the physical features. The scope of the investigations as originally planned contemplated as careful study of the vertebrate animals of the lake as time and facilities at command would per- mit. It soon became evident however, that no very satisfactory progress could be made with those groups without consideration of the plants and the various groups of invertebrate animals of the lake. It also became increasingly evident as the work pro- gressed that no hard and fast line could be drawn between the species directly related to the lake and those only indirectly so related. This fact was strongly impressed upon us when we came to study the habits of the mammals, reptiles, batrachians, and birds of the lake and vicinity, and the distribution of the trees and shrubs and other shore vegetation in their relation to the various species of insects upon which fishes and other aquatic animals feed. Many illustrations could be given of the ways in which various species of purely land animals and plants are related eco- logically to purely aquatic species inhabiting the lake. A few examples may be mentioned. One might think that the common house mouse and field mouse bear no relation to the life of the lake ; but we have found both in the stomachs of large-mouth black bass. We have found the raccoon feeding on the mussels of the lake. The larvaB of certain species of dipterous insects of the genus Ghironomus, are exceedingly abundant in the lake and constitute a very important part of the food of the fishes, also of several species of birds such as the various snipes, plovers, phalaropes, and even of rusty blackbirds, red-winged blackbirds, and crow black- birds. And in September and October, when these larvae com- plete their metamorphoses and the air and the trees along the shore about the lake become filled in the evening and on quiet days with vast swarms of the large mosquito-like insects, making the evening vocal with the constant humming of the millions on the wing, they then are fed upon by various species of birds, among which have been observed nighthawks, swallows, yellow-billed cuckoos, yellow-rumped warblers, and even red-headed woodpeck- ers and song sparrows. But the story does not end here. After the nuptial flight has been made, these insects, myriads upon myriads in number, and all about the lake, return to the surface of the water upon which they lay their eggs, and there fall a prey to various species of fishes from the tiny top minnow to the blue- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 237 gill, yellow perch, and large-mouth black bass. And the eggs laid by those which succeed in escaping all their enemies furnish enor- mous quantities of food to the multitude of little fishes hatched during the previous summer, while the eggs that escape, hatch sooner or later, and in their new form as Chironomus larvae, sup- ply even greater quantities of delicious food to the fishes of a some- what larger growth, and also to the turtles and young water-dogs in the water and to various species of birds which feed along the beach. But even this is not all the story. The millions of Chironomi, after having accomplished their only purpose in life by laying billions upon billions of eggs, die, and their dead bodies, falling upon the surface of the lake or upon the land, are eaten by the fishes, birds, and small insectivores. One more illustration must suffice. When we came to study the shore vegetation we were struck by the number of trees, shrubs and other plants growing on the immediate lake shore, so close to the lake that their branches overhang the water more or less. The total number of species was not fewer than 50. Insects and in- sect eggs and larvae were observed on a great many of these trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants; doubtless every species is fed upon or is the home of one or more species of insects. These insects fall upon or are blown out upon the water now and then. Many of them lay their eggs upon the leaves and these may fall off and into the water, carrying the eggs with them. The eggs that hatch produce caterpillars and other larvae which feed upon the leaves of the plant, and many, while feeding, drop into the water where, along with the adults and eggs that had fallen in, they become a prey of the fishes. This is one reason why many fishes come in near shore in the evening and at night; they are attracted there by the abundant and varied fish-food con- tributed to the lake by the plants along the shore. With interesting and important inter-relations such as these constantly forcing themselves upon our attention, the evidently proper thing to do was to make our study of the lake sufficiently comprehensive to include all such problems as fully as possible; and this we have done. We therefore endeavored to make such observations as time would permit, not only of the physical features of the lake and immediately surrounding country, but also of most of the groups of animals and plants in and about the lake of which any of us possessed any knowledge. Unfortunately, and very naturally, our acquaintance with some groups was very limited indeed, and concerning those we are able to contribute little or nothing. 238 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey While considerable time has been devoted to the study of this lake, and while the amount of knowledge and information now pos- sessed and made available regarding it is probably greater than that possessed regarding any other lake in the world, there are many gaps in the record, many of them large and important. No one can realize this more fully or regret it more keenly than the writers. Nor can any one realize more fully than they the in- completeness and inadequacy of many of the observations, and how desirable it would be to have them repeatedly verified. A word of explanation regarding the arrangement of subjects in the following pages is perhaps necessary. As the investigations upon which this report has been based were made primarily in the interest of fish-culture, more attention was necessarily paid to the fishes than to any other group; in fact, such studies as were made of other animals and of the plants were made only because it was believed such investigations would contribute some knowledge of value to the main purpose in view. In view of this fact we thought it best not to adhere too closely to a strictly systematic zoological and botanical arrangement of the various subjects. We have treated the fishes first, and the other groups have been presented in the order which we believe best for the objects in view. The various species considered have been presented from the natural history point of view rather than from that of the sys- tematist. We have even emphasized this thought by giving un- usual prominence to the common or vernacular names by making the scientific or binomial names subordinate to them, and by making the text as non-technical as seemed necessary. It is hoped and believed this treatment will contribute materially to the use and value of the publication. THE FISHES INTRODUCTION During the investigations at Lake Maxinkuckee, very naturally more attention was given to the fishes than to anything else. It was desired to Jmow not only what species are represented in the local fauna but an effort was made to study each species from many points of view. Observations were therefore made regard- ing the abundance, distribution, breeding and feeding habits, pe- riod and rate of growth, age, and size at different ages, parasites, diseases, enemies, relation to other species, food value, commercial importance, importance to the angler, seasons and methods of cap- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 239 ture and places where found, and many other problems the study of which was necessary to a full understanding of the life history of the species. Field observations and collecting were carried on in all available and possible places, in all sorts of weather, at all times of day and night, and at all seasons of the year, chiefly, how- ever, in the summer and fall months. METHODS OF COLLECTING Seining: — Seine collecting was, of course, the method most fre- quently used and the one yielding the largest collections and re- sults. The seines used were Baird collecting seines. When the physical conditions permitted a 45-foot seine was used; where the character of the bottom or any other factor prevented the success- ful use of so long a seine, a shorter one was used — sometimes one 15 feet long, at other times one 25 feet in length, and occasionally seines 20, 35, and 150 feet were used. Seining operations were begun July 5, 1899, the initial point being in front of the Duen- weg cottage (now known as "Shady Point"), which is on the lake shore just in front of the Arlington station. This cottage was rented by the Fish Commission and used as headquarters by the field party from July, 1899, to July, 1901. (See p. 34.) From the Duenweg cottage as the starting point the seining pro- ceeded southward along the west shore, eastward across the south part of the lake, then northward along the east side, and on around to the place of beginning. Each succeeding haul began where the preceding one ended, thus every yard of seinable water near shore was covered. Each haul of the seine was called a station and the hauls or stations were numbered consecutively beginning with No. 1. The following data were recorded for each station : Num- ber of station, location, length of seine, date (including hour), con- dition of sky, direction and strength of wind, temperature of air, temperature of water, maximum depth of water, character of bot- tom, vegetation as to character and extent, species of fishes caught and number of each, species of other animals caught (as turtles, batrachians, crustaceans, mollusks, etc.), and the number of each. Only a sufficient number of specimens of each species were pre- served for future study ; all others were returned to the water after being counted and their sizes and other readily observable char- acters determined. After some little experience in measuring the fishes we were able to estimate their lengths quite accurately. During the first part of July the entire circuit of the lake was made; and. this was repeated during the corresponding part of ! (> ' i (>' G 240 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey August and again in September. The principal objects in repeat- ing the work were to secure data on rate of growth, change in dis- tribution, abundance, habits, spawning condition, food, etc. A brief summary of the seining operations and results follows: July 5, 1:45 to 3:18 p. m. Stations 1 to 11, from Duenweg cottage southward to Murray's; seine, 45 feet. Sky cloudy; no breeze; air 74°; water 76° to 78.5°. All these hauls were made over a sandy bottom, thinly coated with marl in places, covered more or less with mussels (mostly dead), dead Vivipara con- tectoides, and two species of live gastropods which fasten to rocks and other objects. The bottom nearly everywhere was covered with a good growth of Chara, not tall but enough to cause the seine to roll a good deal. There was also a considerable growth of algee, and except in the first four or five hauls, there was a fringe of tall Scirpus (S. americanus near shore and S. validus further out), 20 to 40 feet wide and in water up to 18 inches in depth. Catch: Log perch, many; yellow perch, 69; bluegill, about 50; grayback minnow, 10 ; rock bass, 8 ; straw bass, 9, mostly young ; small-mouth black bass, 7, young ; straw-colored minnow, 4 ; pump- kinseed, 2; skipjack, 1; and blunt-nosed minnow, 1. The majority of the bass were young-of-the-year, each about one inch long. The sunfish and perch were also small, and mostly one year old. July 6, 2 : 48 to 5 p. m. Stations 12 to 29, from Murray's to 15 yards west of Farrar's pier; seine, 45 feet. Air 76°; water 77° to 79.5°. Bottom of sand and fine gravel with thin coating of marl in some places, covered with a good growth of Scirpus to the westward, but rare near Farrar's. This of course interfered with hauling the seine. Catch : Bluegill, 1,227 ; small-mouth black bass, 23; yellow perch, 30; log perch, many; skipjack, 27; blunt- nosed minnow, 11; grayback minnow, 2; pumpkinseed, 2; Iowa darter, 1; straw-colored minnow, 1. The bluegill was by far the most abundant species, the Scirpus patches literally swarming with them. They were nearly all young-of-the-year or of the preceding year. Crawfishes, mussels, gastropods and algse were fairly com- mon. July 7, 1:40 to 4:03 p.m. Stations 30 to 52, from Farrar's pier eastward to the high wooded shore on southeast part of lake on Easterday's place; 45- and 15-foot seines used. Air 74° ; water 76°. Bottom sandy with slight admixture of gravel to the west- ward with more or less mud or marl overgrown with Potamogeton, Scirpus and Chara in the last eight or ten hauls. A considerable bed of mussels off the McDonald cottage, and many gastropods. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 241 Catch: Yellow perch, about 150; straw bass, 95; bluegill, about 200; small-mouth black bass, 36; grayback minnow, 113; skipjack, 13; straw-colored minnow, 12; log perch, 9; blunt-nosed minnow, 29 ; Notropis heterodon, 1 ; rock bass, 8 ; Johnny darter, 10 ; Iowa darter, 6 ; pumpkinseed, several ; long-nosed gar, 6 ; creek chub, 2. July 8, 1 :40 to 3 :00 p. m. Stations 53 to 71, beginning at sta- tion 11 and working north to Arlington station ; 15-foot seine. Air about 73° ; water 76° to 78°. Hauls all in shallow water, near shore, and most productive where bottom was free from Scirpus. Catch: Yellow perch, 185; straw bass, 121; skipjack about 500 ; grayback minnow, 209 ; Johnny darter, 61 ; small-mouth black bass, 36; Notropis heterodon, 21; log perch, 33; Iowa darter, 13; rock bass, 2 ; bluegill, 24 ; straw-colored minnow, 1 ; in the last five or six hauls the skipjack was quite abundant, most of the indi- viduals being young-of-the year. July 10, 1 :05 to 4 :05 p. m. Stations 72 to 90, in southeast part of lake at station 52 and proceeding east and north to Norris's pier, omitting about 200 yards at mouth of Norris Inlet where the softness of the bottom made seining impossible. The bottom at the first stations was sandy with some slight growth of Potamog- eton in places. Nearing the Inlet the bottom becomes more and more composed of decaying vegetable matter and very soft, until finally for a few rods adjacent to the Norris Inlet on either side it is too soft for seining operations. Near the Norris Inlet the bottom was full of deeper mud holes 3 to 10 feet in diameter. Here also occur small patches of lily-pads — mostly Nympha3a, but a few Castalia. The 15-foot seine was at first used, then a 45-foot seine was utilized. At station 82 near the little green boathouse 40 gar-pike (Lepisosteus osseus) were secured. Depth 6 feet or less; air temperature 80° ; water temperature 78° to 82°. Catch : Bluegill, about 400 ; yellow perch, 269 ; grayback min- now, 101 ; straw bass, 102 ; long-nose gar, 41 ; blunt-nose minnow, 40 ; log perch, 14 ; skipjack, many young ; pumpkinseed, 14 ; small- mouth black bass, 9; straw-colored minnow, 23; rock-bass, 5; yel- low cat, 1 ; Johnny darter, 9; brook stickleback, 1 ; mad torn, 1. Young skipjacks were taken in great numbers at stations 76, 77 and 78, but only a few in any other hauls. Yellow perch were usually abundant at every station, especially at No. 80. Bluegills were common in nearly every haul, especially at No. 79. There were added to the list in this series of hauls three species which had not been previously taken, namely, the yellow cat (sta- tion 77) ; mad torn (station 81), and the stickleback (station 89). 242 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey July 11, 2:00 to 4:45 p.m. Stations 91 to 110. Air 84°; water 81° to 84°; sky cloudy, showery late in evening; depth 3 feet and under; 45-foot seine. Began at Norris's pier and pro- ceeded up the east side to the McOuat cottage. For most of this distance the bottom is of sand and fine gravel, usually covered with a matting of Chara. In many places, stones, old tin cans, broken bottles and the like made seining difficult. Catch: Bluegill, 925; log perch, 190; skipjack, very many; small-mouth bass, 40 ; straw bass, 17 ; yellow perch, 101 ; rock bass, 45; grayback minnow, 17; pumpkinseed, 4; yellow cat, 1; silver- side, 1; and blunt-nose minnow, 1. The bluegill was by far the most abundant fish taken, 419 being in haul 109. Young skipjacks were very common, especially in hauls, 93, 104 and 106. The log perch was remarkably abundant, 58, 51, 40 and 64 being taken in hauls 101, 105, 107 and 110, re- spectively. In the last few hauls the water appeared roily, caused chiefly by the presence of much plankton, crustaceans and algse. July 12, 2:15 to 4:10 p.m. Stations 111 to 120. Air 87°; water 79° to 89°. These stations were in Norris Inlet. Begin- ning at the bridge where the road crosses, stations 111 to 117 fol- lowed up the creek to the heavy woods about its head, while sta- tions 118 to 120 were from the bridge down stream until the creek became lost in boggy ground. Seine, 15-foot. Catch: Straw bass, 79; bluegill, 22; mud minnow, 17; grass pike, 35 ; creek chub, 8 ; pumpkinseed, 4 ; and dogfish, 3. The straw bass were all young, as were also most of the grass pike. The bottom was usually black soil, sand or decaying peaty matter. In shallow stagnant places the water was very warm. July 13, 1:45 to 2:55 p.m. Stations 121 to 131. Air 86°; water 76° to 80° ; depth 5 feet and under. Same ground seined over July 5, stations 1 to 11, but under different atmospheric con- ditions. A storm came from the northwest and swept across the north end of the lake while the work was in progress. Some rain fell and strong waves came in from the north. Catch : Bluegill, 331 ; yellow perch, about 325 ; rock bass, 52 ; grayback minnow, 35 ; log perch, 28 ; small-mouth bass, 13 ; straw bass, 7 ; pumpkinseed, 6 ; Johnny darter, 3 ; hog sucker, 1 ; yellow cat, 1 ; blunt-nose minnow, 3. In haul 129, which was through a thick patch of Scirpus americanus, young rock bass were very abundant, 28 being caught. Young yellow perch and bluegills also were abundant. July 17, 1 :30 to 3 :40 p. m. Stations 132 to 147, from the end Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 243 of Long Point to Arlington, connecting with station No. 1. Air 73° ; water 80° to 82° ; depth 2 feet and under; seine, 45-foot. Bot- tom sand, covered in most places with a more or less thick mat of Chara contraria, with a good deal of Vallisneria spiralis, Naias flexilis and Potamogeton pectina.tus. Just off the end of Long Point is a large bed of mussels. Catch: Bluegill, 1,224; yellow perch, 432 ; pumpkinseed, 244 ; skipjack, 101 ; blunt-nose minnow, 21 ; rock bass, 10 ; yellow cat, 2 ; silverfin minnow, 6 ; log perch, 13; Notropis heterodon, 1. As may be seen from the above, blue- gills, skipjacks, pumpkinseeds, and yellow perch were very abund- ant. The vast majority of each of these species were young fish, either of-the-year or one year old. July 18, 1 :35 to 4 :25 p. m. Stations 148 to 168, beginning at the McOuat cottage (where station No. 110 ended) and proceeding northward to the Shirk cottage just north of the Maxinkuckee road. Air 80° ; water 80° to 84£° ; depth 3 feet and under; seine, 45-foot. Rocky shore and gravelly bottom, then sand and gravel bottom with some mud in places, with areas of Chara here and there. Catch: Bluegill, 1,430; log perch, 366; yellow perch, 202; skipjack, several hundred; small-mouth black bass, 114; silver-fin minnow, 29; silverside, 19; grayback minnow, 16; rock bass, 13; hog sucker, 6 ; straw bass, 11 ; blunt-nose minnow, 7. Young blue- gills were remarkably abundant, as many as 300 being taken in one haul. Log perch also were very abundant, 151 being taken in a single haul. Young skipjacks were exceedingly numerous. July 19, 2 :30 to 4 :30 p. m. Stations 169 to 184, beginning at the Shirk cottage and proceeding northward to near the Indiana boathouse. Air 84°; water 82° to 84°; depth 3 feet and under; seine 15-foot. Sky clear, wind from northwest, lake choppy. Catch : Yellow perch, 430 ; bluegill, about 250 ; grayback min- now, 124; skipjack, many young; small-mouth black bass, 38; straw bass, 45; log perch, 54; rock bass, 87; blunt-nose minnow, 10 ; pumpkinseed, 139 ; Johnny darter, 2 ; rot-gut minnow, 1 ; straw- colored minnow, 3. July 20, 1:42 to 4:05 p.m. Stations 185 to 202, northward from just south of Indiana boathouse to Aubeenaubee Bay. Air 87°; water 81° to 84°; depth 4 feet and under; seine, 15-foot at stations 185 to 187 and 202, 45-foot at all others. Sky broken cloudy, moderate breeze south by east. Catch : Bluegill, 669 ; log perch, 275; yellow perch, 160; skipjack, many young; small-mouth black bass, 69; straw bass, 19; pumpkinseed, 24; rock bass, 54; grayback minnow, 17; blunt-nose minnow, 4; long-nose gar, 1. July 21, afternoon. Stations 203 to 228, from northeast corner 244 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey of lake westward to The Roost. Air 89° ; water 79° to 88° ; depth, 2 feet and under; seine, 45-foot. Bottom at first mud then sand and some gravel. Much Chara, Pontederia, Scirpus and Potamog- eton. Catch: Skipjack, young, very abundant; bluegill, 267; straw bass, 203; yellow perch, 211; blunt-nose minnow, 84; log perch, 15 ; grayback minnow, 190 ; pumpkinseed, 50 ; rock bass, 43 ; yellow cat, 4 ; long-nose gar, 3 ; green sunfish, 1 ; small-mouth black bass, 26 ; Notropis umbratilis, 12. July 22, 2 :00 to 5 :00 p. m. Stations 229 to 247, from The Roost westward to Kreutzberger's pier. Air 87° ; water 81° to 87° ; depth, 3 feet and under ; seine, 45-foot. Bottom unusually varied, ranging from mud and sand through gravel to boulders; much Chara and some Potamogeton. Catch : Bluegill, 1,187 ; log perch, 371 ; skipjack, numerous young ; small-mouth black bass, 66 ; yellow perch, 158 ; straw bass, 17 ; rock bass, 27 ; pumpkinseed, 13 ; grayback minnow, 14 ; blunt- nose minnow, 5; silverside, 2. July 24, 2:15 to 4:30 p.m. Stations 248 to 263, from end of Long Point west and north to ice-houses. Air 87° ; water 83° to 86°; depth 3 feet and under; seine, 45-foot. Bottom mud or marl, very little sand and no gravel. Usually a heavy growth of vegetation consisting chiefly of Vallisneria spiralis, Philotria canadensis, Pctamogeton pectinatus, P. amplifolius, Megalodonta beckii, Heteranthera dubia, Naias flexilis, Chara contraria, and Potamogeton lucens. Right at the Outlet is a small patch of Nymphaea advena and a few plants of Castalia odorata. Just off the ice-houses diatoms are more abundant than at any other place in the lake. Catch: Yellow perch, 280; bluegill, 211; skipjack, numerous; pumpkinseed, 81 ; rock bass, 41 ; log perch, 38 ; warmouth, 6 ; straw bass, 21 ; small-mouth black bass, 9 ; bullhead, 4 ; Johnny darter, 2; grayback minnow, 2; short-nose gar, 1; grass pike, 1. In the series of hauls were secured the first specimens of short-nose gar and warmouth. Most of the fish taken were young, as usual ; how- ever, some large fish were caught, among them a straw bass weigh- ing 4£ pounds and another of 2£ pounds. July 25, 2 :20 to 5 :00 p. m. Stations 264 to 280, from Kreut- berger's pier southward to the Assembly grounds. Air 86° ; water 81° to 86° ; depth 4 feet and under; seine, 45-foot. Bottom usually of sand, sometimes mud or marl in the deeper places. Vegetation, Eleocharis interstincta (the only patch in the lake), Scirpus validus and S. americanus, V-'^llianeria spiralis, Potamog- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 245 eton amplifolius and pectinatus, Myriophyllum verticillatum, Cera- tophyllum demersum, Philotria canadensis, Hydrodyction, etc. Catch: Bluegill, 673 plus many young; yellow perch 369 plus many young; rock bass, 147; pumpkinseed, 118; straw bass, 29; blunt-nose minnow, 18; skipjack, many young; grayback minnow, 13; small-mouth black bass, 6; silverside, 4; Notropis heterodon, 3; bullhead, 1; dogfish, 1; Johnny darter, 2; rotgut minnow, 2; warmouth, 1 ; chub sucker, 1 (first one caught of this species) . July 26, 2 :30 to 4 :45 p. m. Stations 281 to 293, from Assembly grounds pier south to ice-houses connecting with station 263, and completing the circuit of the lake. Air 83° ; water 84° and 86° ; depth 5 feet and under; seine, 45-foot. Bottom sandy, with some mud, covered with considerable Potamogeton, Chara and Scirpus. Catch : Yellow perch, 250 ; bluegill, 120 ; rock bass, 82 ; pump- kinseed, 81; skipjack, numerous young; straw bass, 20; grayback minnow, 11 ; log perch, 10 ; blunt-nose minnow, 4 ; grass pike, 4 ; Notropis heterodon, 13 ; small-mouth black bass, 2 ; warmouth, 2 ; Johnny darter, 1 ; yellow cat, 1. July 27, 1 :05 to 3 :30 p. m. Stations 294 to 312, all- but the last eight in lagoons in the Military Academy grounds the remaining eight in Culver Inlet from the upper lagoon into the woods about three-fourths of a mile above. Air 80° ; water 65° to 84° ; depth 5 feet and under ; seine, 15-foot. Bottom of soft mud near shore, gravelly nearer center in the lagoon; creek mostly muddy bottom and marshy shores. Catch: Straw bass, 186; creek chub, 69; bluegill, 52; chub sucker, 29 ; rotgut minnow, 14 ; Notropis heterodon, 10 ; grass pike, 8; yellow perch, 5; mud minnow, 3; warmouth, 3; small-mouth black bass, 4; pumpkjnseed, 5; yellow cat, 7; rock bass, 2; mad torn, 1. July 28, 2 :25 to 3 :55 p. m. Stations 313 to 327, in the Outlet from Lake Maxinkuckee to Lost Lake. Air 81° ; water 82.5° to 83°; depth 3 feet and under; seine, 15-foot. Bottom gravelly for a few feet in upper portion, then sandy, then of soft muck. Catch : Bluegill, 514 ; straw bass, 43 ; warmouth, 16 ; pumpkin- seed, 16; skipjack, several; rock bass, 4; grass pike, 4; big-eared sunfish, 2 ; yellow cat, 1 ; Fundulus dispar, 1 ; calico bass, 1 ; chub sucker, 1. July 29, 3 :05 to 3 :50 p. m. Stations 328 to 341, east side of Lost Lake from Sunset cottage south to muck bottom at southwest end. Air 77° ; water 82° to 83.5° ; depth 2 feet and under; seine, 45-foot. Bottom sandy or muddy, with much Chara, some Scirpus and some lily-pads. 246 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Catch: Bluegill, many, mostly young; Notropis heterodon, 78; pumpkinseed, 7; skipjack, several; straw bass, 11; small-mouth black bass, 3 ; grass pike, 3 ; blunt-nose minnow, 2 ; grayback min- now, 1 ; red-eared sunfish, 1. July 31, 1 :40 to 3 :45 p. m. Stations 342 to 363, north and west shores of Lost Lake. Air 76° ; water, 81° to 86° ; depth 4 feet and under; seines, 15-foot and 45-foot. Bottom sand or mud with much vegetation, such as lily-pads (Nymphsea and Castalia), Scirpus, Myriophyilum, Chara, etc. Afternoon pleasant, growing hazy toward evening ; very little breeze. Catch: Bluegill, abundant, mostly young; Notropis heterodon, many; skipjack, many; red-eared sunfish, 22; straw bass, 32; pumpkinseed, 24 ; Fundulus dispar, 6 ; small-mouth black bass, 2 ; blunt-nose minnow, 4 ; mud minnow, 1 ; grass pike, 1 ; warmouth, 3; chub sucker, 2. August 1, 1:37 to 3:30 p.m. Stations 364 to 379, west side of Lost Lake from Hawk's barn south to where the lake narrows, then a few hauls in the outlet and two hauls (Nos. 378 and 379) on east side of outlet. This entire stretch of shore was not seined, as patches of Castalia, etc., made it impossible in some places. The water was very clear and the sunfish could be seen swimming about in large numbers. Air 82° ; water 78° to 79° ; depth 3.5 feet and under; seines, 15- and 45-foot. Bottom mostly of mud and muck. Rank vegetation. Catch: Bluegill, about 200; red-eared sunfish, about 50; Fundulus dispar, 66 ; Notropis heterodon, about 30 ; straw bass,. 16 ; warmouth, 19 ; chub sucker, 4 ; grass pike, 2 ; yellow perch, 2 ; small- mouth black bass, 6; least darter, 3; skipjack, 1; Johnny darter, 1. August 2, afternoon. Stations 380 to 390, in the Outlet be- tween the two lakes, over the same grounds as Nos. 313 to 327. Air, 82° ; water, 83.5° to 84° ; depth 2 feet or less; seine, 15-foot. Catch : Bluegill, 307 and many young ; straw bass, 152 ; small- mouth black bass, 17; warmouth, 15; red-eared sunfish, 12; rock bass, 8 ; grass pike, 4 ; mud minnow, 2 ; calico bass, 1 ; least darter, 1 ; Fundulus dispar, 1 ; green sunfish, 2. August 3, afternoon. Stations 391 to 395, beginning in front of Arlington thence southward. Air 84° ; water 80° ; depth 4 feet and under ; seine, 120-foot. Catch : Yellow perch, 243 ; bluegill, 85 ; log perch, 125 ; small- mouth black bass, 49 ; reck bass, 36 ; grayback minnow, 41 ; straw bass, 46 ; blunt-nose minnow, 2. August 4, afternoon. Stations 396 to 422. First 6 hauls southward from Green's pier, the next in the marsh about Norris Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 247 Inlet, and the remaining ones (Nos. 411 to 422) in Aubeenaubee Creek. Air 83° ; water, 84.5° to 85.5° in the lake, 72° to 73° in the creek ; depth, 2 feet and under ; seine, 25-foot in lake, 15-foot in creek. Catch in the lake : Yellow perch, 52 ; log perch, 30 ; bluegill, 25 ; straw bass, 21 ; small-mouth black bass, 12 ; grayback minnow, 46 ; blunt-nose minnow, 8; skipjack, 1; pumpkinseed, 1; Johnny darter, 1 ; yellow cat, 2. In marsh : Mud minnow, 11 ; grass pike, 2. In creek: Creek chub, 57; mud minnow, 10; grass pike, 9; chub sucker, 1 ; silverside, 1 ; straw bass, 2 ; Maxinkuckee darter, 1 ; Aubeenaubee darter, 11; rotgut minnow, 7. Crawfish and frogs abundant. August 7, 2 : 15 to 3 :00 p. m. Stations 423 to 426, the first two hauls between Norris pier and Norris Inlet, the other two near Fulton's pier. Air 76° ; water 80° ; depth 6 feet and under; seine, 125-foot. Catch : Bluegill, 401 ; log perch, 576 ; yellow perch, 111 ; small- mouth black bass, 147; straw bass, 48; skipjack, 73; grayback min- now, 50 ; calico bass, 7 ; rock bass, 10 ; pumpkinseed, 3 ; Johnny darter, 1. August 10, 9:30 to 10:00 a.m. Stations 427 to 433, on east side of Long Point from the Armstrong to the Scovell cottage. Air 83° ; water 79° ; morning foggy following heavy rain the day be- fore ; depth, 2 feet and under ; seine, 15-foot. Catch : Grayback minnow, 74 ; skipjack, about 100 ; rock bass, 23; bluegill, 16; yellow perch, 40; Notropis heterodon, 11; Iowa darter, 12; Johnny darter, 12; straw bass, 8; log perch, 8; straw- colored minnow, 6 ; blunt-nose minnow, 1 ; small-mouth bass, 1. August 11, morning. Stations 434 to 439, on east side of Long Point from the Meyer to the Armstrong cottage. Air 87° ; water 81° ; depth 2 feet and under; seine, 15-foot. Catch: Skipjack, about 1,000; bluegill, 135; yellow perch, 108; grayback minnow, 58; straw bass, 30 ; Iowa darter, 38 ; rock bass, 29 ; Johnny darter, 4 ; small-mouth black bass, 4; log perch, 1. September 6, afternoon. Stations 440 to 447, in Outlet between the two lakes. Air, 70° ; water, 74° ; seine, 15-foot. Catch: Blue- gill, about 250; least darter, 26; straw bass, 22; warmouth, 24; Fundulus dispar, 25 ; skipjack, 6 ; green sunfish, 3 ; yellow cat, 2 ; pumpkinseed, 1 ; Notropis heterodon, 2 ; grass pike, 1. July 17, 1900. 1:00 to 2:30 p. m. Stations 448 to 451, also 460, from Fish Commission pier south to below the first Scirpus patch, 452 to 459, from Arlington pier north to the linden tree. Air, 77° ; water, 77° ; depth 3 feet and under; seine, 25-foot. 248 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Catch : Yellow perch, 196 ; bluegill, 141 ; grayback minnow, 96; skipjack, 81; Notropis heterodon, 64; small-mouth black bass, 34 ; straw bass, 34 ; pumpkinseed, 25 ; Johnny darter, 7 ; log perch, 5 ; rock bass, 3 ; mad torn, 1. The 'oass ^ small- and large-mouth) were each about 2 inches long (some only 13/16 inch) and were doubtless present year brood : The yellow perch, bluegills, rock bass, log perch and skip- jacks were nearly all of the present year's brood. July 18, 2 :30 to 3 :30 p. m. Stations 461 to 467, at south end from Overmyer's spring west to small brook coming out of Over- myer's woods. Air, 74° ; water, 79°. Seine, 30-foot. Catch: Bluegill, 58; small-mouth black bass, 39; straw bass, 25 ; yellow perch, many ; grayback minnow, many ; Notropis heter- odon, several ; rock bass, 4 ; Johnny darter, 2 ; Iowa darter, 1 ; skip- jack, 1; blunt-nose minnow, 6; common bullhead, 1. The small-mouth bass were all approximately of the same size and averaged 1£ inches long. The one straw bass saved measured 1£ inches long. The two rock bass measured were 1| and 1.06 inches long, and the yellow perch averaged 1£ inches. All of these were evidently of the 1900 brood. The graybacks averaged 2.34 inches and 6 examples of Notropis heterodon, 2.34 inches. The examples of these two species were probably 2 or 3 years old. July 19, 2 :30 to 4 :30 p. m. Stations 468 to 481, from Murray's to Farrar's. Air, 80° ; water, 79° ; seine, 30-foot. Catch: Small-mouth black bass, 175; log perch, 25; straw bass, 18; grayback minnow, 13; yellow perch, 12; rock bass, 3; skipjack, 2 large schools of young (hauls 473 and 474) ; straw-col- ored minnow, 46; Iowa darter, 2. August 7, 11:30 to 12:00 m. Stations 482 and 483, at Fish Commission pier. Air, 89° ; water, 82° ; seine, 45-foot. Catch: Bluegill, 50; yellow perch, several; log perch, many; straw bass, few; small-mouth black bass, few. Some of the blue- gills were large. August 9, 9:00 p.m. Stations 484 and 485, at Fish Commis- sion pier, with 45-foot seine. Air, 85° ; water, 82°. Catch: Blue- gill, many ; rock bass, common ; yellow perch, common ; straw bass, small-mouth black bass, log perch, straw-colored minnow, blunt- nose minnow, skipjack and grayback minnow, few; walleyed pike, one 10-inch example. August 10, 9:00 p. m. Station 486, at Fish Commission sta- tion, with 120-foot seine. Air, 85°; water, 80°. Catch: Bluegill, abundant ; rock bass and yellow perch, few large and many young ; straw bass, small-mouth black bass, log perch, straw-colored min- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 249 now, blunt-nose minnow, skipjack and grayback minnow, few; and one 10-inch walleyed pike. August 14, 2:30 to 4:30 p.m. Stations 487 to 506, in Aubeenaubee Creek from near source to mouth, with 15-foot seine. Air, 70°; water, 63° to 66°. Catch: Creek chub, a few in nearly every haul; mud min- now, from 1 to many in each of 6 hauls; yellow perch, from 2 to a few in each of 5 hauls ; rotgut minnow, a few in each of 9 hauls ; Aubeenaubee darter, a few in each of 2 hauls ; straw bass, 4 young ; small-mouth black bass, 2 ; bluegill, 1 young ; silverside, 1 ; blunt- nose minnow, 1 ; grass pike, 1 ; black-nose dace, 2. August 16, 2 :30 to 4 :30 p. m. Stations 507 to 528, in Norris Inlet beginning near its source and proceeding down stream, with 15-foot seine. Air, 72°. Catch: No record was kept of the number of specimens taken; the record shows only the species taken at each haul. In the following summary the figure following each species name in- dicates the number of hauls at which one or more specimens of that species were taken: Bluegill, 6; silverside, 11; mud minnow, 8; straw bass, 7 ; creek chub, 4 ; yellow perch, 4 ; yellow cat, 6 ; pump- kinseed, 2; small-mouth black bass, 1; grass pike, 3; crawfish, 6; frogs, 5; shells, 2. August 17, 3 :30 to 4 :30 p. m. Stations 529 to 539, in Culver Inlet from near its source to first lagoon. Air, 91°. The following species were taken in the number of hauls indi- cated: Bluegill, 2; straw bass, 3; silverside, 8; yellow cat, 3; yellow perch, 1 ; long-nosed gar, 2 ; black-nosed dace, 1 ; white sucker, 1 ; mud minnow, 2 ; hornyhead chub, 1 ; chub sucker, 1 ; rotgut minnow, 1. At 8 p. m. on August 18, two hauls were made at the Fish Com- mission pier with the 15-foot seine, catching many skipjacks, sev- eral straw bass, black bass, bluegills, log perch, Iowa darters, Johnny darters, grayback minnows, rock bass, and yellow perch. August 21, 3:10 to 5:00 p.m. Stations 540 to 563. Air, 65° to 81° ; water 76° to 84°. Nos. 540 to 554 were in Culver Inlet from the bend east of the Academy grounds to the mouth at the Academy pier. Mud bottom everywhere with much marsh gas. Vegetation abundant; Potamogeton natans, Ceratophyllum, Phil- otria, and water-cress. The species gotten in this part of the creek were, in order of abundance, bluegill, straw-colored minnow, roach, yellow perch, straw bass, pumpkinseed, chub sucker, warmouth, rock bass, yel- low cat, grass pike, white sucker, small-mouth black bass, silver- 250 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey side, creek chub, blunt-nose minnow, skipjack, stone-roller, com- mon bullhead, and Johnny darter. There were also crawfish, painted turtles, snapping turtles, map turtles, and water-dogs. Nos. 555 to 559 were in the Outlet between the railroad bridge and Lost Lake; Nos. 560 and 561 in northwest corner of Lost Lake at the boat landing; Nos. 562 and 563 on west side of Lost Lake just south of Hawk's barn. The following is the list of fishes obtained, in order of abund- ance : Bluegill, skipjack, rock bass, pumpkinseed, warmouth, chub sucker, straw bass, small-mouth black bass, yellow perch, grass pike, common bullhead, least darter, red-eared sunfish, Fundulus dispar, and several painted turtles. August 23, 7 : 00 to 8 : 45 a. m. Stations 564 to 575, from Fish Commission station southward, with 35- and 20-foot seines. Air, 70° to 78°; water, 80°. Cloudy, calm and threatening in morn- ing, strong puffy wind at 10 a. m. and lake rough. The species obtained, in order of abundance, were: Bluegill, straw-colored minnow, blunt-nose minnow, satinfin, log perch, Iowa darter, Johnny darter, yellow perch, small-mouth black bass, straw bass, grayback minnow, rock bass, skipjack, and pumpkinseed. The Iowa darters and Johnny darters were near shore, the log perch a little farther out, quite abundant and very fine. August 25, 3 to 4:30 p.m. Stations 576 to 585, in the outlet below Lost Lake at the old millsite. Air, 84° ; water, 77°. Catch: Bluegill, 80; pumpkinseed, 29; Fundulus disbar, 20; Iowa darter, 11; chub sucker, 9; straw bass, 4; skipjack, 4; com- mon bullhead, 3 ; roach, 3 ; small-mouth black bass, 2. September 20, 8 :30 to 9 :30 p. m. Stations 586 to 595, in front of Fish Commission station with 25- and 45-foot seines. Air, 71°; water, 67°. Fish very abundant, the following species taken: Bluegill, numerous small ones; yellow perch, many small and a few large; skipjack, many small; rock bass, a few large and many small; calico bass, 5 ; straw-colored minnow, few ; grayback minnow, few ; mad torn, few; walleyed pike, one very large and 2 smaller ones; white sucker, 2 large ones; dogfish, one large male; a few small crawfish ; one large bullfrog ; one large map turtle. September 22, 6 : 45 to 7 : 35 a. m. Stations 596 to 600, between Fish Commission station and first Scirpus patch south. Air, 52° ; water, 65°. Sky with light clouds; slight northwest breeze; lake smooth. Seines, 15- and 25-foot. Catch: Log perch, many; small-mouth black bass, several; skipjack, straw bass, rock bass, yellow perch, bluegill and Iowa Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 251 darter, a few young of each ; Johnny darter, 1 ; map turtle, 1 young ; crawfish, 5. October 23, forenoon. Stations, 601 to 607, in upper half of Outlet, in open water with 25-foot seine. Air, 65° ; water, 64°. Catch: Straw bass, a great many (75 in first haul), each 4 to 6 inches long, a few larger; bluegill, many small ones; warmouth, several; red-eared sunfish, many, medium size; pumpkinseed, 3 small ones; rock bass, 5 young; grass pike, 2 young; mud min- now, 1 ; Fundulus dispar, 3 ; Johnny darter, Iowa darter, and least darter, several of each; yellow cat, several young. Also a few larval salamanders and cricket frogs. November 28, morning. Stations 608 and 609, with 15-foot seine, in front of Barnes cottage just north of Arlington pier, for skipjacks of which about 2 gallons were caught. With them were a few small straw-colored minnows and blunt-nose minnows. Besides the more or less regular seining operations detailed in the preceding paragraphs, considerable miscellaneous seining was done at odd times for diverse specific purposes, among which may be mentioned getting material for studies of structure, fish-food, parasites, growth, spawning, enemies, coloration, variation, asso- ciation and distribution. In these cases the seine hauls were not recorded in the regular series and, usually, only those matters especially under consideration were noted. This miscellaneous seining, however, yielded much valuable data on many of these questions. Late in the summer and early fall many hauls were made at night, chiefly with a short seine and in shallow water along the east side of Long Point. These operations demonstrated that there is a general inshore movement at night, not only of the carnivorous species but of other kinds as well; and many of the fishes caught were of large size. Among those that were frequent in these night catches were large-mouth bass, small-mouth black bass, dogfish, walleyed pike, white sucker and water-dogs. All of these except the sucker evidently come in shore at night to feed on the smaller fry abundant in shallow water, as was demonstrated by an exam- ination of many stomachs. Late in the fall and early winter considerable seining was done with a small seine in shallow water both in the day time and at night for the purpose of securing study material of the small min- nows which it was discovered congregate in vast schools at that season. Some of these great schools, consisting of thousands of fish, were found to be made up chiefly of straw-colored minnows with fewer of the variable-toothed minnow, a few of the Cayuga 252 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey minnow and a few grayback minnows ; other schools would be com- posed of grayback minnows almost entirely, and still others of skipjacks. Gill-nets: — Several gill-nets were used in July, 1899, but, as the results were chiefly negative, their use was discontinued at the end of that month. Nets of 2, 2£ and 3} inch (bar) mesh were used. The nets were tried in various places, in water of different depths, at dif- ferent depths (sometimes at the surface, and again at intermediate depths), and under diverse conditions. The conclusion reached after a month's trial was that the results obtained did not justify the time and labor involved. Only 4 different species of fishes were taken in the gill-nets ; these, in order of numbers taken, were straw bass, yellow perch, walleyed pike and long-nosed gar. The bass were of moderate size (from £ to H Ibs.), the perch were all of good size, the single walleyed pike weighed 2 pounds, and the single gar was 27 inches long. The coarse-mesh net caught nothing ; the 2-inch mesh was most effective. The majority of the fish caught were in nets set in shallow water; none was caught as deep as 25 feet. The nets set at the edge of bars or deep holes were the ones in which fish were most often taken. Those set near the surface yielded more than when set deeper in the same water. More fish were caught at night than during the day. One of the principal objects in using gill-nets was to determine whether the Tippecanoe Cisco (Leucichthys sisco) inhabits this lake. The tests seemed to demonstrate that it does not. Set-lines: — A number of tests were made with set-lines, chiefly in the south part of the lake and in Lost Lake. It was desired to know what species could be taken in this manner, the most suitable places for each, the best kinds of bait, the best season, etc. Only negative results were obtained in deep water, and usually in all other places except on muddy bottom. The only species caught were yellow cat, common bullhead cat, dogfish, rock bass, water-dog, snapping turtle, soft-shell turtle, map turtle and musk turtle. The catfish could generally be taken in considerable num- bers on mud or marl bottom, especially in Lost Lake. Many water- dogs and turtles also were taken in the same and similar places. Only a few dogfish were caught. Various kinds of bait were used, the principal ones being beef, liver, mussel, crawfish, and cut fish. Liver seemed best, though all were effective. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 253 The interesting fact is that none of the basses (except rock bass) or perches was taken by this means. Traps: — Various sorts of minnow traps were used to some ex- tent. The results were unimportant. Necessarily only small fishes could be caught in this way, and, as the traps were set at some pier, only those shallow water species frequenting such places entered the traps. These, approximately in order of abundance, were the straw-colored minnow, blunt-nosed minnow, grayback, young yellow perch, skipjack, Johnny darter, young bluegills and young rock bass. Dredging: — One of the most important parts of the investiga- tion of the lake was the dredging. It is to the work of the dredge that we owe much of our knowledge of the character of the bot- tom; indeed, all our knowledge of the deeper parts except what could be inferred from such portions of mud as adhered to the sounding-lead. It is also to the dredge that we owe all our knowl- edge of the character and distribution of the flora of the lake ex- cept in the very shallow portions about shore, and all we know about many animals — mollusks, insect larvae and crustaceans — which escape other means of capture, such as the seines near shore and the plankton nets at the different plankton stations and at the surface. The dredge covered a greater amount of territory and yielded a larger assemblage of objects and data than was furnished by any other implement except the seine. It is not only material, but also conditions that are revealed by the opera- tions of the dredge; and what was learned of the winter behavior of the plants and animals of the lake was obtained chiefly by the use of this valuable instrument. Indeed, so multifarious are the lines of investigation in which the dredge is used, that the instrument is to a considerable extent concealed behind its work, and, unlike those instruments used but for a single end, such as the thermometer to take temperatures, the seine to capture fishes, the plankton nets to collect minute organ- isms, etc., it is not always recognized at its full value or associated in mind with all the results it accomplished or helps accomplish. It is, therefore, well to call attention to the fact that not only this brief chapter on dredging, but also the greater part of what has been written concerning the lake bottom, nearly all relating to lake botany, and much concerning food of fishes, and of the ecology of the lake, are due to the operations of this useful instrument. Of the immense number of dredge hauls made, many need not be specifically considered in this discussion, either because the re- sults obtained have been fully treated elsewhere in connection with 254 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey the consideration of the lake bottom or of aquatic botany or the various other subjects mentioned above, or because they are so similar to others given as general types that their repetition would be monotonous without giving any additional information; they serve the important but not spectacular function of confirming and witnessing to the facts presented in the typical hauls. A good deal of the dredging in shallow water in such places as Outlet Bay, the Norris Inlet region, the Weedpatch, etc., was ac- complished by means of a common garden rake, which was used principally during the winter through holes cut in the ice. The rake is not well adapted for use from a boat during the summer, as the manipulation of it requires the use of both hands, and the boat answers too readily to any pull to enable one to get much pur- chase on objects in the bottom. Two men in a boat, one at the oars and one with the rake can, however, accomplish a good deal in shallow water. When operated either through holes in the ice or from a boat, the rake is useful only in rather shallow water. By fastening a splice to the handle one can work 10 to 12-foot depths fairly well, but beyond this the rake becomes too unwieldy; the handle is too buoyant to allow one to force the rake-head down to the bottom, and too flexible to work the rake satisfactorily when down. The rake was used extensively during the winter of 1900-1901 and again in 1904. By its means the condition and behavior of the lake plants during the winter were observed, the kinds of soil adhering to their roots noted, and, by washing the plants out in water and straining the resulting liquid, numerous important forms, amphipods, isopods, crawfishes, small mollusks, caddis cases with the enclosed larvae, damsel- and dragon-fly larvae, leeches, worms, and protozoa were obtained. Various species of darters (Etheostoma iowse; Boleosoma nigrum) mad toms (Schilbeodes gyrinus) , Sticklebacks (Eucalia inconstans), and the young of many of the game and food-fishes (bluegill, rock bass, etc.) which were among the weeds feeding upon the insect larvae and amphipods were also captured in the entangled masses of weeds. For deep water and for summer work various forms of dredges were used, one of the most effective consisting of a sort of double- toothed comb made by fastening together a series of parallel pieces of moderately heavy strap-iron (like that used for tires of light wagons). The pieces of strap-iron, about 18 inches long, with a hole drilled through the center of each, and 2 crosspieces of simi- lar strap-iron, one on each side, were riveted to these parallel Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 255 pieces, which became the teeth. The teeth were sharpened and bent in the form of a half circle. A ring was fastened to each end of the crosspieces and to these the dredge-rope was fastened. The resulting dredge, let down to the bottom, was certain to land on one side or the other, and, like the cant hook of the logger's camp, was sure to take hold of whatever it touched, and almost al- ways brought up something. Below is given, in tabulated form, a record of various dredge hauls and their results. In the first table, an attempt is made, by selecting from a large series of records and arranging in sequence of depth, to give the results obtained by hauls at different depths, proceeding from 1 to 3 feet deep to water 85 feet, close to the greatest depth to be found in the lake. These tables serve to show in detail what, of course, was well known in a general way, that the greater number of forms, both plant and animal, are most abundant in the shallow water, the first few feet near the surface containing the great majority of organ- isms in the lake, the deeper waters being comparatively tenantless. Only 2 living forms descend to the greatest depths; one a "red- worm" or Chironomus larva, which comes up to near the surface during the night to obtain air. This is one of the most attractive and highly prized tidbits of the various fishes of the lake, and can retire into the depths beyond the pursuit of the most adventurous. The other organism is a species of Sphserium. How it can live in these depths where the water is devoid of oxygen is a mystery. In this connection attention may be called to the habits of a species of Sphserium found in the woodland ponds near the lake. These ponds are dry during the greater portion of the year, and at this time the Sphserium remains among the moist leaves of the bottom, apparently in the condition of suspended animation. The two hab- its,— one manifested above the lake surface and the other far below, are apparently quite similar. The following is a brief resume of the life at different depths, as shown by the dredging and tables: From 1 to 14 feet, the great mass of life, both plant and animal, of the lake; 24-25 feet, lower limit of plant growth, Nitella being the only plant found in any abundance at 25 feet ; 30-35 feet, lower limit of nearly all animal life except the 2 organisms mentioned above ; lower limit of Vivipara contectoides, one of the most abund- ant and widely distributed organisms of the lake. 17-17618 256 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey TABLE OF DREDGING AND RESULTS Depth in feet No. of haul Date Locality Apparatus Results 1-3 Oct. 22, 1904 Off from ice- houses Rake Bottom; dark, soft, marl. Plants; winter buds of ditch moss (Philotria), hornwort (Ceratophyllum), and stolons of wild celery. (Vallisneria), much green algae, and Chara, the Chara mostly brown but with bright green bits here and there. Animals; isopods abundant; leeches common; amphipods numerous; large dragon-fly larvae common; various mollusks, such as Ancylus, Vivipara contectoides, old and young,(^ Plan- orbis exacuttis; there were a few crawfishes, (Cambarus propinquus). 1-3 Oct. 31, 1904 Off from ice- 1-3 Jan. 12, 1901 houses Outlet Bay . Rake Rake Bottom; dark, soft, marly. Vegetation; much as above; chiefly C/.orakand leaves of wild celery. Animals; Pisidium, Sphcerium, Planorbis, and Isopods in abundance; some Hydrachnids; Ancylus found attached to the leaves of wild celery. Bottom; dark, soft, marly. Plants; Stout Naias (Naias flexilin robusta), hornwort, milfoil, shining pondweed (Pot- amogeton lucens), large-leaved pondweed (P. amplifolius), all green; Chara, mostly brown and dead-looking but with bright ; green shoots. Animals; Iowa darters, various gastropods, several crawfishes and numerous leathery caddis-cases, the latter elongate and attached to weeds. 3-4 Many hauls Various Near Norris Inlet Rake Bottom; black, peaty. (November and December.) Winter of 1904. Plants; principally Chara. Animals; gastropods of vaiious sorts — Gonio- basis, Planorbis, etc.; fishes— Iowa darteis, mad toms (Schilbeodfs gyrinus), young cat- fishes (Ameiurus nebulcsus), a few stickle- backs (Eucalia inconstans) , and numerous young bluegills (Lepcmis pallidus), about \Yi to 2 inches long, and crawfishes, the animals being all tangled up in the weeds. 5 14 Aug. 14, 1899 Near Murray's . . Dredge Plants; Chara. Animals; 2 crawfishes, 1 banded snail (Vivi- para contectoides), Bryozoan (Plumatella polymorpha), 2 gastropods. 10 Nov 18 1904 Off Depot Pier Rake Plants; water marigold (Mcialodonta beckii), green; Philotria with dense winter buds, Cer- atophyllum loose (not compacted into winter buds), Small Potamogeton amplifolius. Animals; Plumatella polymorpha attached to the Potamogeton. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 257 TABLE OF DREDGING AND RESULTS— Continued Depth in feet No. ol haul Date Locality Apparatus Results 10 12 Aug. 14, 1899 Buliushes from off Murray's. . Dredge .... Animals; 14 living, 6 dead, Vnipara contectoides, 4 living Sphcerium, 4 Physa, 2 P!anorbis, 5 long gastropods (Goniobasis?), 2 crawfishes, 2 unios. 10 13 Aug. 14, 1899 Near Murray's . . Dredge Animals; 4 crawfishes; 11 V. contectoides; 6 liv- ' ing gastropods, 2 living Spharium; 1 young living Physa; 1 Iowa darter. 10 33 Aug. 24, 1899 Top of Sugar- loaf Bar . . . Dredge Plants; much vegetation, weeds, etc. Animals; many living Vivipara and other gas- tropods. 12-18 24 Aug. 16, 1899 End of Bar Buoy Dredge Plants; Chara; much weed. JO-20 28 Aug. 23, 1899 South side of Sugar- loaf Dredge Bottom; some fine marl. Animals; 11 large mussels, 5 of them alive. Haul chiefly of broken shells, representing all the common species, V. contectoides, long black gastropods, and Planorbis being very common. 16-14 Aug. 6, 1900 South end of lake east side of Kettlehole. Dredge . ... Plants; Potomogeton and Naias. Animals; mud minnow (Umbra limi). Two other Umbra were obtained a few days earlier in a similar place. 18 18 Aug. 15, 1899 "25-ft. hole". Dredge Plants; much weed (Myriophyllum). Animals; a few decayed shells of Planorbis and Sphcerium, 20 1 Aug. 14, 1899 Hole off Gravelpit. . Dredge Bottom; mud. Plants; weeds. Animals; nothing living; a few dead shells. 20 7 Aug. 14, 1899 Bar north of 85-ft. hole.. Dredge Animals; The following shells, all dead and more or less decayed: Vivipara contectoides; many Sphcerium; Planorbis, Phyna; 1 Anodonta. Living animals 6 red worms (Chironomus lance) and 15 living Sphcerium. 26-24 21 Aug. 16, 1899 Flatiron bar buoy . . Dredge Bottom; marl. Animals; 1 Unio, empty and, broken shells representing all varieties; numerous red i worms; some living Sphcerium. 258 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey TABLE OF DREDGING AND RESULTS— Continued Depth in feet No. of haul Date Locality Apparatus Results 27-26 26 Aug. 16, 1899 Station where Far rar line crosses bar Dredge Chiefly broken shells. 20-30 32 Aug. 24, 1899 North side of Sugar- loaf bar Dredge Bottom; chiefly gravel (rough, not rounded), ranging from stones the size of hen's eggs down to very small sand. Animals; 1 red worm, some broken V. contec- toides, several Spharium. 31 15 Aug. 14, 1899 Near Kettle- hole Dredge Animals; dead V. contectoides, Sphcerium and black sharp gastropods; 1 living Spharium, 35 11 Aug. 14, 1899 Kettlehole. . . Dredge Bottom; much mud. Plants; none living; a few leaves. Animals; a white worm ; 3 dead V. contectoides. 33-38 25 Aug. 16, 1899 Along bar from buoy Dredge Animals; chiefly dead and broken shells; dead and empty V. contectoides, Planorbis, Physa, Sphcerium, and black sharp gastropods. Some living Sphcerium; 7 red worms. No plants but a few bits of leaf. 40 10 Aug. 14, 1899 Kettlehole.. Dredge Animals; dead shells, V. contectoides, Planorbis, and Physa. 40-50 9 Aug. 14, 1899 W. of 85-ft. buoy, off Long Point Dredge Plants; none; several dead leaves. Animals; dead Sphcerium; 1 dead V. conteit- oides; 28 living Sphnrium; 2 red worms. 50 17 Aug. 15, 1899 Channel in front of Arlington . . Dredge Plants; none, some dead oak leaves. Animals; numerous Sphcerium, some dead V. contectoides; 4 red worms. 60 8 Aug. 14, 1899 W. of 85-ft. buoy Dredge Plants; none; a few dead leaves. Animals; 1 dead gastropod; 1 red worm; 25 living Spharium. 70-85 5 Aug. 14, 1899 Near Deep Hole Dredge Plants; none; some black, dead leaves. Animals; living Sphcerium several; 6 red worms. 80-85 4 Aug. 14, 1899 Near Deep Hole Dredge Animals; Sphcerium, many dead; a few dead V. contectoides and Planorbis; 1 red worm. 80-85 3 Aug. 14, 1899 Near Deep Hole Dredge Animals; many dead Sphcerium, 2 living ones; 1 red worm. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 259 Series of correlated hauls: — In addition to the above tabulated hauls, the records of which were selected out of a large list and so arranged as to show as far as possible gradually increasing depths, the following table is given of certain sets of hauls made in series, beginning in deeper water and gradually working toward shal- lower places. On account of irregularities of the lake bottom there are, of course, certain numbers in the series which appear out of place. SERIES I The hauls of Series I were made by using drag-hooks between bars on a line 40 rods north of the center of Section 22, August 22, 1900. Haul Depth in feet Results 1 25-22 Nothing. 2 25-24 A little Nitella. 3 24-20 Nitella and several Vivipara contectoides. 4 22-18 Nitella abundant; Vivipara, especially young ones, abundant. 5 18-16 Some Nitella; some Potamogeton robbinsii; a few Vitipara. 6 16-12 Potamogeton robbinsii; P. compressus; Philotria; Vallisntria and a good Vivipara. deal of 7 10-8 Chara. 8 10-8 Potamogeton robbint ii; Ceratophyllum; Chara; few Vivipara. 9 7 On a bar; marl bottom; little vegetation; some short Chara and a little Pota- mogeton lucens. SERIES II A second series of dredge-hauls, made on the same date and in the same general locality, is represented by the following table : No. of haul Depth in feet Results 20 26-22 A little Nitella. 21 22-13 Potamogeton robbinsii; Chara; tectoides. a little Naias; a little Vallisneria; Vivipara con- 22 20-16 Potamogeton robbinsii; P. lucen s; Philotria; Vivipara, 2. 23 10 Chara abundant; Potamogeton robbinsii abundant: P. amplifolius lisneria, Myriophyllum, and Naias a little; Potamogeton lucens; tectoides several. a little; Val- Vivipara con- 260 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey SERIES III This table records a series of hauls made with a drag on east and west half section line, section 22, and east of the middle of the same section in water between shore bar and lake bar, dragging toward the lake bar. No. of haul Depth in feet Results 1 25-22 Mud bottom, Nitella abundant, covered with young gastropods, probably Vivipara contectoides; 1 large V. contectoides and 1 small bivalve. No plants except the Niiella. 2 22-18 Mud bottom, chiefly Ceratophyllum and some Nitella; no other plants; several moderate sized V. contectoides and a few small ones. 3 20-18 Mud bottom, Nitella plentiful, with several plants of Ceratophyllum and 1 of Potamogeton; several young gastropods, some evidently V. contectcidts. 4 22-19 Mud bottom, chiefly Ceratophyllum; a good deal Nitella and 2 stems Potamo geton compressu?; plenty of V. contectoides; 1 red worm. 5 18-17 Chiefly Ceratophyllum; some Nitella; a little Potamogeton compressus and P. robbinsii; V. contectoides common. 6 17-15 Ceratophyllum, abundant; Potamogeton sp., a good deal; P. robbinsii, common; Naias, Philotria and Chara, a little; plenty of V. contectoid(s; 1 red worm. 7 15-14 SteTi of Potamogeton sp. 8 14-12 Plenty of- P. compressus; some Vallisneria; a little Myriophyllum; two other species of Potamogeton. 9 12 P. compressvs, plentiful; Naias fleiilis robus'.a, plentiful; Vallisneria, little; P. robbinsii, little; Myriiphyllum , little. 10 12-10 P. compressus, common; P. perfoliatus, few plants, in fruit; Potamogeton sp; few. 11 10 Nearly all P. compressus. CONDITIONS FAVORABLE TO FISH-LIFE The physical and biological conditions obtaining at Lake Max- inkuckee are favorable in an unusual degree to the development of fish-life ; they are sufficiently diversified to provide suitable environ- ments for species possessing widely different habits. The lake- bed varies, in different places, all the way from soft black mud and decaying vegetation through clay, marl, fine sand, coarse sand, and fine gravel to coarse gravel and glacial boulders. In the littoral the bottom, though usually of hard, compact sand and gravel, is, in places, of softer material or very boggy. The depth of water ranges from a few inches to 89 feet. There is a considerable area of water exceeding 40 feet in depth, and there is a very great area Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 261 of bars on which the depth is 20 feet or less, and these are dis- tributed about the lake most advantageously. The water appears to be of the best, as to purity, clearness, and temperature; it is warm enough to meet the needs of many species which thrive in warmer water, and cold enough for cold water species. The only important known limitation lies in the absence of absorbed oxygen in the depths, which necessarily bars the lake to deepwater species, such as the lake trout. The biological environment appears to be equally well adapted to support a varied and abundant fish life. The plankton (both holophytic and holozoic) is adequate both in quantity and quality; its composition seems almost ideal, and its distribution appears to be that which will meet the needs of the fishes in the highest measure. The larger plants are also well selected as to species and abund- ance; most of them are certainly helpful in one way or another. Animals of various kinds, many of them useful to fishes and few of them harmful, are present. There are many species of mollusks, many of crustaceans, and a good number of batrachians and rep- tiles. Aquatic birds, as ducks, coots and grebes, are common, and to be sure, not always helpful to fish-life, but, on the other hand, not wholly harmful. Natural enemies of fishes are not numerous nor very destructive. The purity of the water probably has much to do with keeping the fishes resistant to disease. Favorable situations for spawning grounds are numerous. There are reedy shallows for pickerel, pike, yellow perch, and the like ; sandy and gravelly areas near shore for darters, various min- nows, and sunfishes of various kinds ; bars of moderate depth well suited to bass, bluegills, walleyed pike and yellow perch; and a great range of situations in which most of the other species find conditions favorable to their eggs and young. In the following systematic account of the fishes of Lake Maxin- kuckee, we have endeavored to treat each species somewhat fully, so that anyone using this report will be able to acquire the general facts in its life history and to be able to distinguish the different species, one from another. A statement as to the known geogra- phic distribution of each is given, followed by remarks on its dis- tribution and habits in Lake Maxinkuckee as made known to us through our studies in that region, and finally by a relatively non- technical description which, it is believed, will enable anyone using the book to identify the species occurring here. The total number of species of fishes known from Lake Maxin- kuckee and its immediately connecting waters is 64. Of this num- 262 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey bar, 59 are known to occur in the lake proper and its small inlets, the remaining 5 species being found in Lost Lake and the outlet immediately below. This is a considerably greater number of species of fishes than is known from any other small lake in the world. For purposes of comparison, the following figures are given : There are known from the entire basin of the Great Lakes 152 species ; from Lake Ontario, 73 ; from the St. Lawrence River and its tributaries, 71 ; from Lake Champlain and tributary waters, 54 ; from Chautauqua Lake, 31 ; from Cayuga Lake, 59 ; from Tur- key Lake, Indiana, 29 ; from Eagle Lake, Indiana, 41 ; from Clear Lake, California, 13 ; Colorado River basin, 32 ; Klamath River basin, 15. The great variety of fish-life in Lake Maxinkuckee is due to the unusual assemblage of favorable factors, constituting an environ- ment, both physical and biological, that conduces in a remarkable degree to the development of a varied aquatic fauna. The 64 species of fishes known to inhabit this lake are distrib- uted among 15 families and 41 genera. There are representatives of nearly all the families of American freshwater food-fishes — only the salmon, sturgeon, mooneye, grayling, dallia, blindfish, pirate- perch, trout-perch, and sculpin families being unrepresented. And nearly all those families containing species which are useful as food for the food-fishes have numerous representatives 'here. The fami- lies having large representation are the Cyprinidse (minnows) with 17 species, the CentrarchidaB (basses and sunfishes) with 11 species; the Siluridse (catfishes) with 4 species; the Catostomidse (suckers) with 5 species; and the PercidaB (perches and darters) with 13 species. Of the 64 species inhabiting the lake at least 30 may be re- garded as food-fishes of greater or less importance. The most im- portant of these are the two species of black bass, the yellow perch, the bluegill and the walleyed pike. And at least 16 species are re- garded as game fishes of greater or less interest. Among these are the small-mouth black bass, the large-mouth black bass, wall- eyed pike, bluegill, crappie, yellow perch, rock bass, and pike. Fishes in this lake are not only unusually numerous as to species, but equally so as to individuals. Many of the species are found in very great abundance, some of them swarming in myri- ads. Even the game fishes are usually abundant. This is par- ticularly true of the yellow perch, bluegill and the basses. When one considers the vast amount of fishing that is done at this lake, it is little less than marvelous that the supply keeps up so well Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 263 as it does. The plantings made from time to time by the Bureau of Fisheries doubtless contribute in great measure to the mainte- nance of this satisfactory condition; nevertheless, the conditions for natural reproduction must be exceptionally favorable. Of the 64 species of fishes inhabiting this lake, at least 29 are used more or less for food and may therefore be properly regarded as food-fishes. Named approximately in the order of their import- ance as food, they are the following: Yellow perch, bluegill, rock bass, straw bass, small-mouth black bass, walleyed pike, calico bass, common sunfish, crappie, long-eared sunfish, warmouth, red-eared sunfish, pickerel, pike, eel, white sucker, redhorse, black sucker, chub sucker, carp, common bullhead, yellow bullhead, black bull- head, dogfish, river chub, creek chub, silverside, buifalo and spoon- bill cat. Col. Daniel McDonald, in his interesting "History1 of Lake Max- inkuckee," states that little or no attention was given to the fish of the lake by the early settlers until about 1840. "There are yet living in Marshall County a few of those who as boys fished with their fathers in those early times, and the stories they tell of the schools of fish to be seen and the quantities caught are enough to make the modern fisherman green with envy. With fish poles cut from the grubs, homemade linen lines, and hooks of antique make, a couple of farmers would man a canoe, paddle to the first bar, and with worms and grubs for bait, an evening's fishing would bring in a bushel of as fine fish as ever swam in lake or river. It was not many months before a longer, a trolling line, with bucktail bait, was used, and a pull across the lake was all that was needed to fur- nish a small neighborhood with a hearty fish meal." That this lake was early known to the Indians and resorted to by them on account of the abundance of its fishes, is well known. The Indian villages on its shores and in its vicinity were among the most populous in northern Indiana, and they depended in large measure on this and neighboring lakes for their supply of food. FISHING AND FISH PROTECTION In the early days the methods of fishing were primitive and had as their sole object the taking of fish for food. The spirit of the meek and honest Isaak Walton had not as yet penetrated any of those sturdy pioneers; they had other more important, more serious things to do. They caught fish only when needed as food. They caught them in their own way and in such 1 History of Lake Maxinkuckee, by Daniel McDonald. Indianapolis, J905. 264 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey quantities as the condition of the larder in their cabins de- manded. It was purely a matter of food supply with them. Forunately for us, as well as for them, fish were abundant and the supply was not easily exhausted. Little or no thought was given to methods of fishing except as related to immediate, tangible results. There was no apparent danger of depleting the supply; fish were abundant and, it seemed, would always remain so. That a time would ever come when the fish would need pro- tection probably never occurred to any one; the fish protection idea was of later birth. According to Mr. McDonald, spearing fish at night very early became a favorite method of fishing and "if the occupants of a boat got less than a hundred pounds of fish during a night they considered themselves in bad luck." A little later, between 1850 and 1860, the use of seines be- came common and great quantities of fish of various kinds were caught each year in this way. The sentiment favoring the protection of the fish of the lake has developed slowly, but it has developed. It has developed not only in the minds of the regular summer cottagers, but it has grown also in the minds of the casual visitors, the farmers roundabout and the local villagers. There are some exceptions to be found in each of these classes, perhaps as numerous in one as in another, while willful law breakers are rare; those who do all the destruc- tion they can under a liberal interpretation of the law, are more numerous. On the whole, however, the law is well respected and the attitude of the people toward fish protection is wholesome. ANGLING According to Mr. McDonald, "it was not until in the '60's that the sporting fraternity — the fishermen with rod, reel and line — began to visit Lake Maxincuckee. By that time a few fairly comfortable row boats had been put on the lake and a small visiting party could find accommodation for a day or two with some of the farmers near by, and the fame of the lake as a fisher- man's paradise began to spread abroad. The completion of the I. P. & C. Railroad (now the Lake Erie & Western) brought the cities along its line within eight miles of the lake, and parties from Rochester, Peru and Logansport began to camp upon its shores, and their white tents could be seen all through the fishing sea- sons beneath the shady groves of Long Point, Edwards' Landing and Peebles's Point. And after the completion of the Vandalia Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 265 Railroad to South Bend the Terre Haute people came in goodly numbers. The good qualities of the lake were first made known to the Indianapolis people by Hon. Martin H. Rice, who had known the lake since 1855, and when the railroad was completed the fish- ermen from the capital city came up, first singly, then by twos and threes, and finally by the dozen, to try their luck in the clear waters of our beautiful lake. They found good quarters at the Allegheny House, and they brought along their finest fishing tackle, their well-tried fly rods, their Frankfort reels, and the most ap- proved artificial baits, and they all caught fish — all kinds of fish— and enough to make a goodly show in their fish baskets, and nearly every man of them had a bundle of smashed fishing tackle to take home to prove the truth of his story of the big fish he had hooked, but which got away. And the men from these cities came again and again, and they caught something besides the fishes; they caught a vision of the glory of the lake, with its clear waters, its tree-lined shores, its wooded bluffs, its clean sandy beaches over which gurgled the cool waters of its crystal springs, and the vision went with them to their homes, to their business rooms, and it would not depart, and they began to long for a portion of bluff, of The charm of Maxinkuckee rests partly on its brilliant water above a clean gravel floor, and partly on the elevated shore line covered with grass and grove down to the water edge. 266 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey shore or beach, where they might abide for days or months and take into their souls all the beauties that vision had revealed to them, and shortly after they became possessors of jutting points, of stretches of beach, of tracts of wooded shores, of acres of the shady bluffs, and there they built the row of artistic cottages that now encircle the lake like rich tinted gems set around a luminous pearl." And thus the angler has come more and more in evidence as the years have passed. At first the fishing was done wholly with live bait. The usual method — still largely in vogue among the farm- ers of the region — was by means of the long cane pole and angle- worms, grubs, grasshoppers, mussels, or cut fish for bait. Min- nows and artificial lures were not popular nor much appreciated. Later, a greater refinement of method gradually developed. Jointed split bamboo, lancewood and Bristol steel rods came into use, the lightness and cost of the rod varying with the experience, skill and professional pride of the angler. The grasshopper has continued a favorite for summer fishing and it is likely to ever so remain. The live minnow has grown in use and is now indis- pensible to fall fishing. Artificial lures of various kinds have come into use, some to be discarded, others as the frog and the Dowagiac, to remain in favor. A brief description of these various methods of angling will, it is believed, prove of interest and value. The long cane pole: — This primitive and very effective method is still popular and will doubtless remain so. A good long stem of the giant cane (Arundinaria macrosperma) is selected. The length may vary from 10 to 25 feet. The longer the pole the bet- ter, as the areas over which one may fish vary as the squares of lengths of the poles. The devotees of this method of fishing usually go out in pairs and each with two poles. One fishes from the bow of the boat, the other from the stern. The line used is as long as can be properly handled without the use of a reel, and thus the fisherman is able to reach water 30 to 50 feet distant on either side, in front, or behind. He whips first on one side and then on the other until the fish are found when he anchors and settles down to steady fishing. A cork or wooden float is almost invariably used and it is adjusted from time to time to suit the depth of water. The line is usually inexpensive. The bait used consists chiefly of angleworms, cut bait and grasshoppers. Angleworms (and grubs when they can be had) are always popular. From early spring until midsummer they are the chief bait. In July, when Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 267 grasshoppers appear, they largely take the place of worms and con- tinue to be the principal bait until fall when they can not be easily obtained. Cut bait is always resorted to when other kinds fail, and by some is even preferred. Various species of fishes, mussels and even meat are utilized. Sometimes a stringer is used on which to keep the catch, but usually a gunny sack is preferred. The sack, securely fastened to the boat, is allowed to hang in the water, by which method the fish are kept alive and in excellent condition. The species most often caught are bluegills, yellow perch, rock bass, calico bass and catfish, though an occasional bass or wall- eyed pike is taken. A hundred fish to the boat is not an un- usual catch. This method is very effective and, on occasion, appeals to many an angler who usually uses more expensive tackle. Trolling: — Trolling has long been, and still is, a popular method of fishing. It can be practiced any time in the year when the ice is off the lake, and it seems to be about equally effective at all times. The rod used varies from a short stiff cane pole to a high-priced split bamboo. The line is usually of better quality than that used by the long cane fisherman. It may vary in length from 50 to 200 feet. Among the popular lures are the Hildebrandt spinner, the Skinner fluted spoon, and other spoons, phantom minnows, and the like. Perhaps the most effective is the Hildebrandt spinner. When this method is employed the angler usually throws out his line im- mediately after putting out from shore and free of weeds, and then rows slowly to some favorite bar across or along the edge of which he will carefully row, doubling and recrossing as occasion requires. The species most often caught are the straw bass, small-mouth bass and the walleyed pike in the order named. Now and then a rock bass, calico bass or yellow perch is taken. The straw bass, however, is, above all, the species most frequently caught by trolling. Bait-casting: — This method has grown in popularity greatly during the last few years, whereas it was little practiced 10 years ago. A short rod, either of split bamboo, steel or lance wood, 3| to 6 feet long, and a good 60-yard quadruple reel, with 50 yards of light, flat raw silk line, of 10 to 14 pounds tension, together with surface artificial lures such as the Dowagiac, pork rind, or pork chunk with weedless hooks or frog, constitute the proper outfit. Sometimes live frogs are used and with commendable success. 268 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey The boat is slowly rowed over what is thought to be likely water, the angler casting the meanwhile, on either side or from the bow, 50 to 75 feet, depending upon the skill he happens to pos- sess in the art. Many of those who come to the lake are quite successful and easily reach the lawful limit. The species taken are large-mouth bass, small-mouth black bass, and walleyed pike. Oc- casionally two bass or a bass and a walleyed pike are taken at one cast. A favorite and usually successful method practiced by those who are seeking large-mouth bass is to row slowly late in the evening or very early in the morning along near the shore and cast into the edges of the patches of weeds. Fly-casting: — Not many fly fishermen come to Lake Maxin- kuckee and not much fly casting is seen there. Those who do come use a 9 to 10-foot rod, and a very light oiled or Japan waxed silk line of 10 to 14-pounds tension. The small-mouth bass is the species usually taken ; rarely a large-mouth bass or a walleyed pike is secured. But several other species will rise to the fly on occa- sion; among them may be mentioned the rock bass, yellow perch, pumpkinseed, bluegill, calico bass, crappie, and the warmouth bass. Baits and lures: — The baits and lures used by the fishermen who visit this lake have a very wide range. They include, among live bait, minnows, frogs, grasshoppers, crickets, grubs, angleworms; among cut bait, mussels, meat, cut fish, crawfish, etc. ; and among artificial lures, Dowagiacs of all patterns, Hildebrandt spinners, Skinner fluted spoons, buck tail, squirrel tail, pork rind, pork chunk, and doubtless others. Beginning in the spring live minnows are used. The principal bait minnows are the following: creek chub, river chub, blunt- nosed minnow, Storer's chub, common shiner, silverside, young goldfish, mud minnow, straw-colored minnow, grayback minnow, mad torn, darters of various kinds, and various other small fishes. For large bass and walleyed pike, creek and river chubs of moder- ate size are preferred ; for smaller bass any of the other species mentioned are good; and for bluegills, rock bass and perch, small minnows of almost any kind are suitable if not too large. The value of any particular kind of minnow depends largely upon its ability to live on the hook; if the minnow is delicate and dies promptly, it is not of great value, however attractive it may other- wise be. For this reason the common mud minnow ( Umbra limi) is popular. Its dark, somber color, however, prevents it from being very attractive to bass and walleyed pike. The mad torn Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 269 and other small catfish, so popular with bass fishermen on- the Susquehanna River, are not much used at this lake. Unfortunately good bait minnows are not abundant in the streams about Lake Maxinkuckee. The nearest streams from which good minnows can be obtained are the Yellow. River, about two or three miles north of the lake, and the Tippecanoe River at Belong, four miles south. Most of the minnows used at the lake come from a distance, mostly from Bachelors Run, Wild Cat Creek, and Deer Creek in Carroll County, and from the Wabash River and small creeks near Logansport. Many of the anglers who come to the lake for a few days' fishing bring a bucket of live minnows with them. Minnows will be used in the spring and early summer until the water becomes so warm that they will not keep well; then they give way to grasshoppers which constitute the principal live bait from the middle of July until in September or the first frosts, after which they can no longer be found in any abundance. As soon as grasshoppers become scarce and the water becomes cool, minnows again become popular and continue so throughout the late fall and winter. After the temperature of the lake water gets down to 45° most any of the minnows -can be kept alive in minnow buckets all winter. Grasshoppers become popular as a bait just as soon as they are abundant enough to be caught in any numbers. At Lake Max- inkuckee this happens in the first half of July, and they continue in demand as long as they can be obtained. About the last of September, after a few good frosts have come, grasshoppers dis- appear. Most of the grasshoppers used at this lake belong to one or the other of two species, Melanoplus differentialis and Melanop- lus bivittatus, more of the former than of the latter. Both species are abundant in the meadows and fields about the lake, particu- larly on the west and south. In 1898, a boy living 2| miles south of the lake sold $25 worth of grasshoppers to anglers about the lake, and in 1899, $43.35 worth. He charged only 5 cents a dozen. Several other boys supplied grasshoppers more or less regularly during the season, and the total amount of money received by them per season for hoppers has been conservatively estimated at $200, which would represent 4,000 dozen grasshoppers. Perhaps another 1,000 dozen were caught by the fishermen themselves, thus mak- ing the total number used each season at the lake not fewer than 5,000 dozen or 60,000 grasshoppers. Considerable numbers of white grubs also are used. In 1899, 270 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey the grasshopper boy sold 140 dozen white grubs at 5 cents a dozen, or $7.00. The grubs are a very killing bait as long as they last for any fish with mouth large enough to take them. Of all species perhaps the rock bass is the one that likes them best. Angleworms are always in demand and can usually be depended on to appeal strongly to rock bass, crappie, calico bass, yellow perch and bluegills; and, when properly impaled, they are not without attraction to bass and walleyed pike. Perhaps they possess the greatest charm to the goggle-eye and yellow perch, and it is a poor angler, indeed, who, when armed with a liberal supply of angle- worms, can not reach the lawful limit of these species. Fortu- nately for the fish, the region about Lake Maxinkuckee is entirely too sandy for angleworms, and those who wish to use this old familiar bait must bring them from other more favored localities. Frogs are not much used for bait at this lake. Small examples of the common leopard frog (Rana pipiens) , and the little cricket frog (Acris gryllus), are the species most used. At times good catches of straw bass have been made with these by casting along the edges of patches of Scirpus or lily-pads, particularly in Lost Lake. In the fall of the year when it is a little too cold for grass- hoppers and a little too warm for minnows, black crickets (Gryllus abbreviatus) are sometimes used with good results. These crick- ets can be had late in the fall after grasshoppers have practically disappeared. Favorite places to find them are in tiles lying on the ground or under pieces of old canvas or tarpaulin lying spread out on the ground. By examining such situations early in the morning large numbers may often be found. Crickets are most attractive to bluegills and goggle-eyes. Of the various kinds of cut bait cut fish is probably most used and most popular, as well as most easily obtained. An eye, a pectoral fin, or a piece of flesh of a yellow perch, is quite attractive to goggle-eyes, yellow perch and sometimes, to bluegills; occasion- ally good catches of crappie, calico bass, and even small-mouth bass can be made with this sort of bait. Mussels or freshwater clams are not much used except by the long cane pole fishermen who are after goggle-eyes, bluegills and yellow perch. The "foot" is the part of the mussel generally used. Crawfish are frequently used for bait. Small soft "ones are often used whole ; larger ones are cut up and only the fleshy part of the tail made use of. This sort of bait is of course used only in still fishing. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 271 Of artificial lures the kinds are many and diverse that one may see about the lake. Among a few of the more popular are the Hildebrandt baits of various kinds, particularly the double tandem and single spinners, Skinner's new casting spoon No. 2, various weedless hooks such as Bing's, Mayer's, Maloney's, Hasting's and McCurdy's, buck tails, reverse double-blade spinners, vacuum bass- baits, moonlight floating bait, weedless porkers, Hedden's surface and minnow baits, and Dowagiacs of various patterns. All these and many others are more or less popular. Aberdeen hooks, Ken- dall sneck, Cincinnati bass, sproat and Pennell, are popular, No. 4 for bluegills, yellow perch, redeyes and crappie, and Nos. 1 to 4/0 for bass and walleyed pike. Reels of many kinds are in use, and rods of many styles from the long cane pole to the most expensive split bamboo and lance- wood and green heart ; an 81-foot rod for bass, 7^-f oot for walleyed, pike and 10-foot No. 4 for bluegills and perch. LAKE MAXINKUCKEE AS AN ANGLING RESORT No very close estimate can be made of the number of anglers who visit Lake Maxinkuckee annually, or of the quantity of fish of each species annually taken from the lake. There are now about the lake about 175 summer cottages. Each of these is occupied from two to five months each season. There will probably be at least one person at each cottage who does more or less fishing. Then a great many more come and spend from one to several days fishing. In the spring, and more particularly in the fall, farmers and farmers' boys from the surrounding country make frequent fishing trips to the lake. Then many of the permanent residents about the lake and in the town of Culver do more or less fishing throughout the year. It is believed that 2,000 is a conservative estimate of the number of people who fish at Lake Maxinkuckee for an aver- age of twenty days each year, and that the average daily catch is five fish for each person. This would make an annual catch of 200,000 fish. Putting the average weight at one pound, this would make the annual catch 200,000 pounds. The species caught, in order of number, are yellow perch, bluegill, rock bass, straw bass, black bass, and walleyed pike. Considered by weight the order would be straw bass, bluegill, walleyed pike, rock bass, yellow perch, and black bass. The following table will give some idea of the angling possibil- ities at this lake. 18—17618 272 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey FISH BY SPECIES AND NUMBER CAUGHT BY ONE ANGLER AT LAKE MAXINKUCKEE Date 1899 Small- mouth Black Bass Large- mouth Black Bass Rock Bass Bluegill Walleyed Pike Yellow Perch Catfish Remarks Aug. 18 1 24 19 3 12 21 2 4 20 1 23 4 1 9 25 5 12 26 2 2 3 27 2 1 3 28 1 2 2 10 1 30 6 2 12 1 31 1 8 Sept. 1 1 2 14 3 2 1 12 5 1 6 1 1 12 6 15 4 2 5 17 4 2 2 18 3 2 21 1 6 4 4 22 5 3 1 1 10 24 1 2 1 1 Date 1899 Small- mouth Black Bass Large- mouth Black Bass Rock Bass BluegiU Walleyed Pike Yellow Perch Catfish Calico Bass Remarks Oct. 1 3 5 6 7 2 1 8 1 1 2 9 1 6 12 2 14 6 IS 4 3 1 16 1 4 17 6 18 2 7 19 3 10 20 1 22 7 23 1 24 1 25 1 26 1 30 2 1 1 Nov 5 7 1 9 7 10 1 1 12 14 13 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 273 I ISM BY SPECIES AND NUMBER CAUGHT BY ONE ANGLER AT LAKE MAXINKUCKEE— Continued Date 1899 Small- mouth Black Bass Large- mouth Black Bass Rock Bass Bluegill Walleyed Pike Yellow Perch Catfish Calico Bass Remarks Nov. 15 10 1 16 2 4 17 5 2 18 2 1 12 20 2 1 22 2 1 1900 Jan. 3 55 4 3 5 9 5 6 16 2 2 7 15 1 13 4 1 14 2 2 15 4 3 Feb. 6 24 7 36 Ibs. 11 2 9 2 10 4 6 3 3 11 5 2 2 6 2 23 2 1 1 10 1 April 22 3 27 8 29 12 2 May 4 8 3 6 1 12 3 9 3 13 2 3 4 July 9 0 2 ' 10 3 3 1 11 4 1 12 5 1 1 2 19 2 1 1 1 2 22 16 1 1 23 1 25 9 98 200 66 166 64 160 2 16 274 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Some idea can be gotten of the amount of fishing at Lake Maxinkuckee by noting the number of anglers' boats observed on the lake from day to day. A few records of this kind were made and they are here summarized in the following table: A.M. P. M. Date Sky Lake surface No. of boats Sky Lake surface No. of boats July 14 Cloudy 33 Cloudy . . . 18 15 Rain 2 17 16 12 Cloudy 15 17 Fair 15 Fair 17 18 19 Fair Fair Smooth Smooth 13 11 Fair Fair Very smooth. . Choppy 9 9 20 Fair Smooth 6 Fair Rough 5 21 Fair, east wind 7 Fair .. 5 22 Fair, east wind 6 ' Fair 11 23 Fair 8 Fair . . 5 24 Fair 17 Fair 11 25 20 Fair 12 26 Fair 12 Fair 7 27 Fair Smooth 3 Fair 5 28 Rain Rough 3 Fair . . 7 29 Fair 11 Cloudy 13 30 Fair Smooth 5 Fair Rough . . 7 31 Fair Smooth 14 Fair Smooth August 1 Rain 1 Fair Rough 3 2 Fair Smooth .... 7 Fair 5 3 Partly cloudy 21 Fair 4 18 5 Few 6 Clear Smooth .... Few Clear Smooth 7 7 Clear 7 Cloudy 5 8 3 9 Cloudy Rough 4 Rain Rough 15 10 Fair 9 Fair 12 11 Fair Smooth 7 Fair Rough 11 12 Fair 9 Fair Choppy 15 13 Fair Rough 5 Cloudy Rough 3 July 17 11 Smooth 18 18 16 19 20 13 20 18 13 21 20 11 24 Few August 10 15 18 7 28 11 September 3 15 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 275 Ice-fishing: — One of the most interesting methods of fishing practiced at Lake Maxinkuckee is that known as ice fishing, or fishing through the ice. A rather careful study was made of this method during the winter of 1900-1901, and a large amount of in- teresting and valuable data secured. The apparatus and the method may be described as follows: The apparatus consists of a small stick about 15 inches long, f inch thick, 2 inches wide at the reel end and tapering to one inch at the smaller end. On the larger end is placed a spool, usually If inches in diameter and If inches long, upon which the line is wound. The axis of the spool projects on one side as a handle, bent to the shape of the handle of the ordinary reel. About 4 or 5 inches from the spool is a hole through the stick through which a round stick somewhat smaller than the hole is placed. An oblong hole is cut in the ice, through which the lower end of the stick is placed until the cross-stick rests upon the ice, adjusted so that the stick stands at an angle of about 40 degrees from perpen- dicular. A piece of red flannel is tied to the handle of the reel which is adjusted so as to stand up. Live minnows are used for bait. Each fisherman will have several, sometimes 15 to 20, spools arranged in a circle in the center of which he stands, keep- ing watch on all. When the red signal of any reel is observed to be turned down he assumes that a fish has taken the minnow of that line and, going to it, he takes the spool in his hand, gives it a jerk to hook the fish, then winds it in. Another somewhat similar contrivance used to some extent by ice-fishermen is the tip-up. This consists of a board 24 inches long, f inch thick and about 2 inches wide. A hole is bored through the board from edge to edge about 8 inches from one end. This detached piece, upon the outer end of which the spool is placed is supported by a wooden pin passing through the hole already mentioned and is so balanced that, when the tip-up is properly placed, a slight pull on the upper end brings it down. Usually a small leather flap is fastened upon the frame at the lower end so as to aid in holding the movable piece in place until pulled upon by a fish. The tip-up is set in the ice at an angle of about 45 degrees and the hook is let down through a hole underneath. Live minnows are used for bait. When the bait is taken the movable piece tips, the spool end going down. Sometimes the tip-up is simply laid flat on the ice over the hole. The inner (or base) end of the movable piece is painted red so that it may be seen the more readily when it tips up. 276 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Ice fishing usually begins as soon as the ice is strong enough to bear up well, and continues as long as it remains safe. In the winter of 1900-1901, it began on December 13 and continued until March 22. Fishing is best when the ice is covered with snow or has become sufficiently opaque to prevent the fish from seeing the fishermen. As Lost Lake freezes over earlier in the winter than the large lake, ice fishing begins there first. On the first fine morning after the ice has become strong enough to be safe and sufficient snow has fallen to render it opaque, the ice fishermen will be found out in force. Usually there are about a half dozen who make ice fishing a regular business in winter. Besides these there is a varying number of others who fish irregularly. The fishermen usually ar- rive upon the scene early in the morning and, unless the weather becomes too disagreeable, continue until evening, and every day until the ice becomes so rotten as to be unsafe. The number of ice fishermen will vary from 2 or 3 to 20 or 30; perhaps the average daily number would be about 6. The species of fishes that are caught in this way at this lake are the following : Straw bass, black bass, bluegill, rock bass, wall- eyed pike, yellow perch, warmouth, crappie, calico bass, grass pike, and catfish. Water-dogs and turtles are also occasionally taken. The straw bass is the principal fish caught, though large num- bers of the other species are sometimes taken. The method is a very successful one and on favorable days large catches are made. The following table shows by species the number of fish caught by certain ice fishermen in the winter of 1900-1901 : Date . 1900 No. fishing Yellow Perch Crap- pie Cat- fish Straw Bass Grass Pike War- mouth Black Bass Blue- gill Rock Bass Wall- eye Water- dog December 14 1 4 16 2 1 1 1 17 3 2 8 1 2 18 1 11 19 1 2 1 5 22 2 8 39 28 1 8 29 3 60 1 30 2 30 1 31 2 12 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 277 Date 1901 No. fishing Yellow Perch Crap- pie Cat- fish Straw Bass Grass Pike War- mouth Black Bta HlUO- gill Rock Bass Wall- eye Water- dog Dog- fish Jan. 1 4 2 25 2 6 22 1 3 3 1 4 4 5 16 5 6 13 6 7 4 17 1 7 9 5 1 65 1 8 1 9 9 3 6 13 10 4 7 11 5 1 3 4 12 1 1 13 6 1 10 14 1 -21 15 3 24 16 2 1 1 2 18 2 6 1 19 1 3 1 21 5 3 40 2 22 1 1 23 5 30 54 1 30 2 2 2 Feb. 7 1 1 11 1 1 13 2 7 Date 1901 Number fishing ll := «» 1* o> ! 0 Catfish Straw Bass Grass Pike Warmouth Black Bass 1 S 3 0) & 1 Waterdog X 1 I Calico Bass February 15 5 2 16 2 18 19 2 2 23 2 21 24 1 15 25 3 18 27 1 2 28 2 6 8 3 March 1 11 56 5 1 2 3 24 3 1 8 4 4 1 84 2 1 7 7 112 2 8 8 9 52 1 1 1 1 9 4 6 1 10 2 3 1 11 2 5 2 12 6 5 27 13 4 3 6 17 1 14 3 8 19 15 3 10 2 16 4 3 13 1 17 2 14 1 18 5 22 18 1 1 19 1 2 2 22 3 1 1 11 195 126 8 14 1,068 1 4 58 2 7 7 5 1 17 278 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey FISHES PLANTED IN LAKE MAXINKUCKEE The people interested in Lake Maxinkuckee have been and are alive to the value of the artificial propagation of food and game fishes and the inadequacy of natural reproduction to keep up the supply in the lake. The officials of the Vandalia Railroad, the Maxinkuckee Association, and a number of private individuals have kept in touch with angling conditions at the lake and have been active in their efforts to keep up the supply of fish. The United States Bureau of Fisheries has always responded promptly to requests for fish for this lake, and during the last 23 years has planted in the lake a total of more than 34,138,830 fish. So far as known the first plantings of fish in Lake Maxinkuckee were made in September, 1889, and August, 1890, by the senior author of this report, then professor of biology in the Indiana State Normal School at Terre Haute. In his investigations about Terre Haute he had observed that, during high water in the spring, many fishes, including both the large-mouth black bass and the small- mouth black bass, run out into the overflow ponds and bayous along the Wabash River, and, as the water recedes, become caught there. And in the fall the majority of these ponds dry up and the fish in them perish. He conceived the idea of seining out these fish and transplanting them into the Wabash River and Lake Max- inkuckee. Large tin transportation cans were borrowed from the U. S. Fish Commission, and with the assistance of his students several hundred valuable fish were saved which would otherwise certainly have perished had they been left in the ponds. Many hundreds of large-mouth black bass, small-mouth black bass, rock bass, crappie, calico bass, sunfish and catfish of several species, suckers, buffalo, saugers, and other less important kinds, were turned loose in the Wabash River near by, and one shipment was made to Lake Maxinkuckee. Two other shipments were made in August, 1890. Mr. George E. Farrington, general agent of the Vandalia, with the true public spirit and a keen appreciation of the advantages of keeping Lake Maxinkuckee an attractive fishing resort, kindly arranged for the free transportation of the fish to the lake, and the three plants were made from the pier at Knapp's hotel. The three plants aggregated a total of 750 adult fish and consisted chiefly of large-mouth black bass though there were many of the small-mouth species among them. Since then the U. S. Fish Commission (now the Bureau of Fish- eries) , has planted a great many fish in Lake Maxinkuckee, as may Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 279 be seen from the following tabular statement. It is doubtful if any lake in the country has been more liberally supplied with fish by the Government. It is also doubted if there is any other lake where the results of artificial plantings of fishes have been more satis- factory. Perhaps the best results have been obtained with the walleyed pike, locally called "salmon." While this species is un- doubtedly indigenous to the lake, it does not seem to breed well in this lake. In order to keep up the supply to any considerable abundance it is therefore necessary to make large plants of fry from time to time. It is believed that the majority of "walleyed" pike caught each year are the grown up fish from the fry planted two or more years previously. It is different, however, with the large-mouth black bass, the small-mouth black bass and most of the other species planted; they all breed freely in this lake and every plant made increases the breeding stock correspondingly. It will be observed from the table that four plants of lake trout aggregating 10,587 fish have been made in this lake. So far as we have been able to learn there is no evidence that any of these survived ; there is no authentic record of the capture of a lake trout in this lake. If the physical and biological conditions obtaining in Lake Maxinkuckee had been as well understood before the lake trout were planted, as they are now, those plants would not have been made. One of the important results of our investigations was the discovery that there is little or no absorbed oxygen in the deeper waters of the lake in the fall. Deep-water species, such as the lake trout, whitefish, etc., finding no oxygen in the depths they inhabit, can not survive. This interesting problem is discussed more fully in another part of this report (page 221) . If this important fact had been known in time the plantings of lake trout would not have been made and the Government would have been saved an expense greater than the entire cost of all the investigations that have been made of Lake Maxinkuckee. The following table shows the number of fish of the various species that have been placed in Lake Maxinkuckee. In the earlier plantings the two species of bass were not differentiated; each planting usually contained both species, the large-mouth more often predominating : 280 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey PLANTS OF FISH IN LAKE MAXINKUCKEE Date Species Fry Fingerlings and adults 1889-90 750 1890 Feb. 15 Lake trout 1,900 yearling 1891 Jan. 14 Lake trout 3,250 yearling June 12 Pike perch or salmon 800,000 1892 Feb 1 Nov 10 10 10 Crappie 50 year ing 10 1894 Mar 10 1 ii .- 2 906 yearling 2 000 000 1896 Dee 29 Black bass 2,200 yearling 29 1 , 600 yearling 29 300 adult 1898 Oct 20 200 yearling 29 1899 Aug 23 5 198 adult 1900 May 16 800,000 1902 10,000,000 800 1903 8,200,000 400 1904 Pike perch 7,700,000 1905 Catfish 5,700 750 6,900 1907 1,000,000 1909 625 1911 45 1,500,000 1912 2,100,000 1913 250 Total . -. 34,100,000 38.830 From this it is seen that a total of over thirty-four million fish have been planted in Lake Maxinkuckee. These represent differ- ent species, as follows: Lake trout 10,587 Pike perch 34,100,000 Black bass, both species Warmouth bass Crappie Yellow perch Catfish . 18,558 400 3,200 385 5,700 Total 34,138,830 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 281 All of these species do well in Lake Maxinkuckee except the lake trout. It is not certain that any of that species has ever been seen in the lake after the plants were made, but all the others do well. On April 1, 1908, 600 rainbow trout were put in the outlet stream just below Walley's and 150 in Culver Creek north of the Academy grounds. The trout were 3 to 5 inches long. Although an examination of those streams indicated favorable conditions under which trout ought to do well, none of the fish has been seen since the plants were made. The conditions are so fa- vorable that it is hoped the experiment may be repeated soon. The establishment of a fish-cultural station or fish hatchery at Lake Maxinkuckee has often been suggested. It is believed that an excellent site for a pond station could be secured at this lake. There are two or three excellent locations on the east side where a gravity supply of water could be secured and where ground suitable in character and ample in area for a series of ponds can be found. There are also good locations on the north and west sides. A well-equipped hatchery at this lake could easily keep, not only Lake Maxinkuckee, but all suitable waters in northern Indi- ana well stocked with bass, walleyed pike, bluegills, and rock bass. MORTALITY AMONG DIFFERENT SPECIES OF FISHES At various times in the year dead fish of different species are found in some numbers washed up along the shore. The species most affected appear to be the bluegills and white suckers. The bluegills die in the spring, in May and June, and the white suckers in the fall, usually in September. Although a large number of dead fish were examined no satisfactory explanation of the cause or causes of their dying was discovered. The fish were usually infested with water mould, or Saprolegnia, but it is not believed that was the agent that caused the fish to die. This saprophytic plant first be- comes evident by appearing as a soft white mould on the surface of the fish, particularly in places where the scales have been rubbed off or where the fish has been otherwise injured. But by the time it be- comes evident to the naked eye, the fish is probably past helping. When the fish becomes injured in any way or when its vitality is lowered because of foul water or any other reason, it is apt to be attacked by water mould and nothing can be done to save it. In the spring of the year, soon after the ice goes off the lake, unusual numbers of dead fish, water-dogs, crawfishes, etc., are apt to be washed up on shore. These do not indicate any sudden or un- 282 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey usual mortality among the fishes; they probably simply represent the accumulated mortality of the past winter, during which time the lake was covered with ice, the water inadequately aerated, and many fish died as a result. Fishes or other animals dying under such circumstances would decay very slowly in the ice-covered water and, remaining well preserved in the ice-cold water, would accumulate and be washed up on shore soon after the ice disap- pears and winds again disturb the lake surface. COMMERCIAL FISHING There is now no commercial fishing at this lake. The impor- tant species in it are all game fishes under the law, the sale of which is not permitted. A canvass made of the fisheries of Indiana in 1894, credited Lake Maxinkuckee with five hand-line fishermen with 10 hand-lines valued at $30 and five boats worth $50, and a catch of 600 pounds of rock bass, valued at $72 00 2,833 pounds of black bass, valued at 368 00 300 pounds of walleyed pike, valued at 24 00 500 pounds of yellow perch, valued at 60 00 4,233 pounds total, valued at $524 00 This of course represents only the fish actually sold; the vastly greater amount caught by sportsmen does not appear. Until the present law prohibiting the sale of game fishes became effective, a considerable part of the catch of the ice-fishermen was sold. OBSERVANCE OF FISH LAWS Public sentiment about Lake Maxinkuckee in relation to the fish and game laws is wholesome and favors their observance. There has been a notable improvement in the last ten years. In the spring of 1900, it was not uncommon to see lights in the south part of the lake where spearing was going on at night. Sometimes the violators operated in Outlet Bay. In the same year some spearing was done about the middle of November. Some netting was done also. A favorite method was to cut a long narrow slit through the ice across the mouth of Norris Inlet. A gillnet would be let down through this and by pounding on the ice the fish would be driven into it. Little or none of this sort of fishing has been observed recently. It was reported that some seining was done in May, 1907, and three arrests were made, and a conviction secured, in each case. Considerable illegal fishing was thought to be going on in March and April, 1911, but no actual case was observed. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 283 There have doubtless been more violations of the bird law. Even prominent cottagers and citizens have been suspected of shooting or hunting ducks illegally and some convictions have been secured. In October, 1904, a prominent cottager on the east side was caught chasing coots with a motor boat, after sunset and on Sunday, all three acts being unlawful. He was fined on all three counts. We are informed by the present deputy fish and game warden stationed at the lake that he has known of only one violation of the fish law in the last two years. One arrest was made for having a fish spear in possession. Conviction was secured. It is believed that both the fish and game laws are now fairly well observed in the vicinity of the lake. MINNOWS In the fall of the year, about when the water becomes chill and the first ice forms, minnows of various species begin to congregate in great numbers in shallow water along the shore. On November 12, 1899, a narrow fringe of ice appeared along the shores of Lost Lake and minnows were observed crowded thickly under it. Similar conditions existed at the south end of Lake Maxinkuckee and thousands of minnows were crowded under the ice. Some that had hidden under boards and boats were more tame and more easily caught than those found elsewhere. On September 16, 1900, a large school was seen near shore in front of the Fish Commission station ; on the 18th, a considerable school remained near shore all day. On October 17, a good many were again observed, and on the 26th, a large school remained near shore. The day was quiet, the water very smooth, and the little fish could be heard breaking water and splashing for some dis- tance. They were probably feeding on surface plankton. On the 29th, they could be heard at night making a "snipping" noise. On the night of October 30, they could be heard making a sort of lisp- ing noise. Early in tho morning of November 3, great numbers were seen near shore, playing very lively at the surface. Again on the 10th, llth, and 12th they were very lively, splashing and making considerable noise. On November 30, several grayback minnows among a large number taken were found to be ruptured slightly in the abdomen. This was probably caused by freezing. Many large schools of minnows, chiefly skipjacks, were seen under the ice at south end of lake. On December 1 and 2, only a few were seen near shore, some in Lost Lake and some in the big lake. On the 3rd, there was an 284 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey immense school, very dense and compact, of straw-colored min- nows and skipjacks along the east side of Long Point for a long distance. On the 5th, enormous schools, considerably larger and denser than ever noted before/were seen along the east side of Long Point. They made great dark patches on the bottom, like Chara carpet. On the 12th, a good many under the ice near shore all day ; a large and very dense school under the bow of a small steamer at the Arlington station. Many were noted also on the 14th, in each lake, under the ice, and a few under the ice in Lost Lake on the 15th; none seen in the Outlet. Similar conditions were observed in 1904. On December 16 and 24, several schools were seen along Long Point, but they were not so dense as in 1900. On the 27th, enormous schools were seen under the Depot pier. The next day many skipjacks were noted under the Outlet bridge. On January 4, 1905, considerable num- bers were seen along the north shore where there was some ice, and Culver Inlet was full of straw-colored minnows. In 1906, a great many were seen on east side of Long Point, November 13, and on the 14th, many in Lost Lake. In a body of water as small as Lake Maxinkuckee and with no considerable tributary streams or outflow, the movements of the fishes are necessarily much restricted. There are, however, certain movements that may be considered, as follows : 1. From one depth to another: — Movements of this kind occur at various times. a. During the summer, when the deeper parts of the lake are abundantly supplied with absorbed oxygen, certain species, such as the walleyed pike and to some extent the small-mouth black bass, the large-mouth bass, the bluegill and the yellow perch, will be found in deep water. This is particuarly true of the walleyed pike ; of the other species named it is true only to a very limited ex- tent. In the fall, even as early as September, the oxidation of the vast amount of dead plankton which during the summer has been slowly falling to the bottom of the lake in a continuous shower from above, will have exhausted the supply of oxygen in the deep water. The walleyed pike and other fishes which were able to live there during the summer are now forced to move up to shallower depths to which, fortunately, they are able to adapt themselves. This movement is not usually until toward the end of September or in October. By the middle of October they have come out into Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 285 water 30 to 45 feet deep and may be taken on or about the bars between those depths. Later in the season they will be found at still more shallow depths. Whether they return to deeper water during the winter has not been definitely determined. It is known that they are in relatively shallow water during the spring where they remain until in June, or early July; then they go to deeper water. b. There is another seasonal movement from greater to lesser depths and back again, that is probably not related in any way to the oxygen content of the water, but which is caused chiefly by temperature differences. This manifests itself in a number of ways, of which a few illustrations may be given : The little stickle- back, Eucalia inconstans, prefers relatively cold water. During the summer and early fall they may not ordinarily be found in water less than 15 to 20 feet in depth; indeed, they seem to go down to the depths which mark the maximum for Chara and other aquatic vegetation. In all of our summer seining operations about the lake only one stickleback was obtained ; but in the late fall and during the winter, specimens were frequently obtained when dredg- ing in 4- to 12-foot water. During summer dredging they were found only in considerably greater depths. Evidently these little fish remain during the warm summer months at considerable depths, and some, not all, come out into shallower water only when the temperature there has become equally cool. Then again, young of many of the fishes of the lake, especially basses, bluegills and perch, are found in greatest abundance dur- ing the summer in shallow water near shore where they not only find protection in the masses of vegetation which they inhabit but where they also find an abundant supply of suitable food. But as fall comes on, and the shallow water near shore becomes more and more cold until finally near the freezing point, these young fishes move out into deeper and slightly warmer water and secrete them- selves in the masses of Chara, Nitella and other vegetation. There they spend the winter, returning to shallower water in the spring. Still another movement occurs late in the fall, usually not until after the first frosts have come, when several species of small fishes gather up in unusual numbers in shallow water along the shore. The species most concerned are the straw-colored minnow (Notropis blennius) , the Cayuga minnow (Notropis cayuga), the blunt-nosed minnow (Pimephales notatus) , the skipjack (Labides- thes sicculus), the grayback minnow (Fundulus diaphanus me- nona), and the log perch (Percina caprodes). Each of these species is found at all times in greater or less numbers pretty welJ 286 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey distributed in shallow water everywhere along shore. But in the fall they gather up in schools. Sometimes these schools are of im- mense size, containing many thousands of individuals. The dif- ferent species mentioned are present numerically usually in the order named, and there will be along with them a few individuals of several other small fishes, chiefly CyprinidaB. Usually the skip- jacks and log perch school by themselves. The log perch schools come earlier than the others; in 1913, they were first noticed in large numbers on October 3, when a school of 100 to 200 or more was seen at Johnson's pier on Long Point. They were lying quietly on the clear sandy bottom or moving slowly about in shallow water. The same school was observed on several subsequent days. On the same day, October 3, a large school of skipjacks was seen near the same place. Others were seen later and continued to be noted as opportunity afforded so long as our observations were kept up, or until October 31. The very large schools of small fishes that may be seen along the shore in the fall consist, however, chiefly of the species of Notropis mentioned, particularly Notropis blennius and N. cayuga, and do not appear until some time later. Perhaps the largest schools ever noted by us were seen on November 5, 1907. On that day the shallow water on the east side of Lost Lake was alive with small fishes all the way from the Bardsley cottage to the south end of the lake. More than a bushel were caught at a single haul with a 12-foot seine. There were actually millions of them, chiefly Notropis cayuga. In other places Notropis blennius was the most abundant species. These schools seen in the fall vary much in size, from small to very large. They are seen to best advantage on still, bright sun- shiny days, even when the air is quite cold. They are seen most often about or under piers or boats. We are unable at this time to explain why these small fishes col- lect in schools and come out into shallow water in the fall. It evidently has no relation to their feeding habits or their breeding habits; nor does it appear to be for the purpose of getting away from the bass and other carnivorous fishes; as a matter of fact many of them fall prey to water-dogs which crawl up close to shore and devour the fishes in considerable numbers. It may be a reac- tion to temperature. c. There is still another movement that occurs daily during the summer and early fall. We refer to the coming of bass and other fishes into shallow water at night. This is a well-marked movement and occurs more or less evidently every still night in Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 287 summer, especially in August and September. The species that participate are both large- and small-mouth black bass, rock bass, yellow perch, walleyed pike, dogfish and even suckers and catfish. This movement is clearly a factor in the feeding habits of the species concerned ; they evidently come at night into shallow water along shore for the purpose of feeding upon the young and small fishes and other life found there, especially insects which oviposit in the water surface near shore. For this reason seining operations along shore at night were al- ways interesting, because species could then be gotten which could not ordinarily be found there in day time. The intelligent anglers, well aware of this habit, particularly of the large-mouth bass and the walleyed pike, will be found troll- ing or casting near shore in the evening. And the enthusiasts who fish after dark know that it is worth while to do their casting and trolling near shore at the edges of the rushes and other vegetation. 2. From Lake Maxinkuckee to Lost Lake: — To what extent do bass and other fishes leave Lake Maxinkuckee in the fall and go down into Lost Lake and on to Tippecanoe River? And to what extent do they return in the spring? These are very important questions. The abundance and the permanence of the supply of fishes in the lake will be dependent in large measure upon the facts suggested in these questions. In the opinion of many residents about the lake and of many of the anglers who visit it, a great many of the game fishes leave the lake in the fall and go through the Outlet down into Lost Lake. Some think they all stop and spend the winter in Lost Lake and return to Lake Maxinkuckee in the spring. Others think that many of them go on down the Outlet stream to Tippecanoe River, perhaps to return to the lake in the spring, or perhaps not. All are agreed that the species most concerned is the large-mouth bass, and the small-mouth black bass to a less extent. So general and strong is the belief in this alleged migratory movement that, at various times, those holding this view have suc- ceeded in having a screen put across the Outlet at the railroad bridge in the fall to prevent the fish from going down. The screen would be installed in September and kept in place until sometime in the winter or early spring when it would be removed in order to let the fish return if they wished to do so. During our investigations we gave considerable attention to this question. As the Outlet is only a few rods (about 40) from where we stopped when at the lake we were able to make almost daily observations on the fish at that place. Our observations cov- 19—17618 288 Lake Maxmkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey ered practically all of the fall of 1900, 1904, 1906, 1907, and 1913, and during parts of other falls. A few of our records may be given as typical. September 28, 1900, a good-sized school of straw bass of various sizes, mostly small, under railroad bridge. October 21, 1904, a few small straw bass in Outlet above the screen this morning ; about as many near a minnow box in the Out- let below the screen. October 23, one small straw bass against the screen. October 25, a small school of little straw bass under the railroad bridge. October 26, a school of small straw bass and one yellow perch under the railroad bridge, the perch having moved down from under the wagon bridge. October 27, water too rough and foamy for observation. October 28, a good sized school of small straw bass near the screen. In the afternoon there was a school of perhaps 1,000 skip- jacks under and at each side of the wagon bridge, heads up stream and skipping some. October 29, a number of small straw bass in morning and at noon; also a school of skipjacks and a few common sunfish (Eupomotis gibbosus) . October 31, only a few straw bass (same school previously noted) under railroad bridge. Immense school of skipjacks under wagon bridge at noon; nothing seen in evening. November 1, nothing seen early in morning but probably the same school seen later, also on 2d, and a smaller one on the 3d. November 4, a few small straw bass under railroad bridge all day. November 5, 6, 7, and 9, only a few seen each day. November 11, 12, 13, and 15, no fish at Outlet. November 17, a few straw-colored minnows at noon. November 18, nothing in morning, a few straw-colored minnows at noon. November 19, nothing under railroad bridge; a few straw-col- ored minnows under wagon bridge at morning and noon. November 20, nothing except a few straw-colored minnows under railroad bridge in morning, nothing at noon, a few in even- ing. November 23, nothing. November 26, nothing. December 10, a large school of straw-colored minnows. December 12, nothing. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 289 The observations of other years show essentially the same con- ditions. Much to our regret, spring records are largely wanting, due to the fact that neither of us was at the lake during the spring ex- cept in 1901, when the importance of this question had not yet been fully realized. Such observations, however, as were made in the spring do not confirm the belief that there is any appreciable spring movement into Lake Maxinkuckee. It will be noted that the large-mouth black bass (straw bass) is the species that was most frequently observed, and that the in- dividuals seen were almost without exception young or very small ones. Migration of fishes through the Outlet of Lake Maxinkuckee might consist of any one or more of the following movements: 1. From the lake into Lost Lake either (a) to remain perma- nently or (b) to return to the larger lake in the spring. 2. From the lake into Lost Lake and on down into the Tippe- canoe River either (a) to remain there permanently or (b) to re- turn to Lake Maxinkuckee in the spring. 3. From Tippecanoe River to Lake Maxinkuckee either (a) to remain in it permanently or (b) to return to the river in the fall. 4. From Lost Lake to Lake Maxinkuckee either (a) to remain permanently, or (b) to return to the smaller lake in the fall. It is evident that the only movement that can seriously affect the fishing in the larger lake is that which is not followed by a return migration. If a fall migration out of the lake is followed by a cor- responding spring migration into the lake, the supply of fish in the lake is not materially affected. This is true whether the fall mi- gration carries the fish only to Lost Lake or on down into the Tippecanoe River. If the fish should go into Lost Lake and remain there the supply in the larger lake would be deceased by so much and that in Lost Lake correspondingly increased. As the two lakes are only a few rods apart this would not greatly affect the fishing in the general Maxinkuckee region ; if the fish could not be found in one lake they could in the other. But if the fish go on down to the Tippecanoe River and do not return the fishing in the Maxin- kuckee region suffers. Aside from the evidence secured through observations at the Outlet, very important, if not conclusive, evidence has been ob- tained as one of the results of another and very different investiga- tion, namely, a study of the geographic distribution of the Union- ida3 or freshwater mussels in the Maxinkuckee-Tippecanoe region. 290 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey As is now well known, the young of the various species of fresh- water mussels are carried as parasites on the fins and gills of fishes for a ' considerable period. When sufficiently developed, these young, known as glochidia, slough off and drop to the bottom at any place where the fish happens to be at the time, and there enter upon an independent existence. If there were any considerable migration of fishes from one of these waters to the other it is highly probable that glochidia of mussels from the one body of water would be carried to and dropped in the other. We should there- fore find some river mussels in the lake and some lake mussels in the river; in other words, the mussel faunas of the lake and that section of the Tippecanoe River adjacent to the outlet stream should closely resemble each other. But such is not the case ; as a matter of fact, they are almost wholly different. It is not believed this would be possible if there were any marked interchange of fishes between the two waters. This feature of the case is con- sidered more fully in the discussion of the mussel fauna of the lake, to which the reader is referred. Another important fact must be kept in mind. As already stated the large-mouth black bass is the species which, of all, is popularly believed to leave the lake in the fall, and which is most often seen in the Outlet. But that these fish go down to Tippe- canoe River is rendered extremely doubtful by the fact that this species is not known from the portion of the Tippecanoe River concerned. Considerable and frequent collecting in the river at and near the mouth of the outlet stream has failed to discover a single example of the large-mouth black bass in those waters ; and anglers familiar with the Tippecanoe River rarely, if ever, find that species in that stream. During the autumn of 1906, on various occasions, hauls with the seine were made in the Outlet about two or 2^ miles below Lost Lake, and on various occasions trips were made along the whole or part of the Outlet, and the species of fishes noted. Although both the seine-hauls and several of the trips were made at a time of year when the fishes are supposed to be migrating, and the seining was done in just such places as they would naturally lurk, no bass were observed, only a few small suckers, minnows, and darters, some species of which make their home in the Outlet but do not ascend to the lake at all. We are therefore forced to the conclusion that such migration or movement of fishes in and out of Lake Maxinkuckee as may occur is negligible and that screening the Outlet will serve no useful purpose. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 291 FOOD AND PARASITES OF THE FISHES BY CHAELES BRANCH WILSON INTRODUCTION The paper herewith presented is one of those resulting from an investigation of the animal and plant life found in Lake Max- inkuckee and neighboring waters. The author was sent to the lake in the summer of 1906, and directed to study the parasites and diseases affecting the fishes of the region. Mr. H. Walton Clark assisted the writer during his stay at the lake in 1906, and, at various times thereafter, collected and sent to him additional material which has been useful in the study of the food and the external parasites of the fishes of this lake. Unfortunately no record could be found of such a study of a limited area of fresh-water, where the entire ground could be covered. Consequently there has been no precedent to serve for guidance and much of the work has been preparatory rather than conclusive. The fishes studied were mostly the game and food fishes caught by local and visiting sportsmen, and hence just the ones most de- sirable. Young fish of the same species and others too small or otherwise unfit for food were caught with a seine. In this way nearly 1,500 fish, adults and young, were examined during July, August, and the first week in September, and care- ful records were kept of the food and parasites observed. It was soon realized that any intelligent discussion of the para- sites must include their life histories and also a careful study of their habits, their enemies, and the physical conditions which might prove advantageous or detrimental to their growth. For the three genera of parasitic copepods these data were all obtained, in the case of two of them for the first time; for the various genera of cestodes, trematodes, and Acanthocephali, the data have been already published by Dr. Edwin Linton in his vari- ous excellent papers- dealing with the internal parasites of fresh- water fishes. But for the leeches, which bid fair to prove the most important of the parasites, only a crude beginning could be made. Their importance was not realized until late in the season; only a little time could then be given to them, and they are not a group that can be easily handled. The lake was found to be exceedingly well balanced in both its animal and vegetable life, and the fish proved to be disappoint- 292 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey ingly healthy. And yet, on second thought, a region where the various kinds of life are well suited to their environment and properly balanced can be made fully as profitable a subject of study as one filled with contamination and disease. A remedy or preventative is always of more value than the dis- ease which it cures; indeed, the only true incentive for the study of any disease is the hope of thereby finding an effective cure or preventative. Hence the careful investigation of such conditions as prevail at Lake Maxinkuckee ought to reveal the proper balance between parasite and host, and show how the former are prevented from multiplying fast enough to become dangerous. With such a purpose the following observations have been recorded, and it is hoped they may also serve as a basis for future work along the same lines. The physical and general ecological conditions obtaining at Lake Maxinkuckee are considered in detail in another portion of this report. The conditions which make possible the abundant fish- life of the lake are fully considered — the depth of the lake, the char- acter of the water, the remarkable richness and profusion of plant life, and the abundance and variety .of many groups of aquatic animals — and need not be repeated here. Of the 64 species of fishes known to inhabit Lake Maxinkuckee and immediately connecting waters 27 species were studied by the writer with relation to their food and parasites. Among these are included practically all the food and game fishes of the lake (at least 12 species) and also a considerable number of minnows and darters, of which there are in the lake no fewer than 10 species. This wealth of small fishes bears a most important relation to the general economy of the larger food and game fishes, as will be seen in the following considerations. In the first place, they furnish food directly to the larger fishes, the majority of which are carnivorous. Ten of the species cer- tainly depend upon these small fish for a portion of their food. And these ten include all the game fishes of the lake except the crappie and the bluegill. For the different kinds of bass and perch there is no bait that can compare with a lively minnow. And the best of the artificial baits are made in imitation of the min- now, either directly simulating its form (Hildebrandt), or indi- rectly imitating the gleam of its body darting through the water (the various trolling spoons) . Then, too, every fisherman knows by repeated experience that it is not the food fish alone that are partial to minnow bait. Many of the worthless fish are only too Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 293 willing to seize the tempting morsel and bring disgust to the angler who, after a hard fight, was looking for something much better. Again it must be remembered that the fish just enumerated were examined during the summer season when their other food is es- pecially abundant. They could be expected therefore, to yield only minimum returns in the line of fish food. In the winter, on the other hand, when the plankton, frogs, crawfish, mollusks, and algse are less numerous, the proportion of fish food probably increases. And it would not be surprising to find even the crappie and bluegill eating darters and minnows then. There is much reflection in the thought that not only is a minnow the one bait available for fishing through the ice, but in all probability it is the best that could be offered. Necessity and choice go hand in hand for once. In the second place, the minnows themselves feed almost en- tirely upon plankton and insect larvae, and hence an abundance of these foods is requisite to keep up the supply. Fortunately the lake is very rich in just these creatures, and although the swarms of may-flies, gnats and other dipters may occasion the angler some inconvenience at times, he has but to remember how essential they are to the life of the fish he is endeavoring to secure. Species of fish studied:* — In discussing the food and parasites as here recorded it will be better to take up the different kinds separately, considering their relative importance and abundance, and proposing such recommendations as have been suggested dur- ing the progress of the work. 1. Dogfish ; bowfin. Amia calva. Only six specimens were examined, in whose stomachs were found chiefly crawfish and minnows, with the remains of other small fishes, mollusks and algje. Each of the six fishes contained internal parasites, trematodes in the mouth and throat, and ces- todes and Acanthocephali in the stomach and intestine. There was also a trematode (Azygia tereticolle) in the gills of four of the specimens. On the outside of the body one fish yielded Argulus americanus, and three gave two different species of leeches. The dogfish in Lake Maxinkuckee seem to be unusually free from tapeworms. All those examined elsewhere are invariably found loaded down with masses of tapeworms, the penalty of their voracious and carnivorous habits, but here they seem to have es- caped. * Considerable additional data regarding the food of Maxinkuckee fishes will be found in the chapter on Fishes (pp. 306-451). 294 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 2. Yellow Cat. Ameiurus natalis. One hundred and twenty-two specimens of this species were obtained, all but 10 of them from Lost Lake. Such of the food as could be recognized consisted entirely of small fish and crawfish, but in the great majority of cases nothing could be distinguished. This species is the true host of Argulus maculosus and more than 60 specimens were obtained, nearly half of the. fish examined being infested with the parasite. On the yellow cat, also, a new species of Ergasilus E. versicolor, was more abundant than on the bull- head. Leeches were commonly found in the mouth and around the lips, and occasionally on the fins, while nearly every specimen showed trematodes and many of them Acanthocephali in the stom- ach. 3. Common Bullhead. Ameiurus nebulosus. Twenty specimens were examined, half of which were caught in Lake Maxinkuckee and the other half in Lost Lake. Partially digested fish were found in the stomachs of four speci- mens; in a fifth many seeds of the water lily, Castalia odorata, while in the remainder there was a small mass of indistinguishable animal remains. About one fish out of four proved to be the host of Argulus maculosus, three or four of these parasites being ob- tained from the outside surface and fins of a single fish. A single leech was found fastened to the lip of the fish in three specimens ; on the gill-filaments of eight others were a very few specimens (only 12 in all) of a new species of Ergasilus, which has been named E. versicolor, and which will be found described on page 341, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 39. In the stomach of nearly every fish were found trematodes and Acanthocephali. 4. Mad Tom. Schilbeoties gyrlnus. The stomachs of the specimens examined contained beach- fleas, which are very common in the lake. The mad toms lie among the Chara where these Crustacea are plentiful. We thus see that the cat-fishes as a whole are omnivorous, eat- ing both animal and vegetable food. The larger cats feed mainly on small fish and crawfish, while the smaller ones eat the smaller Crustacea. 5. Buffalo-fish. Ictiobus cyprinella. A single specimen of this large sucker was found dead and float- ing at the surface in one of the deeper parts of the lake. It had not been dead more than an hour or two when secured, and so was practically freshly caught. It measured 4 feet in length and 3 feet in girth, and weighed 75 pounds. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 295 Its stomach was filled to distention with chironomus larvae and the remains of algae, the latter so digested as to be incapable of identification. A few trematodes were found on the gills and cestodes in the stomach and intestine, but no external parasites of any kind were seen. 6. White Sucker. Catostomus commersonii. Only four specimens of this fish were examined and two of these were found dead near the shore. From one of them and from the two freshly caught, were obtained eight specimens of Argulus catostomi, four males and four females. The stomachs of these fish contained only an indistinguishable mass of dirt and vegetable remains. Many teeches were found on the dead fish but it was impossible to determine whether they had fastened to the fish before or after their death. 7. Hog-molly; Stone-roller. Hypentelium nigricans. Two specimens of this sucker were obtained from Yellow River four miles north of Lake Maxinkuckee. Their stomachs were found to be filled with mud and a mixture of animal and vegetable remains, the only things distinguishable being a few insect larva?. No parasites were found anywhere upon them. 8. Chub Sucker. Erimyzon sucetta. Two specimens of this sucker also were obtained from Yellow River in connection with the preceding species. The stomachs of both were empty and no parasites were found anywhere upon them. 9. Blunt-nose Minnow. Pimephales notatus. One of the most common forms, and also one of the best for bait because it is so hardy and long-lived. The stomachs of five specimens showed insect remains and plankton, the latter chiefly Bosmina1 and Cyclops. 10. Silver-fin. Notropis whipplii. Another common form, and one greedily eaten by all the food fishes. The stomachs of two specimens showed insect larvae, water mites, and plankton. 11. Grass Pike ; Pickerel. Esox vermiculatus. A single specimen of this pickerel from Lost Lake showed the usual fish remains in the stomach together with trematodes and cestodes. A trematode (Azygia tereticolle) was also found on the gills, and a leech was fastened to the tongue near its tip. 1 We have not endeavored to distinguish between the genera Bosmina and Chydorus. 296 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 12. Grayback Minnow. Fundulus diaphanus. Abundant in shallow water and makes excellent bait. The stomachs of four of these killifish contained several small snails, six water mites, many Bosmina and a few Cypris. In each of them were also found several trematode parasites. 13. Top Minnow. Fundulus dispar. Fairly common along shore, but more abundant in the Outlet and in Lost Lake. The stomach contents of three examined con- sisted entirely of surface plankton, amongst which was a cope- podid larva of Achtheres which also swims at the surface. 14. Brook Stickleback. Eucalia inconstans. Nothing was learned of its food under natural conditions but some which were kept in an aquarium eagerly snapped up red worms (Chironomus larvse) and small entomostraca, such as Cypris, shaken from the towing net into the water. A single specimen was secured in a good state of preservation from the throat of a large-mouthed bass which was just endeavor- ing to swallow it. There was nothing recognizable in the stomach and no parasites of any kind were found. 15. Skipjack. Labidesthes sicculus. This species is also abundant in shoal water along the shore. Like the top-minnow it feeds almost exclusively at the surface, frequently jumping out of the water. Neither this species nor the top-minnow is of much value for bait since they die so quickly in the minnow buckets and when placed on the hook. 16. Calico Bass. Pomoxis sparoides. Twenty specimens were examined, whose food so far as could be determined consisted entirely of plankton and insect remains. From the gills of two of them were obtained six specimens of Ergasilus centrarchidariim, while in the mouth of two others were found several leeches. It was noticeable that the largest fish ex- amined, one and a half and one pound respectively, were entirely free from parasites, while the smallest ones were most infested. 17. Red-eye; Rock Bass. Ambloplites rupestris. Two hundred and sixty specimens of this fish were examined, and they were of all sizes from one inch to 11 inches in length. The small ones were captured in a minnow seine, while the larger ones were obtained from the fishermen. The food of the smaller ones, four inches and under, was found to be chiefly plankton, and small fish. The plankton was largely Bosmina, Daphnia, and Cyclops, and there were also a few may- fly and other insect larvse. Among the small fish were two mad Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 297 toms, Schilbeodes gyrinus, the pectoral spine of one of which had pierced the stomach wall of the red-eye that swallowed it, and was imbedded in the flesh of the body wall. Other small fish that could be identified amongst the food of the red-eyes were Etheostoma, iowse, Labidesthes sicculus, and Notropis whipplii. On several occasions some of the small red-eyes were kept over night in minnow buckets along with minnows, and in nearly every instance they improved the opportunity and swallowed some of the minnows. From the stomachs of these red-eyes, in addition to the small fish just mentioned, there were taken also specimens of Pimephales notatus, Notropis cornutus, Fundulus dispar, and Fundulus diaphanus menona. The larger red-eyes, four inches and over, ate mostly crawfish, minnows, and darters of the various kinds just mentioned. For parasites, Ergasilus centrarchidarum was found upon the gill-filaments of even the smallest specimens examined. With rare exceptions the gills of every fish contained some of these parasites, and often 50 to 75 could be obtained from a single fish. To the gill-arches of the larger specimens were attached Achtheres am- bloplitis; these were much less plentiful than the Ergasilus and many of the fish were entirely free from them. Leeches were found in the mouth or on the fins of about one- third of the fish, while cestodes and trematodes were nearly always present in the stomach and intestine. 18. Warmouth Bass. Chssnobryttus gulosus. Only three specimens of this fish were examined, and nothing could be determined as to the food of any of them. On the gills of one were found three specimens of Ergasilus centrarchidarum and on another seven. No other parasites were found. 19. Bluegill. Lepomis pallidus. One hundred and fifty of these sunfishes were examined, includ- ing many small ones caught in the minnow seine. The smaller ones, like the smaller red-eyes, had eaten mostly plankton. From the stomach of one, three-quarters of an inch in length, were taken many Bosmina, five or six Cyclops, one Daphnia, and much that was indistinguishable. From another fish, two and a half inches long, were secured two green beetles and the re- mains of other insects. In a third, 65 millimeters in length, were many Bosmina, two blue, and 12 red, water mites, and two insects like ants. A fourth, 18 millimeters in length, contained several Cyclops, Bosmina, and Daphnia like the first one, but in addition there were two copepodid larvaB of Achtheres. As these larval 298 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey parasites were attempting to fasten themselves to the gills of the little fish, they evidently met their just deserts and were swallowed. The stomachs of the larger bluegills contained many Chirono- mus larvae. Of 50 obtained near the middle of August the stom- ach of every one was gorged with the tender tips of Potamogeton, Heteranthera, Naias, and other water plants. But most of the vegetable matter was so chewed and digested as to be incapable of identification. Ergasilus centrarchidarum was obtained from the gill-filaments and Achtheres ambloplitis from the gill-arches of a few fish, but neither parasite was at all common. To the sportsman, acquainted with the carnivorous habits of most game fishes, this vegetable diet of the bluegill comes as a surprise, but of course the fish eats many animals also. In the summer they eat Potamogeton, Ceratophyllum, Naias, some Chironomus larvse, and a few Sphseriums. In the fall they eat large branches of the brown bryozoan of the lake, Plumatella poly- morpha, Rivularia, and bits of Chara. These bluegills are particularly infested with leeches, some being found on nearly every fish, and often eight or 10 huddled together on the roof of the mouth of one fish. Trematodes also occur on the gills and cestodes and Acanthocephali in the stomach and intestine. 20. Sunfish; Bream. Eupomotis gibbosus. Only six specimens of this fish were examined, the food of which consisted of insect larvse, mollusks, and small crawfish. One ex- ample had two tapeworms in its stomach, but there were no ex- ternal parasites on the gills or the outside of the body. 21. Small-mouthed Black Bass. Micropterus dolomieu. Twenty-five specimens of this fish showed almost nothing beside crawfish and minnows; what there was of other material was so digested that it could not be identified. Every bass had at least some specimens of Ergasilus centrarchi- darum on its gill-filaments, and about half of them (11) had also Achtheres ambloplitis on the gill-arches. There were usually but two or three of the latter on a single fish, but from one bass weigh- ing one and a half pounds there were taken 37 specimens, includ- ing both sexes and every stage of development from a copepodid larva just attached up to the mature adult. Cestodes were also found on the gills and in the stomach, and Acanthocephali in the stomach and intestines. A single leech was taken from the pectoral fin of one of the smaller specimens. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 299 22. Large-mouthed Bass. Micropterus salmoides. Fifteen of these fish were obtained for examination during the summer, and in most of them the digestive tract contained noth- ing that could be identified with certainty. From three were ob- tained crawfish, and from one of these and four others the remains of small fish. Five young fry taken in the minnow seine gave bet- ter results. One, 45 millimeters long contained many Cypris, Daphnia, and other entcmostraca, one Chironomus larva, and an Achtheres copepodid larva. Another, the same length, contained the same entomostraca and their eggs, and a strange alga. A third, 52 millimeters long, had its stomach nearly filled with amphi- pods. A fourth, 55 millimeters in length contained an Achtheres larva and a lot of indeterminable material. The fifth one, 70 milli- meters long, contained only fish remains. All the larger fish and four of the small ones contained cestodes and Acanthocephali ; the fourth small one just enumerated yielded four species of these parasites from the stomach alone. Achtheres ambloplitis was found on the gill-arches of four of the large fish, and Ergasilus centrarchidarum on the gill-filaments of four of the smaller ones. 23. Wall-eyed Pike; "Salmon". Stizostedion vitreum. Twenty-four of these perch were obtained for examination, the largest of which weighed four pounds and the smallest a pound and a half. The only thing obtained from their stomachs in the way of food was the remains of small fish, too far digested in every instance to allow of identification. They were all badly infested with Acanthocephali, six or eight large specimens being often found in the stomach of a single fish. Trematodes were also common in the stomach and intestines. Ergasilus centrarchidarum in small numbers was found on the gill-filaments of three of the fish. No leeches were found on any of the fish, but this is no doubt partly due to the fact that during the summer the walleyes stay in deep water. In the spring when they come into shallow water to breed they are probably as badly infested with leeches here in this lake as they have been found to be elsewhere. The author had the privilege of examining 200 walleyes at the Hatching Station at Swanton, Vermont, on the extreme northern end of Lake Champlain, in the spring of 1905. With very few exceptions every fish had at least a few leeches somewhere on its body, and from the roof of the mouth of one four- pound female were taken 40 large specimens. 300 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 24. Yellow Perch. Perca flavescens. One hundred and fifty of these perch were examined at differ- ent times, and in their stomachs were found insect larvae, amphi- pods, small fish, mollusk remains, crawfish, and in the smaller speci- mens, plankton and a few algae. Ergasilus centrarchidarum was found on the gill-filaments of nearly every fish, but although careful search was made not a single specimen of Achtheres was secured. A large species of cestode was found in the throat of many specimens whither it seemed to have crawled from the stomach after the fish's death. Large leeches were also found in the mouth of 50 of the fish; trematodes and Acanthocephali were found in the stomach and intestine of about one-third of the specimens. Of two examined October 27, 1904, one contained a rather large rock crawfish, and the other a number of Sphseriums. One found dead on shore November 1, 1904, contained a large dragon-fly larva. On October 3, 1904, many perch were caught fishing from the pier. They all contained medium sized crawfishes. Of two perch about six inches long examined October 22, 1904, one contained 8 small Physa and the other a well digested fish. Of a number of small perch caught off the Gravelpit September 25, 1900, three contained crawfishes, one had 28 small Physas, five others had a few Physas each, and one had two Vivipara opercula. 25. Manitou Darter, Per dim caprodes zebra. The largest and one of the most common darters in the lake. Eight specimens from two and a half to three and three-quarters inches in length were examined. They all contained much indis- tinguishable insect remains ; in four, may-fly larvae could be recog- nized, in two others beach fleas, and in one Bosmina, Daphnia and Chironomus larvae. 26. Johnny Darter. Boleosoma nigrum. Another very common species found everywhere in shallow water. Of the five specimens examined, two yielded beach fleas, two Chironomus larvae, and one an ant-like insect which could not be determined. In addition they all contained partly digested in- sect remains, and one had a trematode parasite in its stomach. 27. Iowa Darter. Etheostoma iowse,. Fairly common along shore in the shallow water where it lurks amid the algae on the bottom. Of the three specimens examined each contained several beach fleas and a mass of indistinguishable insect remains. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 301 The algse and water plants furnish ideal breeding places for these entomostraca and insect larvae on which the minnows and darters feed, and so long as they remain there need be no fear of any diminution in this important food item. Amongst their other food the minnows which frequent the surface eat more or less of the larvse of the parasitic copepods which infest the larger food fish. They thus not only serve as food for the larger fish, but also are of great value in helping to keep these obnoxious parasites within due bounds. This double service greatly increases their economic value and makes their preservation a matter of considerable importance. There is every probability that the darters which frequent the eel grass at the bottom of the lake feed to some extent upon the small leeches which breed there. These leeches are the worst enemies of the food fish, and anything that contributes to their de- struction is worthy of careful fostering and protection. Such being the relation between the minnows and darters and the food fish the following facts become worthy of careful consideration : 1. None of the darters and only three or four of the minnows are of any value as bait. They die quickly in the minnow buckets and still more quickly when placed upon the hook. Every one that dies in a minnow bucket acts as a killing agent to the minnow's left alive, and every one put upon a hook decreases by so much the angler's chance for success. 2. The very kinds that are of least value as bait are of most service in keeping down the parasites which infest the food fish. Under natural conditions also they are as often eaten by the large fish as any of the bait species. 3. In seining for minnow bait all kinds of minnows and dar- ters get into the net, and nearly always the young fry of larger fish, particularly those of the large and small-mouthed bass, bluegills, red-eyes, sunfish, and catfish. 4. Very few of the fishermen and none of the boys who seine for minnows can distinguish these different kinds one from another. Those who can do so have never been taught the eco- nomic value of these small fish, and, if they stop to think at all, con- sider them good for nothing if they do not make suitable bait. Consequently the good ones, or usually all that are large enough, are put in the minnow bucket, and the rest are left to die on the shore where the seine was pulled out and examined. 5. Such indiscriminate destruction is a serious menace to the 302 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey fishing interests. The supply of bait, if obtained in this manner, is by no means "inexhaustible" as Judge Capron would have us be- lieve. And worse than all is the wanton destruction of small fish that are of no value directly to the angler, but are of immense im- portance in the economy of the fish life of the lake. Hence the following recommendations seem in order : , a. Some means should be taken to acquaint the fishermen and especially the seine boys with the common minnows and darters, and with such fish fry as they are likely to get in their seines. A collection of the common species, well labelled and placed in the office of the hotels frequented by fishermen would help greatly in this direction. The publication of a small folder setting forth these facts briefly and plainly, and its free distribution among fishermen would also tend to arouse their interest and turn it in the right direction. b. There is already a law which limits the size of the seine that can be used in catching minnows. There should be a corollary to that law making it compulsory to throw back alive into the water everything that was not kept for bait. c. There should be some restriction in the use of minnows. Most anglers take too many in their buckets, and they die rapidly and are thrown away without having served any legitimate pur- pose. Insect Larvae Amid the wealth of insect forms which surround the lake and teem in its waters, a few may be selected as of more importance in consequence of their value as fish food. I. The Diptera. Two-winged Flies. This immense order is represented by an abundance of the aquatic larvse of the Culicidse (mosquito) and Chironomidae (midge) families. Species of Chironomus are particularly abundant, and the long jelly strings containing their eggs are common everywhere among the algae during the earlier part of the season. Some of these eggs were hatched and reared in aquariums and it was found that the young larvse ate Spirogyra and similar algae greedily. These larvae are eaten by many of the fish in the lake, notably the crappie, the darters, young bass fry, and even by the huge buffalo-fish. The larvae of some culicid were found in the stomachs of two darters, Etheosoma IOWSR and Percina caprodes, and in the young fry of Eupomotis gibbosus and Perca flavescens. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 303 These Culicidse also furnish food for the dragon-flies and damsel- flies ; the adult dragon-fly eats the adult mosquito, gnat, midge, etc., while the dragon-fly nymph feeds just as voraciously on their wrig- gler larva?. The larger fish feed upon the dragon-flies, both adults and nymphs, and thus indirectly upon these Diptera. II. The Ephemerida. May-flies. These may-flies or shad-flies are all aquatic, and their nymphs can be found everywhere in countless numbers amid the algae and near the surface of the water. Several times during the early summer the tow consisted almost entirely of these nymphs and their cast skins from which the sub-imagos had emerged. These were the larger Species having a limited period of emer- gence, the adults of which suddenly appear in countless numbers along the lake shore and as suddenly disappear. At such times the sub-imagos and images fairly covered the screens at the doors and windows after nightfall, and there was no difficulty in collecting a sixteen-ounce bottle full every evening around the lantern on the wharf. In the morning the entire top of the wharf would be found covered with the sub-imago skins fastened as closely together as they could stand. But most of the species are not thus limited, and only a few adults emerge at a time, the nymphs being taken commonly in the tow during the entire summer up to the first of August. The lar- vae are very active and swim about among the water plants, feed- ing for the most part upon algae, including beside the plankton scums, diatoms and conferva. The larva lives from one to three years, thus compensating in a measure for the short life of the adult. Both larvae and adults are eaten by nearly every fish in the lake, and thus constitute an important item in their food. In particular they are a favorite food with the crappie, the redeye, the perch, the darters, the catfish, the suckers, and the minnows. The fact to which Howard calls attention in his Insect Book is worthy of repetition here in emphasizing the value of these insects for fish food. Imitation shad-flies furnish one of the best possible' baits in regions where the real insects abound. The flies known as duns, drakes, and spinners, which are used by Eng- lish anglers, are imitations of Ephemerids. One of the best arti- ficial baits at Lake Maxinkuckee is known as the Hildebrandt spin- ner, in which the hook is covered with a tuft of feathers to simu- late an Ephemerid. 20—17618 304 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey III. The Odonata. Dragon-flies and Damsel-flies. Treatment of the species of this order in their relation to fish- life will be found in the chapter of this report (p. 648) giving a systematic list of the species of Dragon-flies and Damsel-flies known to occur in the vicinity of Lake Maxinkuckee. Leeches These are found in great numbers everywhere around the lake, and it is safe to say that there is not a species of fish that does not suffer from their ravages. They are frequently found on mussels also, as well as on turtles, crawfish, and mud-puppies. And they do not refrain from attacking cattle and even human beings while wading through the eel-grass near the shore. They often congregate in considerable numbers upon some ani- mal which has been subjected to adverse conditions and make it so much the harder for it to recuperate. Fifty-three specimens of Glossiphonia parasitica were taken from the neck of a snapping turtle whose shell was only seven inches long. The turtle was fairly clean when caught but had been kept for ten days in a fish- car with several others of its kind. The leeches are more abundant at certain seasons than at others, especially in the spring, and there can be no doubt that they at least contribute to the killing of the fishes, which perish in such numbers at that season. They constitute therefore a serious menace to the fishing inter- ests ; once let them get the upper hand and they would destroy the fish rapidly. Hence it is of interest to ascertain what keeps them down and prevents their multiplication in sufficient numbers to prove destructive. No study of this problem has ever been published so far as known ; indeed, but very few papers have appeared upon American leeches, and they are concerned entirely with morphology and systematization. The most that can be done here is to call atten- tion to the importance of the study and record a few observations. Leeches lay their eggs in cocoons which are either deposited in moist earth or glued to some object in the water. In one or two genera the cocoon is covered by the body of the parent, who fur- ther cares for the brood by carrying them about with her for some time after they have hatched. But usually on hatching the young seek the shelter of the algse and water plants in the shallow water along shore. From this shelter they emerge to fasten upon what- ever host they may select. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 305 Here among the algse, therefore, we should look for the chief enemies of the leeches, and this period immediately after hatching must constitute a critical period in their lives. There are two groups of animals which frequent the alga3, both of which probably eat many of the young leeches, although unfortu- nately there is no direct proof of such a fact in the observations here recorded. The importance of the leeches was not realized until the very close of the summer's work and it was then impos- sible to secure the evidence. The first is the group of small fishes called darters, that live and breed amid the algse. In the few whose stomachs were ex- amined were found the larvse of many animals that breed in the algae and of some parasites (see p. 300). There is good reason to believe that further investigation of the food of these fishes would show that they occasionally eat leeches also. The second group is even more promising; it is the dragon-fly nymphs whose greed and voracity are only too well known. They seize and devour everything in sight, and it must happen sometimes that they get hold of leeches amongst their other prey. At least there is promise enough in these two groups to warrant a careful study in the future. The fishes get back at the leeches in another way also, since the latter are often found in the fish's stomach mingled with other food. Marshall and Gilbert, in their "Notes on the Food and Parasites of some fresh-water Fishes from the Lakes at Madison, Wisconsin" (Appendix to the Report of the Commissioner of Fish- eries for 1904, pp. 513-532) record leeches amongst the food of Esox Indus, Lepomis pallidus, and Micropterus salmoides. That they are eaten by other fish also seems probable from the testimony of City Marshal Fisher of Culver, who says they make the best fish bait he ever tried. All sorts of fish bite at them eagerly, bass, perch, bluegills, sunfish, etc. They are tough, so the fish cannot tear them from the hook easily, and often two or more fish can be caught with the same bait. Here is a good suggestion for the fishermen, especially when other bait is scarce, and one that will help to rid the fish of their worst enemy. Copepod Parasites The Copepod Parasites will be found fully treated in connec- tion with the other Crustaceans, pp. 717-720. 306 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey LIST OF SPECIES OF FISHES In the following annotated list we use the nomenclature and sequence of species of Jordan and Evermann's Fishes of North and Middle America. 1. WESTERN BROOK LAMPREY LAMPETRA AEPYPTERA (Abbott) No lampreys have been seen by us in Lake Maxinkuckee itself and it is possible that they do not occur there. A few catfishes were found dead along the east side of the lake in the spring of 1901, and from marks on their sides it was thought that they might have been killed by lampreys, but this is by no means certain. Young lampreys, however, are not rare in the Outlet of the lake and in some of the smaller lakes of the region. Fishermen about the lake who go seining for minnows in the Outlet and other streams and waters of the region report -the capture of "young eels." On June 18, 1901, one of the fishermen living near the lake reported that he had two young eels, obtained while seining for minnows in an old outlet of a drained mud pond. He said that when the lake was drained it was quite full of young eels, and that he could get many more where the two had been caught. The supposed eels were found to be lampreys. In 1906, a fisherman reported finding "young eels" in the Outlet, but none was seen by us at that time. On October 7, 1907, a trip was taken with men going to seine for minnows at a point in Outlet Creek, about 3 miles below the lake. The net was dragged through a hole with a muddy bottom, and upon being drawn ashore was found to contain a large amount of mud in which were several lampreys. A few more were taken in a subsequent haul, the total number taken in 4 hauls being 14. None of the specimens seen was adult; the largest obtained were the two secured in June, 1901, one of which was 132 mm., and the other 124 mm. in length. This is less than half the length given for the adult, which is given as 12 inches (304.8 mm.). Of the 14 specimens secured in the fall of 1907, the largest was 116 mm. and the smallest only 29 mm. long. An interesting characteristic of this species is the size it at- tains while still in an immature condition; none of the specimens obtained has either teeth or eyes developed, while considerably smaller examples of the related /. castaneus, with which it was compared, have teeth and eyes well formed. Lampetra wilderi Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 307 also has well-developed teeth and eyes before it reaches the size of the specimens of /. aepyptera at hand. The following is a description of the specimen 116 mm. in length : Head 5.8 in length; depth 19.3; dorsal finfold beginning as a low ridge a short distance behind last gill-opening, reaching its greatest height (about 8 mm.) a little behind vent, no notch sepa- rating it from caudal ; caudal fold quite low ; the dorsal and ventral folds extending nearly to end of body; barely any membrane beyond caudal tip of body ; ventral fold similar to dorsal, beginning as a mere ridge a little behind the last gill-opening. Body ellip- tical in cross-section, not much compressed, the thickness from side to side being about five-sixths the depth; gill-openings 7 in number, branchial space about 9 in body; nostril small, single, median, consisting of a small pore somewhat lengthened along the axis of the body, surrounded by 3 low flaps forming an equilateral triangle with one apex at the anterior end ; upper lip a prominent horseshoe-shaped projection, thick at the base, thinner at the edges, curving somewhat downward along each side and ending in a rounded lobe; lower lip a low open V-shaped ridge; buccal disk covered with small, somewhat fringed flaps or papilla?; teeth and eyes not developed. Color: Back and sides slaty blue, belly whitish, the branchial area somewhat paler than the remaining portion of the sides; the small dusky spots mentioned in current descriptions as being pres- ent above each gill-opening and usually conspicuous even in the Iarva3, are not present in our (alcoholic) specimens. The num- ber of muscular impressions between the last gill-opening and vent in the specimens examined is somewhat larger than given in current descriptions, there being 53 to 55 instead of 51. These larval lampreys are exceedingly active little creatures, and move rapidly through the water or mud by quick lateral flexions of the body, their actions much resembling those of some of the aquatic salamanders in this respect. They appear to spend most of their time in the mud, upon which they feed for the sake of the microscopic organisms contained in it, and the fringed flaps on the buccal area probably assist in washing the mud into the mouth, or in selecting food. The stomach of an example 100 mm. long was examined. The intestine, a straight tube from the mouth to the vent, was pretty well filled with mud. The mud was examined and found to contain numerous diatoms, among which Navicula was represented by several species; species of Synedra, Epithemia, Gomphonema, Stauroneis and Cymbella and 308 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey an example of Cymatopleura solea were also present. In addition to the diatoms 2 examples of the desmid, Closterium dianse, one of Gleocapsa, one of Pediastrum, and 2 tests of the rhizopod Euglypha alveolata were found. It is quite likely that this actively wiggling creature might make an attractive bait for some species of fishes, although it is not used at the lake. Prof. Simon H. Gage* says of a similar form (Lampetra wilderi) "from the tenacity with which the larvae re- tain life they have been found excellent bait for all kinds of ordi- nary carnivorous fishes. The fishermen along the Cayuga and Seneca Lake inlets make considerable use of the larvae for bait. This form of bait has not up to the present been much used in the lake fisheries, as apparently its excellence is unknown. At Owego, on the Susquehannah River, however, quite a business is carried on in supplying larval lampreys to fishermen of all kinds, and many are shipped to distant points." The larvae are, therefore, to be regarded as "non-injurious and positively beneficial by serv- ing for bait. The adult Lamprey, however, is injurious, and is a common parasite of the sturgeon and other large fishes. The following is a description of the adult form : Body considerably compressed ; head broad, with a large buccal disk, which is moderately fringed ; teeth strong and nearly uniform, the 2 supraoral teeth being similar to those on the rest of the disk ; lateral teeth all simple; infraoral cusps connivent, 7 in number, the middle ones the longest; upper margin of dorsal scarcely de- pressed in front of the vent; origin or dorsal nearly midway be- tween tip of snout and end of tail ; 51 muscular impressions between gill-openings and vent. Head 7.5 ; depth 12. Color silvery, bluish above, sometimes with bluish spots; a small dusky spot above each gill-opening, usually conspicuous even in the larva. Length 12 inches. 2. PADDLEFISH POLYODON SPATHULA (Walbaum) The Paddlefish, known also as the Spoonbill Cat, Duckbill Cat and Spade-fish, is a fish of the shallow lakes and bayous and slug- gish lowland streams of the Mississippi Valley. It is perhaps most abundant in those portions of Mississippi, Tennessee and Arkansas bordering on the Mississippi, though it occurs as far south as Texas and as far north as Minnesota. It is fairly common in the Ohio River, at least as far east as Pittsburgh, and a single example, said to have been 6 feet 2 inches long and weighing 123.5 pounds, has * The Lake and Brook Lampreys of New York. Wilder Quarter-Century Book, 1893, 457. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 309 been reported from Chautauqua Lake. The senior author has taken it in the Missouri Basin as far west as Chamberlain, South Dakota. At least one specimen has been taken in Lake Erie* ; which it had probably reached through the Wabash and Erie Canal. The Paddlefish attains a considerable length, but as much of this is taken up by the bill, it does not weigh heavy in proportion. Mr. George D. Shannon of Penns Grove, New Jersey, reports one from Natchez, Mississippi, 7 feet in total length, which weighed about 50 pounds dressed. A male example caught in White River near Chamberlain, South Dakota, was 4 feet 5 inches long and weighed 18 pounds. The average length of those now caught near Natchez does not exceed 4 or 5 feet, and the weight (dressed), 30 or 40 pounds. A large number examined at Louisville, Kentucky, in May, 1898, averaged very much smaller, though all were mature fish. They varied in weight (dressed) from .5 to 15 pounds. Paddlefish (Polyodon spathitla) Some were quite small, not exceeding a foot in length, exclusive of the bill and tail. The female is larger than the male. Mr. Shannon gives the average length of the females taken at Natchez as 5 feet 4 inches, and the weight 40 pounds, and of the males 4 feet average length and 30 pounds weight. The weight of the roe is given by Mr. Shannon as 5 to 12 pounds, but not usually exceed- ing the former figure. The weights given by Mr. Shannon seem rather large for the lengths, and verifications are much to be de- sired. The only record of the occurrence of this fish in Lake Maxin- kuckee has been furnished by Mr. M. V. McGilliard of Indianap- olis. In 1891 or 1892 he was present when a Paddlefish was * McCormick, Descriptive list of the fishes of Lorain County, Ohio, Laboratory Bull. No. 2, Oberlin College, 9, 1892. 310 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey caught with hook and line in this lake. The fish was about 14 inches long and weighed about 2 or 2.5 pounds. Mr. McGilliard has for many years been familiar with this species in the Illinois River and elsewhere, and his identification is entirely trustworthy. It is rather surprising that this fish has not been more fre- quently reported from the lake. It is possible that the dam which existed until recently in the Outlet of Lake Maxinkuckee has been effective in keeping it out. It is not uncommon in the Wabash River, at least as far up as Logansport, and it has also been re- ported from Lake Manitou at Rochester, only about 10 miles east of Lake Maxinkuckee, and from Tippecanoe Lake about 35 miles northeast. Very large examples have been reported from Lake Manitou. The largest is said to have been speared many years ago (sometime in the fifties) by Wilson Newell, and it weighed 173 pounds. While spearing bass from the shore in a little channel connecting Manitou or Devils Lake and Clear Lake he saw the fish working its way through the channel and struck it with his spear, leaving it fast in the fish. The shaft fastened to the spear by a long cord becom- ing detached, floated and indicated the course of the fish. Newell followed the fish all day, finally exhausting and killing it. Another weighing 163 pounds was shot in the same lake a few years later, and still another, 7 feet 8 inches long and weighing 116 pounds, was caught by Andrew Edwards in a gillnet about the middle of May, 1890. It is said that this fish was a female and that "nearly a wooden pail full of spawn was taken from it." One has been recorded from Tippecanoe Lake which weighed 150 pounds. These are the largest paddlefishes of which we have any trustworthy rec- ord. The Spoonbill Cat is, of course, not a catfish at all, it being more closely related to the sturgeons than to the catfishes. It is the only American representative of the family to which it belongs ; indeed, the family has but twp known species, the present one and another (Psephurus gladius) which is known only from the fresh-waters of China. The family is an old one which has been long upon the earth. Because of its representing an ancient type, the Paddlefish is of much interest to zoologists, and especially to embryologists, though its embryology has never been fully worked out. The young are rarely seen. According to Dr. George Wagner, who studied the habits of the Spoonbill at Lake Pepin, this fish lives practically always near the surface in deep water; it feeds mainly during the night and early in the morning, its food consisting entirely of plankton organisms. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 311 The rostrum or bill is not, as is frequently stated, used in stirring up the mud, but probably serves purely as a sense organ. Very little is known of the spawning time or place of this fish. The little that is known indicates that in the lower Mississippi Valley the spawning season is during February, March and April, while in the Ohio and northward it is during the latter part of May and June. Among a large number of fish examined by the senior author at Louisville, Kentucky, during the third week in May, only a few were fully ripe. At that time the fish were running up stream, swimming near the surface, and evidently seeking their spawning grounds, which are thought to be in the ponds and bayous along the river. At this time they are caught in seines lightly leaded so as to fish the surface. At other seasons the Pad- dlefish may be caught on set-lines. The greatest enemy of the Spoonbill is the silvery lamprey, Ichthyomyzon concolor. Dr. Wagner reports as many as 20 of these lampreys having been taken from a single Spoonbill, while Mr. Horace Beach reports "as many as a half a dozen on a fish in the spring of the year", and says that the fishes leap out of the water and fall on their sides, probably to rid themselves of the parasites. Not until recently was the Paddlefish considered of any value, its flesh being regarded as worthless; but now it is one of the most highly valued and most assiduously sought fishes of the Missis- sippi Valley. It is chiefly sought on account of its roe, which is manufactured into caviar, for which it is regarded as not inferior to the sturgeon. The eggs are greenish black in color, about three times the size of shad eggs, and very numerous. The flesh of the Paddlefish, though coarse, is nutritious and not unpalatable, closely resembling that of the catfish when fresh, and when smoked not much inferior to that of the sturgeon. There is great demand for the roe, and the flesh always finds a ready sale. One dealer at Louisville, during the four years preceding 1901, handled over 700,000 of these fish. Head, with opercular flap, more than half total length ; without flap, about 5; opercular flap long, nearly reaching ventrals; pre- maxillary extending far behind the small eye; skin smooth or nearly so, except for the rhombic plates on sides of tail; ventrals near middle of body, dorsal well behind them; anal mostly behind the dorsal and somewhat larger, these fins somewhat falcate; fin- rays slender; spiracle with a minute barbel; isthmus papillose in the young; spatula broad, 2.5 to 4 in length of body, proportionally longer in the young. Color pale olivaceous; length 2 to 7 feet. 312 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 3. LONG-NOSED GAR LEPISOSTEUS OSSEUS (Linnaeus) The Long-nosed Gar occurs in the Great Lakes and all the rivers of the United States from Vermont to the Rio Grande and west to Kansas and Nebraska. It is generally abundant and very variable, the local variations having given rise to not fewer than 28 specific names. This fish is, unfortunately, abundant in Lake Maxinkuckee. In our seining operations, though confined chiefly to shallow water near shore, numerous examples were caught. At one haul with a 45-foot seine near Norris Inlet, 40 examples were taken varying in lejigth from 1.5 to 3 feet. With a larger seine drawn in deeper water, a great many of this destructive fish could doubtless be caught. They were occasionally caught in other hauls of the seine. On July 29, 1899, a 27-inch example was caught near the top of a gillnet in 8 feet of water, and on July 21 of the same year 3 were taken in one haul of the net at the Academy pier. They are also sometimes caught on hooks. On July 26 one was caught by- Miss Burford of Indianapolis which was 4 feet 2 inches long and •weighed 14 pounds. On August 16, 1900, a small one was caught on a trot-line set off Long Point over night, and on September 20, 1903, a gar which was 4 feet 5 inches long and weighed 16 pounds, probably this species, was caught by an angler. The Gar has a habit of basking on the surface, especially in warm shallow bays during hot weather. While thus occupied, they look very much like a stick. It is possible that they sometimes use this method of capturing other fishes instead of chasing them. In the latter part of August, 1900, a fisherman reported that they were seen basking in considerable numbers in Culver Bay, and about the same time several were seen on the Weedpatch. Sometimes the basking fish seem to be actually asleep. On August 11, 1906, an example about 9 inches long was seen basking among the weeds near shore in the Inlet region and was nearly caught by the hand before it escaped. It was reported that in the spring of the same year a member of the Military Academy saw a large gar in Culver Inlet and, wading in, stabbed it with a sword. It was 41 inches long and weighed 14 pounds. During the summer of 1907 little Gars about 6 inches long were occasionally seen basking in shallow water near the shore of the upper Mississippi River, at St. Paul and in Lake Pepin, and one was caught by hand. It still had the long streamer or filamentous projection extending from the upper lobe of the caudal ; a peculiar feature characteris- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 313 tic of young Gars. On October 17, 1907, after the water had become quite chilly, two young Gars of this species were seen lying perfectly still at the bottom in water 2 or 2.5 feet deep off the east shore of Long Point. They looked much like sticks in the bottom. One was pinned to the bottom by a thrust with a rake which hap- pened to bp at hand, and was captured. It measured 12.5 inches in length. The other example escaped. During the winter the Gars are occasionally seen through clear ice. They are never up close against the ice, but those seen were 2 feet or so below the surface. They do not dart away when seen, as bass and most other fishes do, but remain stationary or swim slowly and unconcernedly along. On December 23, 1900, an ex- ample about 2 feet long was seen in Lake Maxinkuckee off the Gravelpit. It swam along slowly and was followed up until it stopped and could not be urged to swim farther even by pounding and stamping on the ice. A trip was made a quarter of a mile for an ax and hooks with which to capture the fish, and on return- ing it was found at the same place. While the ice was being cut above it, it started off and moved with great deliberation to the shore where it was hidden by opaque ice. This Gar is a large fish, attaining a length of 5 or 6 feet. It is a voracious creature, feeding largely upon the young of other fishes, and is believed to be very destructive to the young of the various food fishes which inhabit the waters in which it is found. It is fair to state, however, that an examination of many stomachs and their contents does not bear out fully the reputation which it has for destructiveness to other fishes. Small fishes were fre- quently found in their stomachs, but not to the extent that popular belief would indicate. It is certain, however, that the two species of Gar in this lake are destructive to other fishes, and it is not known that they serve any useful purpose whatever. They are not scavengers in any sense of the word. They are essentially carnivorous and rapacious in their habits, and the only fishes upon which they could feed in Lake Maxinkuckee are either food fishes or species which serve as food for useful species. Sometimes they fall a victim to their own rapacity. One large example was found dead from trying to swallow a catfish 10 inches long. Every effort to reduce the number of Gars in the lake is worthy of commendation. Whether it is possible to rid the lake entirely of them is doubtful, but much can be done toward greatly reducing their numbers and holding them in check. Perhaps the most ef- fective method would be by seining. By using a large seine in as deep water as possible and when the Gars are out near shore in 314 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey relatively shallow water, good results ought to be obtained. In the spring, during early May and June when the Gars are spawn- ing, they will come out near shore and can then be seined to ad- vantage ; and during the summer they may now and then be seen in considerable schools feeding upon other fishes near shore, par- ticularly near Norris Inlet and in Culver and Outlet bays. Gillnets of 1.5- to 2.5-inch mesh would also yield good results. These nets should be set where the Gars have been observed to run, and should be examined at least once a day. On calm sunny days when they are lying at the surface basking in the sun, they could be shot from the deck of a steamer. They can also be caught on set-lines and may occasionally be speared. By taking every op- portunity to destroy these fish and keeping it up for a few years, it is believed that their numbers could be very greatly reduced. The Gars are exceedingly prolific. A female example of the Long-nosed Gar, 3 feet 4 inches long, and weighing 9 pounds, was examined by the senior writer at Morgan City, Louisiana, April 23, 1897. This fish was in mature spawning condition, the ovaries weighed 1 pound 3 ounces, and the number of eggs was, by actual count, 36,460. The spawning time of the Gars in Lake Maxin- kuckee is during May and early June. Head 3 in length of body ; depth 9 ; eye 12 to 15 in head, about 10 in snout; snout about 1.5 in head, or 4.5 in body; D. 8; A. 9; V. 6; P. 10; scales about 58,— 20. Body long, slender, and sub-cylindrical ; snout very long and narrow, its length usually more than twice that of rest of head, its least width 15 to 20 times in its length. Color grayish silvery, brightest on side; under parts yellow- ish white; snout and top of head greenish gray; side of head sil- very; snout and side with a few small dark brown spots; vertical fins each with several large black spots, most numerous on caudal ; ventrals and pectorals sometimes with one or two black spots. Young with a broad dark brown band from snout through eye to caudal, bounded above by a narrow pale line, then by a broad light brown one ; below by a broad milky-white band ; under parts white, dusted over with fine dark specks, which assume the character of lines at sides of belly; fins profusely spotted with brown. Young, 2.25 inches in total length, are pale olivaceous above, silvery white below, with a broad, somewhat darker lateral band. The snout of this species is much longer and narrower than in the next. An examination of 8 examples varying in length from 2.25 to 18.5 inches, does not indicate that there is any variation in the length of the snout with age. The longest snout possessed Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 315 by any one of these examples was that of the smallest fish (1.375 in head), while the shortest snout was that of the fish next in size, 3 inches (1.5 in head). The color, however, varies greatly with age, the lateral line and most of the spots disappearing and the color becoming more silvery. Young Gars 3 inches long have no scales developed. The scales appear to develop on the caudal end of the body first, an example 6.5 inches long had the posterior third of the body scaled, and one 5.75 inches long, had about the posterior half scaled. The develop- ment of scales does not affect the color further, though it appears to make this somewhat less distinct. 4. SHORT-NOSED GAR LEPISOSTEUS PLATOSTOMUS Rafincsque The Short-nosed Gar is found throughout the Great Lakes region and south and west in all the lowland waters and larger rivers, being more abundant southward. In Lake Maxinkuckee this Gar is common, though probably less so than the long-nosed species. The largest example from this lake of which we have any defi- nite information was caught near Long Point some years ago by Mr. Thomas Medbourn. This specimen, which was afterward mounted and which is now in the possession of Mr. Morris, of Culver, was 4 feet 1.75 inches long. In our own seining opera- tions, an individual 15 inches long was caught near the Outlet, July 10, 1899, and another '28 inches long was taken on a set-line August 16, 1900. On December 15, 1900, men who were fishing through the ice on Lost Lake saw two of these fish through the ice. They cut holes in the ice above them, and by cautiously letting down a hook under the chin and jerking, managed to capture them. One was 20.5 inches long and the other 22.5. Shortly afterward another, 12.5 inches long, was caught in the same manner. On June 8, 1901, while rowing along the south shore of Outlet Bay, a small one, 11.5 inches long, was seen lying at an angle near the surface of the water head upward, apparently dozing. The boat was cautiously rowed up to the fish and, by making a sudden grab, it was caught by hand. On June 20, 1901, a fisherman caught one 28.5 inches long. The habits of this species are similar to those of the Long-nosed Gar. Like them they spend hot days in shallow water basking, and they are occasionally seen lying motionless in the water under clear ice. In cases where the fish were not captured it was not 316 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey . possible to say with certainty what species they were. A very large Gar, thought to be this, was seen under the ice in rather shallow water in Outlet Bay, January 16, and holes were cut through the ice and an attempt made to capture it, but without success. This species spawns at the lake during May and early June. On June 12, 1901, two large Gars thought to be this species, were seen lying close together among the weeds at the north end of Lost Lake. They lay still until the boat was nearly upon them, when they went off with a loud splash. Much splashing was tak- ing place in other parts of the same region and it was thought that these fishes were sporting about. The next day a large school of Gars was reported basking off Long Point. Frequent reports were heard of Gars being caught by fishermen, but the species could not be ascertained. Short-nosed Gar (Lepisosteus j>latostomus) Like its near relative, the Long-nosed Gar, this species feeds chiefly upon small fishes, great numbers of which are destroyed by it. It could be captured and killed in the same manner as the other. Head about 3 in length of body; depth about 8; eye 12 to 15 in head ; snout 1.75 ; D. 8 ; A. 8 ; V. 6 ; scales 56,— 20. Body long, slender and sub-cylindrical, but stouter than in the preceding species. Snout shorter than in L. osseus, its length 5 to 6 times its least width, and usually about one-fifth longer than rest of head, though sometimes about equaling head. Color grayish silvery; top of head with 15 or 20 large round dark spots; side of head with similar spots; a small dark post- ocular spot sometimes connected with a broad dark spot extending forward from opercle ; under parts of head much mottled with light and dark; a few distinct dark spots on side; under parts pale; vertical fins each with a few large black spots; ventrals and pectorals pale at base, but with much dark toward the tips. In the in ffi C O in m o Q ! A O O - 3 3 » O (U Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 317 young the dark markings are more pronounced. In a specimen 15 inches long the back was distinctly marbled with whitish and black, and the side had a broad dark lateral band, interrupted posteriorly ; the spots on the fins were darker, and even the ventrals and pectorals were plainly spotted. Examples of the Long-nosed Gar of the same size (15 inches) are much more silvery and are comparatively free of black spots. Length 2 to 4 feet. Weight 2 to 15 pounds. It is a very variable species, the young being difficult to distinguish from related species. 5. DOGFISH AMI A CALVA Linmeus (Plate 2) The Dogfish, or Bowfin, is found in the Great Lakes and slug- gish waters from Minnesota to Virginia, Florida and Texas, and is generally abundant throughout its range. It does not appear to be common in Lake Maxinkuckee, but in Lost Lake it is quite abundant. During our investigations not many Dogfish were seen ; 3 were seined in Norris Inlet, and on July 25 one was seined which weighed 4.75 pounds. Occasionally one would be found dead on shore, while now and then one would be caught on a hook. Anglers fishing in Outlet Bay, or near Norris Inlet, or off the Gravelpit, were liable to get this fish, particularly if they were fishing for catfish or doing bottom fishing. While seining in Norris Inlet several young examples were secured, and a few were obtained in Culver Creek; a few were also taken on set-lines. Some of the largest examples ever seined were taken in front of the Fish Com- mission station late at night, September 20. These had apparently come in near shore to feed upon other fish which were then abund- ant in shallow water. On May 8, 1901, a fisherman caught an im- mense one which he thought would weigh 10 pounds, and Patrol- man Wiseman caught on a set-line one which was 23 inches long and weighed 4.5 pounds. Later in the year an example 25.5 inches long was found dead on shore by Murray's and some fishermen caught a male 22.5 inches long, weighing 4.5 pounds. On Novem- ber 7, 1904, six were found dead on shore where they had probably been left by men who had been seining. Their lengths were 16.5, 17.75, 18, 19.75, 20.5, and 21 inches. The stomachs of all except one, which contained a young sunfish, were empty. In the autumn of 1906 they were caught occasionally by fishermen ; one was seen 19 inches long and another, 24. In Lost Lake and the Outlet, this fish is more abundant, and 318 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey numerous specimens were secured from that lake, chiefly on set- lines, the large examples obtained by us varying in length from 16 to 24 inches. On April 22, 1901, one was found in a boat in the Outlet, a male 21 inches long, weight 3 pounds. The smallest individual secured by us was 3.75 inches long. The Dogfish resembles the gar-pike in many of its habits. With the exception of its feeding near the bottom and including more crawfishes in its dietary, the habits of the two are very similar. Both love to bask in warm shallow water. The Dogfish is, per- haps, more fond of muddy bottom. One of the best places for Dogfish fishing used to be the Little Wabash River, locally known as the "Little River," a sluggish stream, coursing its way through a large flat prairie, its shores quaking and edged with willows. A fisherman, standing on entangled willow-roots, could shake a large area and could push down a 20-foot fishing pole vertically between his feet without touching bottom. Here, on hot still days, the Dogfish would almost fight for bait, and there three fishermen landed 55 big fish in the course of an afternoon. Like the gar-pike, also, the Dogfish can frequently be seen mo- tionless in the water under clear ice in winter. On December 18, 1901, one about 2 feet long was seen under the ice in Lost Lake, swimming along very leisurely. On January 7 several large ones were seen in Outlet Bay where the ice men had cut out ice. They were in three or four feet of water, lying perfectly still on the bot- tom where they were almost wholly covered by the Chara which abounds there. When disturbed they made off, but not very fast nor very far, propelling themselves with lateral flexions of the tail like the water-dog. The same place was visited again in the after- noon and 6 large individuals were seen. One was speared which proved to be a male 22.75 inches long, weighing 4 pounds. The Dogfish is not particularly heavy for its length. Two males from Lake Erie, each a foot long, weighed one-half pound each. At Lake Maxinkuckee this fish spawns toward the end of April. On April 24 and 25 large ones were seen in a pool in Green's marsh. The next day it was discovered that they were making nests there. The nest is made by hollowing out a place in the muck, and is of good size, — about 18 inches to 2.5 feet in diameter. The fish bite off such rushes as are in their way, and also make paths for themselves leading to and from the nests. The eggs, small and yellowish in color, are quite numerous and are in the bottom of the nest, some of them apparently sticking to the pro- jecting vegetable fibres of the muck. A male was usually found on the nest. Besides the nests found in Green's marsh, another was Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 319 found July 3 near the Inlet, guarded by a male. After the young are hatched they follow the parent about. Mr. S. S. Chadwick speaks of having seen one accompanied by "a couple of gallons of young, in a thick cloud." A good many people near Culver eat the Dogfish in winter, but say that "in summer the flesh turns green and is not good." There is probably a heightening of color during the breeding sea- son to which they refer. The fins of these fishes as seen in the water June 7 and later were of a fine opalescent green. This fish is quite free from external parasites such as copepods on the gills, etc. Several individuals examined contained trema- todes attached to the gills and a few had leeches attached, and one had two fish lice ( Argulus) , but they were on the whole remarkably clean. Internally they have numerous parasites, especially dis- tomids and trematodes. The Dogfish is of peculiar interest to zoologists as the remains of an ancient stock of fishes; it is the only surviving species in the whole order to which it belongs. Its habits, however, render it a nuisance, as it is carnivorous and very voracious. Its good qualities as a game-fish have not been sufficiently ap- preciated, doubtless, chiefly, because not many have ever angled for it, and because the fish has not been regarded as having any food- value. But the true angler cares nothing for the edible qualities of the fish he catches. His desire is to match the strength of his tackle and his skill in handling it against the strength and intelli- gence of the fish he hooks. Thus it is with the ever-increasing large number of real sportsmen who seek the large ocean fishes, — the white sea-bass, the tuna and the albicore ; the shark, the yellow- tail, and the silver king. And so it is with the few who have culti- vated the Bowfin. It will take almost any kind of bait, but prefers cut bait of some sort, such as cut fish, a freshwater clam, or a piece of meat. It takes the bait deliberately, but when the sting of the hook is felt, the fish wakes up and gives the angler as pretty a fight as one could desire. In the Report of the New York Fisheries, Game and Forest Commission for 1898 is an article by Dr. Bashford Dean on the Dogfish, which contains so much interesting information that we take the liberty to reproduce it here. Dr. Dean says : "The Dogfish has been described by some as diurnal, by others as nocturnal in its habits. In the daytime during the season of breeding the fish can readily be seen in shallow waters, and, when not actually on its nest, can sometimes be made to take a bait. At night, however, judging from my own experience vdth set-lines, the 21—17618 320 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey fish is not often taken. And the result of my later observations is not favorable to the view that the dogfish is distinctly nocturnal in habit. With a view of determining how active the fish were at night, I have kept them in captivity and I have also watched them at different hours on their spawning grounds, when light was no more than sufficient to enable their outlines to be seen. My con- clusions indicate that the dogfish is rather to be regarded as most active at twilight. It takes the hook best shortly after sundown and during the early morning, and at these times I have seen it ex- ceedingly active under natural conditions. In a general way the fish can hardly be described as shy. As far as taking an alarm is concerned, it behaves very much as a catfish; it is certainly less apt to notice one's approach than, for example, many common teleosts. "The general habitat of the fish varies greatly at different sea- sons of the year. In summer it frequents deeper water ; in spring it comes into the marshy shallows and makes its way through reedy places where the water is scarcely deep enough to cover its dorsal fin. In general it affects muddy water. "In the matter of feeding, the rapacious nature of the dogfish has already been noted. Its common articles of diet, as Fiilleborn, for example, has noted, are small fishes and crayfish. The latter are especially common in the stomach contents. Among the speci- mens examined by the present writer was noted one, a female, measuring twenty-eight inches, which had eaten among other things, a pickerel twelve inches in length. Another, a female measuring thirty-one inches, contained the columns of eleven fishes, cyprinoids, each about three inches in length. Another, taken at twilight near the margin of a rubbish heap, had eaten scraps of meat and a lump of raw potato, the latter having been taken from the stomach altogether undigested. Among the local fishermen of the Wisconsin lakes, salt pork is well known as a 'killing' bait. I have no evidence that the dogfish eats fish, or more accurately some fishes, after they are dead. Dead perch and sunfish remain un- touched, even in regions where Amia is very abundant. "The dogfish deposits its eggs in more or less definitely pre- pared nests.* These often occur very abundantly in the reedy shallow in the margins of the lakes. A particular region of the shore will often be given marked preference : in one case observed by the writer eleven nests occurred within a radius of fifty feet, and seven of these within a radius of fifteen feet. The spawning * The writer has obtained good evidence that inconvenient rushes are bitten off when the fish prepares the nest. This is also noted by Reighard. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 321 season, like that of all fishes, varies somewhat from year to year. In Wisconsin, where the fish have been most accurately observed, the height of the spawning occurs about the middle of May. It, however, varies in this locality from the first day of April until the early part of June. There is usually a maximum period of spawn- ing, as in the case of other fishes. "The actual nesting habits of the fish have not as yet been ex- amined in sufficient detail. There is good evidence to believe that the fishes divide into spawning parties, as in the case of the gar- pike, Lepisosteus, each party consisting of a female and several males. In a single instance the writer has seen three fishes on a nest after spawning had commenced. Whitman, on the other hand, maintains, also from a single observation, that but a single male is present. The eggs are scattered over the nests thickly, in number varying from a few hundreds to possibly a hundred thousand. A single male tends the nest, keeps away intruders, and by vigorous breathing produces a current of water which prob- ably retards the growth of fish fungus. The fish stands guard, sometimes for hours motionless, save for its movements in balanc- ing and breathing ; at other times it appears restive, turning about in the nest, making short detours, and returning by the 'runaway' which it provides. A favorite position is for the fish to lie in the 'runaway' with its head projecting over the nest. It usually re- mains in the shaded side of the nest, but appears occasionally in bright sunlight, so that it can be seen quite a distance away. * * * Such a fish, for example, has been photographed. The pictures clearly demonstrate that Amia does not hesitate to show itself in the sunlight, as Fiilleborn early maintained. The outline of the nest in this case was clearly seen from the surface, and all of the 'supernatant' rushes must have been brushed aside, or even removed by the fish, since the nest was photographed as it first appeared. "The eggs hatch out in the course of about a week, the length of time varying notably with the temperature of the water. The larva? pass their first few days deep in the nest, where they at- tach themselves to debris by means of curious sucking disks devel- oped on the under side of their snouts. In the course of another week or so, the young are probably herded together by the male fish, who leads his flock of young to various points in the neighbor- hood in search of food. This peculiar "nursing habit" of the male is known to continue until the fish attain a length of several inches. During the later spring it becomes a common sight to see 322 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey the male fish accompanied by a dense swarm of young, the latter appearing dark in color, and at first sight tadpole-like. t * ft 4> ' 4> 4i 4 4> "The foregoing notes upon the spawning and habits of the dog- fish provide the fish culturist, I am convinced, with data which should enable him, and with relatively little trouble, to materially reduce their numbers in localities where they abound. He learns, for example, that these fish will repair to a more or less definite locality at the time of spawning, and that here in the shallows their nests can readily be found and destroyed. He concludes, furthermore, that without extraordinary effort he can secure the male fish which guards the nest and young. This he can take either by snare or by spear. As the first step in reducing the numbers of dogfish, he finds it of course necessary to determine accurately the time of spawning ; in this he is helped, since the gen- eral limits of the season have been already indicated. The exact time of spawning may usually be determined with little difficulty, for the splashing of the fish during the early days of spring may be looked upon as an indication that spawning has either begun or is about to begin. An occasional rise in the shallows is thus found to mark the preparation for spawning; a continuous and noisy splashing, one which can be noted at a distance of a hun- dred yards or more, is, in the experience of the present writer, a most useful sign that the fish are actually spawning. At this time, perhaps, the greatest difficulty will be experienced in approaching the fish closely enough to capture one or more of them. A slight movement is sometimes enough to give the alarm. And a further difficulty in capturing them at this time is the muddiness of the water, caused by the energetic movements of spawning. In some localities, no doubt, nests are more easily found than in others, but in a general way the writer believes that there are few fishes in our fresh-water lakes whose eggs and young can be secured with less difficulty than those of the dogfish. Should the novice in collecting fail to find at once one of their nests, the rush and splash of the escaping guardian fish will often give a sufficiently obvious hint as to the location of a nest. I may note, furthermore, that the dogfish does not prove itself skillful in throwing a human enemy off the scent ; one rarely finds that a fish will move away quietly from the nest and then make a noisy escape in order to divert the col- lector. The fish, on the other hand, is far more likely to remain on the nest till the boat is actually upon it, when with a sudden plunge it reveals the exact position of the nest. So fearlessly does it stand its ground that in several cases noted by the writer, the Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 323 fish was not discovered until the stern of the boat had passed over it. There may indeed be cases where, although almost touched by the bottom of the boat, the fish has been actually overlooked ; but as the writer has noted, the shape of the nest is so often shown at the surface of the water, that one can frequenly detect it before any sign of the fish is visible. "Furthermore, the habit of the dogfish in accompanying its young for a number of weeks after hatching gives the fish culturist another valuable hint. With little difficulty many schools of young dogfish can be found and destroyed. The very fact that the young when alarmed draw together into a more and more compact mass puts them readily into the hands of the collector — although on the other hand, this habit has doubtless proved of great value as a means of preserving them from rapacious fishes; for should the young scatter at the first alarm, they could obviously be less per- fectly protected by the parent fish. "In conclusion, accordingly, I think it is fair to assume that whenever it becomes necessary, dogfish can be readily destroyed. The fish themselves can be speared when they appear at the season of spawning; their nests can be found and destroyed; and young fish can later be taken, and in large numbers, when in company with the male fish. I am led to believe that a single collector, operating in a lake several miles in length, could in one season re- duce the supply of dogfish in a very effective way." Head 3.75; depth 5 to 6; eye 11 to 12; snout 5.75; maxillary 2.25 to 2.75; D. 48; A. 10 to 12; V. 7; scales about 10-70-12. Body long, not compressed; head moderate; mouth large, slightly oblique, snout broadly rounded, lower jaw slightly the shorter; maxillary reaching far beyond eye; eye small;* back broad, not elevated; caudal peduncle deep, somewhat compressed; dorsal fin very long, beginning well in front of ventral fins and ex- tending to near base of caudal ; anal fin small ; caudal fin rounded ; lateral line nearly median, directed slightly upward at each end. Dark olivaceous or blackish above, inclining to greenish, paler below; side with traces of reticulate markings; lower jaw and gular plate often with round blackish spots or irregular mottlings ; fins mostly pale, somewhat mottled, especially the dorsal and anal ; male with a round black spot at base of caudal above, surrounded by an orange or yellowish shade; this spot usually not present in the female. Length of male about 18 inches ; length of female 2 feet or more. * In the young examined at the lake the eye is proportionally nearly twice as large as in the adult, and the snout from .25 to .2 larger. 324 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 6. YELLOW CATFISH (Plate 3) The Yellow Cat is generally abundant from the Great Lakes region to Virginia and Texas and southward. It is extremely va- riable, running into several subspecies. Of the four species of cat- fish known from Lake Maxinkuckee, this is by far the most abund- ant. It is very common in Lost Lake and in favorable places in Lake Maxinkuckee it is not rare. No attempts were made to get a large number, but our collection contains specimens from many parts of the shore and from the various inlets of the lake. They are mostly quite small and exhibit much variation in general ap- pearance, especially as regards depth, some being short and plump and others rather elongate. The mature specimens appear to be equally diverse as shown by the table of weights and measures given below. The Yellow Catfish frequents the region of the in- lets and those portions of the lake where there is soft bottom; usually it may be found in water 5 to 15 feet deep where the bot- tom is of marl, and even in somewhat deeper water in muck bottom. The Yellow Cat in these waters rarely attains a greater length than a foot'or 15 inches and a weight of a pound or a pound and a half, though considerably larger examples are sometimes taken. The largest seen by us weighed 3 pounds, and the largest of which we have heard is said to have weighed 5 pounds. The follow- ing table shows the lengths and weights of 22 individuals examined at various times. Date caught Length Weight May 9 6 inches 8 ounces 10 9 inches 8 ounces 10 10 inches 12 ounces 9 10 inches 14 ounces 9 11.5 inches 1 pound 1 ounce 14 12 inches 12 ounces 7 12 inches 1 pound 10 12 inches 1 pound 2 ounces 7 12 inches 1 pound 4 ounces 15 12.25 inches 12 ounces 15 12.25 inches 12 ounces 7 12.50 inches 1 pound 2 ounces 9 12.50 inches 1 pound 2 ounces 10 12.50 inches 1 pound 8 ounces 9 12.75 inches 1 pound 4 ounces November 3 12 . 875 inches 1 pound 1 . 75 ounces May 7 13 inches 1 pound 8 ounces 14 13 inches 12 ounces 11 13 inches 1 pound 8 ounces 14 14 inches 1 pound 4 ounces 10 14 inches 2 pounds Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 325 In the autumn the young of this fish appear to be fond of hid- ing under logs and stones in shallow water. They also hide among Chara in the winter and are occasionally raked up with other fishes. The stomachs of a few individuals examined contained crawfish. The habits of this fish, the methods of its capture, and its food qualities are not essentially different from those of the common bullhead, and are discussed more fully in connection with that species. Head 3.66 ; depth 4 ; eye 10 ; snout 3.66 ; D. I, 6 ; A. 26 ; maxil- lary barbel 1.33 in head; nasal barbel 2.25. Body short and stout; head heavy; jaws subequal; eye small; barbels moderate; origin of dorsal fin nearer tip of snout than to origin of adipose fin ; dorsal spine short, equal to snout and eye, or 1$ in longest dorsal ray; anal large, its base 4 in body ; pectoral fin short, 2.5 in head ; caudal fin regularly rounded. Color, dark olivaceous yellow above, becoming clearer on sides ; yellowish white below maxillary and nasal barbels. 7. COMMON BULLHEAD AMEIURUS NEBULOSUS (Le Sucur) (Plate 4) Though this is the Common Bullhead or Horned Pout of every pond or sluggish stream of the east and north, it is not so abund- ant at Lake Maxinkuckee as the Yellow Cat. The two species are usually associated and are not usually differentiated by fishermen. The characters most useful for diagnostic purposes are the color and the number of anal rays, the Common Bullhead being more or less marbled or mottled and having but 21 or 22 anal rays, while the yellow cat is quite uniform in color on the back and sides and has 23 to 27 anal rays. The two species in Lake Maxinkuckee reach about the same size — 1 to 3 pounds, very rarely more — and have essentially the same habits. They are, as every one knows, bottom feeders; and most of them frequent those shallower parts of the lake where there is mud bottom, where they feed upon crawfish and some of the softer- shelled mollusks, as Spha?rium, and the young of various species of Unionidse. They are also said to feed pretty extensively on the eggs of other species of fishes. One example was found gorged with water-lily seeds. A young one 2.125 inches long, raked up in Chara December 22, 1904, contained a beach flea. Their spawn- ing time is in late May and June. This seems to be a period of considerable mortality among them, and a good many are found dead on shore about this time. The eggs are relatively large and 326 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey few in number and these are placed under chunks or sticks, the edges of rocks or about the bases of water plants. They hatch in about 5 days in water at a temperature of 77°, and in the cooler waters of the lake probably require some time longer. The whole school of young follows the parent fish about for some weeks after hatching, forming a thick black cloud of actively wiggling black creatures bearing considerable resemblance to tadpoles. This species, more perhaps than any other fish, frequently gets en- trapped in drying-up lagoons and ditches and dies in great num- bers. It is considerably afflicted with leeches ; the majority caught have the slender fish-leech of the lake attached to the chin, or small red spots are usually found there where the leeches have been. The leech also often attaches itself to the roof of the mouth just behind the teeth. Among other external parasites are Argu- lus maculosus, and a new species of Ergasilus found at Lost Lake, Ergasilus versicolor. Two individuals examined contained en- cysted in the mesenteries long round worms bearing a considerable resemblance to the horse-hair snake. In our seining operations not many adults were caught, scarcely any in Lake Maxinkuckee, and only a few in Lost Lake. A good many young 1.5 to 3 inches in length were taken, however. While these young were most abundant in the mouths of inlets they were often found in limited numbers almost everywhere, even on bot- tom covered with Chara. They were more often found, however, on marl bottom. Several examples of good size were taken on set- lines placed in 4 to 7 feet of water just off the Gravelpit. Others were taken in Outlet Bay and off the ice-houses, while the cane- pole fishermen frequently make good catches in the south part of the lake. Among the cottagers of Long Point was one lady who appreci- ated the game qualities of this fish, and she made many excellent catches in a shallow channel just east of the Point. There are not many people who have ever fished at all who can not remember many happy days spent in angling for bull- heads. The individual whose experiences do not include days of this kind has missed one of the real joys of youth. The following racy account of the habits of the Common Bull- head was written by the author of "Peck's Bad Boy," and published originally in the Milwaukee Sun. Though written as a burlesque, it presents a truthful and vivid picture of the game qualities of the Bullhead: "It seems that the action of the Milwaukee com- mon council in withdrawing the use of the water works from the fish commissioners will put a stop to the hatching of white-fish. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 327 This is as it should be. The white-fish is an aristocratic fish that will not bite a hook, and the propagation of this species is wholly in the interest of the wealthy owners of fishing tubs, who have nets. By strict attention to business they can catch all of the white-fish out of the lake a little faster than the State machine can put them in. Poor people cannot get a smell of white-fish. The same may be said of brook trout. While they will bite a hook, it requires more machinery to catch them than ordinary people can possess without mortgaging a house. A man has got to have a morrocco book of expensive flies, a fifteen dollar bamboo jointed rod, a three-dollar trout basket, with a hole morticed in the top, a corduroy suit made in the latest style, top boots of the Wellington pattern, with red tassels in the straps, and a flask of Otard brandy in a side pocket. Unless a man is got up in that style a speckled trout will see him in Chicago first, and then it won't bite. The brook trout is even more aristocratic than the white-fish, and should not be propagated at public expense. "But there are fish that should be propagated in the interest of the people. There is a species of fish that never looks at the clothes of the man who throws in the bait, a fish that takes what- ever is thrown to it, and when once hold of the hook never tries to shake a friend, but submits to the inevitable, crosses its legs and says, 'Now I lay me', and comes out on the bank and seems to enjoy being taken. It is a fish that is the friend of the poor, and one that will sacrifice itself in the interest of humanity. That is the fish that the State should adopt as its trade-mark, and culti- vate friendly relations with and stand by. We allude to the Bull- head. "The Bull-head never went back on a friend. To catch the Bull- head it is not necessary to tempt his appetite with porterhouse steak, or to display an expensive lot of fishing tackle. A pinhook, a piece of liver, and a cistern pole is all the capital required to catch a Bull-head. He lies upon the bottom of a stream or pond in the mud thinking. There is no fish that does more thinking, or has a better head for grasping great* questions, or chunks of liver, than the Bull-head. His brain is large, his heart beats for humanity, and if he can't get liver, a piece of thin tomato can will make a meal for him. It is an interesting study to watch a boy catch a Bull-head. The boy knows where the Bull-heads congre- gate, and when he throws in his hook it is dollars to buttons that 'in the near future' he will get a bite. "The Bull-head is democratic in all its instincts. If the boy's shirt is sleeveless, his hat crownless, and his pantaloons a bot- 328 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey tomless pit, the Bull-head will bite just as well as though the boy were dressed in purple and fine linen, with knee-breeches and plaid stocking's. The Bull-head seems to be dozing on the muddy bot- tom, and a stranger would say that he would not bite. But wait. There is a movement of his continuation, and his cow-catcher moves gently toward the piece of liver. He does not wait to smell of it, and canvass in his mind whether the liver is fresh. It makes no difference to him. He argues that there is a family out of meat. 'My country calls and I must go', says the Bull-head to himself, and he opens his mouth and the liver disappears. "It is not certain that the boy will think of his bait for half an hour, but the Bull-head is in no hurry. He is in the mud and proceeds to digest the liver. He realizes that his days will not be long in the land, or water, more properly speaking, and he argues that if he swallows the bait and digests it before the boy pulls him out, he will be just so much ahead. Finally, the boy thinks of his bait, pulls it out, and the Bull-head is landed on the bank, and the boy cuts him open to get the hook out. Some fish only take the bait gingerly, and are only caught around the selvage of the mouth, and they are comparatively easy to dislodge. Not so with the Bull-head. He says if liver is a good thing, you can't have too much of it, and it tastes good all the way down. The boy gets down on his knees to dissect the Bull-head, and get his hook, and it may be that the boy swears. It would not be astonishing, though he must feel, when he gets his hook out of the hidden recesses of the Bull-head, like the minister who took up a collection and didn't get a cent, though he expressed thanks at getting his hat back. There is one draw-back to the Bull-head, and that is his horns. We doubt if a boy ever descended into the patent insides of a Bull-head to mine for limerick hooks, that did not, before the work was done, run a horn into his vital parts. But the boy seems to expect it, and the Bull-head enjoys it. We have seen a Bull-head lie on the bank and become dry, and to all appearances dead to all that was going on, and when a boy sat down on him, and got a horn in his elbow, and yelled murder, the Bull-head would grin from ear to ear, and wag his tail as though applauding for an encore. "The Bull-head never complains. We have seen a boy take a dull knife and proceed to follow a fish line down a Bull-head from head to the end of his subsequent anatomy, and all the time there would be an expression of sweet peace on the countenance of the Bull-head, as though he enjoyed it. If we were preparing a pic- ture representing 'Resignation', for a chromo to give to subscrib- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 329 ers, and wished to represent a scene of suffering, in which the sufferer was light-hearted, seeming to recognize that all was for the best, we should take for the subject a Bull-head, with a boy searching with a knife for a long-lost fishhook. "The Bull-head is a fish that has no scales, but in lieu thereof has a fine India rubber skin, that is as far ahead of fiddle-string material for strength and durability as possible. The meat of the Bull-head is not as choice as that of the Mackerel, but it fills up a stomach just as well, and the Sun insists that the fish commission- ers shall drop the hatching of aristocratic fish, and give the Bull- heads a chance." But the editor of London Punch does not agree with the editor of the Milwaukee Sun, and When the introduction into England of one of our catfishes was being suggested, Punch printed this protest : "Oh, do not bring the Catfish here! The Catfish is a name I fear. Oh, spare each stream and spring, The Kennet swift, the Wandle clear, The lake, the loch, the broad, the mere, From that detested thing! "The Catfish is a hideous beast, A bottom-feeder that doth feast Upon unholy bait; He's no addition to your meal, He's rather richer than the eel; And ranker than the skate. "His face is broad, and flat, and glum; He's like some monstrous miller's thumb; He's bearded like the pard. Beholding him, the grayling flee, The trout take refuge in the sea, The gudgeons go on guard. "He grows into a startling size; The British matron 'twould surprise, And raise her burning blush To see white catfish as large as man, Through what the bards call 'water wan', Come with an ugly rush! "They say the Catfish climbs the trees, And robs the roosts, and down the breeze Prolongs his caterwaul. Oh, leave him in his western flood, Where the Mississippi churns the mud; Don't bring him here at all!" 330 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Though the cat-fish is a good deal of a scavenger in its tastes, its flesh is firm, flaky and well-flavored, and there are many who will agree with the old darky when he says: "Don't talk to me o' bacon fat, Or taters, coon or 'possum; Fo' when I'se hooked a yaller cat, I'se got a meal to boss 'em." — The Darkey and the Cat-fish. "Sat'day night come arter, De niggers went a-fishin', Dey call for Billy Carter, 'Case he want to go a-cattin', Dey filled de jug an' started For de Pocomoka river, Chicken-guts was better bait, Dey dug a gour o' wurrims." — From "Pleasantry of the South." Head 3 to 4 ; depth 4 to 4.5 ; snout 3.66 ; eye 10 to 12 ; D. I, 6 ; A. 21 or 22 ; V. 9. Body rather long; upper jaw usually distinctly longer than the lower ; humeral process more than half length of pectoral spine, which is rather long; length of base of anal 4 in that of body; dorsal fin inserted rather nearer adipose fin than tip of snout. Color dark yellowish brown, more or less clouded, sometimes yellowish, sometimes nearly black, but usually distinctly marbled or mottled. Length a foot to 18 inches. 8. BLACK BULLHEAD AMEIURUS MELAS (Rafinesque) The Black Bullhead is found in brooks, ponds and lakes from northern New York westward to Kansas and Nebraska and south Black Bullhead (Ameiurus melas) - w p fe o G H 8 CO - o Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 331 to Texas, and is usually abundant, especially west of the Missis- sippi. It is very variable and is closely related to both A. natalis and A. nebulosus. It is, however, a smaller fish and can usually be known by the fewer rays in the anal and by the marked contrast between the pale anal rays and the dark interradial membranes. This species is not at all common in Lake Maxinkuckee, only a few individuals having been seen there, and the majority of these were obtained in the Outlet and in Lost Lake. Head 3.5 ; depth 3 to 4 ; eye 8 to 9 ; snout 3 ; D. I, 6 ; A. 17 to 19. Body short and stout; head blunt; mouth moderate, jaws sub- equal; origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and origin of adipose fin, dorsal spine long, 2 in head, equalling pectoral spine ; anal short, its base 4 to 5 in length of body, its rays 1.75 in head; barbels long, maxillary barbel much longer than head. Color usually almost black; anal rays pale, the membranes black, the contrast being quite marked. Size a foot or less. 9. MAD TOM; TADPOLE CAT SCHILBEODES GYRINUS (Mitchill) (Plate 5) This little fish is common from the Hudson River westward through almost the entire Mississippi Valley and upper lake re- gion. In Lake Maxinkuckee it is rather common. It seldom reaches a length of more than 3 inches here, though specimens 5 inches long have been reported from elsewhere. Of 35 examples measured at the lake the largest was 2.6 inches long, the short- est .9 inch, and the average was 1.74 inches. Several of these examples were mature fish. This is the only species of the genus occurring in Lake Maxinkuckee, although other species are com- mon in the various streams of Indiana. It may be readily known from the young of any of the other catfish found there by its adnate adipose fin which is continuous with the caudal fin, and also usually by its color. It was found by us both in the main lake and in the small one. It is not at all uncommon in shallow water near shore, where we would frequently find it more or less completely secreted in the Chara or in patches of Nitella or dwarfed Potamogeton. Speci- mens were also brought up with vegetation by the dredge or grapple from depths of 8 to 16 feet. Throughout the winter rak- ing in the Chara would frequently bring up one or more of these fishes. With the exception of the Iowa darter this is one of the most common fishes taken in this manner. They were also often 332 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey found under sticks and stones. The species is capable of in- flicting a very painful sting, as it has a poison gland at the base of the pectoral spine. According to Prof. H. D. Reed it also has poison glands under the skin surrounding the pectoral and dorsal spines.* The food of this species consists mainly of small crustaceans and insect larvae. One of 2 examples raked up in Chara November 25, 1904, contained a small beach flea and the other an Asellus ; of 4 examples raked up in Chara in Outlet Bay, December 21, 1904, one, 1.19 inches long, contained a large water flea and an ostracod (Cypris), another 1.125 inches long, contained 2 ostracods and a few other entomostraca ; the third, 1.875 inches long, had eaten a good-sized insect larva and an ostracod ; the fourth, 1.25 inches long, contained a worm and 2 ostracods. One example, 2.31 inches long, examined in the summer, contained 5 individuals of Asellus, and another contained beach fleas. Stomachs of 2 examined May 7, 1901, contained may-fly larvae and larvae of Chironomus. The species apparently spawns in June and July. One found dead on the shore by Lakeview Hotel, May 18, was much distended with ova; the eggs were yellow, large (11 to the inch) and about 50 in number. Another example, 2.63 inches long, taken in the lake July 10, contained 93 mature eggs each about 1/15 of an inch in diameter. All the others examined in July were either spent fish or immature individuals. Head 3.9 ; depth 5 ; eye 6 ; snout 3 ; D. I, 6 ; A. 13 ; body short and thick, the head large, its width 3.5 to 4.5 in body; posterior part of body compressed ; spines stout and long, that of the pectoral straight, grooved behind, but not serrated, its length about 2^ in distance from snout to origin of dorsal ; dorsal higher than long, inserted nearer anal than snout; jaws about equal; humeral process short; adipose fin continuous with the pointed caudal. Color uniform yellowish brown, sometimes blackish; a narrow dark lateral streak and one or more dorsal ones. 10. COMMON BUFFALO-FISH ICTIOBUS CYPRINELLA (Cuvier & Valenciennes) The Buffalo-fish was formerly abundant in the larger streams of the Mississippi Valley, and was also plentiful in many of the lakes in that region. In Lake Maxinkuckee it appears to be rare ; only one example was seen during the course of our investigations. * The poison glands of Noturus and Schilbeodes, by Hugh Daniel Reed, Amer. Nat., XLI, 1907, pp. 553-567. o C/3 2 M tn t/J H > O T3 g h n > H Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 333 On the morning of August 24, 1906, Mr. George W. Davis and a friend went out fishing toward the south end of the lake in a launch, but soon returned with a large fish in tow. It was landed at the Assembly grounds and placed on the pier at that place where its size at once attracted attention, for it was not only the largest fish known to have been taken in this lake, but considerably the largest Buffalo-fish yet reported; previous records gave the Buf- falo-fish "a length of nearly 3 feet and a weight of 20 to 30 pounds." This fish was 4 feet in length, 35 inches in girth and weighed 75 pounds. It was taken to the laboratory and skinned. The fish was quite fat; it had immense scales — some of them larger than a silver dollar. The stomach appeared to be full of Chironomus larvae. It contained more than a bucket full of roe, the ova being quite small. Common Buffalo-fish (Ictiobus cyprinctla) The Buffalo-fish, like the paddle-fish, is one of those fishes which might exist in the lake in some numbers without the fact being known, as they generally stay near the bottom and never take the hook. Old settlers along tributaries of the Mississippi report that Buffalo-fish used to run in such schools in spring that it was im- possible to ford streams while the run was in progress. In gen- eral appearance and in some of its habits the Buffalo-fish bears some resemblance to the carp. In some of the lakes of the Missis- sippi Valley extraordinary runs of very large Buffalo-fish occur occasionally. During the high water of spring the fish run out in great numbers into the overflowed marshes where they are killed with clubs, pitchforks or other weapons at hand. The flesh is of an inferior flavor, but nutritious. 334 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Old settlers about the lake report that 20 or 30 years ago they used to catch a good many Buffalo-fish in Lake Maxinkuckee with the spear. A large one is reported to have drifted ashore some 30 years ago near where the Farrar cottage now stands. Head very large and thick, 3.5 in length of body; depth 2.5 to 3.5 in length; developed rays of dorsal 27 to 29; anal rays 9; ventrals 10; scales 7-37 to 41-6. Body robust, moderately com- pressed, the outline somewhat elliptical, but the back rather more curved than the belly. Opercular apparatus very strong, the operculum itself forming nearly one half the length of the head. Coloration dull brownish olive, not silvery ; fins dusky. 11. COMMON SUCKER CATOSTOMUS COMMERSONII (Lacepede) (Plate 6) This is the most abundant sucker in the streams and lakes from Quebec and Massachusetts westward to Montana and Colorado and southward to Missouri and Georgia. It does not appear to be at all abundant in Lake Maxinkuckee. On the night of Sep- tember 20, 1900, two large examples, each about 18 inches long and weighing about 2.5 pounds, were seined in shallow water in front of the Fish Commission station. A few small ones were found dead along the shore of the lake in the summer of 1906. No examples were caught in any of the gillnets which we had set. A few young individuals \vere seined in Culver Inlet and in the Out- let below Lost Lake, and on one occasion a good number were seen in the Outlet some distance below the lakes. This fish does not take the hook, and when captured is usually taken in nets and traps. The flesh is of good quality, but very full of small bones. No opportunity was had to study its food . or habits, as so few were seen. Body moderately stout, varying with age, subterete, heavy, at the shoulders, the depth 4 to 4.56 in length. Head rather large and stout, conical, flattish above, its length 4 to 4.5 in body (3.5 to 4.25 in young). Snout moderately prominent, scarcely over- passing the mouth. Mouth rather large; the lips strongly papil- lose, the upper moderate, with 2 or 3 rows of papillas. Scales crowded anteriorly, much larger on the sides than below; scales 10-64 to 70-9. Coloration olivaceous ; males in spring with a faint rosy lateral band; young brownish, more or less mottled, often with confluent blackish lateral blotches or a lateral band. Lateral line imperfect in the very young. D. usually 12. L. 18 inches. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 335 12. HOG-SUCKER HYPENTELIUM NIGRICANS (Le Sueur) (Plate 7) The Hog-sucker is abundant in swift and rocky streams from New York to Minnesota and Kansas, Arkansas and the Carolinas. Like all other well-known species of wide distribution, it has re- ceived many different common names, among which are Stone- roller, Stone-toter, Crawl-a-bottom, Hammerhead, Stone-lugger, Boot-leg sucker, Spotted sucker, Black sucker and Hog-molly. The Hog-sucker is not at all common in Lake Maxinkuckee. Six examples were seined July 18 near the Maxinkuckee pier, the largest about 8 inches long, and another example 12.75 inches long, was obtained later. A small one about 3 inches long was washed up dead in front of the Fish Commission station April 1, 1901. Mr. Gardner on the east side caught a specimen about August 16 from a pool by his house. In the autumn of 1907 one was fre- quently seen in the Outlet just below the wagon bridge, and one was seen near shore along the south edge of Outlet Bay. This fish is not a lake species, but one which prefers clear pebbly streams, such as the Tippecanoe. Its occurrence in any abundance in Lake Maxinkuckee would, therefore, hardly be ex- pected. It is present in some abundance in the Outlet; on April 2, 1901, a trip was taken about a mile down the Outlet and 9 examples, each about a foot long, were seen in a pile on the shore with spear marks on them. In a trip down the Outlet in the autumn of 1907 (September 30) a good many were seen. On August 9, 1906, 2 examples about 9 inches long were seined in Yellow River. The stomachs were examined and found full of mud and a few bits of insect fragments. The Hog-molly can often be seen lying motionless at the bot- tom of clear, rather swift brooks, the black stripes across its back showing distinctly at a distance. In general coloration it resembles a pebbly bottom considerably and this frequently makes it difficult to see. In its general aspect, while in this position it resembles somewhat a large darter or a miller's thumb. It cannot usually be induced to bite, though a hook baited with a tempting morsel be let down to its very nose. It probably lives chiefly on insect larvaB and such microscopic organisms as it can suck up from the bottom. This sucker reaches a length of about 2 feet. Although not ex- tensively used as food its flesh is firm and flaky and possesses a flavor peculiarly sweet and agreeable. The chief objection is the abundance of small fagot bones. 22—17618 336 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey At certain places in the Mississippi Valley this fish, along with other species of suckers, is utilized to some extent by salting for winter use. Head 4 to 4.5 in body; depth 4.5 to 5; eye rather small, 4.5 to 5 in head, placed very high. D. 10 or 11 ; A. 7 ; V. 9 ; scales 7-48 to 55-6. Head flattened above, transversely concave between the orbits, the frontal bone thick, broad and short, the physiognomy being, therefore, peculiar. Upper lip very thick, strongly papil- lose, with a broad free margin, which has upward of 8 to 10 series of papillae upon it; lower lip greatly developed, considerably in- cised behind, but less so than in related species. Fontanelle shorter and smaller than in C. commersonii, pectoral fins usually larger. Color olivaceous ; sides with brassy luster ; belly white ; back brown, with several dark cross-blotches, irregularly arranged, these be- coming obsolete in old individuals; lower fins dull red, with some dusky shading ; young considerably variegated, the sides spotted. 13. CHUB SUCKER ERIMYZON SUCETTA (Lacepede) (Plate 8) The Chub Sucker, or Creek Fish as it is sometimes called, is found throughout the Mississippi Valley, the region of the Great Lakes and in coastwise streams from Maryland to Texas. It pre- fers small lakes, bayous and sluggish lowland streams, and, where found, is usually not uncommon. At Lake Maxinkuckee it is not often seen in the main lake but in the Outlet and in Lost Lake it is not rare. In our seining operations about the lake numerous specimens were secured. Between July 25 and August 25, 612 hauls were made and Chub Suckers were taken in 24 of them, the total num- ber of specimens being 109. The largest number in any single haul was 23. Specimens were obtained in Culver Inlet, Lost Lake, and in the Outlet between the two lakes. A few were got near the Vandalia pumping station at Culver and a few in Norris Inlet. On May 29, 1901, one was found dead in Aubeenaubee Bay, and another May 31 near the Assembly grounds. The young of this species bears but slight superficial resem- blance to the adult, the jet black lateral band and the small mouth making it easy to mistake them for minnows. This species reaches a length of 6 to 8 inches. Like all suck- ers it is quite full of fagot bones but is, nevertheless, a delicious lit lie panfish. The flesh is firm and of attractive flavor. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 337 Head 4.25 ; depth 3.25 ; eye 4.25 to 6 ; snout 2.5 to 3 ; D. 12 ; A. 7 : V. 9 ; scales 36 to 42-15. Body oblong, compressed, becoming gibbous with age, the ante- dorsal region more or less elevated in the adult; head short and stout, the interorbital space wide; scales closely imbricated and more or less crowded anteriorly; mouth small, somewhat inferior, the upper lip well developed and freely protractile, the lower small, infolded A -shaped in outline, plicate, with 12 to 20 folds on each side. Color varying greatly with age; back usually dark olivaceous, the sides with pale streaks along the rows of scales; belly white; young with a broad black lateral band bordered above by paler, becoming broken up later into a series of blotches which sometimes assume the form of broad transverse bars; often the band is jet black and ends in a jet black spot at base of caudal. As the fish gets older this black band becomes less distinct and finally disap- pears, leaving the color nearly uniform dusky with a brassy or coppery luster ; the fins are dusky, the lower ones sometimes tinged with reddish. A young example 2 inches long, taken in Lost Lake July 31, had the following colors in life: Back greenish-olive, side with a broad black band beginning as a large black spot at base of caudal and running along side a little above axis of body to tip of snout; under parts and lower part of side silvery-white, with golden or coppery wash; caudal pale brick-red; dorsal dark, particularly on the anterior 2 or 3 rays; all the other fins pale ; pectoral with a thin dark edge. An adult 8 inches long was rich greenish-olivaceous, with rich brassy ir- idescence; fins all greenish brassy, no trace of black lateral band. The sexual differences are usually well marked, the males in spring with large tubercles on the snout and the anal fin more or less swollen and emarginate. 14. SPOTTED SUCKER MINYTREMA MELANOPS (Rafinesque) This species, known locally as Black Sucker, is not common in these lakes. The only specimens we have seen were four examples seined in Lost Lake, October 21, 1913, by some commercial fisher- men who undertook to "rid Lake Maxinkuckee of carp." These specimens were 14 to 16 inches in length. This fish is also known as Winter Sucker. It attains a length of a foot to 18 inches and, as a food fish, is one of the best of the family, the flesh being firm, flaky and particularly sweet and palat- 338 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey able. It occurs throughout the region from the Great Lakes south and west through the upper Mississippi Valley, it being perhaps most abundant in Missouri. It may be known from all other suckers by the following de- scription : Dorsal fin short, with only 12 rays ; air-bladder in two parts ; lateral line incomplete, most evident in the adult, the scales large, firm, regularly and smoothly imbricated, in 44 to 47 longi- tudinal series. Color dusky above, usually with a black blotch be- hind the dorsal fin; each scale along sides with a small blackish spot, these spots forming interrupted lines along the rows of scales, especially distinct in the adult, faint in the very young. 15. REDHORSE MOXOSTOMA AUREOLUM (Le Sueur) This species of sucker, so common in most of the rivers and creeks in the upper Mississippi Valley and the Great Lakes region, is apparently very rare in Lake Maxinkuckee. It is essentially a fish of moderately swiftly flowing streams and its occurrence in this lake was unexpected. Our records show but a single speci- men, an example 6.5 inches long, obtained in the summer of 1900. In neighboring streams, such as Yellow and Tippecanoe rivers, it is a common and well-known fish. It is variously known as the Common Redhorse, White Sucker, Large-scaled Sucker and Mullet. In Indiana it is most commonly called the Redhorse, and is a familiar fish to the boys and others who go a-fishing in the spring and early summer. It is not often caught on the hook, though when the hook is baited with angleworms and allowed to lie on the bottom it will sometimes be sucked in by the Redhorse. The method usually employed in the capture of this and other species of suckers, however, was by means of the wire snare. Favorite places were in the interstices in the old log drifts which occurred all too frequently in the smaller Indiana streams 30 to 40 years ago. As a game-fish not much can be said for the Redhorse, al- though it fights well when once it is hooked. As a food-fish it is excellent except for the abundance of fagot-bones. In a fish taken from clear cold water, the flesh is firm and flaky and deliciously sweet. At various places in the Ohio basin, and doubtless else- where where these suckers occur abundantly, they are salted or put up in brine for summer use. The breeding habits of the Redhorse are well-known. In the fall, when cold weather comes on, they run down stream and re- tire to the quiet, deeper portions of the river where they remain o K a w on a o 71 w Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 339 through the winter. When the warm days of spring return these fish leave the deeper water and run up stream into the shallow, swifter portions. This spring run of the suckers was, in the early days, one of the phenomena in Indiana and Illinois which never failed to attract the attention and excite the interest of those who were at all observing. The Redhorse may be readily known from all other species of suckers of this region by the following description, based on the one Maxinkuckee specimen : Head 4.2 in length ; depth 3.9 ; eye 4.75 in head ; snout 2.6 ; in- terorbital 2.5; dorsal I, 13; anal 7; scales 7-42-4. Body stoutish, varying to moderately elongate, considerably compressed, dorsal outline arched; head rather long, bluntish, rather broad, flattened above; lips full, the nose projecting; lower lip strongly plicate. Color in life yellowish or light rosy above, paler on sides, whitish beneath ; fins more or less red, fading to light yellow in alcohol. 16. ROT-GUT MINNOW CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM (Rafinesque) (Plate 9) This minnow is common in streams from central New York westward to Wyoming and south to Tennessee and Texas. It is usually most abundant in deep or still places in small streams with muddy bottom. In the spring it runs into the smaller brooks at spawning time. Although not a lake fish it occurs in Maxinkuckee in some numbers. In July and August, 1899, more than 30 speci- mens were seined in various places about the lake, though chiefly in the small streams flowing into it. It was most abundant in Aubeenaubee Creek ; it was found also in Norris Inlet, Culver Inlet and the Outlet. Only rarely have we taken it in the lake proper; two were got July 25, 1899, near the pumping house of the Van- dalia railroad in the northwest corner of the lake on sandy bot- tom covered with Hydrodyction and other aquatics, and another was obtained near shore west of Lakeview Hotel, June 18, 1901. The smallest specimen in our collection is 2 inches long, the largest 5.625 inches. This species is known also as Stone-roller, Stone-lugger, Steel- backed Chub, Mammy and Doughbelly. It attains a length of 5 to 9 inches. As a food fish it possesses very little value, albeit, it often adorns the small boy's string. Its flesh is soft and doughy, full of small bones, and quick to decay, hastened, no doubt, by the character and quantity of food usually found in the remarkably 340 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey long intestine. If dressed immediately after being caught and quickly consigned to the frying pan well rolled in fine meal and seasoned with butter, and browned to a turn, it is a dainty morsel. It is as a bait minnow, however, that this fish is of most value, and it is often seen in the minnow buckets of anglers about the lake. It is fairly good as a deep troller, and is excellent in shal- lower water provided it is kept near the surface. Its tendency is to bear down and become entangled in the weeds if there be any present, where it will pout and sulk. It lives well and is active on the hook when held up. It is a good bait for bass and wall-eyed pike but too big for yellow perch. This species can be readily distinguished from any of the other minnows of the lake by an examination of the very long intestine, which is spirally coiled around the air-bladder, a feature peculiar to the genus to which it belongs. The males are so greatly modified by the development of tubercles over the body during the breeding season that they hardly look like the same fish ; an example 4.75 inches long caught in the Outlet at the railroad bridge June 16, 1901, was so decorated. Several large tubercles adorned the head, and the greater number of scales on the upper part of the body contained each a small tubercle near the center. These tubercles appeared to be com- posed of a horny substance and were each seated in a more or less pit-like depression. Head 4.2 in body ; depth 4.4 ; D. 8 ; A. 7 ; scales 7-53-8 ; teeth 4-4 or 1, 4-4, 0. Body stoutish, moderately compressed, the ante- dorsal region becoming swollen and prominent in the adult. Snout moderately decurved. Scales deep, rather small and crowded an- teriorly ; maxillary not reaching to opposite the front of eye. In- testine very long and wound around the air bladder. Color brown- ish, with a brassy luster above, the scales more or less mottled with dark; a dusky vertical bar behind the opercle; dorsal and anal fins each with a dusky crossbar about halfway up ; the rest of the fin, olivaceous in females, fiery red in the males in the spring, the iris orange in males. Extremely variable. The young very different in appearance from the old males. Length 6 to 8 inches. 17. CARP CYPRINUS CARPIO Linnaeus (Plates 10, 11, and 12) During the seining operations of 1899-1900 not a single Carp was taken in the lake and we have no specimens of this species in in -. 0 x M ~ C - r w Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 341 the collection made at the lake. So far as known, no Carp has yet been taken out of the body of the lake itself, but as they have been taken in the marshes at both the Outlet and Inlet regions, they are in all probability present in the lake. They have never been noted splashing about in shallow water of the lakes as they usually do when abundant. The Carp made its first appearance in the region on the night of July 1, 1902. At about 2 o'clock that night Mr. S. S. Chadwick heard several big fishes floundering about in Green's marsh. He and Mr. E. Hatton took a lantern and tried to see them. There appeared to be a good many large fishes splashing among the grass and bushes, and sometimes their dorsal fins could be seen projecting above the water. The fins indicated quite large fish. In the afternoon of July 2 two men took a boat and rowed all over Green's marsh, but saw nothing. The fish had either re- turned to Lost Lake or were hidden in the grass or bushes. Late the same evening a large fish was seen at the lower end of the tile under the railroad. It swam down the ditch among the grass. The next day several large fish were seen in the marsh, and one was shot which proved to be a Carp 22 inches long, and weighing just 5 pounds. Another much larger one was seen. Part of the Carp which was shot was fried, and those who partook of it re- ported it pretty fair eating. On December 30, 1905, some large fish thought to be these, were seen through clear ice in the Outlet about a mile below the lakes. So far as known the Carp first appeared here in considerable numbers about May 13, 1905. The following extract from a letter from Mr. S. S. Chadwick, June 4, 1905, describes the Carp situation at that time: "Water was very high and Carp came out in the field west of me [Green's marsh]. Mr. Green came up to my place Friday, May 12, and said that the Carp were plentiful out in the pasture. I went and got 9. The next morning I got up at 4:30, took a 4-tined fork, crossed the road, and opened up on them. At 5 Mrs. Chadwick brought out a washtub and I put in 11 Carp that filled it. The largest, 32 inches long, weighed 19 pounds. In the two mornings I killed 21 Carp. I gave 15 to my neighbors and skinned the other 6, rolled them in paper and put them on ice. We had fish for 8 days, split the large one and made cut chops out of it, 1 rib to the piece, enough for an order, and I will say this for the Carp, the 5 to 8 pound ones are perhaps bet- ter than the larger ones. Flesh sweet and much better than the large-mouth black bass. I was surprised, indeed; so were my guests. Mrs. C. fried them and every one pronounced them fine. 342 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey There were from 150 to 200 Carp taken out of that field and the Outlet between the two bridges. In Harvey Norris's field south of his house, one 16-pounder and 20 or more smaller were caught." In 1907, late in June, many Carp were seen in Green's marsh. One man shot two and speared five others, and many others were taken. The largest obtained this year that we have any record of weighed 8 pounds. In the autumn of 1907, a trip was taken by boat from Lake Maxinkuckee down the Outlet to the Tippecanoe River. No sign of Carp was seen either in Lost Lake or in the Outlet. It is some- what surprising that this fish, so much in evidence in the flats in the high water of spring, should appear to be wholly absent during the rest of the year. In October, 1913, a party from Wisconsin came to Lake Maxin- kuckee prepared to "rid the lake of the carp." They were equipped with a seine several hundred yards long and all the necessary boats, winches and all other needful paraphernalia and authority, includ- ing a permit and moral support from the State Fish and Game Commission. On October 20, one haul was made in Aubeenaubee Bay; result, about 1,000 bass, but not one Carp! The next day Lost Lake was seined with only slightly better success, the catch consisting of an immense number of straw bass (some weighing about seven pounds each), a great many bluegills, a few dog- fish, a few redhorse, two striped suckers, a lot of miscellaneous species, and three Carp! From which it appears that the Carp is not, as yet, very com- mon in Lake Maxinkuckee. About the lake, as in other places throughout the country, there is a good deal of prejudice against the Carp, which has no founda- tion in fact. They are supposed to devour the eggs of other fishes, but very few eggs have ever been reported as having been found in their stomachs.* They are supposed to drive away other fishes, but almost any of our spiny-rayed fishes could probably drive away the Carp. They are omnivorous, living on vegetable food, and al- most anything else small enough to take into their mouths. The young furnish a large amount of food to carnivorous fishes, such as bass and perch. In the winter of 1903 Carp were observed in great numbers in lagoons in Jackson Park, Chicago; the fishes swarmed up to air- holes by the thousands and many people caught them in their bare hands. * Leon J. Cole examined the stomach contents of 33 carp critically and many others less carefully and found only 3 fish eggs. ? 5 3.0 >id 8 M v > §> * S 3- ' *^ n o > -1 <-> QJ <-> 3 a 3 5" -I 63 , - n v ~ - c: - o - - o - — - ~ p n ~ — Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 343 Carp are usually caught by net, as they are not, as a rule, ready biters at the hook. Small ones are, however, frequently caught on the hook along the upper Mississippi. The favorite bait is the dough ball, or a bit of potato. They will, however, also take the angleworm and are sometimes caught on set-lines baited with angleworms. As a game-fish the Carp is not to be despised; in- deed, in some regions it is held in high esteem and eagerly sought by local anglers. It is really quite gamy, and a 4 to 10 pound Carp is able to make a fight that will delight even the most expert angler. The Carp is very productive, the number of eggs reported for 4- to 25-pound fish ranging from 100,OQO to more than 2,000,000. Dr. Cole found that the eggs of a 17-pound Carp weighed 27 per cent of the entire weight of the fish. The Carp makes no nest but simply leaves the eggs scattered about on the vegetation in shallow water and gives no further at- tention to them. As a food-fish in American waters the Carp has undoubtedly come to stay. The annual catch now amounts to many million pounds, valued at hundreds of thousands of dollars. Body robust, compressed, resembling that of the buffalo-fish. Mouth moderate, anterior, with 4 long barbels. Snout blunt, rounded; D. Ill, 20, the first spine strongly serrated; A. iii, 5; teeth, I, I, 3-3, I, I; scales normally 5-38-5, but sometimes few and large, scattered (mirror carp) or absent (leather carp) ; many variations present, due to domestication. Habitat, fresh waters of Asia; introduced into Europe and America as a food-fish. 18. BLUNT-NOSED MINNOW PIMEPHALES NOTATUS (Rafinesque) This little fish is found from Quebec to Delaware, Arkansas and the Dakotas. It is generally abundant in small streams. In Lake Maxinkuckee it is a very common and well-known fish. In our seining operations many specimens were obtained, the num- ber taken at each haul varying from 1 to 30. The species was rep- resented in 79 out of 612 hauls and by 268 specimens. They are most frequently met with where the water is shallow and the bot- tom of mixed sand and gravel covered sparsely with vegetation. During the spring and summer they are usually found singly or only a few together, but later they bunch up and in the fall and winter they are found in considerable schools. These schools are usually found near shore, particularly under or about the piers. 344 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey On bright sunny days they may be seen swimming along in shallow water and feeding upon entomostraca and other plankton elements at the surface. Even after ice has formed these schools may be seen. On November 14 and 27 many were found frozen in pools along shore, 59 being taken from one pool. The breeding season of this minnow is early in June. On June 6 several nests were found in shallow water near the south shore of Outlet Bay. On June 8 more were found. They were invari- ably found under small pieces of boards or other flat objects lying on the bottom. Eight nests were found under one long board and two are often seen under one small piece of board. Upon lifting the board a rather broad but shallow burrow or depression is found under it, and usually a small fish is seen swimming anxiously back and forth in the burrow. The eggs are found attached to the under side of the board in a single compact layer. They are pink- ish white or transparent pinkish in color and about 17 to the inch Blunt-nosed Minnow (Pimephales notutus) in size. The eggs in some of the nests were evidently fresh, while those of other nests examined on the same date showed eye-spots and light wiggling motions. Several of these nests were examined again on June 16 and the parent fish were still present. Crawfishes apparently feed to some extent on the eggs of these fishes. One or more were seen under nearly every board which contained a nest, and the eggs disappeared before ready to hatch. As a bait minnow this species is one of the most desirable, perhaps the best of those found in the lake. All except the largest are too small for trolling, but for deep-water fishing it is excellent. It is very tough and lives well in all kinds of water and at all depths. It is a good fighter and very active on the hook. It may be used at any season and is good for wall-eyed pike, bass and perch, and all other game fishes of the lake except the bluegill. The Blunt-nosed Minnow is the only species of the genus found in the lake. It may be readily known from the following descrip- tion: Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 345 Head 4.3 in body ; depth 4.6 ; eye 3.4 in head ; snout 3.6 ; dorsal I, 8 ; anal 7 ; scales 6-41 to 45-4 ; teeth 4-4. Body rather elongate, not much elevated, only moderately com- pressed; head rather short, the snout blunt and convex; top of head depressed, cheeks vertical; mouth small, inferior, horizontal. Fins small, the dorsal moderate, the first ray distinct and spine- like in the male, slender in the female; anal fin small, caudal fin short. Scales moderate, deep, closely imbricated, 23 rows in front of dorsal ; eye small. Color, back olivaceous; sides bluish silvery, belly white; nose bluish; a black spot on the dorsal fin in front near the base; a dusky blotch at base of caudal fin ; fins often reddish. Comparative measurements were taken of 150 examples of this species. These specimens ranged in length from 1.5 to 3 inches, the aveage being 2 inches. 19. COMMON CHUB SEMOTILUS ATROMACULATUS (Mitchill) At Lake Maxinkuckee this fish is confined practically to the small tributary streams. . Numerous specimens varying in length from 1 to 9 or 10 inches were obtained in each of the inlets, per- haps most numerously in Aubeenaubee Creek; and a few were ob- tained in the Outlet. In all of these little streams it pushes well toward the head, and good-sized examples may be found where the stream is but a few inches deep. Their favorite place, however, is in the deeper, more quiet pools of these small streams. Though they can endure a relatively high temperature and water which is not very pure, they are often so crowded in these pools that the water becomes poorly aerated and quite impure, and the fish be- comes infested by various sorts of psorosperms and other para- sites. These, however, rarely seem to prove fatal, and when the fish are removed to favorable surroundings they speedily recover. The Common Chub reaches a length of 8 to 10 inches and is one of the fishes quite sure to be found on the small boy's string. It is one of the most voracious of the minnows and the sum total of sport which it brings to the youth of the land is no doubt quite as great as that which better fish bring to these same boys when no longer young. But while the mature angler no longer seeks the festive chub for its own sake, he nevertheless finds it a very useful fish, for when he would land the wall-eyed pike, great pike, or muskallunge, he finds no better bait than this same Chub ; the larger ones for these species and smaller ones for black bass. The Chub 346 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey is a hardy bait, active on the hook and attractive to the game fishes just named. The principal food of the Chub consists of insect larvae, aquatic insects, worms and small crustaceans. Head 3.75 to 4 ; depth 4.75 ; eye 7.5 ; snout 3 ; interorbital 2.4 ; D. 8; A. 8; scales 9-57-5, — about 40 before the dorsal; teeth 2, 5-4, 2. Body stout, not much compressed, the dorsal outline arched somewhat in front of dorsal, the body tapering backward from a point considerably in front of dorsal, so that the base of that fin is quite oblique; head large, bluntly conic, broad and rounded above; snout broad; mouth broad, oblique, lower jaw somewhat included, the upper lip entirely below level of pupil; maxillary Common Chub (Semotilus atromaculatus) barely reaching front of orbit; maxillary barbel small, sometimes not evident; eye small; scales small, greatly reduced and crowded anteriorly; lateral line strongly decurved. Color, dusky bluish above, side with a vague dusky band, quite black in the young, but almost or entirely disappearing with age; belly whitish, rosy in breeding males ; dorsal fin with a large black spot on base of anterior rays, bordered with red in the adult male ; a dusky vertebral line ; scales everywhere black at base and dusky on edges ; a broad black bar on shoulder behind opercular opening ; males in spring with the snout coarsely tuberculate ; young with a small black spot at base of caudal. The Chub varies somewhat in the number of scales, northern specimens having an increased number. Our specimens have from 57 to 60. The number of fin-rays is also large in our specimens, one having D. 8 ; A. 9, and another D. 9 ; A. 9. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 347 20. ROACH ABRAMIS CRYSOLEUCAS (Mitchill) (Plate 13) The Roach, known also as the Golden Shiner or Bream, is a common fish from Nova Scotia and Maine to the Dakotas and south to Texas, on both sides of the Alleghenies, and is usually abundant in weedy ponds and sluggish streams. It is not abundant in Lake Maxinkuckee ; specimens were obtained in only 7 hauls of the seine and of these 6 were made in Culver Inlet, and one in the outlet below Lost Lake. A few were seen, along with calico bass and bluegills under the Merchant pier, near Culver, Nov. 15, 1906. In all, 59 specimens, ranging from 1£ to 5f inches, were taken. It is a handsome, hardy fish, and would make a very attractive aquarium fish. It is sometimes used, along with other minnows, for bait. This species reaches a maximum length of about a foot and may be known from other minnows inhabiting this lake by the greatly compressed body, the small mouth, the large anal fin and the greatly decurved lateral line. Head 4.5 ; depth 3.5 ; eye 4 ; snout 4 ; maxillary 4.3 ; mandible 3 ; interorbital 2.6 ; caudal peduncle 2 ; D. I, 8 ; A. I, 12 ; scales 11-51-3. Body elongate ovate, strongly compressed; head small and short, moderately pointed; snout short, pointed; eye moderate, in axis of body; mouth small, oblique, maxillary not reaching eye; jaws subequal. Fins moderate; origin of dorsal behind insertion of ventrals and a little nearer base of caudal than tip of snout; first dorsal ray longest, 1.2 in head; last ray about £ length of first; base of dorsal 1.75 in longest ray; free edge of anal con- cave, the first rays longest, about 1.2 in longest dorsal; last anal ray about 3 in first, base of anal equal to longest ray; caudal widely forked, the notch rounded, the lower lobe slightly longer, 'greater than head, the upper scarcely equal to head; pectoral small, short, 1.3 in head, not reaching insertion of ventrals; ven- trals shorter than pectoral, reaching f way to anal; scales rather small, not very firm, and not closely imbricated ; lateral line com- plete, strongly decurved. Color, clear greenish above ; side silvery, with bright golden re- flections ; fins yellow-greenish, the tips of the lower fins sometimes somewhat orange in breeding males. 348 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 21. BLACK-STRIPED MINNOW NOTROPIS BIFRENATUS (Cope) Up to 10 or 11 years ago, this handsome little minnow was known only as a rather uncommon fish in streams along the coast from Massachusetts to Maryland. In 1898, Dr. W. C. Kendall of the Bureau of Fisheries, obtained a good number in a bay near the mouth of Songo River, at Sebago Lake, Maine. At Lake Max- inkuckee, 5 specimens of this species have been found, 2, each about 1| in. long, in Lost Lake Aug. 25, 1900, a third about an inch long of which the date has been lost, another example 1^ inches long was taken in Aubeenaubee Creek near ^ the mouth November 15, 1904, and the fifth, If inches long, in Lost Lake, Dec. 24, 1904. These specimens agree perfectly with those obtained at Sebago Lake, Maine, by Dr. Kendall, except that ours have a slightly larger eye and a slightly larger mouth. The Black-striped Minnow very closely resembles the young of the chub sucker, from which it can be distinguished by the struc- ture of the mouth. It can be at once distinguished from any other of the minnows of the lake by its intense contrastive markings. It differs from Notropis cayuga, which it resembles more closely than any other minnow of the region, in the larger mouth, black lower jaw, stouter body, and much blacker lateral band. The black lateral band in bifrenatus is solid and continuous, that in cayuga is made up of a series of black vertical bars, somewhat lunate in the anterior part of the body, separated by less black, sil- very interspaces. Head 4.2 in length ; depth 4.2 ; eye 3 in head ; D. 8 ; A. 7 ; scales 5-36-3 ; 13 scales before dorsal ; teeth 4-4. Body with both dorsal and ventral outlines somewhat arched; the caudal peduncle some- what contracted. Head moderate, the muzzle very obtuse. Mouth oblique, the jaws about equal; upper lip opposite lower part of. pupil. Eye large, greater in diameter than length of snout ; pores of lateral line developed on only a few of the anterior scales. Straw-colored, the scales brown-edged above; a shining black band from snout through eye to caudal, including edge of lower jaw; an orange band above this on the snout; regions below the black band silvery. Length 1-J to 2 inches. On account of its rarity, this minnow is not generally known to the anglers of the vicinity. Its small size would probably prevent its being used as a bait minnow, though its attractive colors might make it a good lure. o o m in ffi M c- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 349 22. CAYUGA MINNOW NOTROPIS CAYUGA Me«k (Plate 14) The Cayuga Minnow is a rather common fish in lakes, ponds and streams from Cayuga Lake and northern New York, westward to Assiniboia, South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas and Arkansas. It is an insignificant little fish, usually too small to be used for bait, and chiefly useful as food for other fishes. It is generally overlooked by minnow seiners and anglers, and is usually known only from regions where systematic collecting has been done; its small size and modest colors enable it to elude common observation. It does not appear to be common in Lake Maxinkuckee proper ; our only record is of 5 specimens taken July 7, 1900. It appears, however, to be quite abundant in Lost Lake. On July 29, 1899, 19 specimens were obtained there, and the species appeared to be exceedingly abundant at that place during the late autumn of 1907. Late in October and during the first week of November of that year, it swarmed in myriads in the shallow water along the shore. On November 5, 1907, more than a bushel were taken in one haul with a 12-foot seine dragged through a space not exceeding about 50 square feet of water, near the Bardsley cottage. Of these about a gallon were saved and found to consist of 1,907 of this species, 48 Notropis heterodon, 25 Pimephales notatus, 7 Abramis cryso- leucas and 4 Notropis blennius. The stomachs of a number of the Cayuga minnows taken in this haul were examined and found to contain various kinds of entomostraca and several different sorts of diatoms; among the entomostraca were Diaptomus, Bos- mina and Daphnia; among the diatoms were species of Navicula, Pleurosigma and Cymatopleura. It was thought at first that these came from the stomachs of the waterfleas, but these were quite free from them. One filament of Spyrogyra and one of Lyngbya, 1 observed were probably taken by accident. At that time the entire east shore of Lost Lake from the Bardsley cottage southward was a mass of these small minnows, so uniformly abundant and crowded that it was practically impossible to observe any segrega- tion into schools. Our specimens differ somewhat from the descriptions of typical N. cayuga in having the lower jaw subequal or included, and not projecting. In this respect they resemble N. ano genus, from which they differ, however, in having the lateral line incomplete. The chin usually has a few minute punctulations, but would be called 350 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey pale in comparison with that of N. heterodon. The following is a description of a typical specimen : Head 4.1 in length; depth 5.1; eye 3 in head; snout 3; D. 8; A. 8 ; teeth 4-4 ; scales 5-36-4, -14 before dorsal ; lateral line usually quite incomplete. Body rather slender, moderately compressed, heaviest forward; caudal peduncle long and slender; head rather broad; snout short, bluntly rounded; mouth small, maxillary not nearly reaching eye, the lower jaw usually included or little pro- jecting; eye large; fins moderate, origin of dorsal slightly behind insertion of ventrals; caudal rather deeply forked, the inner rays scarcely exceeding half length of outer ones. Color, pale yellowish or straw-color above, whitish below; back and two rows of scales on each side with a border of dark stippling about each side ; middle of side with a broad plumbeous band over- laid with black arranged in short vertical masses separated by sil- very interspaces which are less heavily punctate with black, this black band extending on to base of caudal fin and through eye around snout. Length 1 to 2.5 inches. Variable-toothed Minnow (Notropis heterodon) 23. VARIABLE-TOOTHED MINNOW NOTROPIS HETERODON (Cope) The Variable-toothed Minnow is rather common from New York to Michigan and Kansas. Like its near relative, the Cayuga minnow, it is a rather insignificant little fish, so much like a host of relatives that it is not generally distinguished from the great mass of "minnows" by most people. It can be distinguished from the Cayuga minnow, which it closely resembles, by the larger mouth and bit of black on the chin. The young of this species have a broad black band on the side, and quite closely resemble the young of the chub sucker (Erimyzon sucetta). They are not so deep, however, and have a differently shaped mouth. n o Z X c Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 351 Our collection contains 111 specimens, ranging from 1.12 to 2.5 inches in length, 34 of which were obtained in Lake Maxin- kuckee, 75 in Lost Lake, 1 in Aubeenaubee Creek and 1 in Culver Inlet. Head 4 in length; depth 4; eye 3 in head; snout equal to eye; D. 8 ; A. 8 ; scales 5-36-3, the lateral line extending about half the length of the body; teeth 4-4 (sometimes 2, 4-4, 2) often crenate. Body moderately stout, the back somewhat elevated; head rather pointed, the muzzle acuminate; mouth rather oblique, lower jaw projecting; upper lip opposite upper rim of pupil; maxillary ex- tending to opposite front rim of orbit; thirteen scales in front of dorsal. Color: Back golden olivaceous; top of head black, snout paler, yellowish ; middle of side with a broad, black, zigzag line beginning often as a black spot at base of caudal and running along middle of side through eye and around snout ; tip of lower jaw black ; lower half of side and under parts silvery. In mature examples there is a steel-blue wash along lateral line, and the whole body has a pale golden tinge ; a small dark spot on back at origin of dorsal. 24. STRAW-COLORED MINNOW NOTROPIS BLENNIUS (Girard) (Plate 15) The Straw-colored Minnow is generally abundant in small streams from Ohio and Michigan to Tennessee, Dakota and Kansas, and southward to Texas. At Lake Maxinkuckee it is very abund- ant. During the seining operations of 1899-1900, 499 examples or more were taken. Throughout the summer individuals of this species seem to be pretty well distributed in the lake from the shore to some distance out; with the coming of winter, however, they crowd together and are frequently seen in immense schools along the shore, sometimes alone, and sometimes associated with skipjacks and blunt-nosed minnows. A sudden cooling of the water in autumn appears to benumb them and other small fishes and they are frequently found washed upon shore where they perish. This particularly happens if there is a storm with high waves about the time of a rapid lowering of water temperature. When the first skirt of ice is formed along shore they are some- times found frozen on top of the ice as if they had jumped up there to escape some larger fish, or had been blown there in the spray. The Straw-colored Minnow is a rather delicate fish and cannot 23—17618 352 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey stand severe cold. On November 30, 1900, a number of these, with graybacks and other fishes, were found in a pool by Farrar's where they had washed up during a storm. The pool was frozen almost solid. The graybacks revived after being thawed out but the Straw-colored Minnows were all dead, many of them having actually burst asunder in the process of freezing. Throughout the whole winter of 1900-1901 and during the fall and early winter of 1904, these minnows were seen quite fre- quently, in various situations. They congregated in great num- bers under the first clear ice, appearing to crowd up as close to the shore as possible, and they seemed to be enjoying the sunlight shining through the ice. Whenever a hole was cut through the ice near shore, they could be seen, apparently attracted by the light and air. They also lurked about dark sheltering places such as piers, and congregated in great schools about the steamboats dur- ing the winter. They also sometimes crowded about the Outlet in company with skipjacks. When they are associated with skipjacks, the latter are usually nearer the surface of the water, while the straw-colored minnows are more or less the bottom part of the school. On November 1, 1904, a good many of these were noticed with thousands of skipjacks near Long Point. When disturbed, if under a pier, the skipjacks moved out into deeper water, while the straw-colored minnows moved nearer shore. In the early winter of 1904 they were seen crowding under pieces of boards and sticks which lay on the bottom near shore. Those under boards appeared to be dazed when the board was suddenly removed, and were easily caught. When out in open schools, however, these fish are quite alert, and rather more difficult to catch with the dipnet than the skipjack. In the spring of 1901 they were seen quite frequently, and, though not in dense schools as in the autumn, were still often abundant along shore as late as June 25. This fish appears to subsist chiefly on animal food, and occa- sionally on algse. An example 1.19 inches long contained a good number of Bosmina, one Daphnia and remains of insect larvae. Of a number examined October 7, 1904, several were empty, 2 con- tained entomostraca and several contained Anabsena flos-aquse. A lot were caught at the depot pier the next day; most of these were empty, but several contained Anabsena. On December 7, 1904, five were examined of which 2 were empty but the other three contained insect larvae. One examined May 22 contained a few mature insects, others examined June 15 contained a few in- sect fragments, but little else. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 353 The Straw-colored Minnow spawns early in June ; several speci- mens examined June 6 were found to contain ripe eggs. Another collected May 22 contained numerous immature eggs. An example 2} inches long caught at Long Point June 2, was examined. The egg-mass was thick club-shaped, somewhat sharper behind, ap- parently occupying all the body cavity behind the liver and closely pressed against the air-bladder, almost surrounding it. The in- testine was inconspicuous. The egg-mass was 19 mm. (nearly an inch) long and 7 mm. (a third of an inch) in diameter. The in- dividual eggs were small, pale in color, 305 in number and measur- ing 33 to the inch. They were probably "nearly mature. Besides these there were many immature eggs. This little minnow is used for bait only when better ones are not available. It is too small and tender to prove entirely satis- factory. • Its abundance, however, and the difficulty which anglers coming to Lake Maxinkuckee frequently experience in obtaining larger minnows, result in the use of a good many of this species for bait. For rock bass, crappie and yellow perch it proves pretty at- tractive and effective. It is also doubtless of much importance as food for other fishes of the lake. At night, when the bass, rock bass, perch, walleyed pike and other species come in near shore to feed, the Straw-col- ored Minnow is one of the species preyed upon most persistently. Many doubtless fall a prey to the waterdogs which creep up among them when crowded in schools near shore in late autumn. Head 4 ; depth 5 ; eye large, 3 in head. Scales 5-36 (32 to 38) -4 ; teeth 4-4. Body moderately stout, little compressed; head rather broad, with rounded angles; mouth small, inferior, horizontal; snout very obtuse; 15 rows of scales in front of dorsal; dorsal low, its longest ray f head. Back greenish-olive, scales dusted, darkest on edges, resulting in cross-hatching ; a dark blotch on back in front of dorsal ; median line on back behind dorsal fin black, not reaching caudal fin ; top of head darkish; side usually pale, silvery, a faint line of dark specks along middle of side, with a series of larger black specks along lateral line ; under parts pale ; an indistinct dark spot usually present at base of caudal fin ; fins all plain. Length 2 to 3 inches. Of 161 examples measured the longest was 2.63, the shortest 1.25 inches and the average 1.7 inches in total length. 354 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 25. SPOT-TAIL MINNOW i NOTROPIS HUDSONIUS (DeWitt Clinton) The Spot-tail Minnow is a species of wide distribution. It is found from Vermont westward to the Dakotas and southward to the Carolinas. It is abundant throughout the Great Lakes region and is not rare in certain waters east of the Alleghenies. In Lake Ontario it is particularly abundant. It probably occurs in all the interior lakes of New York draining into Lake Ontario and is very abundant in Lake Chautauqua. In Bass Lake and some others of the small northern Indiana lakes it is quite common. At Lake Maxinkuckee, however, it appears to be rare. The only record of its occurrence there is that of a few specimens seined September 20, 1899. Spot-tailed Minnow (Notropis hudsonius) Like most species of wide distribution this minnow has many vernacular names, among those in most general use being Shiner, Spot-tail minnow, Spawneater and Hudsonian minnow. In Chau- tauqua Lake it is called Cisco. How this name of a species of whitefish ever got transferred to this little minnow is not easy to understand. The Shiner reaches a length of 3 to 6 inches and is an attractive little fish. As a bait-minnow it is highly esteemed. On Lake On- tario and the St. Lawrence River it is regarded as the best live bait for bass. At Chautauqua Lake large examples are popular musk- allunge bait. In northern Indiana it is a good general purpose bait minnow, although not abundant enough in many places to be well known. The smaller ones are excellent for yellow perch, those of medium size are ^X)od for bass, and the larger ones for walleyed pike and pickerel. Its bright silvery color makes it an Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 355 attractive bait, and it is active and vigorous on the hook, swimming clear of vegetation and at a good distance above the bottom if used in deep water. It is not the most hardy of minnows; its scales rub off rather easily, thus giving a chance for attacks by the fungus Saprolegnia in the live-box. But in the minnow bucket or on the hook it lives fairly well and is, withal, a pretty satis- factory bait minnow. It may usually be readily known from the following description, the black caudal spot being the most distinctive character mark: Head 4.75 in body; depth 4; eye 3 in head; D. 8; A. 8; scales 5-39-4 ; teeth, 1, 4-4, 0 or 1, or 2. Body elongate, considerably com- pressed in the adult; head quite short, muzzle blunt, decurved, shorter than the very large eye ; mouth moderate, nearly horizontal, the jaws nearly equal, the maxillary reaching nearly to the eye; lateral line nearly straight, slightly decurved anteriorly; 18 scales before dorsal; pectoral not reaching ventrals, the latter not to vent. Coloration very pale, with usually a dusky or black spot at base of caudal, especially in the young; side with a broad, silvery band, which is sometimes dusky. Length 4 to 6 inches. 26. SILVER-FIN NOTROPIS WHIPPLH (Girard) This handsome minnow is generally common in clear streams from central New York to Minnesota, northern Alabama and Arkansas, and is very abundant in the Ohio Valley. It is a stream fish and not at all abundant in the lake, only about 41 specimens having been secured. These were obtained along the east side of Long Point from July 17 to 20, and on August 23, 1899, and a few more were seined in front of the Fish Commission station on the evening of Sept. 20. It is preferably, a fish of the larger, clearer creeks and rivers, delighting in the rush and swirl of the waters on the riffles where it feeds on the insect larvse, small crustaceans and other small life among the stones or adhering to the Potamogetons and other aquatic plants which grow in such places. It is a trim, active minnow, and one of the most handsome of the family. Like most other minnows used as bait it has several common names ; shiner, blueback, flat minnow, silver-fin, and hornyhead being among those most often heard, the last being applied to breeding males. This species evidently spawns in the lake toward the end of July; of those obtained July 18, many were full of spawn and ripe; of 2 females examined, one contained 686 eggs, .03 of an 356 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey inch in diameter, and another contained 745 eggs which ran 30 to the inch. As a bait minnow the Silver-fin is not without value. It is very active when on the hook ; and this, with its bright silvery color- ation, should make it attractive to black bass. It is hardy and lives well in the live-box, minnow bucket, and on the hook. The smaller ones are good bait for perch and rock bass, the largest ones for walleyed pike. Head 4-i in body; depth 4 in adult males; females and young more slender, 4| to 5; eye small, 4^ to 4| in head; snout 3 to 3£; maxillary 3£ to 3f ; mandible 3^ to 4 ; D. 8 ; A. 8 or 9 ; scales 5-38 to 40-3; teeth 1, 4-4, 1, the edges more or less distinctly serrate. Body moderately elongate, somewhat compressed, the dorsal and ventral outlines regularly and gently arched; head rather long, Silver-fin (Notropis whipplii) triangular, the snout pointed; mouth rather small, quite oblique, the lower jaw received within the upper when the mouth is closed; maxillary not reaching orbit; eye small, in axis of body; caudal peduncle rather long and compressed. Fins moderate, origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of caudal and over base of ventrals ; origin of anal posterior to base of last dorsal ray ; free edge of dorsal straight, the longest rays 1.2 in head ; free edge of anal somewhat concave in the depressed fin, more nearly straight when the fin is expanded, the longest ray 1.25 in head; pectoral slender, slightly falcate, 1.3 in head; ventrals short, barely reach- ing anal, 1.4 in head; caudal broadly forked, the notch rounded, the lobes equal, 1 in head ; scales firm, closely imbricated, much deeper than long, not crowded anteriorly ; top of head of male in breeding season covered with prominent tubercles. Color of male leaden silvery, brightest and with bluish luster on middle of side ; back darker, inclining to olivaceous ; underparts Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 357 silvery; cheek and opercles silvery, with faint brownish dustings; caudal peduncle with an ill-defined plumbeous spot posteriorly; dorsal fin dusky anteriorly, the rays white ; last 3 interradial mem- branes satiny-black, especially that between last 2 rays but one; caudal pale, dusky on edges; anal and ventrals satiny-white; pec- toral pale, with faint lemon wash in richly colored males; female less brilliant than the male, the side more plumbeous. Length of specimens described 3 to 4 inches. The Silver- fin can be readily distinguished from any other min- now of the lake by the elongate dark spot' on the posterior part of the dorsal fin. 27. SHINER NOTROPIS CORNUTUS (Mitchill) (Plate 16) The Shiner or Red-fin is distributed through the entire region east of the Rocky Mountains, excepting the South Atlantic States and Texas, and is almost everywhere the most abundant fish in small streams. Although usually a creek fish it is not uncommon in Lake Maxinkuckee; during the seining operations, 688 specimens were secured. The greatest number obtained in one haul was 208. It was frequently seen during the spring of 1901, usually in the Out- let under the wagon or railroad bridge or between them. On April 19, 1901, a fisherman, fishing from the pier by the Ice-houses, caught an 8-inch example. On September 30, 1907, on a trip down the Outlet, good schools of these fish, some of large size, were seen. The Shiner is one of the handsomest and best known of the minnows. It reaches a length of 8 to 10 inches and, with the ex- ception of the species of Semotilus and Hybopsis, is one of the larg- est species in the Eastern States. While it prefers the smaller streams it may also be found in lakes and rivers as well. In small brooks and in quiet places in creeks and rivers the young may be found in myriads. The adults are vigorous, active fish frequenting the rapids and swifter parts of the streams. This fish takes the worm-baited hook with avidity and is the minnow most frequently seen on the small boy's string. The large individuals possess considerable game qualities often agree- able to boys of larger growth. Although attaining some size and sometimes used as food, it is not of much value for that purpose, as the flesh is soft and spoils very soon after death; hence the name Rot-gut or Rot-gut minnow often heard applied to it in southern Ohio, Indiana and southward. 358 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey As a bait minnow, the Shiner is one of the best and most popular. At Maxinkuckee it is one of the species most often used. Owing to its general distribution and abundance. in northern In- diana it is easy to obtain examples of any desired size up to 6 or 7 inches, for which reason this species is used for all sorts of bait fishing at the lake. Those 3 to 5 inches long are regarded as among the very best lures for large-mouth black bass, and those 2 to 24 inches long fov yellow perch and crappie. It is a fine trolling minnow when the water is not too warm ; when the water is above 70° they are apt to suffer and die too readily. Head 4j in body; depth 3j, varying much with age; eye 4 to 5; D. 8 ; A. 9 ; scales 6-41-3 ; teeth 2, 4-4, 2, with rather narrow grind- ing surface. Body elongate in the young, in the adult short, com- pressed, with the anterior dorsal region much swollen and gibbous ; head rather heavy, compressed, rounded between the eyes, the snout bluntish; mouth moderate, nearly horizontal, the jaws nearly equal, the lower somewhat included; eye moderate; maxillary scarcely reaching front of eye, the premaxillaries below the level of the eye. Scales always deeper than long on the sides, becoming extremely deep in the adult; lateral line decurved. Dorsal moder- ate, inserted directly over ventrals in young, thrown somewhat backward in adult by the growth of the nuchal region; pectorals barely or not reaching ventrals, the latter about to vent ; region in front of dorsal typically with about 23 scales, the number ranging from 15 to 40. Coloration, dark steel blue above, the scales with dusky edges, the bases also dusky; a gilt line along the back and one along each side, these distinct only when the fish is in the water; belly and lower part of the sides silvery, bright rosy in spring males ; dorsal fin somewhat dusky ; other fins plain ; the lower fins all rosy in spring males ; head dark above ; a dark shade behind scapula ; lower jaw and region in front of dorsal to tip of snout covered with small tubercles in spring males; female and young fishes are plain olivaceous above and silvery below. 28. RED-NOSED MINNOW NOTROPIS RUBRIFRONS (Cope) This dainty little minnow is a common species from Vermont and western Pennsylvania to Michigan, Kansas, and Kentucky. It is by preference an inhabitant of the larger, clearer streams, though it is also found in small rivers and creeks. It delights to dwell on the riffles and in the swifter water. Sometimes it is found in large schools swimming near the surface in the deeper, COMMON SHINER, Notropis cornutus (Mitchill) BLACKFIN, Notropis umbratilis atripes (Jordan) Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 359 quiet pools or in still eddies near shore. At such times it can be caught in great numbers in the minnow seine. At Lake Maxinkuckee it is apparently a very rare species. Our collections contain but a single specimen; this is a good typical example 2;! inches long, obtained in Aubeenaubee Creek, near its mouth, April 27, 1901. The fact that only this one specimen was obtained suggests that the species is not really native to the lake and that the example caught was a bait minnow escaped from some live-bait bucket. The Red-nosed Minnow attains a length of 2 to 2.5 inches, scarcely large enough to be used much as a bait minnow, although it is not infrequently seen in the angler's minnow pail. Its bright silvery color and its activity make up in a measure for what it lacks in size. For yellow perch and the smaller bass it is a very satisfactory live bait, and several on one hook have proved attract- ive to the walleyed pike. Head 4 in length ; depth 6 ; eye 4.7 in head ; snout 3.1 ; dorsal 9; anal 10; scales 7-47-4, teeth 2, 4-4, 2. Body long and slender, considerably compressed; dorsal and ventral outlines but slightly arched; head rather long, snout pointed; mouth moderate, some- what oblique, the maxillary reaching vertical at front of orbit, the lower jaw projecting; scales firm; lateral line complete, somewhat decurved. Color, pale lemon above, the edges of the scales with fine dark punctulations ; side bright silvery, somewhat metallic blue above; sides of head silvery, more red in breeding season; under parts straw-yellow. 29. RED-FIN NOTROPIS UMBRATILIS (Girard) (Plate 16) This is an exceedingly variable minnow, widespread in distribu- tion, its range extending from Minnesota to western New York, North Carolina, Alabama and Texas. It is represented in differ- ent regions by well marked subspecies and is usually abundant in small clear streams. It is not common in the lake, only 22 speci- mens having been secured, 12 in Aubeenaubee Bay and 10 just east of the Culver Military Academy pier on July 21, 1899. Head 4| in body ; depth 4 to 4i ; eye 3 to 4 in head ; D. 7 ; A. 11 ; scales 9-40 to 52-3; teeth 2, 4-4, 2. Body compressed; the caudal peduncle long ; head long, conic, rather pointed ; mouth large, mod- erately oblique, the premaxillary on level of pupil, the maxillary extending to opposite eye; lower jaw somewhat projecting; eye 360 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey moderate, about equal.to muzzle ; scales closely imbricated, crowded anteriorly, about 30 before dorsal. Dorsal fin high, inserted about midway between ventrals and anal ; pectorals not reaching ventrals, the latter to vent; caudal fin long. Coloration, dark steel blue above, pale or silvery below; a more or less evident black spot at base of dorsal in front ; the fins otherwise all plain ; males with the anterior dorsal region and the head profusely covered with small whitish tubercles, the belly and lower fins being of a bright brick red in the spring; females very pale olive, sometimes almost color- less. Length 3^ inches. The subspecies represented in the lake is lythrurus, which has the body moderately elongate, the depth 4^ in length, the females nearly 5 ; eye large, about 3| in head ; scales 9-47-3 ; dorsal with a conspicuous black spot in front, rest of the fin mostly pale; no anal spot. Cavern-jawed Minnow (Ericymba buccata) 30. CAVERN-JAWED MINNOW ERICYMBA BUCCATA Cope This interesting little minnow, which appears never to have re- ceived any distinctive vernacular name, is found from Pennsyl- vania westward to Michigan and Kansas and south to Florida. In some streams, notably in central Indiana, it is abundant. It is a stream fish, rarely, if ever, occurring in lakes. We have not found it in Lake Maxinkuckee proper, but we have one specimen taken by us September 11, 1906, in the outlet below Lost Lake near the site of the old mill. It is known to occur in the Tippecanoe River at Belong. We have also found it in the minnow buckets of anglers at the lake. It may be readily known from any other minnow of the United States by the cavernous structure of the head which shows par- ticularly in the lower jaw which appears to be made up of a series of rectangular cavities or compartments. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 361 Head 4 ; depth 5 ; eye large, 4 in head ; dorsal 8 ; anal 8 ; scales 5-33-3 ; teeth 1, 4-4, 0. Body fusiform, rather elongate, little com- pressed, the back not elevated; head rather long, somewhat de- pressed above, with broad and prominent muzzle; mouth rather small, horizontal, subinferior, the lower jaw considerably shorter than upper ; upper lip below level of pupil ; maxillary not reaching to eye; dentary bones dilated, the mucous channels conspicuous; suborbital very broad, silvery, with an elevated longitudinal ridge and conspicuous cross lines; opercle smajl; fins small, dorsal over ventrals; scales moderate; lateral line nearly straight; breast scale- less ; 15 large scales before dorsal. Color olivaceous, rather pale ; sides bright silvery with bluish reflections; a dark dorsal streak, conspicuous posteriorly; fins plain; males without tubercles or bright colors. Length 3 to 5 inches. Black-nosed Dace (Rhinichthys atronasus) 31. BLACK-NOSED DACE RHINICHTHYS ATRONASUS (Mitchill) The Black-nosed Dace is a very abundant fish in clear brooks and mountain streams from New England to Minnesota, northern Alabama and Virginia. It is extremely variable in different parts of its range. It is not common about Lake Maxinkuckee ; no specimens were taken in the lake itself, and only 19 in all were taken in the region. Of these, one was taken in Aubeenaubee Creek and the remaining 18 in Culver Inlet. As a bait minnow this species possesses some value, particularly for bass and walleyed pike. It is unusually hardy and lives well on the hook as well as in the minnow bucket and live-box. It is also extremely vigorous and active. Its dull colors, however, ren- der it less attractive than it otherwise would be. 362 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Head 4 in body; depth 4£; eye H in snout, 4£ in head. D. 7; A. 7; lateral line 64; teeth 2, 4-4, 2. Body moderately elongate, little compressed ; head moderate, rather broad and flattish above ; snout moderate; mouth small, horizontal, sub-terminal, the lower jaw included; barbel minitte but probably always present; upper lip on level of lower part of pupil, maxillary not reaching nearly to eye, eye small, nearly median; fins rather small; dorsal fin well back, its insertion about midway between nostril and base of caudal; scales quite small, somewhat embedded. Color, blackish above, some of the scales irregularly darker; a black band passing from snout through eye and along side of body; a paler streak below this; belly silvery; males in spring with the lateral band and the lower fins and sometimes the whole body, bright crimson; males in late summer with the lateral band scarlet or orange, the red color growing faint later in the season. Length 3 inches. The specimens obtained varied in length from 1.06 to 2.55 inches. They differ in several respects both from the description of the typical spscies and from the subspecies lunatus, in the range of which the Lake Maxinkuckee region is included. The head varies from 3f to 4, the depth from 4£ to 5, eye from 3^ to 4, usually 4, snout from 3 to 3£, usually 3, scales 10 or 11 above lateral line, from 60 to 67, usually 60, in lateral line, usually 7 below. One example had scales over only £ of the body. In all examples except one, the dorsal had 8 rays instead of 7. 32. RIVER CHUB HYBOPSIS KENTUCKIENSIS (Rafinesque) The River Chub is a species of wide distribution; from New England and Pennsylvania its range extends westward to Wyoming and southward on both sides of the Alleghenies to Alabama. It is nearly everywhere abundant in the larger streams, but it does not by preference so often frequent smaller streams or lakes. Like all other familiar species of wide distribution it is favored with many common names, among which may be mentioned hornyhead, jerker, river chub, common chub, horned chub, Indian chub, and red-tail chub. At Lake Maxinkuckee where the streams are all small, the river chub is not common. The only specimens (3 in number) obtained by us were seined in Aubeenaubee Creek. They range in length from 3.25 to 6 inches. Like all other members of the family the Hornyhead spawns in Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 363 the spring, — in northern Indiana in May and June. It builds a considerable nest of relatively fine gravel, usually on a gravel bar where the water is comparatively swift. The food of the River Chub consists chiefly of worms, insect larvae, small crustaceans, and small fishes. As a game fish it is of some importance, especially to the small boy with whom all is fish that comes to his net. It attains a length of 9 or 10 inches, a size which appeals to the young angler who, with worm-baited hook, is usually quite sure to meet with gratifying success with this fish. It takes the hook greedily and fights vigorously and with the proper spirit. It is never known to give up and sulk as some fishes do but always continues the fight to the last. River Chub (Hybopsis kentuckicnsis) As a bait minnow, the River Chub is one of the best known and most highly esteemed. It is par excellence the bait minnow for all kinds of American freshwater game fishes. Hornyheads of small size, say 2 to 3 inches in length, can not be excelled for crappie, calico bass, rock bass and medium-sized large-mouth and small-mouth bass. Those of somewhat larger size can not be sur- passed for the larger bass and wall-eyed pike; while for him who desires to capture large pickerel, great northern pike, or the wily muskallunge, an 8 or 10 inch River Chub is just the lure to use. The Hornyhead is unusually tenacious of life, and when on the hook is exceedingly active, fighting with a vigor, viciousness and persistency which justly entitle it to rank with the game fishes. An expert angler, speaking of this minnow, says it is especially fine for trolling. The best sizes for Maxinkuckee are those from 2 to 4 inches long. It is tough and wily and will endure much pun- ishment in the water. Its good qualities are its toughness and ac- tivity on the hook. It is a fine bait for wall-eyed pike and both species of black bass. A dozen river chubs of assorted sizes are worth double that number of any other species. 364 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Another feature which particularly commends this minnow in the upper Mississippi Valley is the ease with which a supply can be captured. Not only can they be secured in the usual way with the minnow seine, but they also readily enter the minnow trap, and in the absence of other means, a sufficient supply can often be taken by means of a small hook baited with grub or angleworm. Head 4 in length; depth 4-| ; D. 8; A. 7; scales 6-41-4; teeth 1, 4-4, 1, or 1, 4-4, 0, sometimes 4-4. Body rather robust, little elevated, not much compressed ; head large, rather broadly rounded above; the snout conical, bluntish; mouth rather large, subtermi- nal, little oblique, the lower jaw somewhat the shorter; upper lip rather below level of eye; maxillary not reaching to front of eye^ eye small, median, high up ; barbel well developed ; suborbitals very narrow; preorbital large; fins moderate; the dorsal rather pos- terior, slightly behind insertion of ventrals; caudal broad, little forked. Scales large, not crowded anteriorly, 18 rows in front of dorsal. Lateral line somewhat decurved. Color, bluish-olive; sides with bright green and coppery reflections; a curved dusky bar behind opercle ; scales above with dark borders ; belly pale, but not silvery, rosy in spring males; fins all pale orange, without black spot; males in spring with a crimson spot on each side of head; adults with the top of the head swollen, forming a sort of crest, which is sometimes a third of an inch higher than level of the neck and is covered with large tubercles ; young with a dark caudal spot. Length 6 to 9 inches. 33. COMMON EEL ANGUILLA ROSTRATA Le Sueur The Common Eel is an abundant and well-known fish all along our Atlantic coast from Maine to Mexico. From the ocean it as- cends all rivers south of Canada and east of the Rocky Mountains, and is resident throughout the Mississippi Valley. It does not ap- pear to be common in Indiana and is not well known to Indiana anglers generally. At Lake Maxinkuckee it seems to be rather uncommon, although it is occasionally caught on set-lines at night, especially during the spring. Only a few examples were actually seen. On August 19, 1899, Mr. Thomas Large found floating far out in the lake an Eel 43 inches long and weighing 6^ pounds. On May 15, 1901, one 22 inches long was caught on a set-line in Out- let Bay, during the night. Besides these, reports were heard of several having been caught about the same time. About the last of June, 1907, Mr. S. S. Chadwick got a very large Eel at his pier. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 365 He saw it under his pier 2 or 3 different mornings, then shot it. It had been crippled some way and had a wound on the belly 3 or 4 inches long. The fish was at least 40 inches in length. There seemed to be a general impression about the lake that they were rather common and could be obtained in numbers by any one who took trouble to fish for them, but the logic by which this conclu- sion was reached ("there must be a good many eels in the lake, be- cause nobody has ever taken many out") .is not particularly con- vincing. No eels were ever seen in the Outlet, although it was watched pretty closely for migratory fishes. Lampreys were oc- casionally taken in the Outlet by fishers with minnow seines and were usually thought to be young eels. The eelskin is in good local repute as a remedy for rheumatism and sprains, the dried skin being placed over the affected parts as a bandage. Common Eel (Anguilla rostrata) Nothing was observed at the lake concerning the habits of the Eel. They are said to be carnivorous and voracious and very fond of crawfishes. Specimens kept in the aquariums at the Bureau of Fisheries are affected by fish lice more than any other fishes except the toad fishes. The Eel can be distinguished at once from the lamprey by the presence of jaws and fins, the single gill-opening and embedded scales. It could not be confounded with any other species of fish in the lake. Body elongate, compressed behind, covered with embedded scales which are linear in form and placed obliquely, some at right angles to others; lateral line well developed; head long, conical, moderately pointed; the rather small eye well forward and over the angle of the mouth ; teeth small, subequal, in bands on each jaw and a long patch on the vomer ; tongue free at tip ; lips rather full, with a free margin behind, attached by a frenum in front; lower jaw projecting; gill-openings rather small, slit-like, about as wide 366 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey as base of pectoral and partly below them; nostrils superior, well separated, the anterior with a slight tube; vent close in front of anal ; dorsal inserted at some distance from the head, confluent with the anal around the tail; pectoral well developed; distance from front of dorsal to vent 1.16 to 2 in head; pectoral 2.83 to 3.4 in head ; head 2 to 2.5 in trunk. Form rather robust. Brown, nearly plain, often tinged with yellowish ; paler below, the color extremely variable. Length 4 or 5 feet. 34. MUD MINNOW UMBRA LIMI (Kirtland) (Plate 17) The Mud Minnow is a common fish from Quebec to Minnesota and southward to the Ohio valley ; it is especially abundant north- ward throughout the Great Lakes region in weedy streams and ditches and in the smaller muddy lakes. At Lake Maxinkuckee it is fairly abundant in Norris Inlet, Aubeenaubee Creek, Culver Inlet, in the Outlet above Lost Lake, and in the small ponds in Green's marsh. Specimens were also secured in Lost Lake and its outlet. It delights to dwell in small creeks, ditches or ponds where the water is cool, the bottom muddy and aquatic vegetation abund- ant. There were a good many in a ditch two miles or so west of the lake. Mud minnows were frequently seen under the clear ice in the Inlet and in the ponds in Green's marsh, and they were quite active during the winter. Professor Baird says of this species that "A locality which, with the water perfectly clear will appear destitute of fish, will perhaps yield a number of mudfish on stirring up the mud at the bottom and drawing a seine through it. Ditches in the prairies of Wisconsin or mere bog-holes, apparently affording lodgment to nothing beyond tadpoles may thus be found filled with Umbras." The same remarks apply equally well to such places in northern Indiana. The little streams, ponds and ditches everywhere are apt to have the Mud Minnow as one of their inhabitants. The abandoned Wabash and Erie Canal is a favorite place for this fish, and old mill-races that have grown full of Myriophyllum, Cera- tophyllum and other aquatic plants are sure to be the home of this species. One of the writers recalls many visits to the old Dillen mill- race and the cold, boggy Armstrong pond near Camden, Indiana, many years ago, when he had his first experiences with this curi- ous fish. The race was literally filled with ditch moss (Philotria 2 a O £ x o Lake Maxlnkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 367 canadensis) and any mass of this vegetation that might be raked out was sure to contain one or more mud minnows. They were also common in and about the Armstrong pond; they sometimes would be found in the mud at the bottom of cow tracks some dis- tance from water. These are oviparous fishes, the sexes similar, small in size, carnivorous in 'their habits, feeding upon small crustaceans, insect larvae and the like. One specimen examined contained an Asellus, and they are also said to feed to a large extent on the minute duckweed, Wolffia. They are extremely tenacious of life and will live a long time in the mud in the bottom of a pool which has en- tirely dried up. When dug out of the mud and placed in water they usually seem normally vigorous and active. They can be kept indefinitely in minnow buckets or old rain barrels without change of water. They are frequently used by anglers as bait for pickerel and wall-eyed pike, but they are chiefly valuable on account of their great tenacity of life. Anglers who have tried this bait at Lake Maxinkuckee, however, have not found them a very killing lure. The Mud Minnow is familiar to almost everyone who ever goes seining for minnows ; but, as it bears a superficial resemblance to the dogfish, Amia calva, the young of which are rarely seen, they are usually supposed to be young dogfish. The interesting remarks by Charles Halleck regarding the young of the dogfish as bait doubtless refer to the Mud Minnow. Various anglers at Lake Maxinkuckee to whom specimens of the Mud Minnow were shown pronounced them young dogfish. The two species are not at all related, however, and may be easily distinguished by the much larger dorsal fin of the dogfish, in which there are about 48 rays while in the Mud Minnow there are but 15 dorsal rays. Specimens of Mud Minnow examined on April 9, appeared to be nearly ripe, and they probably spawn about the middle of April. The eggs are 1/20 of an inch in diameter and varied from about 425 to 450 per individual. Head 3.5 to 3.75 in length; depth 4.5 to 4.75; eye 5.5 to 6 in head; snout 4.5 to 5; dorsal 15; anal 10; pectoral 14; ventral 6; scales about 37,-13; branchiostegals 6. Body oblong, somewhat compressed, covered with rather large, cycloid scales; head rather short, bluntly conic, little depressed; caudal peduncle deep, com- pressed; eye moderate, high up; mouth rather large, slightly ob- lique, lower jaw projecting, maxillary reaching vertical of an- terior part of pupil ; cheeks, opercles and top of head scaled ; dor- 24—17618 368 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey sal fin posterior in position; caudal rounded. Color, dark olive- green, mottled with darker and coppery or brassy blotches, and with about 12 irregular dark crossbars; a dark postocular spot and a large dark blotch on opercle ; a broad dark band in front of eye; a broad black vertical bar on caudal peduncle at base of tail, and a narrow dark band on base of caudal rays ; caudal beautifully marked with fine crossbars ; under parts paler, sometimes rosy coppery. Length 3 to 5 inches. Almost all of the specimens obtained at Lake Maxinkuckee were considerably undersized, ranging in length from 1| to 3.55 inches, only 12 in the 84 individuals examined being 3 inches or over in length. The numbers representing the proportions are smaller throughout, the head being usually 3^ in length; depth ranging from 4^ to 5, usually about 4^; eye 3| to 5i, frequently 4 ; snout 3-i to 5, usually a little over 4 ; it will thus be observed that the Maxinkuckee specimens have a somewhat larger head, greater depth, larger eye and longer snout than is given in current de- scriptions. 35. GEASS PIKE ESOX VERMICULATUS Le Sueur (Plate 5) The Grass Pike occurs abundantly throughout the middle and upper Mississippi Valley and in streams tributary to Lakes Erie and Michigan. It is not known from east of the Alleghenies nor from Texas. Throughout most of its range it is generally com- mon in all ponds, bayous and small sluggish streams in which there is much aquatic vegetation. At Lake Maxinkuckee only 86 specimens were secured during the seining operations, and the greatest number taken in one haul was 17. It is, however, quite a common fish, and it is probable that the alacrity with which this fish gets out of the way at the first sign of danger accounts for the small number taken. It is frequently found basking near shore in shallow weedy places. In late autumn they bask in considerable numbers in the neighbor- hood of the Outlet. During the latter part of October and the first part of November, 1904, considerable numbers of these fishes were seen close to the Outlet. On October 28, about 10 were seen, and two days after about 40 or 50 were seen at the same place at noon. They were also seen in late autumn on various occasions basking in the region of the Inlet and along the bayous of the Out- let. When basking they usually lie perfectly still, and look so much like a stick that they are not seen until an arrowy streak Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 369 in the water marks where they have dashed from shore. They were occasionally seen under the clear ice. In December, 1904, they were observed hiding under the ice-fringes along the edge of the Outlet. A good many of them about the same time went into the lagoons in Green's marsh and some froze there. On one oc- casion about a dozen dead ones were seen at that place. As soon as the ice melts in spring and the melting snows and early rains raise the waters over tht flats and fill the little rills, the grass pikes may be seen pushing their way out into even the shallowest places. The tiniest rill that runs into the lake is ascended to its very source, and it is surprising how far they will manage to wiggle up some tiny thread of a brook. They scatter out over the flats and bayous, and are common in the ditches. In 1901 the spring run began about April 1, and they were frequently seen in shallow lagoons and ponds in Green's marsh until April 30. Even earlier in the spring before the ice has gone off, they may be seen through the* ice in the shallow water of the bayous and along the lake shore. And a little later, when open places in the ice begin to ap- pear, Grass Pike may often be seen in such places and in open places in the ditches. One may sometimes kill them in such situa- tions by striking them with a stick. Ordinarily the Grass Pike is not sought by anglers; its small size and disinclination to take the baited hook preclude its becom- ing a game-fish of any importance. It will, however, take the hook and is sometimes seen on the small boy's string. The flesh is white, firm, flaky, and of delicious flavor. Like other species of the genus, the Grass Pike is a voracious fish which preys largely on other fishes. An example six inches long contained a small straw bass. Distomid parasites are often found in its stomach. The spring invasion of the shallow, reed-covered places is for breeding purposes. A few fish were examined about April 4, and the eggs appeared to be nearly mature, about 15 to the inch, and one example caught contained about 1,896 eggs. Head 3£ ; depth 5 to 6 ; eye large, 2^ in snout, about 6 in head. Branchiostegals 11 to 13; D. 11 or 12; A. 11 or 12; scales 105. Body moderately stout, somewhat compressed; head rather short, the eye being exactly in the middle of the head; middle of eye nearer tip of chin than to gill-opening ; snout 2± in head ; caudal well forked. The following are life colors of a female example 10.5 inches long captured at Green's marsh, April 4, 1901 : Back olivaceous, lighter along median line, bounded on each side by a series of ir- 370 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey regular darker spots; side olive green, mottled and blotched with darker, and with more or less brassy in thin close lines ; opercle and cheek greenish, blotched with dark; a broad dark line downward from eye; upper part of head dark olivaceous, a narrow paler median stripe ; under jaw pale, darker at tip ; lower fins pale red- dish ; dorsal and caudal light olivaceous, tip of dorsal blackish, belly white. 36. COMMON PIKE ESOX LUCIUS Liniueus The Common Pike has a remarkably wide distribution. It is the only member of the family found outside of America, and is found in the fresh waters of the northern parts of Europe, Asia and North America north to Alaska and Siberia; in the eastern United States south to New York and the Ohio River; and in Europe south to Italy and Greece, and is generally abundant Common Pike (Esox lucius) throughout its range. It is not at all common in Lake Maxin- kuckee. One was obtained some years ago 3 feet long and weigh- ing 1(H pounds, and another was caught on July 20, 1900, which weighed 3f pounds. It appears to be rather common in waters not far distant from the lake. The largest of which we have any record was seen at Round Lake, 4 miles west of Bass Lake. It weighed 32 pounds and had died trying to swallow a large bass. One of the best streams of which we know for pike fishing is the Kankakee. In November, 1892, a fisherman caught one there weighing 26^ Ibs. On August 4, 1906, one 40 inches long and weighing 16 Ibs. was caught in the Yellow River, a branch of the Kankakee. Head 3^; depth 5; eye 6.^ in head, 3^ in snout; snout 2f in head; branchiostegals 14 to 16; D. 16 or 17 (developed rays) ; scales 123. Body moderately elongate, the back little elevated; head rather long, the eye exactly midway in its length, middle of eye midway between tip of chin and gill-opening; cheeks entirely Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 371 scaly ; lower half of opercles bare. General color bluish, or green- ish gray, with many whitish or yellowish spots, which are usually smaller than the eye and arranged somewhat in rows ; dorsal, anal and caudal fins with roundish or oblong black spots; young with the whitish spots coalescing, forming oblique crossbars; a white horizontal band bounding the naked part of the opercle ; each scale with a grayish V-shaped speck. Length 4 feet. 37. GRAYBACK FUNDULUS DIAPHANUS (Le Sueur) (Plate 18) Fundulus diaphanus is represented in Lake Maxinkuckee by the subspecies menona, the range of which extends from northern Ohio to Mississippi. It is a northern fish, not found far south of northern Illinois. At Lake Maxinkuckee this is .known as the Grayback or Grey- back Minnow. It was formerly very abundant, frequently swim- ing in considerable schools near shore, especially in late autumn after the water had become chilled. They remained rather near shore the whole year round, but were not bunched up so much in schools during the summer as during the winter. In 1899 and 1900 these fishes were taken in considerable numbers in the seining operations, the total catch amounting to 1,197, and in the autumn of 1900 great schools were observed near shore. It was quite abund- ant during the spring and summer of 1901. Of late years they appear to be decreasing in numbers. In 1906 and 1907 they did not appear to be nearly so abundant as formerly. This is probably due to the fact that this is the most desirable fish in the lake for bait, and as it stays near shore, it falls an easy prey to people who seine for minnows. In looking over a haul, people usually pick up the graybacks first and sort them out quite thoroughly. The Grayback is a handsome, somewhat chubby fish. Although not strikingly colored the silvery bars make it quite attractive, and it is this, combined with its hardiness, that makes it so valuable as a bait minnow. It will live under all sorts of condi- tions and endure much cold without injury. On November 30, 1900, a number of fishes — small catfishes, straw-colored minnows, etc., were found in a small pool near Farrar's. The sand had washed up, cutting the pool off from the main lake, and it was frozen almost solid. Most of the fishes, es- pecially the straw-colored minnows, were dead; among the fishes in the pool were 13 graybacks, all females which, on being thawed 372 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey out, revived and were lively as ever. The longest measured 2f inches in length, and the shortest 1^ inches. In raking up weeds through the ice in winter, small graybacks were frequently brought up along with Iowa darters, mad toms and crawfishes. The Grayback subsists chiefly on small animals; the stomach examined contained insect larvae and some entomostraca. The stomach of another 2.1 inches long, examined July 3, contained several small snails, several small mites, 1 Bosmina and a few Cypris. It also contained several distomid parasites. On June 24, 1901, a number of this species were observed at a boat landing north of Long Point and appeared to be mating. They were in pairs, and the male, the paler of the pair, kept swim- ming along below the other, see-sawing back and forth and rising until their noses touched. He followed her about like a shadow, leaving only to chase away other fishes that came near, but always returning to her. She occasionally dashed her nose at the base of some growing Chara obtaining a mouthful of material, working her mouth and allowing sand and pebbles to drop out. On June 27, one examined contained large roe. Some were observed spawning July 14, 1899. On July 22, 1906, some of these fishes appeared to be ripe, but had not yet spawned. On subjecting them to slight pressure masses of light yellow eggs oozed out. Head 3f in body; depth 5; eye 3^ in head; D. 12; A. 10; B. 5 ; scales 48-12. Body rather slender, not elevated, compressed posteriorly ; head moderate, quite flat above, teeth pointed, curved, the outer not much enlarged ; fins not large ; dorsal and anal rather low; ventrals scarcely reaching vent in females, somewhat longer in the males. General color olivaceous, sides silvery; males with about 20 silvery vertical bars, narrower than the dark interspaces ; female with 15 to 20 dark transverse bars shorter than the silvery bands of the male. Dark bands very distinct, somewhat irregular in position ; the back always spotted ; the dark bands often replaced by about 16 shining silvery, vertical bands, which are narrower than the dark interspaces; the interspaces broadest behind; fins plain. Length 3£ inches. 38. TOP-MINNOW FUNDULUS DISPAR (Agassiz) (Plate 18) This little fish is to be found in lakes and sluggish streams from northern Ohio to Missouri and south to Mississippi. In many of the waters in this area it is not to be found; in others it is quite Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 373 abundant. It is rather common in Lost Lake and the Outlet, but none was found in Lake Maxinkuckee. During the seining opera- tions of 1899-1900, 101 specimens were secured, the greatest num- ber taken in one haul being 25. This is a very prettily marked little fish, the fine stripes of the female, and the combination of bars and stripes on the male mak- ing the species one of the most handsome fishes of the lake. The contrast in markings of the different sexes is quite striking, and makes a pair of these fishes especially interesting ; they hardly look like the same species. The characteristic bars of the male seem to be assumed quite early in life, although this seems to differ considerably in different individuals; one specimen 1$ inches long showed the bars quite plainly, while others If inches long showed them rather faintly. The shortest specimen obtained was about an inch long, and the longest 2J inches. These fishes prefer shallow waters, and usually swim about the surface two or three together, and not in great schools. The dark patches over the eyes of these fishes remind one somewhat of the markings on the head of the wood frog. Head 3.75 in body; depth 3.5; D. 7; A. 9; scales 35-10; body short and deep, much compressed ; head short and very broad, the flat interorbital space being § of its length, and barely twice the diameter of the eye; the; distance between the eyes above greater than the distance between them below ; snout broadly rounded ; fins moderate; dorsal much smaller than anal; outer series of teeth somewhat enlarged. Coloration, pale olive, bluish in life; a very distinct brownish line along the edges of each row of scales, ap- pearing wavy or serrate, as it follows the scales; about 10 of these longitudinal stripes present ; males with the lines interrupted, appearing as a series of dots, and further marked by about 9 dark crossbars ; adults with a black blotch below the eye, sometimes con- fluent with it. Oviduct free from anal. Length 2\ inches. 39. SPOTTED TOP-MINNOW FUNDULUS NOTATUS (Raflnesque) This pretty little fish is quite common in ponds and canals from Michigan to Alabama, Mississippi and Texas. It is usually seen swimming about, singly, in pairs or small schools, at the surface of the water. It does not appear to be common in Lake Maxinkuckee. The only specimen in the collection is an example \\ inches long, caught in the Culver Academy lagoon, April 4, 1901. It is not rare in Lost Lake, however ; individuals were often seen swimming 374 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey along on the surface in shallow water near shore. The Top-min- now is a tantalizing little fish; it looks like the easiest thing in the world to catch one by closing the hands together under it and gently lifting it out of the water as it swims unconcernedly along. It generally manages to escape somehow, and the experiment can be tried time and again on the same fish. On July 23, 1906, a good many of these fishes exceedingly vari- ous in size, some quite small, some medium sized, and some full grown, were seen together in the shallow water among the weeds of Lost Lake. They had apparently spawned and hatched before this time. A good many of these fishes were seen in Bass Lake on August 14, 1906, and they were very abundant at Twin Lakes when visited August 31, 1906. The Top-minnow can be recognized in the water by the trans- lucent spot on the head, along with its habit of swimming about slowly at the surface. Head 4 ; depth 4.5 ; eye large, less than snout, about 3 in head. D. 9 ; A. 11 ; scales 34-11. Body rather slender, compressed be- hind; head low, depressed, and rather elongate; the snout some- what produced, the lower jaw scarcely projecting; interorbital space broad, its width about half length of head ; fins moderate, the dorsal and anal elevated in the males; teeth in a broad band, the outer series considerably enlarged and canine like. Coloration, brownish olive, with a broad dark, purplish-black lateral band run- ning from tip of snout through eye to base of caudal, darker in males than in females ; young specimens have the edges of the band serrated; a few series of small black dots along the sides of the back; dorsal, caudal and anal fins dotted with black; top of head with a conspicuous translucent spot in life; concentric striae on scales strong. Length 2 to 3^ inches. 40. BROOK STICKLEBACK EUCALIA INCONSTANS (Kirtland) (Plate 17) The Brook Stickleback is found in small creeks and lakes from New York westward to Kansas, northward to Saskatchewan, and southward to central Ohio and Illinois, the southernmost record being Decatur County, Indiana. It is abundant in the Great Lakes region. At Lake Maxinkuckee it does not appear to be rare. Through- out the summer, however, they appear to stay in rather deep water in the lake. Only one specimen was taken in the net during the Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 375 seining operations. Specimens could almost always be obtained however, any time of year by dredging in rather deep water for them, in which case they would become entangled in the long water- weeds among which they appear to dwell. Specimens were ob- tained by dredging up Vallisneria at the Sugarloaf bar in water from 13 to 16 feet, and by dredging at the Kettlehole. The best place for them, however, was the Weedpatch, where by dredging up the long Nitella from a depth of 18 to 23 feet, specimens could almost always be brought up. They were raked up in weeds from the same region during the winter. In the winter they appear to come near shore, and stay among the weeds in shallow water. During the winter of 1904 a good number of specimens were raked up in weeds near shore, both in Outlet Bay and in the Inlet region, along with Iowa darters, young bluegills, mad toms and the like. During the autumn of 1900, some of these fishes were caught and kept in jars as aquarium fish. They lived throughout the win- ter and proved very interesting; they fed eagerly on the red Chironomus larvae raked up in mud. They also fed on Cladocera and Copepods taken in the towing net, darting after them and swallowing them with great avidity. It was hoped they would nest and spawn in the jars used as aquariums, but with the ap- pearance of warm weather they became restless and finally died (May 15), the water having evidently become too hot for them. The Stickleback is carnivorous, subsisting mainly on small ani- mals of the lake. A full grown example obtained June 27, 1901, contained insect larvae and Entomostraca ; a half-grown one cap- tured the same time, contained Copepods. Of those examined in De- cember, one 1.81 inches long containef a small beach flea, Cyclops, Daphnia, Bosmina and insect larvae; one 1£ inches long con- tained Cyclops, Daphnia and beach fleas; one 1.69 inches long con- tained insect larvae and Cladocera; one 1.94 inches long contained 2 beach fleas, some Ostracods, Cyclops, water fleas (Daphnia) and insect larvae; another If inches long contained Cyclops, and an- other of the same length contained 1 Ostracod and 2 Daphnias. This little fish with its elegant form, slender caudal peduncle, and handsome speckled coloration, is one of the prettiest fishes of the lake. Notwithstanding the fact that the Stickleback is a very spiny object, it is sometimes eaten by other fishes. One was found in the stomach of a yellow perch in June, 1901, and in the summer of 1906 a small straw bass 1^ inches long was found dead with a Stickle- back lodged in its mouth. 376 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Sticklebacks are occasionally found dead along shore. On May 22, 1901, sixteen examples were found dead drifted up in a pile of drift near Murray's. This was the largest number obtained at one time, and appeared to indicate either an epidemic or some crisis connected with the breeding season. One of the specimens of the lot was examined and contained a good number of medium- sized yellow eggs. 41. SKIPJACK LABIDESTHES SICCULUS (Cope) (Plate 19) This graceful little fish is widely distributed in ponds and slug- gish streams from Lake Ontario and southern Michigan to Iowa, Florida and Texas. At Lake Maxinkuckee it is, with the possible exception of the straw-colored minnow, the most . abundant fish. During the summer these fish are pretty well distributed throughout the surface waters of the lake, where they can fre- quently be seen jumping out of the water in low horizontal curves, a whole school sometimes jumping at the same time and forming a very attractive spectacle. Usually they appear to be jumping to escape some enemy beneath, but sometimes seem to be jumping for mere sport. On July 31, 1899, a school of very small fry were seen at the surface near the buoy in 85 feet of water, and on Sep- tember 21 several schools were seen far out in the lake. During the seining operations, most of which were carried on during the summer when these fishes are not especially crowded near shore, great numbers were caught and thrown back without counting. Record was kept of 1,206 specimens captured, and on July 17 over 500 young were taken at one haul. The skipjacks swim near the surface, and a few can be seen along shore almost any day the year round, and people seining for minnows during the summer usually get a few of these fishes every haul. With the coming of cold weather in autumn, especially after the water begins to get chilled, they come near shore first in the evenings, and their presence is manifested by a great deal of lisping. On September 10 and 11, 1906, much of this characteristic sound was heard near shore, and the towing-net was taken out on the pier and an attempt was made to collect the surface plankton found there at the time to discover if any par- ticular abundance of plankton was related to the habits of these fishes. The gentle dipping of the net sounded somewhat like the lisping of the skipjacks, and they gathered around, apparently either to satisfy their curiosity as to the cause of the noise, or in 5= hi n Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 377 the hopes of finding better feeding grounds. A few were caught in the towing-net, and the stomachs found to contain Entomostraca. They also appeared to be attracted, or at least undisturbed, by the light of a lantern held close to the water. Single individuals would lie perfectly still poised in the water almost precisely like pickerel or the gar-pike, disappearing with a sudden dart, prob- ably after prey. Later in the year they come up along shore in great numbers and remain there most of the day, sometimes alone, sometimes in company with various species of minnows, especially the straw-colored minnow, Notropis blennius. ' When they are with the straw-colored minnow, the latter usually form the lower layer of the school, while the skipjacks form the upper part near the surface. On November 11, 1900, in 2 hauls along shore with a 15-foot seine about 2 gallons of these fishes, most of which ap- peared to be adults, were taken, and they appeared to be equally numerous on various other occasions. When the fishes thus crowded along the shore, are approached, they will make for deeper water, heading in one direction, and swimming with rapid lateral flexions of the posterior part of the body. If suddenly frightened, however, they scatter in every direction. They appear to remain near shore all winter, as they can be seen in great schools under the clear ice during the winter, and are seen along shore in large numbers in spring. They are sometimes seen in considerable schools in the Outlet near the wagon or railroad bridge in the winter. They are often seen running in schools and jumping out of the water as if pursued by some enemy. On September 12, 1907, a black bass about a foot long was observed to come up nearly to the shore for them. In the winter of 1901 a grebe (Podilymbus podiceps) was seen swimming along under water near shore, and a number of small fishes, probably these, were seen jumping out of the water ahead. The Skipjack is perhaps the most persecuted fish in the lake, and it is a wonder how they keep up their numbers, feeding at the surface in large conspicuous schools as they do. They are attacked by the pike, bass, and other carnivorous fishes, as well as by the helldiver from below, and darted at by the terns, gulls and kingfishers and other birds of prey from above, so that they are somewhat in such desperate plight as the ancient Britons whom the barbarians drove down into the sea, and the sea threw back on land. They certainly serve a useful purpose in furnishing much food to fishes of the lake. The stomach of a black tern examined August 14, 1900, con- tained 19 young of this species. They appear to escape the water- dog. During the winter, because of their activity, or the fact that 378 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey they stay near the surface, occasionally they, like other small fishes, fall victims to cold, as the water, on chilling, benumbs them somewhat, and rough water in Autumn is likely to wash some of them ashore. The Skipjack probably spawns during the latter part of June and through July. On June 13, 1901, some were examined and found to contain eggs which were clear, of a yellowish cast, and about 1/27 inch in diameter. On the next day 3 or 4 were seen coming up the Outlet in arrowy dashes. They seemed to be mat- ing, 2 pairs were seen swimming about together a good deal, and they chased each other considerably. In the seining operations of 1899, frequent mention is made of getting many, mostly young, (they may have been young of the year before) about July 8 to 31. On July 20, 1906, a few of these fishes used for bait had not yet spawned ; they were so ripe that the eggs extruded while placing them on the hook. Two days after this they were seen sporting about as if ready to mate. . No use is made of the Skipjack at the lake. Perch and red-eye will bite at them, but they die too easily to be used as bait for game fishes. It is quite probable that its flesh would prove to be well- flavored and firm, as many of its larger relatives, which are found usually near the coast in temperate and tropical seas, are famous for their excellence. Its small size, however, has prevented any attempt to use it for food. Of 200 examples measured, the longest (2) were 3.25 in. long. The shortest was 2.25 inches long, and the average 2.67. They are, moreover, quite slender fishes. Their food consists chiefly of insects and Entomostraca. One caught September 9, 1906, contained Bosmina and Diaptomus; 2 captured September 10, mature insects and quite large masses of Bosmina; 2 others contained several mature insects, and several Daphnias. One contained a small parasitic round worm ; 4 caught October 20, contained large insects and Copepods, and one exam- ined June 26, contained insect larvse. The Skipjack is also abund- ant in Lost Lake and in Culver Inlet. It is a particularly hand- some fish in the water, the changeable colors glowing opal and enhanced by the transparency of the body. Head 4|; depth 6; eye 3-J-; D. IV-1, 11; A. I, 23; scales 75. Body elongate, very slender, compressed; head long, flattened above, narrow below; snout slender, conic; premaxillaries broad posteriorly, very protractile, produced forward; snout longer than the large eye. Edge of upper jaws strongly concave; teeth very slender, mostly in one series, forming a narrow band in front; scales small, thin, with entire edges; spinous dorsal very small; Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 379 soft dorsal short; anal fin long; caudal forked; pectorals moder- ate; first dorsal inserted somewhat behind the vent. Pale olive green, translucent; lateral silvery band very distinct, scarcely broader than the pupil, bounded above by a dark line ; back dotted with black. In the black waters of the lowland swamps, the sil- very is underlaid with black. Length 3i in. 42. CRAPPIE POMOXIS ANNULARIS Rafinesque (Plate 20) The Crappie occurs throughout the Great Lakes region, west to Nebraska and Kansas and south throughout the lowlands of the Mississippi Valley to Texas. It is rather rare northward, but in the lower Mississippi basin and the coastal region of Texas, it is generally abundant. It prefers the sluggish waters of ponds, bayous, lagoons, and lowland streams. It attains a length of about a foot, and a pound in weight. Examples weighing 3 or 4 pounds have been reported in the south, but such weights must be very unusual. The examples of this species obtained in the north rarely weigh over three-quarters of a pound. The true Crappie is very rare in Lake Maxinkuckee. During the summer and fall of 1899 when we were doing our most thor- ough collecting of the fishes of this lake, a few specimens of the Crappie were obtained. These were all young fish 1 to 3 years old and were seined in shallow water. No specimens were seen in 1900. A great many of the fish which the anglers call "crappie" were examined but they all proved to be the calico bass (Pomoxis sparoides) . The 2 species are entirely distinct, though difficult to distinguish except by an examination of their technical characters. The most evident and most reliable differential character is found in the number of dorsal spines. The dorsal fin in the Crappie has 5 or 6 sharp spines, while the calico bass has 7 or 8. In the Crappie the anal fin is usually plain and the anterior profile is strongly curved, while in the calico bass the anal fin is strongly re- ticulated or marbled, and the anterior profile is more nearly straight. The calico bass is also a deeper fish than the Crappie, its depth being half its length, while that of the Crappie is only f its length. Within the last 11 years the United States Fish Commission has planted in this lake 3,200 so-called "Crappie" but it is prob- able that the majority of these were really calico bass.1 But as 1 See p. 280. 380 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey they all came from the ponds along the lower Illinois River it is likely many of them were crappies. In habits the Crappie does not differ greatly from the calico bass. It is more southern in its distribution, a fact doubtless de- termined largely by its ability to thrive in warmer water than the other species; and intimately associated with this is its apparent preference for shallow water and mud bottom, 'conditions nearly everywhere found in the overflow ponds, lagoons, lakes and bayous of the lower Mississippi Valley. Among the small lakes of north- ern Indiana, the Crappie is more numerous in the shallow, warmer ones (such as Bruce, Fletcher, Bass and Eagle) than in those of greater depth and colder water. Very little seems to be known regarding the game or food qualities of this species as distinguished from those of the calico bass. Its habits being essentially the same, it probably does not differ greatly in other respects. Owing to the warmer water in which it is usually found it is apt to be somewhat less gamy and may not be as delicately flavored. In different parts of its habitat it bears different vernacular names. In the Ohio Valley it is called Bachelor; in Illinois, Indi- ana, West Virginia and Kentucky it is the Newlight, Campbellite or Lamplighter, — names given to it by the irreverent during the great Campbellite movement in the Ohio Valley in the early part of the Nineteenth Century ; in the Southern States it is called Sac - a' - lait and Chinquapin Perch. Other local names are Tin-mouth, Paper-mouth, Bridge Perch, Goggle-eye, Speckled Perch, Shad, and John Demon. Most of these names are also applied to the calico bass. The only place where we have heard the name "John Demon" was at a small lake in northeastern Indiana, and the species meant was more likely the calico bass than the Crappie. Among the Louisiana anglers, especially about Lake Pont- chartrain, the Crappie is a prime favorite, for it will take a min- now bait as promptly as a black bass. It is not very pugnacious, however, and will not fight as long as the bass, and it is more easily frightened, requiring greater caution on the part of the angler. A correspondent of the American Angler2 describes the fishing in Cedar Lake, Indiana. Angling is carried on from little flat- bottomed skiffs and from sail-boats, with bait minnows, worms or pieces of fish. In 5 hours 2 men caught 57 bass and 82 crap- pies. Trolling is a favorite mode of fishing among the people who live near the lake, who, using 2 lines with spoon bait or "whirl", 2 American Angler, II, 87. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 381 and fishing from a sail-boat, frequently take 200 or more Crappie in a day, besides occasional pickerel, perch, and bass. Two men fishing for pleasure, took, in June, 1882, in the course of 3 days, a thousand crappies, weighing from 4 to 24 ounces each. Of course any two men who can be satisfied to destroy fish in that way, and who find pleasure in it, are game hogs of the most conscienceless kind. Another correspondent of the same journal writes entertain- ingly concerning Crappie fishing near St. Louis. "Our Crappie, the greatest pan-fish of the West, is highly esteemed by us for the table. We have seen a monster crappie this spring, weighing over 3 pounds, taken at Murdock Club Lake, near St. Louis, on the Illinois side. We consider one of U to 2 pounds a large one. They are taken about logs and fallen tree-tops, on the water's edge, in our rivers and sloughs. They are greedy fellows, but as soon as hooked, step right into the boat without a struggle for liberty. "A gentlemen of this place, a member of one of our old French families, who turned the scale at about 300 pounds, was noted for his success in crappie fishing. He would have his large flat towed to a tree ; when tied to a limb, he would settle himself for the day, on a pillow, placed in a large split-bottom chair. Hauling his live-box and minnow-pail alongside, he would bait 2 hooks attached to a strong line, using a weak snell, so that in case the hook should foul, he could break it loose. He used a float and short, stout bamboo rod and, shaking the bushes a little, 'to stir up the fish', would select an opening and carefully drop in the minnow, 2 feet below the surface, pass the ends of the rods through rings in the side of the boat, light his pipe, and wait for something to happen. It was not long, and after the fun began, it was the same monot- onous lifting out of fish, and dropping them into the live-box all the day long, and was continued on the next, until he had brought to creel over three hundred. "I have always associated in my mind the crappie, and the love of ease and quiet of our old French inhabitants. Nothing could more truly represent contentment and ease than the picture of this simple-minded old gentlemen on his annual crappie fish at King's Lake." Head 3; depth 2^; eye 4; D. V or VI, 15; A. VI, 18; scales 7-36 to 48-14, 4 or 5 rows on cheek ; body rather short, greatly com- pressed; head long, the profile strongly curved owing to the pro- jecting snout, depressed occipital region, and very prominent thickened antedorsal region ; mouth very wide. Color, silvery-olive, mottled with dark green, the dark markings chiefly on the upper 382 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey part of the body and having a tendency to form narrow vertical bars; dorsal and caudal fins marked with green; anal fin pale, nearly plain ; fins very high, but lower than in the calico bass. 43. CALICO BASS POMOXIS SPAROIDES (Lacepede) (Plates 21 and 23) This fish is found through the Great Lakes region and south to New Jersey and Texas. Among the Great Lakes and throughout the upper Mississippi Valley it is an abundant and well-known species. As to choice of habitat, it prefers lakes, ponds, bayous and sluggish lowland streams. At Lake Maxinkuckee it is quite com- mon, and is frequently seen and caught. Although a relatively shallow water fish it does not frequent the shore very much except on special occasions, but seems to inhabit the zone of 8 to 14 feet of water. For this reason only a few (12 or 13 specimens) were taken during the seining operation. It sometimes basks near the surface in relatively deep water. On April 29, 1901, a great num- ber of fishes were noted splashing in the region of the deepest water of the lake. The fishes would be lying on the side and go under with a splash when the boat came near. On cautiously ap- proaching the school it was possible to get close enough to recog- nize the species, and it proved to be the Calico Bass. In Lake Maxinkuckee it is far more abundant than the Crappie, Pomoxis annularis. It is, however, usually mistaken for that species and called "Crappie" by most of the anglers who know it from this and other lakes of northern Indiana. There are a few who are able to distinguish the 2 species, and they usually speak of this as the Strawberry Bass, Paper-mouth or Tin-mouth. The first of these three names has reference, of course, to the color of the fish; "Paper-mouth" was doubtless given because of the great ease with which the mouth tears, releasing the hook and allowing the fish to escape ; and the name "Tin-mouth" has reference to the thinness as well as the color of the jaws. Occasionally a visiting angler will speak of this fish as the "Silver Bass", or sometimes as the "Campbellite". As a game-fish the Calico Bass does not hold a high rank, though there are many anglers who find that catching it is full of pleasure and satisfaction and not without excitement. It is a fish which can be caught any month in the year; in the early spring shortly after the ice goes off, it, along with other sunfishes, bites well from piers, and a number were caught near the Ice-houses 60 Plate 23 CALICO BASS (Pomoxi* sjiaroidcs) ROCK BASS (Amhli>i>lit<-N riii>nttrit) These photographs were taken from life at Lake Maxinkuckee by A. Radcliffe Dugmore for Jordan and Ever- mann's "American Food and Game Fishes," published by Doubleday, Page and Company. 25—17618 384 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey about the end of April. Very good fishing is also had in October. We have records of good catches made on October 18 and 30, and on November 3, 4, 7 and 9 ; also in January, February, June, Aug- ust and September. The largest catch of which we have a note was made late in October or early in November, 1894, and con- sisted of 42 pounds, representing not fewer than 100 fish. It is fair to say that this catch was made by a party of several persons. It is said that the Calico Bass will bite readily at spawning time, but that only the males will do so. They will take a worm, small minnow, or a piece of fish. In the winter and late fall they bite readily at a small minnow, such as the straw-colored minnow (Notropis blennius), the blunt-nosed minnow (Pimephales no- tatus) or the skipjack (Labidesthes sicculus) . This fish will take not only a small live minnow, but it will take a dead minnow, a worm, a piece of fish or a grub. It is often taken with a small trolling spoon and we have occasionally taken it with a small artificial fly. And we recall one instance when it was taken in Lost Lake on the Harris floating meadow-frog. Ordinarily during the summer months not many of this species are caught, but in September they begin to bite more freely, and by October, one who seeks them in their proper haunts is quite sure to meet with reasonable success. The species is usually taken by still fishing, though at times it may be gotten by trolling. Dur- ing the summer months it frequents the deeper parts of the lake, coming on to the edges of the bars and into shallow water near shore in the night. In September and early October it remains about the edges of the bars where the water is 8 to 20 feet deep. Late in October it generally moves down into deeper water until the lake freezes over. It can most readily be taken at a depth of from 30 to 40 feet. The largest October catches that we recall were at a depth of 40 feet. About the middle of November, 1906, a great school of this species, averaging about 6 inches in length, collected under the Merchants pier at Culver. They presented a beautiful spectacle shining up through the water like a great flock of guinea fowl. When the lake freezes over, the Calico Bass leaves the deeper water and comes out upon the bars where the water is 6 to 25 feet deep. Its favorite haunts are the small channels be- tween the bars, leaving more shallow ridges between. The cool- ing of the temperature has a markedly paralyzing effect upon them. When first seen under clear ice they attempt to swim away, but in a cramped fashion. They are unable to swim faster than one can walk and,. instead of warming up and becoming more active, they soon become exhausted, give up trying to swim and lie on their Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 385 side among the weeds and appear to be actually panting. It is in the shallow channels that they are caught when fishing through the ice. In fishing for Calico Bass one must be careful not to select too large a hook. For this lake the best size is No. 1 or No. 2 hook, and a hook with a long barb has advantages, as it is not so easily thrown out when the mouth tears, which it is very apt to do on account of its extreme tenderness. While it is true that this fish will take several' kinds of bait, it takes some of them only rarely or reluctantly. As already stated, it has been taken with the fly, and in Lost Lake with the artificial frog, but for lakes like Maxinkuckee such lures are not recommended. Trolling with a small spoon late in the evening or in the early fall is usually fairly successful. They will also now and then take a small live minnow that is being slowly trolled, but they are best taken by still fishing, and the best bait is a small min- now, the more silvery species, such as the Straw-colored minnow (Notropis blennius) , the Red-nosed minnow (N. rubrifrons) or the satin fin (N. ivhipplii) being preferred. A small minnow should be selected, and 2 very small ones put upon the same hook will often prove quite attractive. Sometimes the Calico Bass is a greedy biter, taking the hook much as does the straw bass, but after a short quick run it is apt to drop the bait unless it is well hooked. Usually it bites less vigorously than the straw bass, and does not make much of a fight until it is brought near the surface, when it turns upon its side and flaps quite vigorously until brought to net; and it should be mentioned that the landing net is an essential with this fish ; for, owing to its delicate mouth it is not safe to attempt to lift it out of the water by the hook. As a pan-fish the Calico Bass is far superior to the rock bass but not equal to the bluegill or yellow perch. Its flesh is white, flaky and firm, but rather coarser than that of the bluegill ; it is, however, sweet, and is, by most persons who are familiar with it, highly esteemed. The following, written by Professor Jared Potter Kirtland more than half a century ago, though placing somewhat too high an es- timate upon the food value of this fish, is a reliable and interesting account of its habits. "The 'Grass Bass' has not hitherto been deemed worthy of con- sideration by fish culturists ; yet, from a long acquaintance with its merits, I hesitate not to pronounce it the fish for the millions. It is a native of our western rivers and lakes, where it usually resorts 386 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey to deep and sluggish waters; yet in several instances, where it has found its way into cold and rapid streams, and even small sized brooks, by means of the constructing of canals or by the hand of man, it has adapted itself to the change, and in 2 or 3 years stocked to overflowing these new locations. As a pan-fish for the table it is surpassed by few other freshwater species. For endurance and rapidity of increase it is unequaled "The Grass Bass is perfectly adapted to stocking ponds. It will thrive without care in very small ponds of sufficient depth. It will in nowise interfere with the cultivation of any number of species, large or small, in the same waters. It will live harmoni- ously with all others, and while its structure and disposition re- strain it from attacking any other but very small fry, its formid- able armature of spinous rays in the dorsal and abdominal fins will guard it against the voracious pike." The operations of the United States Fish Commission and those of some of the state commissions have considerably extended its range by its introduction into waters which it did not previously inhabit. Its spawning time is usually during .the last half of June, though some individuals may begin spawning a little earlier and occasion- ally the spawning season will be prolonged into July. The place selected is on the tops and near the edges of the bars in 8 to 10 feet of water or shallower. The particular place selected is apt to be on a small ridge in a clean patch .of sand surrounded by short Chara which abounds on most of the bars at these depths. It is known to spawn in considerable numbers on the bars off Long Point and it probably spawns on all such bars in the lake. The nest is usually somewhat circular in form and is about 8 or 9 inches in diameter. The nest is composed usually of coarse sand and fine gravel, with occasionally a few dead shells of Vivipara contectoides. So far as observed the nests are not very close to each other, but are usually separated by a distance of 5 or 6 feet, thus giving each nest or pair of fish from 6 to 8 square feet of space. We have not, as yet, been able to make any satisfactory obser- vations as to the number of eggs which this species lays or the period of incubation, nor are we aware that these facts have been determined by any one. The Calico Bass reaches an average size of f pound in the lake and rarely exceeds 1^ pounds . in weight. One 12 inches long weighed 1 lb.' 1^ oz., and one 10^ inches long weighed 94 oz. The Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 387 greater number measured were 10, 11 and 12 inches long. Most of the stomachs examined were empty; one contained many flies. Like the bluegill, the Calico Bass dies in considerable numbers in the spring. Head 3 ; depth 2 ; eye 4£ ; snout 4$ ; D. VII or VIII, 15 ; A. VI, 17 or 18 ; scales 6-40 to 45-15, 6 rows on the cheek. Body oblong, elevated, and much compressed; head long, its profile not so strongly double-curved as in the Crappie proper, the projection of the snout and the antedorsal region and the depres- sion over the eye being less marked; mouth smaller than in the Crappie, the maxillary reaching about to the posterior edge of pupil, the mandible shorter than the pectoral ; fins very high, anal higher than dorsal, its height 4 to 5 times in length of body. Color, silvery-olive mottled with clear olive-green, the dark mottlings gathered in small irregular bunches and covering the whole body; vertical fins with dark olive vermiculations surround- ing pale spots ; anal marked like the dorsal ; dusky opercular spot. The Calico Bass and the Crappie resemble each other very closely and are not always differentiated by anglers and fishermen. They are, however, perfectly distinct and may be easily distin- guished by means of the number of dorsal spines, the Crappie having only 5 or 6 while the Calico Bass has 7 or 8. The differ- ences in coloration, particularly of the anal fin, is also an important diagnostic character. 44. ROCK BASS AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS (Rafinesque) (Plates 22 and 23) The Rock Bass is one of our best known and most familiar fishes. Every angler in the upper Mississippi Valley began an intimate acquaintance with it during his boyhood days when a water-beech or iron-wood pole, a cotton line, a limerick hook and a can of fish-worms were all the outfit the boy found necessary to insure a goodly string of "red-eyes" and "pumpkinseeds". From Vermont to Manitoba, and southward west of the Alleghenies to Louisiana and Texas, this fish is found; "rock bass" in the north, "goggle-eye" in the south, and "red-eye" with the boys wherever he is known. This fish is found in all sorts of waters ; it is abund- ant in all the Great Lakes and their tributary streams. In the small lakes of the upper Mississippi Valley states it is one of the most common species, and in the rivers, creeks and smaller streams it is equally common. It prefers clear, cool water and is therefore 388 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey not so abundant in sluggish lowland streams and bayous, or in the shallow, warmer lakes. In Lake Maxinkuckee it is abundant and well known. People living about the lake, and most of the anglers who visit it, know this fish as the "goggle-eye" or "red-eye". The name "rock bass" is not so often heard and is used chiefly by those who speak by the book or who are from further north. As a game fish the Rock Bass is, in most places, regarded with considerable favor, though at this lake it is usually regarded merely as a good fish to get when all the gamier species fail. It is a fish which can be captured at almost any time and with any sort of bait. They begin biting in the early spring as soon as the ice goes off, and can be taken at any time until the ice forms again ; indeed, it is often taken through the ice. Perhaps August is usually one of the best months. They bit phenomenally in the latter part of April and the first half of May in 1901. In 1899, not many were taken in July, but during August many fine catches were made. Any one who cared to fish for redeyes seldom failed to get a good number. In 1900, perhaps the largest catches were made in August, but July fishing met with better success than in the previous year. In the spring of 1901, from about April 28 to the middle of May, they bit ^ almost everywhere in shallow water. One of the favorite places was off the Ice-houses, and here a considerable num- ber of men, women and boys congregated with long cane poles and pulled out Rock Bass almost continuously. On April 28, 7 boys who had been fishing only a little time had 79, and the fish- ing continued in that manner for some time. These Rock Bass also bit well in various other places in the lake. Two men camping near Murray's and fishing from boats got considerable numbers. A favorite fishing place for them was the rock pile off Lakeview Hotel. The fishes hid among the crannies in the rocks and bit eagerly at worms. Most of those got here were rather small. A number were caught on set-lines about the same time. The Rock Bass can be taken on any kind of bait. Perhaps the most attractive baits are small minnows, white grubs and angleworms, all of which are best used in still-fishing. Grass- hoppers, pieces of mussel, pieces of fish, in fact, almost any ani- mal substance, will prove effective. Trolling with live minnow, phantom minnow or spoon at times proves very successful, and they have been taken on the artificial fly and the artificial frog. It is a voracious fish and will bite viciously even when its stom- ach is filled with crawfishes or other food. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 389 Though not one of the greatest of game-fishes, it nevertheless holds a respectable rank in that category. Its manner of taking the hook is full of energy, and the fight which it begins has in it the promise of better things, but it soon wholly or partially sub- sides and does not renew the fight until brought near the surface of the water, when it fights very prettily until landed. Using light tackle and casting with the fly, the Rock Bass will afford the angler a great deal of genuine sport. It can be taken at any time of day, and there are records of some very good catches made late at night and others early in the morning. Although the Rock Bass is pretty generally distributed through- out the lake, it is usually found in greatest numbers about the patches of Potamogeton in 5 to 15 feet of water, and in water some- what more shallow than the bluegill frequents. In our seining operations we usually found young Rock Bass in considerable num- bers. The largest number taken at any one haul was 38. The great majority were young-of-the-year, and were found in greatest numbers in and about the patches of Scirpus and Eleocharis and also among the depauperate Chara and Naias flexilis. Young Rock Bass were also frequently raked up in winter near shore among weeds. The Rock Bass in this lake reaches a length of about 12 or 13 inches and a weight of a little less than one pound. The great majority of those caught weigh i pound or less; occasionally one of f of a pound is taken and still more rarely one weighing 14 or 15 ounces. The following are the measures and weights of in- dividuals taken at various times: 11 inches, 13 oz. ; 10 inches, 10* oz. ; 8 in. 6 1 oz. ; 8^ in. 8i oz. ; 9 in. 8-] oz. ; 9] in. 9i oz. The Rock Bass is a voracious feeder, and may usually be found pretty well gorged with crawfishes, shells, insect larvaa, and occa- sionally minnows. Its diet differs with age and somewhat with the season. Small examples 1.56 to 3.06 inches long raked up with Chara near the Inlet in December, 1904, nearly all contained insect larvae During the spring of 1901 the chief food of this, as well as of bluegills, was a species of Asellus which was very abundant in the Chara at that time. Beetles, minnows and a few leeches and crawfishes were also found in the stomachs examined then. Most of the large ones examined during the summer of 1906 contained crawfishes. One contained a mad torn, a spine of which had pene- trated the walls of the stomach. The Rock Bass is afflicted with parasites, perhaps to a greater 390 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey extent than any other species of this lake. Parasitic Copepods were abundant on the gills. Late in autumn the gills were fre- quently well crowded with small free-swimming Copepods. Disto- mids and Acanthocephali were frequently found in the stomachs, and leeches were frequently found attached in the axils of the fins. The Rock Bass is one of the earliest spawners. They begin about the middle of May and are usually done by June 15. They come out into shallow water and make the nest among the rushes, or by a stick, chunk, stake, rock or any similar object. The nest resembles that of the calico bass, being made in clean coarse sand or fine gravel, and 8 or 9 inches in diameter. The eggs of the rock bass are about the size of small shot, and are very numerous. The young Rock Bass is a quite handsome fish, the sides being beautifully mottled and clouded with irregular patches of brown. As it grows older the color markings become dark lines along the rows of scales and it becomes much less attractive. The young seem to grow quite rapidly. Young of the year taken July 18, average 1.15 inches in total length. Cold water has considerable influence in benumbing these fishes. Some large examples seen in shallow water near shore seemed to have lost the power of coordination ; they had a tendency to swim on their sides. As to the edible qualities of the Rock Bass, not much can be said in its favor. In cold running streams or waters where better fish are not common it will pass as a fairly good pan-fish, but in a lake like Maxinkuckee where so many better fish are found, it is not held in high esteem. Its flesh is white and flaky, but rather soft and insipid and sometimes tastes of mud. Next to the war- mouth it is the poorest of the food-fishes of this lake. Head 2.75 in length; depth 2 to 2.5; eye 3.5 to 4.5; snout 4; maxillary 2.3; D. XI, 10; A. VI, 10; scales about 6-39-12, 6 to 8 rows on cheek ; gillrakers 7 to 10 ; creca 7 ; vertebra? 14 -|- 18 ; body oblong, moderately compressed; head large, profile in adult somewhat depressed above the eyes; mouth large, the maxillary reaching middle of pupil ; gillrakers developed only on lower part of arch ; preopercle serrate near its angle. Color, olive-green, conspicuously tinged with brassy, and with much dark mottling; the young irregularly barred and blotched with black and with very little brassy, the adult with a dark spot on each scale, these forming interrupted black stripes; a black opercular spot ; dark mottlings on the soft dorsal, caudal and anal ; eye more or less red. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 391 The following are life color notes made on an example 8 inches long, caught at the Weedpatch September 12, 1907 : Back light olive mottled with darker; side olivaceous above, more brassy below, the olive of middle of side in 9 broken bars; belly white, dusted with brassy; breast and under part of head finely speckled with dusky ; opercle dark ; side of head brassy with a darker bar downward from eye; dorsal, anal and caudal oliva- ceous yellow, the dorsal and anal spotted with darker ; ventral pale lemon, the tip of the first ray and all of last ray white; pectoral pale lemon. 45. WARMOUTH CHJENOBRYTTUS GULOSUS (Cuvier & Valenciennes) (Plate 24a) The Warmouth is found throughout the eastern United States in suitable waters, chiefly west and south of the Alleghenies, from the Great Lakes, Iowa and Kansas, south to Florida and Texas. It is a fish of the warmer, shallower lakes, and the sluggish lowland streams, ponds and bayous. In the small shallow lakes with mud bottom and abundant vegetation, particularly among the spatter- dock, Potamogetons and lily-pads, the Warmouth abounds. We know it from lakes such as those in northern Indiana, Illinois and Iowa, southward in the overflow ponds along the lower Wabash, Ohio and Mississippi, to the bayous and shallow lakes of Missis- sippi, Louisiana and Texas. It is not a common fish in Lake Max- inkuckee ; this lake is too clean and there is not enough mud bottom. In seining entirely around the lake between July 4 and July 27, 293 hauls were made, in only 3 of which were Warmouth taken. One of these was in the Outlet just above the railroad bridge where 6 were gotten. The other two hauls were between the Outlet and the Ice-houses, and only one Warmouth was gotten in each. A few were seined in Culver Inlet. Occasionally one is caught on a hook, but not often. Two or 3 were caught in the summer among the Potamogetons off the Gravelpit and 2 or 3 in Outlet Bay ; and each winter a few are taken through the ice at these 2 places, minnows being the bait used. We have a record of only 6 or 8 so taken in the winter of 1899-1900. Although the Warmouth is uncommon in Lake Maxinkuckee it is rather abundant in Lost Lake, into which Lake Maxinkuckee empties. It is particularly abundant in the channel connecting the two lakes where from one to 10 were caught at each haul with a 15-foot seine. It loves to bask in the dense weeds along the edge of the lake, and it can be sometimes raked out in a bunch of tangled vegetation. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 393 This fish is not well-known to many of the anglers who come to Lake Maxinkuckee. Only those who wet a line occasionally in Lost Lake or who fish through the ice there are apt to know much about it. Knowledge of it is therefore practically limited to the local fishermen who call it "Indian Fish" or "Mud Bass". Its game qualities are not unlike those of the rock bass. It is most easily taken with a live minnow and it bites with considerable energy. It fights vigorously, after the manner of the rock bass. As a food-fish the Warmouth is inferior even to the rock bass, though when caught in the winter its flesh is firm and sweet and entirely devoid of the flavor of mud which it may possess in sum- mer. If it could be kept in clear, cold water its flesh would doubt- less lose all its objectionable qualities. The Warmouth, with its rich coppery color, is easily distin- guished from the other fishes of the lake. It resembles the rock bass more than any other fish of the lake, and can be distinguished by the following description: Head 2£ to 2f ; depth 2 to 2£ ; eye 4 to 4£ ; snout 4 to 41 ; D. X, 9 or 10 ; A. Ill, 8 or 9 ; scales 6-40 to 46-11 or 12, about 40 pores, and 6 to 8 rows on cheek; gillrakers 8 or 9 besides rudiments. Body shaped very much as in the rock bass; head and mouth large, maxillary reaching posterior edge of orbit ; opercular spot about as large as eye; dorsal spines low, the longest equal to distance from tip of snout to middle of eye ; pectoral not reaching anal fin ; ven- trals reaching anus. Color, dark olive-green, or sometimes rich brick-red and brassy, clouded with darker, usually with red, blue and brassy; a dusky spot on each scale; ventral fins mottled with dusky; a faint spot on last rays of dorsal bordered by paler; 3 oblique dusky or red- dish bars radiating from eye; belly yellowish or brassy. Length 8 to 10 inches. 46. BLUE-SPOTTED SUNFISH; GREEN SUNFISH APOMOTIS CYANELLUS (Rafinesque) (Plate 24) This beautiful little sunfish is found wholly west of the Alle- ghenies and from the Great Lakes to Mexico; it is usually abund- ant in all suitable waters from central Ohio and Indiana to the Rio Grande. It is not often found in lakes or large streams but in the smaller streams, brooks and ponds it is an abundant and well-known little fish. It is very rare in Lake Maxinkuckee, and the statement by 394 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Evermann and Jenkins in "Notes on Indiana fishes"* that it is "very common" in Lake Maxinkuckee appears to be no longer the case; only a few individuals were obtained in the two seasons de- voted to the study of that lake, and not exceeding 6 or 8 were seen in Lost Lake. It is probably the rarest member of the fam- ily in these waters. On September 11, 1906, two examples, each about 2.5 inches long were seined in the Outlet of Lost Lake near the old mill-site. These are the only specimens recently obtained by us. The Blue-spotted Sunfish does not attain a greater length than 6 or 8 inches and a weight of 4 or 5 ounces, but it is a sprightly little fish and excellent for the pan. Like the pumpkin-seed, it is, where common, a favorite with the small boy. It takes readily a hook baited with grub or angleworm, and would make a vicious fight for liberty if it were only larger. A specimen at hand from Bruce Lake is quite different from the specimens of Lepomis and Eupomotis in the collection. It is characterized by the large number of scales, the large number of rows of scales on the cheek, the low fins and a conspicuous black spot on the posterior base of the dorsal and anal fins. Head 3; depth 2$; D. X, 11; A. Ill, 9; scales small, 6 or 7-45 to 55-16, 40 to 48 pores, 8 rows on cheek; gillrakers moderate, X -f- 13. Body rather elongate, moderately compressed, becoming stouter with age; head large, the snout projecting; mouth quite large, maxillary broad and flat, reaching middle of eye; a small supplemental maxillary above; lower jaw projecting; dorsal spines quite low; pectoral short, not reaching anal, 1| in head; ventrals not reaching vent. Color variable, the prevailing shade green, with strong brassy luster on sides which becomes nearly yellow below; each scale usually with a sky-blue spot and more or less of gilt edging, form- ing pale lateral streaks, dusky or obscure vertical bars often pre- sent and the sides sprinkled with dark dots; vertical fins marked with blue or green, the anal edged with pale orange in front; usually a conspicuous black spot on posterior base of dorsal and anal fins, these often obsolete; iris red; cheek with narrow blue stripes; opercular spot smaller than eye, broadly margined with bronze, the black confined to the hard or bony part of the opercle, a character which readily distinguishes this from all other species of sunfishes. * Proc. U. S. N. M. XI, 55. w w Z en G Z Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 395 47. LONG-EARED SUNFISH LEPOMIS MEGALOTIS (Rafineaque) This is another of the small sunfishes that abound in all suit- able waters in the Mississippi Valley and southwestward. From Minnesota and northern Ohio it ranges southward to Florida, Arkansas and Texas. It is subject to great variation and has been described as new no fewer than 14 times. Although it occurs in lakes and large streams, it most delights in the smaller creeks and brooks. In Lake Maxinkuckee it is more common than the blue-spotted sunfish, but it is not by any means abundant, only a few examples having been obtained by us. In Lost Lake, however, it is more numerous and was frequently taken in the seine. Long-eared Sunfish (Lepomis megalotis) In these waters it does not seem to reach a greater length than 5 or 6 inches and a weight of 2 or 3 ounces. It is, however, a sweet pan-fish, and in game qualities it is not particularly different from the green-spotted sunfish and the pumpkin-seed. Head 3 (without flap) ; depth about 2, varying with age; eye 3£ to 4; D. X, 10 to 12; A. Ill, 8 to 10; scales 5-36 to 45-14, 31 to 40 pores, about 5 rows on cheek ; gillrakers X + 8 or 9 ; pectoral 1:\ to li in head. Body short, deep, and compressed, the back very strongly arched in the adult, the profile steep, usually forming an angle above the eyes; mouth small and oblique, the premaxillary rather below the eye, the maxillary reaching middle of eye; gill- 396 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey rakers very short and soft, weaker than in any other species; dorsal spines very low, the longest little longer than snout, 3 in head; opercular flap in the adult very long and broad, with a broad or narrow pale blue or red margin, the flap half or more longer than the eye in the adult, much shorter in the young, its develop- ment subject to much variation. Color, brilliant blue and orange, the back chiefly bluish; belly entirely orange, the orange on the sides in spots, the blue in wavy, vertical streaks ; lips blue ; cheek orange, with bright blue stripes ; blue stripes before eye; soft parts of vertical fins with the rays blue and the membranes orange ; ventrals dusky ; iris red. One of our most brightly colored freshwater fishes; extremely variable, the young often elliptical in form, and the size at which the characteristic ear-flap is developed varies greatly with differ- ent individuals. As compared with the other sunfishes of the lake, most of our specimens are characterized by having the ventral fins very dark, almost black, and, although this feature is probably not enough to identify them with certainty, it is very helpful in making up a preliminary assortment of species. 48. BLUEGILL LEPOMIS PALLIDUS (Mitchill) (Plates 25 and 26) The Bluegill is one of the most abundant and widely distributed of the sunfishes. It is known from the Great Lakes southward throughout the Mississippi Valley and to Florida and the Rio Grande. It is found in New York and Pennsylvania, the Caro- linas, .and west to Minnesota and Kansas. It occurs in quiet streams, but is, above all, the sunfish of the lakes, whether large or small, though it is decidedly more abundant in the smaller ones. It is very common in all the lakes of northern Indiana and of all :the food fishes found in Lake Maxinkuckee, it is, next to the yel- low perch, certainly the most abundant species. In our seining operations along the shores we found it exceed- ingly abundant. In seining around the lake in July and August we sometimes used a 45-foot seine, but usually a 25-foot one, and occasionally one only 15 feet long. In covering the entire peri- meter of the lake the seine was hauled about 612 times, and the Bluegill was the most abundant species caught. The total num- ber caught exceeded 12,000. Occasionally a haul would be made without taking any bluegills but usually there were from a few up Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 397 to many in each haul ; several hauls contained several hundred each, the largest number being 419. Most of those caught in this way were 1 or 2 years old; not many young-of-the-year were taken and not many adults. A good many 3 years old were taken, but by far the most abundant were those 1 and 2 years old. It is scarcely necessary to state that only a few of these fish were re- tained for specimens and that practically the entire catch was in- variably returned to the lake. The young-of-the-year are found in great abundance in shallow water near shore but, except when the smallest seine was used, they would pass through the meshes and we were thus unable to de- termine their number. In Lost Lake the Bluegill seems equally abundant. More than 2,000 were caught in 100 hauls with a 25-foot seine. At Lake Maxinkuckee this fish is known almost exclusively as the "Blue- gill"; Blue Bream, Blue Sunfish, Copper-nosed Bream, Dollardee, and the various other vernacular names by which it is known in other localities are never heard there. In this lake the bluegills spawn during the last half of June, their spawning beds being usually located on shallow bars where the water is 4 to 8 feet deep. They clean off the rubbish from a circular area 6 inches to a foot in diameter and, like the pumpkin- seed, will defend the nest with much bravery. The Bluegill is the "gamest fish for its weight in .the lake", so says one of the most observant and successful of the anglers who come to Maxinkuckee ; and not many who have had experience with the large individuals in the clear, cold waters of this lake will be disposed to question the estimate. In the first place, the bluegills of Lake Maxinkuckee are un- usually large; they reach a length of 12 to 14 inches, a weight of a pound, and are broader than one's hand. Even their average size at this lake is from a half to three-quarters of a pound, while in Bass Lake, 10 miles west of Maxinkuckee, they do not average more than 2 or 3 ounces. Then the water of Maxinkuckee seems conducive to a high development of game qualities, not only in the Bluegill, but in all other fishes — the temperature, clearness, depth, and quality and quantity of food all seem most favorable. This fish can be taken at any time in the year. Excellent catches can be made early in the spring, but during July and August the largest catches are probably made, it being no unusual occurrence in those months for two men in one boat to take 75 to 100 pounds in an afternoon. It bites well during the entire fall, also, though it is not fished for so assiduously after grasshoppers Plate 25 BLUEGILL SUNFISH (Lepomis pallidus) RED-EARED SUNFISH (Eupomotis heros) These photographs were taken from life at Lake Maxinkuckee by A. Radcliffe Dugmore for Jordan and Ever- mann's "American Food and Game Fishes," published by Doubleday, Page and Company. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 399 begin to fail. And in the winter time the Bluegill is taken in con- siderable numbers fishing through the ice. The Bluegill can be taken with almost any kind of lure. Angle- worms are probably the best, though grasshoppers are nearly as good. White grubs, small minnows and pieces of fish or clam are all good. The senior author has taken it also on small craw- fish, with the fly, on the trolling spoon and with a small buck-tail. It may be taken either by still-fishing or by trolling. The most popular method at Lake Maxinkuckee seems to be to fish from an anchored boat, using two long cane poles projecting over the stern at a divergent angle. A cork or float is placed upon each line, its position being determined by the depth of water, the hook being made to hang about a foot above the bottom. More expert or skilled anglers will use a rod and reel but will probably not catch any more fish. The Bluegill can be caught in various places, as from the piers and elsewhere in shallow water near shore, from in and about the bulrush patches in water 2 to 5 feet deep, from the Vallisneria beds, or from the tops and slopes of the deeper bars where the various species of Potamogeton abound. Probably the best places are on the edges of bars where there are good growths of Pota- mogeton amplifolius. The most noted place in the lake for blue- gills is the well-known "Weedpatch". Other good places are in the Potamogeton patches off the Gravelpit, off the Ice-houses, and at the Sugarloaf . The Bluegill is a dainty biter, taking the hook slowly and de- liberately, sucking it in rather than biting it. Not until after the bait has been sucked in and the fish starts away with it is the angler aware of what is going on; but when once securely hooked then the fight really begins, to continue without cessation or abate- ment of energy until the fish is landed. The Bluegill rarely jumps out of the water as does the black bass, but by turning his side toward the angler he is able to offer a resistance which makes the sport very fascinating. Excepting the yellow perch, there is no other species in the lake which is equal to the Bluegill as a pan-fish. The flesh is firm and flaky and possesses a flavor of which one does not soon tire, and the size of the fish is the ideal one for a pan-fish. As to feeding habits, the Bluegill appears to be by all means the most omnivorous fish of the lake. Its dietary never offers in- deed such a violent juxtaposition of unrelated materials as ex- hibited by the shark, bowfin or goat; and does not so much re- mind one of a world's museum or valley of Hinnom as a biological 26—17618 400 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey epitome of the lake. One is not likely to find as great an assort- ment of food articles in its stomach as in a shark's; but there is to be found in its stomach at various times bits of almost every- thing found in the lake. Morover, it is not generally in the habit of mixing its food, but generally feeds chiefly on one thing now and another at another time. It is choicy, indeed, after a fashion as to the quality of its food, insisting that what it eats be fresh and wholesome, but cheerfully eating whatever is set before it and asking no questions for conscience sake. This suggests that it would be as easy fish to rear, not easy in the sense that it would thrive in any place planted, but so far as food is concerned it would thrive in small, well-kept ponds, not demanding wide range or special crops of food. A large number of stomachs were examined; more, probably than of all the other species of the lake put together, and the re- cital of the contents of different individuals one by one, while valu- able as a matter of record, would be tedious reading. It will suffice to say here that the food of younger individuals appears to be mainly of an animal nature, consisting of various entomostraca, such as Cypris, waterfleas, Cyclops, Bosmina and various insect larvse. The adult fishes eat also various mollusks, such as Physa and operculate mollusks, Sphserium and Pisidium. Among other occasional elements of their food are water mites, beetles and caddis cases with the larva?. During the spring of 1901, they, along with the other sunfishes, seemed to feed almost exclusively on the common isopod of the lake, Asellus. On August 12, 1906, the stomachs of 21 specimens examined were all gorged with the tender tips of weeds, either one of the narrow-leaved Potamogetons or Heteranthera ; they seemed to be wholly vegetarians at the time. Strangely enough, and much to the Bluegill's credit, we do not find among our records ol the numerous stomachs examined, mention of a single f?sh. So far as our examinations go, the Bluegill is quite free from animal parasites; its freedom from intestinal parasites is prob- ably due in part to its abstinence from eating other fishes; carni- vorous fishes in general appear to be more subject to such affec- tions than others. In spite of these advantages, however, the Bluegill is one of the most delicate fishes of the lake and succumbs quickly to various maladies. During the winter of 1900-1901, these fishes massed in immense numbers in Culver Inlet and most of the winter through could be seen packing that stream almost as close as they could be crowded. The reason of their crowding into this particular Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 401 spot was in all probability because of the warmer temperature of the water there. For some reason, partly perhaps because of sub- aqueous springs, and possibly because of exhaust pipes from the heating plant of the Military Academy, the water there was always several degrees warmer than that of the lake, and did not freeze at all. It is barely possible that the bluegills which crowded into this inlet were unhealthy individuals, and had chosen the warmer waters out of a general sensation of discomfort or exceptional sen- sitiveness to cold ; it was noted that all about the edge of the lake where springs ran in and raised the temperature of the water, that fishes which usually appeared more or less sick crowded about ; at any rate, Saprolegnia soon broke out among the crowded fishes and in a short time wrought great havoc, and before long, fishes could be found dead and in all stages of disease. The fungus attacked especially the tail and eyes. Even healthy bluegills exhibit in a marked degree the paralyz- ing influence of cold water. While cold water appears to benumb all fishes more or less, the greater number are able to swim away with reasonable speed when frightened. On December 21, 1904, some bluegills, as fine and large as are usually seen at the lake, were observed through the thin ice in Lake Maxinkuckee. Some simply stuck their heads down into the Chara and tried to hide; others tried to dart away, but appeared very numb, and moved with diffi- culty. If chased they soon tired, often showing their sides upward, and one soon lay down on its side and refused to move, although attempts of all sorts to frighten it were made on the ice above. During the early spring the young bluegills of the year before, flock in rather large schools along shore. From April 26 to May 18 they wiere seen almost every day. The young frequently hide among Chara and weeds near shore in shallow water during the winter, and are among the most common fishes raked up with weeds through the ice. The Bluegill affords perhaps more sport and food to resident anglers about the lake than any other species. It bites all the year round, and is sometimes even taken on the set-line. One of the best times to fish for it is during the early spring, when large catches can be made fishing from piers with the ordinary bamboo pole and cork bob. The crowd of anglers who lined the shore by the Ice-houses from about the middle to the end of April, 1901, got goodly numbers of these fishes. On April 16, one fisherman caught 54; on April 18, another got 23. In general, catches of from 25 to 40 in a day or less seemed rather common about this time. 402 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Later in the season they were generally caught from boats and fre- quently bit freely. About the end of August, 1903, one fisherman made a catch of 85, on worms. The next two days 2 men caught 56, and a few days after, they caught 42 in one day. Quite good catches were made late in September, 1906. In addition to the Saprolegnia, there is a periodical occurrence every spring of some sort of malady which causes great morta'lity among this species. In the spring of 1901, this contagion broke out about May 19 and 20, when 16 of these fishes were found dead along shore between Knapp's and Farrar's. On May 24, 26 ex- amples, all of good size, were found dead on the shore of Outlet Bay. On May 31, 40 large ones were found dead in a little strip on the southwest shore of the lake. On June 4, 34 of good size were found between the Fish Commission pier and Long Point, and on June 5, 73 dead ones were found on the north side of the lake be- tween the old Vandalia pumping station and Lakeview Hotel. No certain cause could be discovered that would explain the deaths. The smaller fishes seemed exempt. There was a general impres- sion among the dwellers about the lake that it was due to gorging on the great number of May-flies which appeared about that time. The bluegills begin nesting early in June. Several nesting fishes were found in Lost Lake June 8, and they were quite dark in color. Their dark coloration may have been due to an abundance of pigment characteristic of the mating season, or to the dark waters of the lake; fishes of Lost Lake usually being considerably darker than those of the same species in Lake Maxinkuckee. The nests were very close together, the rims nearly touching, and were found in black bottom in shallow water (4 or 5 feet) in rushes southwest of the Bardsley cottage. They were shallow, bowl-shaped depressions about a foot in diameter. They usually contained several small gasteropod shells and often a larger mussel shell, in the bottom. They were quite conspicuous. On June 12, four days after the nests were first observed, a visit was paid to the nests. The boat was anchored over a particularly large fine nest. The fish were very shy and on the first approach of the boat left in numbers. After some time they returned. The nest over which the boat was anchored contained a very large dark mass full of moving lively bright points — the eggs well advanced toward hatch- ing. The parent Bluegill, a large fine one, came and stayed on the nest, moving its tail and fins. It would make dashes at and chase away the other bluegills which seemed to have nothing to do but visit ; they seemed inquisitive. No such dark mass was found Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 403 in any other nest, and it was thought that they were empty or deserted. A closer investigation revealed a sort of granular bot- tom, consisting of the eggs covered over by some silt raised by the current caused by the parent's fanning. On account of their being covered with silt the eggs were very inconspicuous. There was a constant restless watchfulness on the part of the parent fish. The bluegills did not look much worn by the labor of nest building, though some of the caudal fins were frayed. Eupomotus gibbosus nested with the bluegills, and elsewhere by itself nearer shore. On June 15, several bluegills about 10 inches in length greatly distended with roe, washed up dead in front of the Fish Commis- sion cottage. The eggs had a higher specific gravity than water, were very numerous, clear in color, and 21 to the inch. The Bluegill apparently bites while guarding the eggs and young, and can be caught off the nest. This matter however re- quires further investigation. Head about 3J, without flap; depth 2 to 2]; eye 4 in head with- out flap; snout 4; maxillary 3£; D. X, 11 or 12; A. Ill, 10 to 12; scales 7-46-14, about 44 pores, 5 rows on cheek. Body short, deep and compressed, the young slender, the adult more nearly orbicular; caudal peduncle rather slender, its "least depth 2 in head ; head not large, the projecting snout usually form- ing an angle above the eye; mouth quite small, oblique, the jaws about equal, maxillary not reaching eye ; gillrakers moderately long, nearly round, bent slightly downward; dorsal spines strong and high, the longest about half head, usually longer than snout and eye; ventral fins reaching origin of anal; pectorals pointed, longer than head, reaching origin of anal; opercular flaps very short in the young, rather long and broad in the adult. Color, rich greenish-olive on back, becoming paler on sides; belly sometimes coppery or brassy; top of head dark greenish; opercle and cheek bluish ; opercular flap rich velvety black, without pale border, a small whitish spot near its base above; side some- times with 3 or 4 more or less distinct broad darker greenish crossbars; fins all greenish, the pectoral palest, reddish at base; a large dark blotch near base of last rays of dorsal, and usually a similar blotch on anal; anal membranes darkish, a slight rosy wash along base of fin. 404 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 49. RED-EARED SUNFISH EUPOMOTIS HEROS (Baird & Girard) (Plate 25) The Red-eared Sunfish is found from northern Indiana to Flor- ida and the Rio Grande. It is an inhabitant of lowland streams and ponds. Although usually regarded as rare, it is not especially uncommon at Lake Maxinkuckee. Among the fishermen in gen- eral it is probably confused with the other sunfishes, although one of the fishermen of the lake pointed one out as "Green Sunfish" a name generally applied to Apomotis cyanellus where that species is well known. During the seining operations about the lake, in the 612 hauls, 75 specimens were taken, the maximum number in 1 haul being 8. Specimens were taken in 29 of the hauls. The shortest specimen obtained was 2.25 inches long, from which they varied in length to about 10 inches. The habits of this species do not differ greatly from those of other members of the genus. Its food consists of worms, larvae, small crustaceans, small mollusks and the like. Its parasitic ene- mies do not appear to be many. Only one example was examined with parasites; these were found in the region of the vent and resembled Gordius. The spawning season of this sunfish is in May and June. Little distinctive can be said as to its game qualities ; they are essentially the same as those of the common pumpkinseed. It takes the hook readily if baited with angleworm, grub or cut bait. It takes hold cautiously but dashes away promptly and fights well for so small a fish. It is a delicious pan-fish. Our specimens disagree in some respects from current descrip- tions of E. her OB; the maxillary does not reach fully to the eye, the longest dorsal spine does not reach to the posterior border of the pupil, and the pectoral does not reach beyond the middle of the anal. The following is a description of one of our specimens : Head 3 in length ; depth 2.3 ; eye 4.5 in head ; snout 3.25 ; max- illary 3.3 ; mandible 2.6 ; preorbital 6.2 ; interorbital 3.25 ; dorsal X, 11, the spines very stout, the longest, (6th) 2.5 in head, longest ray 1.8 in head; base of dorsal 2.25 in "length, its base extending over 25 rows of scales; anal III, 11, the spines, especially the third, very stout and much longer than the others, 2.5 in head ; longest anal ray 2 in head ; pectoral long, rather narrow and sharp, reach- ing somewhat beyond origin of anal, and contained 1.1 times in head; ventral rather acutely rounded, its stout spine 2.8 in head, Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 405 the length of the entire fin 1.6 in head, its tip reaching halfway between vent and origin of anal; caudal lobes 1.5 in head; scales 6-41-11, with 38 pores in the lateral line; scales on the cheek large, in 4 rows ; membrane of dorsal and anal scaled at base. Color in alcohol, brownish, of a nearly uniform tint all over the body, except the black opercular spot, the diameter of which is con- tained 1.2 times in the diameter of the eye; color in Jife pale olive- greenish, mottled with darker; cheek bluish but without lines; flap blue-black, with a red posterior border, silvery anteriorly above and below; some lemon wash. 50.' COMMON SUNFISH EUPOMOTIS GIBBOSUS (Linmeus) This handsome little fish, also frequently known as the Pump- kin-seed and Butter-belly, is one of our best known fishes and is found in clear brooks and ponds from Maine westward to the Great Lakes and southward east of the Alleghenies to Florida. In the Mississippi Valley it is found only in the northern portion, being fairly abundant in Ohio, Indiana, Iowa, Illinois and north- ward, but it is said to be rare south of Virginia. At Lake Maxin- kuckee it is fairly common ; out of the 612 hauls made during the seining operations in and about the lake, one or more examples were taken in each of 144 hauls ; 860 specimens in all were secured ; the greatest number taken in one haul being 100. It is found in both lakes, also in the short stream connecting them. Favorite places which they frequent are the chutes and piers at the Ice-houses, Outlet Bay and the Outlet about the bridges, and under the piers at the numerous cottages. In such places as these they may be seen, sometimes in considerable numbers, resting quietly near some piling or other protection. Exceptionally fine examples are sometimes caught at the Weedpatch, the Flatiron and the Sugarloaf. The Pumpkin-seed is one of the first, if not the very first, fish that the average country boy in the Eastern States and the Upper Mississippi Valley learns by name, and the ceremony of initiation into the art of angling usually consists in landing a Pumpkin-seed from a brook. It is one of those fishes which does not require a complete angler's outfit and an exhaustive study of bait. A pin- hook, a piece of string, any sort of pole, and a fishworm, are all that is necessary. Although fairly abundant at Maxinkuckee and possessing some attractive qualities as a game-fish, the Pumpkin-seed is apparently 406 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey not caught in any considerable numbers by those who go a-angling. A few are taken about the piers by children and other amateur anglers, and one now and then by anglers who are fishing for larger game. The greatest number and the finest examples are doubtless caught by the long cane pole fisherman. The favorite places are about the various bars where the bluegills congregate. They usually bite quite well during April and May. From April 16 to May 3, 1901, several people were fishing almost daily at the Ice-house piers, and many good Pumpkin-seeds were taken. One fisherman caught 26 on April 16, and 16 on the next day. On April 24, a small boy fishing from a boat took 10. Pumpkin-seed Sunfish (Eupomotis gibbosus) Although the Pumpkin-seed reaches maturity at a small size in Lake Maxinkuckee, good-sized examples are often taken. Per- haps 6 to 8 inches is the usual size, but larger examples are some- times taken. A fine male 7.5 inches long weighed 5.75 ounces. Those caught in Lost Lake were very dark, almost black in color, due doubtless to the dark color of the water and the bottom of that lake. All the fishes of whatever species from that lake seem in general to have a darker color .than those of the same spe- cies from Lake Maxinkuckee. The Pumpkin-seed is preeminently a boy's fish. It takes the hook readily, and promptly begins a fight which bears much re- semblance to the way a small dog handles a rat ; its movements are rapid, erratic, and uneven, at times quite vigorous, then again life- Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 407 less as if the fight were given up. Any sort of small bait will answer but there is nothing else so good as the common angle- worm. As a pan-fish the Pumpkin-seed has no superior, and the mature roe nicely browned is a tidbit that is not easily excelled. The food of the Pumpkin-seed is nearly the same as that of the other sunfishes. During the spring of 1901, the principal food was Asellus — the common isopod crustacean of the- lake. They fed pretty largely also on small thin-shelled snails. Some con- tained minnows and darters. The stomach of one 7.5 inches long and weighing 5.75 oz. caught at the Weedpatch September 12, 1907, contained two leeches, fragments of Physa, a thin operculum of some snail and one Pisidium. An example 2.5 inches long caught August 3, 1906, contained what seemed to be fragments of a freshwater sponge, the sponge spicules being abundant ; another 2.75 inches long contained insect larvae, 2 ostracods (Cypris) and 1 water mite; another 3 inches long contained the opercle of a snail and a very small crawfish. Among other food elements (in early spring of 1901) were dragon-fly larva?, minnows and one darter. This species begins nesting early in June and continues nesting throughout the summer. Several nests were found in Lost Lake June 12. They were first found near the shore south of the Bardsley cottage and later others were found among those of the bluegills at the north end of the lake. Those near the shore were shallow, bowl-shaped affairs, worn out of the fibrous turfy bottom and containing no shells, pebbles or anything foreign or trans- ported. They contained great numbers of small clear eggs which appeared to stick fast to the fibres projecting from the bottom of the nest. The fish behaves much as the bluegill, fanning the water over the eggs with its fins, and chasing away intruders. They are braver than the bluegill, do not nest so closely together, and do not flee at the approach of a boat. Somewhat later, nests were found in the Outlet, just west of the railroad bridge and in Lake Maxinkuckee. On June 23, two small nests with the parent fish on were noted in the Outlet, and nests were still noted in July in the big lake. In these latter locations the nest consisted of a bowl-shaped depression scooped out of the sand. On account of its bravery while on the nest, the breeding habits of this fish can be studied to good advantage. On July 7, 1901, the actions of the parent fish at a nest at the head of the Outlet 408 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey were observed for some time. The young were quite minute, transparent objects, the eyes being the most conspicuous part of them. They hugged the bottom quite closely, but were pretty active. Now and then one of them appeared to take a notion to leave the nest, and would swim up toward the surface. Quick as a flash the parent fish would snap it up, and it appeared at first glance as if it were devouring its young, but it was soon discovered that each time it had taken in a young fish it immediately went down to the bottom of the nest, head downward, and spat the young out into the nest near the ground. In 1906, numerous nests were seen in shallow water near Chad- wick's pier, with the parent fishes guarding, and two individuals were seen mating. The nesting fishes appeared to be remarkably small ; specimens only 2.5 inches in length were fully mature. Young of this species were frequently caught while seining for minnows along shore. On June 19, 1901, examples 1.5 inches long were caught, probably young of the previous year. Head 3 to 3.25 in length; depth 1.75 to 2; eye 4 to 4.5 in head; snout 4.5; D. X, 10 to 12 ; A. Ill, 10 or 11 ; scales 6-40 to 47, pores 35 to 45, 4 rows on cheek; body short and deep, compressed, the profile steep, convex, usually an angle above the eye; head rather small ; mouth small, oblique, the maxillary scarcely reaching verti- cal with front of eye; dorsal spines rather high, the longest 2 to 2.5 in head, as long as eye and snout, the soft rays higher; pec- toral long, as long as head ; scales large ; gillrakers short and soft, smaller than in any other sunfish except Lepomis megalotis, X -|- 8 to 10 ; pharyngeal teeth all bluntly rounded, paved, the bones very broad, somewhat concave. One of the most brilliant of our fresh- water fishes, the colors somewhat variable. The following are color notes taken from a specimen 7.5 inches long (male) and weighing 5.75 ounces, caught at the Weedpatch September 12, 1907: Back and upper part of sides with 8 vertical bars of dark blue green alternating with the same number of lighter golden bars; bars of each set, especially the latter, with scattered old-gold spots ; cheek brassy or golden, with about 6 irregular pale blue oblique bars; opercle jet-black, edged with blood-red; belly rich orange or brassy; caudal and dorsal dusky with some iridescent green; anal pale wine; ventrals pale orange; pectoral pale; colors exceedingly brilliant. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 409 51. SMALL-MOUTHED BLACK BASS MICROPTERUS DOLOMIEU Lacepede (Plates 27 and 28) The Black Bass is found in most suitable waters from Lake Champlain westward to Manitoba and southward on both sides of the mountains from James River, Virginia, to South Carolina, and from the Great Lakes to northern Mississippi and Arkansas. It has been planted in many places where it was not native, both in this country, and in England, France and Germany, and has usually thriven wherever planted. It is a fish of clear running streams and of the clearer, colder lakes. In the southern part of its range it is confined to cool flowing streams, but in the north it is equally abundant in streams and in the larger, cooler lakes. It is absent, however, from many of the smaller, shallower lakes, such as Bass, Fletcher, Cicott, Manitou, and others in northern Indiana. In Lake Maxinkuckee it is a very abundant fish. In the sein- ing operations of 1899-1900, 1,127 specimens were taken, the maxi- mum number secured in one haul being 62. In the summer of 1906, the young of this and the straw bass were phenomenally abundant ; and people seining for minnows along shore were usually troubled by getting large numbers of young black bass and noth- ing else. While seining for minnows near Murray's over a hun- dred examples of this species were taken in two hauls. Some idea of the rate of growth can be obtained from the fol- lowing data: Numerous young of this species measured July 18 and 19, ranged in total length from 1.3 to 2.8 inches, the usual size being 2 to 2.25 inches. Others examined August 1, measured 1.7 to 2.7 inches, the usual size being about 2.3 inches. All these were probably hatched toward the first of June, as we have a number of fry, just hatched, taken from a nest June 1, 1901. They are each about one-third of an inch in length. This is the fish most sought after by anglers who visit the lake. It can be caught almost the whole year round, and minnows are the best year-round bait. The best fishing, however, is early in August, and again in October and November. During the sum- mer they are usually caught in rather shallow water. The best way to fish for them in August and early September is to use grass- hoppers for bait, casting or trolling with a light oil line. In Oc- tober and November, the best method is to troll with a live minnow, fishing deep by means of a heavy sinker. It is about the only ii •a g ^ a o _a; Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 411 kind of black bass caught in July and August, the large-mouth not coming until September. Besides grasshoppers and minnows the spoon, spinner and fly are occasionally used. Rarely the craw- fish makes a good bait. Generally one does not anchor, but trolls slowly with 75 to 100 feet of line out. Sometimes however, good catches are made while still-fishing. Sometimes they are caught through the ice; in the spring of 1901, just as the ice was going off there were 2 or 3 days when this was the principal fish caught ; generally, however, it was the straw bass that was taken in winter. The usual weight of this fish as got in the lake is from 2 to 2.5 pounds; 3-pounders are occasional, and the maximum size seems to be about 5 pounds. There is a record of an angler hav- ing caught one which weighed 7 pounds (April 7, 1900) , but the fish may have been wrongly identified. A large number were measured, and a good number were measured and weighed. The following table gives the lengths and weights of 21 specimens of this species: Length Circumference Weight 9.25 ounces 8.75 ounces 10.5 ounces 1 pound 1 ounce 13 ounces 1 pound 3.5 ounces 13 25 inches 1 pound 6.25 ounces 1 pound 6.75 ounces 1 pound 7.25 ounces 2 pounds 1 pound 15 ounces 1 pound 15 ounces 15 5 inches 1 pound 15 ounces 1 pound 12.5 ounces 15.25 inches 1 pound 11.75 ounces 17 inches 2 pounds 8 ounces 17.5 inches 3 po :n 'a 18.75 inches 18.5 inches 12 inches 4 pounds 3 pounds 2 ounces 19 inches 20 inches 12 inches 4 pounds 8 ounces 3 pounds (very lean* The Black Bass exhibits some variations in color, though not so marked or striking as the straw bass. Some examples are irregu- larly spotted. A marked variation is brownish rather than green- ish, with reddish eyes. Some of the fishermen speak of these as the "red-eyed bass". By far the greater number of stomachs examined contained crawfishes, and the indications are that these form the chief food Plate 28 SMALL-MOUTH BLACK BASS (Micropterus dolomieu) SMALL-MOUTH BLACK BASS (Microyterua dolomieu) The same individual fish as above, showing the interesting changes in color markings occurring within a brief time. Photographed at Lake Maxinkuckee by A. Radcliffe Dugmore for use in Jordan and. Evermann's "American Food and Game Fishes," published by Doubleday, Page and Company. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 413 of this species. Crawfishes, however, do not make very good bait as a usual thing. A few examples contained Vivipara contectoides. The Black Bass begins spawning about the middle of May. The nest consists of a bowl-shaped depression in sandy or gravelly bottom. Most of those seen were in about 6 feet of water. The fish appear to bite rather well while preparing the nests and per- haps also while watching the nests. A fisherman was seen May 16 who reported that he had gotten 6 on the east side where they were preparing their nests. A few were caught during the nesting season and many were reported taken off the nests, but the reports could not be verified. Besides being more gamy, the flesh of this fish is regarded as quite superior to that of the straw bass. Head 2.5 to 3.5 ; depth 2.75 to 3 ; eye 5 to 6.5 ; D. X, 13 to 15 ; A. Ill, 10 to 12; scales 11-72 to 85-25, 67 to 78 pores, about 17 rows on cheek. Body ovate-fusiform, becoming deeper with age; mouth large, but smaller than in the large-mouthed black bass; maxillary ending considerably in front of posterior border of orbit, except in very old examples ; scales on cheek minute, those on body small ; dorsal fin deeply notched, but less so than in the other spec- ies, the ninth spine being about half as long as the fifth, and not much shorter than the tenth ; soft dorsal and anal each scaly at the base. General coloration, dull golden green, with bronze luster often blotched with darker, especially on head; young with darker spots along the sides, which tend to form short vertical bars, but never a dark lateral band; 3 bronze bands radiating from eye across cheek and opercle; a dusky spot on point of opercle; belly white; caudal fin yellowish at base, then black, with white tips; dorsal with bronze spots, its edge dusky. In some waters the fin-markings are obsolete, but they are usually conspicuous in the young. "The little-mouth has little scales, There's red in his handsome eye, The scales extend on his vertical fins, And his forehead is round and high. "His forehead is round and high, my boys, And he sleeps the winter through; He likes the rocks in the summer time — Micropterus dolomieu." 414 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 52. STRAW BASS MICROPTERUS SALMOIDES (Lacepede) (Plates 1 and 29) The Large-mouthed Black Bass is everywhere abundant in suit- able waters from Canada and the Red River of the North, south- ward to Florida, Texas, and even into Mexico. It prefers lakes, bayous and other sluggish waters, and in the small lakes of the Upper Mississippi Valley it is most abundant in those of moderate or shallow depths. It is one of the best known game fishes and re- joices in a great number of vernacular names, among which may be mentioned bayou bass, slough bass, lake bass, cow bass, large- mouth black bass and Oswego bass. In the south it is absurdly called trout, green trout, chub and welchman. At Lake Maxinkuckee it is very abundant and is the game- fish most frequently caught by anglers. It is caught the whole year round, and is the principal species taken in ice-fishing. Dur- ing the seining operations in 1899-1900, 1506 specimens were taken, the greatest number secured at one haul being 100. In 1906, the young of this bass were exceedingly abundant, so much so that they crowded along the shores, and made up the larger por- tion of catches obtained by fishermen seining for minnows. On August 10 of that year people seining along the south shore of Outlet Bay with a common minnow seine got 150 young straw bass at one haul. The Straw Bass is well distributed throughout the lake. Dur- ing the summer the large ones are often seen near shore where they spend their time over the shallow weedy bars. They are also found on various bars out in the lake, the Weedpatch, the Flatiron and Sugarloaf, being favorite fishing grounds. With the approach of cold weather, after the water has cooled down con- siderably, they may often be seen in shallow water not far from shore. They come up to shore in considerable numbers at night when the weather begins to get cold. There appears to be a slight tendency in this fish to migrate down to Lost Lake during the win- ter, and to return to the larger lake in the spring, as occasionally schools of large fish may be seen — usually late at night or early in the morning — drifting down stream in September and October and coming up stream in the spring ; and there are almost always dur- ing fall and spring good schools of young bass in the Outlet. This migration is relatively unimportant however, when it comes to considering the main mass of fish in the lakcv The schools of fish in the Outlet are never so large nor continuous as to form what Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 415 might be called a run ; the movement down the stream in autumn is an easy drifting, and the ascent in the spring has nothing in it of a purposeful run or migration. Ice-fishing during the winter is quite as good or better in Lake Maxinkuckee than in Lost Lake. Frequently in Lake Maxinkuckee great schools of large bass may be seen through the clear ice, that would cause the angler who has fished through relatively fruitless days in the summer-time to marvel at their size and abundance. These fish under the ice are pretty lively and swim before one at a good rate of speed, in this respect differing from many of the sunfishes. Although the young Straw Bass are common along the shore of the lake during the summer time, they are also distributed all over the lake in the upper waters. On September 9, 1906, and on a few other occasions, thousands of them were seen far out on the lake sporting on the surface, swimming about in circles much like whirligig beetles, and with the dorsal fin sticking up out of the water. It was supposed that they were feeding on plankton at the surface. A towing was made near where they were feeding and the lake was found to consist mainly of Daphnias. The food of the Straw Bass is quite varied, and so far as exam- ined, appears to exhibit a much wider range than that of the black bass, changing with the size of the fish and with the season. Of 5 small ones examined July 23, 1906, one 2-J inches long contained one copepod ; one 3 inches long was empty ; one 2-£ inches contained beach fleas; one 2 inches contained Cypris, great numbers of Daphnia and one Chironomus larva; and another 2 inches long contained entomostraca and a species of alga not identified; one 1^ inches long taken November 16, 1904, contained insect larvae. The young bass of somewhat larger size (about 3 inches long) are quite voracious, and frequently eat other fishes. On August 20, a small one caught at Long Point had a small skipjack not much shorter than itself halfway down. This, however, may have been an accident, as in seining where fishes are crowded they may snap at each other while gasping. On August 23, a young one was seen to dash from shore with a silvery fish, apparently a young blue- gill, in its mouth. The fortunate bass was followed by a crowd of smaller ones, much as a flock of chickens chase one that has a choice morsel. On the next day precisely the same phenomenon was observed again. The food of the larger Straw Bass is quite as varied as that of the young". Of 3 examples, weighing about 1} pounds each, examined April 28, 1901, one contained 4 craw- fishes, one had 2 darters and 4 crawfishes, and the third contained 2 crawfishes. Numerous others contained crawfishes, which seem 27—17618 416 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey to be the most important element of their food. One example con- tained several darters ; another 19^ inches long contained the spines of another fish; several contained Vivipara contectoides ; one 5 inches long contained a backswimmer; and another, a medium- sized minnow. On August 7, 1906, a fisherman reported finding a young musk turtle in the stomach of a straw bass; another ex- ample contained a minnow, a johnny darter and several Sphserium shells; another contained a grasshopper — probably bait; and a large bass 19 inches long was found dead on shore with a good- sized bluegill lodged crossways in its mouth — a victim of its own greed. Although the bass bite eagerly in the winter, they appear to eat very little then; all the stomachs examined caught by ice- fishing being empty except for parasites. The Straw Bass is the most abundant game-fish in the lake, and one of those most frequently caught. They are considered a good deal more loggy than the black bass and the flesh is coarser and not so finely flavored. The best season for catching the Straw Bass is in May and June, by trolling along the edge of bars; one observant fisherman claims that only males are obtained at that time. In fishing for the Straw Bass, almost all sorts of methods are used except fly-fishing, which is not much in vogue at Lake Maxinkuckee. In early summer the fish are caught on bars among the weeds in from 3 to 8 feet of water; later in the year they are often caught in deeper water; some were caught in 30 to 40 feet on October 17. Minnows are the best all-year-round bait — gray- back and blue-nosed chub, etc., for warmer weather, and shiners for cold weather. During late summer and early fall the grass- hopper is favorite bait. Bass are also caught on the spoon, spin- ner, artificial frog, meat-rind, pork-chunk, etc. A few anglers are not ashamed to use the Dowagiac minnow, but the better sportsmen regard it as a barbarous device, fit only to be used by a clumsy fish-butcher. This fish is the species most frequently caught by ice-fishers. Just what might be considered a good catch at the lake depends upon the circumstances, the fisherman, the methods of fishing, etc. With the old methods of ice-fishing where there was no limit to the number of hooks, more could be obtained than in summer fishing. This varied greatly with the individual, as some men who fished a great deal through the ice got very few fish, and for a just com- parison it would be necessary to have the records of the same per- son fishing both winter and summer, and having ample opportunity to fish the whole season through. One of the best ice-fishers got 21 Large-mouth Bass in one day (January 15, 1901) ; another, Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 417 hardly so good an angler, fishing after the ice had gone, got 13 one forenoon. The true sportsman who comes to the lake, however, is little concerned with the number of fish he catches. He would wish for some probability — not quite a dead sure certainty — that he would get a strike from some big gamy bass. He would wish that bass so full of maneuvers and tactics as to test his skill to the utmost, and make the issue of the battle uncertain. He would like per- haps another boat in the distance, but not too near, to help tell the story of the fight, and to tell it as a disinterested spectator. And if a really big bass is landed, it is perhaps with a twinge of regret that he finds it necessary to take the fish along as a proof of his veracity instead of turning it loose with the hope that he or some one else may meet it again in battle. During the autumn the young bass can be caught in the Outlet by the crude method of the old long cane pole and worm bait. On October 22, a boy was seen fishing from the railroad bridge with worms. He had caught 2 Straw Bass each about 5 inches long. The Straw Bass begins spawning about the middle of May. On May 30, 1901, about a dozen nests were found. They consisted of circular depressions filled in with pebbles from about the size of a hen's egg down; some of them being finer, others of coarser, gravel, and they were from one foot to about 2| feet across in a depth of about 6 feet of water. The nests were found off Kreutz- berger's, in front of the Palmer house and east of Lakeview hotel, also off the stone breakwater near the northeast shore of the lake. At the time the nests were found they were filled with little black young which looked much like carpet tacks scattered over the bot- tom. It is claimed by some of the fishermen about the lake that the bass will bite from the nest, and that during the nesting season it is easy for one who knows where the nests are to go from one to another and catch a number of fish. The Straw Bass caught in the lake average from 3 to 3i pounds or less. The largest specimen, so far as verified records go, weighed 8 pounds. One fisherman in June, 1895, caught an 8- pounder which weighed 5J pounds when dressed. Another fish- erman, fishing from a pier, caught one weighing 8 pounds and just 24 inches long; one man claims to have got one of 8f pounds. A great many fishes were weighed, and a number were both meas- ured and weighed, occasional weights are 5, 5^ and 6^ pounds. The following table gives the weights and measurements of a num- ber of Straw Bass taken at the lake : 418 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Length Circumference Weight Length Circumference Weight 8 oz 12 inches 4 Ib. 8 oz. 2 Ib 15 oz 2 Ib. 12X oz. female; plump 12 oz 3 Ib. lYi oz. 2 Ib ]4,oz 1 Ib. 8 oz. 3 Ibs 3 Ibs 4 Ibs 2 Ibs 14- The following table taken from Report State Fish Commission- ers of Penn., 1897, p. 159, may be of interest for weights and measurements of smaller examples: Inches W'eight of each Fish in Ounces 51/ u 6 1* i [ fti ? , ?* •Si, 9i 9, 2J4 2 ft, 2J$. 7 3, 3 j 3, 3, ?U1 3, 3, 3 4, 2, 2, 2}^. 4, 3 1^, ^ 4 4, sy2 3 4, 3^, 4, 3Ji. 8 4, 4 4, 4U 5. 5, 5 53 •i, 5 5J4 5 6 9 ft, t 51 0 7 gy2 7, g , 7 7 8 <) 7 7 10 K II ). 7 III ,7 1 , 8, J 10 1 ,8,8, 0, 9, 9 7, 11 7, 8, 8, 9, 8, 8, 8, 10, 9, 9, 8, 10, 9, 8, 8, 9. , 11, 10, 11, 9. 11 11 11 11 10 11, 12 10 12, 11, 12, 11, 11, 12. 12 1? 1° 13 13, 12 The Straw Bass reaches a larger size farther south than here. Mr. Willard Nye of New Bedford, has given us the following note: "On or about February 20, 1902, I caught a female Large- mouthed Black Bass in the uppermost of a long chain of small lakes in Pasco County, Florida. The fish weighed 11-J pounds, measured 26^ inches in total length, 21^ in circumference, and 7^ across the mouth from side to side. The eggs were pretty well developed, but not ripe ; the stomach contained one small fish too far digested to be identified. The fish was caught trolling with a phantom minnow of the blue-back variety, 3| inches long, which is the best bait for all sorts of fish in the fresh waters of Florida ; even very small bass and sunfish will take this lure." The large bass referred to jumped once entirely free from the water. Mr. Nye says that he has heard of other bass in Florida weighing as much as 12 pounds, but this is the largest he ever saw. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 419 On another occasion he caught one not much shorter in length than this, but weighing only 5 or 6 pounds. As to rate of growth in the lake, this is found to vary a good deal with individuals in the same waters. The young of the year were about 1 inch long on July 5, 1899, and in September and October, 1906, the smallest Straw Bass seen were about 2£ or 3 inches long and were supposed to represent the young of the year. The Straw Bass about the lake seem to be quite free from parasitic copepods. leeches, etc. Internal parasites are not rare. During the winter of 1900-1901, nearly all the stomachs examined were empty of food but almost all contained a few distomids, one lot examined averaging about 8 distomids apiece. The young are sometimes afflicted with numerous parasites. Some examined July 24, 1906, contained a few distomids; a small one examined July 30, had one distomid; and of 3 small examples studied July 23, all contained parasites; one about 3 inches long, contained the usual distomids, the second 2 inches long contained 1 Acanthoceph- alus, and another 2^ inches long contained 4 different kinds of in- ternal parasites. Head 3 to 3£ in length; depth 3 to 3] ; eye 5 to 6 in head; D. X, 12 or 13 ; A. Ill, 10 or 11 ; scales 7-65 to 70-18, about. 58 to 67 pores, 10 or 11 rows of scales on cheek. Body ovate-fusiform, becoming deeper with age, moderately compressed; head large; mouth very wide, the maxillary in adult reaching beyond the eye, shorter in the young; scales on body comparatively large; teeth sometimes present on tongue; gillrakers longer than gill-fringes; dorsal fin very deeply notched, its fifth spine 3{ in head. General color, dark green above, sides and below greenish silvery; young with a blackish stripe along the side from opercle to middle of caudal fin ; 3 oblique dark spots above and below lateral line ; caudal fin pale at base, then blackish, and whitish at tip ; belly white. As the fish grows older the black lateral stripe breaks up and grows paler and the color becomes more and more uniform pale dull green, the back being darker. 53. WALL-EYED PIKE STIZOSTEDION VITREUM (Mitchill) (Plate 30) The Wall-eyed Pike is a species of wide distribution. It is found from Lake Champlain westward throughout the Great Lakes region and to Assiniboia. It is native also to the small lakes of New York and the Susquehanna and Juniata rivers, east of the 420 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey Alleghenies. In the Mississippi Valley it occurs in many of the larger streams and small lakes as far south as Georgia and Ala- bama. Though found in many streams, it is preferably a fish of the lakes, and it reaches its greatest abundance in the Great Lakes, particularly in Lake Erie. In different parts of its range it is known by different names. Among the Great Lakes it is called the Wall-eyed Pike, Yellow Pike, or Dore by the French-Canadians, and Pickerel in the places where the true pike (Esox lucius) is found. In the Susquehanna and Juniata rivers, and in the small lakes of northern Indiana, it is known as Salmon or Jack Salmon, names absurd and wholly without excuse. Southward in the Mis- sissippi Valley it is the Jack. Elsewhere it is called Okow, Blow- fish or Green Pike. In fish cultural books it is called Pike-Perch. The Wall-eyed Pike is rarely seen in Lake Maxinkuckee, al- though it is not uncommon there. During the warmer weather they keep in deep water. When the weather first gets cold in the fall they come in to shore in some numbers at night, doubtless to feed on other fishes. Illegal fishermen who ply their work on dark nights and chiefly during the autumn and spring, sometimes get these fish. One man claims to have speared a two-bushel sack full of these fish early in the spring near the Inlet, where they had doubtless come to deposit their spawn. They do not appear to stay near shore or in shallow water during the winter, for they are not seen through the clear ice, and it is not known whether they go in schools like the perch does or not. From the fact that only one or a few are usually caught at a time, it would seem that they are rather solitary. The Wall-eyed Pike is never caught in large numbers; usually only 1 or 2 are taken at a time. On October 27, 1900, one man caught 4 large ones one forenoon, and on the next day he caught 3. This would be regarded as exceptionally good luck. On No- vember 3, 1900, 2 fishermen fishing together got 5, and on May 26, 1901, two men fishing together caught 4 in the forenoon and 7 in the afternoon; this would be regarded as quite remarkably good success. A very good fisherman who visited the lake for a week about October 16, 1905, got 10 of this fish in addition to a few of other species. Another sportsman who visited the lake had taken a particular fancy to this fish, and made it the special object of his search. He caught about 21 in 3 weeks and regarded him- self as having been quite successful. The Wall-eye bites almost any time during the year, but the best season is in June and during October and November. They are occasionally taken through the ice. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 421 As to bait and manner of fishing, they take readily to both grasshopper or minnow, and are sometimes taken trolling with the spoon. They are usually caught slowly trolling with a live min- now, the hook being sunk with heavy sinker to a depth of 25 to 50 feet. They are regarded as one of the most desirable game- fishes of the lake. Perhaps one feels a greater pride in having landed a good-sized "salmon" than with any other fish, not except- ing even the small-mouth black bass. In many respects the Wall-eye is one of the most desirable of the fishes of the lake. The fact that very few are caught as compared with the bass, makes it difficult to compare them with that fish- as many who have fished for bass never caught these. They are generally regarded by those who catch them as exceedingly gamy, making a good fight and affording a great deal of sport. As a food fish they are far superior to the bass, approaching their rela- tive, the perch, in this regard, and greatly exceeding it in weight. They are the largest game fishes in the lake. The average weight is 3 to 5 pounds, and they are rareljdteeen under 1 pound in weight. They have been reported up to 8^ pounds and there is an account given by an old resident of the region of one obtained a good many years ago which weighed 11 pounds. The Wall-eye does not weigh as heavily for its length as the bass ; one 19^ inches long weighed 3 pounds, another 20 inches long weighed the same, and one 22 inches long weighed 3 pounds 12 ounces. We have the lengths of examples 8, 10, 12£ up to 19 inches, measured but not weighed, and of examples from 2 to 6^ Ib. weighed but not measured. Dr. G. Brown Goode in his "American Fishes" has the follow- ing interesting remarks concerning the flavor of the pike-perch. "Wherever the pike-perch is known it is very highly prized. In the Great Lakes region, S. vitreum ranks next in value to the white fish and lake trout." He further says, "The flesh is hard, white, flaky and easy of digestion, and has a distinctive flavor of its own, which renders it especially available for boiling, though often stuffed and baked. Its capabilities are equal to those of fresh-caught cod or turbot." Concerning its gaminess and method of capture he says : "A correspondent of the American Angler wrote sometime ago to that journal that he had fished the streams and lakes of south- ern Wisconsin for twelve years, and had found no fish which af- forded him better sport than the pike-perch. It will take the fly as readily as the brook trout or the black bass and while it will not fight as long as the bass, it furnishes the fly-fisher with a fair 422 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey amusement, and as a table fish is infinitely its superior. With a light rod, weighing from five to nine ounces, a four-foot leader, and a bass-fly, this fish may be readily taken. The angler should whip the white foaming water below a dam, on some frosty morning using a dark fly or cast upon the same water toward evening with a light fly. He will learn that there are new possibilities for him in the way of sport with a rod." One of the most interesting historical notes concerning the lake relates to this fish. A resident of the place writes : "As for the salmon (wall-eyed pike) they are a native to Lake Maxinkuckee, also to Yellow River, Mr. — - tells me he speared them in both places 30 years or more ago. Other parties tell me the same. I met a Mr. Cobin at Rochester in 1892, and he told me that in 1838 or '39, he and Attorney Entline came by our lake on a return trip from Illinois, and found a band of Indians camp- ing on a hill west of the lake and that the bucks were killing fish with clubs and bows and arrows ; that he never saw the like of fish, and that the squaws were smoking and drying some for winter use." The Wall-eye is one of the principal fishes planted in the lake ; they have been planted in large numbers on several occasions; on May 14, 1902, 10,000,000 fry were planted in the lake. A sudden chilling of the water seems to benumb these fishes even more than the other fishes of the lake. In the winter of 1900 (December 10) when the first skirt of thin ice was formed about the edge of the lake, a large Wall-eye was seen swimming along under the ice on its side. It was easy to kick a hole through the ice and take the fish out. It made very little resistance. On No- vember 14, 1904, which was about the time the lake began to freeze, while rowing to the Weedpatch a fine Wall-eye was seen floating belly up. It was able only to flop feebly when lifted into the boat. The nature of the food of the Wall-eye can be best judged by its sharp strong teeth. No other fish in the lake equals it in this respect. Nearly all the stomachs examined, however, were empty or nearly so; a few contained half digested minnows and some contained crawfishes or their remains. One specimen contained 6 crawfishes. It is claimed that this fish while being brought through warmer surface water during the process of capture gets sick and disgorges its food. Nothing was learned of their spawning habits at the lake. Its habits are, however, well known in this respect, as it was one of the first fishes experimented upon by American fish culturists. Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 423 The following account of its spawn and spawning habits are given in Goode's American Fishes (Revised edition) : "The eggs are from 1 to 1£ millimeters in diameter and light golden yellow in color, and are adhesive like those of the sea-her- ring, clinging to stones, roots, and the stalks of water plants where they are deposited at a depth of from three to ten feet. They begin to spawn when less than a pound in weight, and each female deposits from two or three hundred thousand ova. This great fertility is serviceable, for no freshwater species is more subject to the fatalities incident to the spawning season. After storms the shores of lakes are said to be often bordered by windrows of the stranded ova of the pike-perch. Dr. Estes well describes the destructive inroads of sturgeon, catfish and suckers upon the spawning beds in Lake Pepin. He estimates that 'not one-fourth of the eggs remain to be hatched.' He quotes Dr. Estes as say- ing that 'Just as soon as the lake is well closed over with the ice, they leave the deep water and resort to the sand-bars where they remain until spring, it seems a fact that they select and take possession of the spawning beds fully three months before they are needed for use. I have carefully observed this habit for more than twenty-five years, and each year's observation is confirmatory. In the first place we do not take them on these bars in summer, and again two-thirds of all that are taken from the beginning of winter to spring are females, proving conclusively that they thus early select these bars as spawning grounds. I have often visited them as early as May (the spawning season in Lake Pepin is from the first to the fifteenth of April or even earlier) but failed to find the fish, while, from the closing of the lakes to March, they are often found in great numbers/ " Dr. Goode further says that "The pike-perches are never taken in large numbers for use in commerce except during the spawning season, or immediately before it, and like the perch, they are in the finest condition when full-roed." The Pike-perch is very free from parasitic copepods or fish- lice, although a few examples contained Ergasilus on the gills. One or two examples seen had leeches attached to the fins. They seem to be nearly or wholly free from distomids and Acanthocephali. They are, however, subject to infection with tapeworms to a re- markable degree, and nearly all of the individuals examined had the stomach and intestines swarming with multitudes of these parasites. Head 3.6 in length; depth about 4.5; eye shorter than snout, 4.5 in head; D. XII to XVI-19 to 21 ; A. II, 12 to 14; scales 10-110 424 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey to 132-25, 83 to 95 pores ; body slender, becoming compressed with age ; the back somewhat arched ; cheeks and upper surface of head nearly naked; dorsal spines high, more than half length of head; dorsal fins well separated, the interspace between them greater than diameter of eye; the last dorsal spine scarcely erectile; soft dorsal nearly as long as spinous dorsal; anal longer than high; pyloric creca 3, rather long. Color dark olive, finely mottled with brassy, the latter color forming indistinct oblique lines; sides of head more or less vermiculated ; lower jaw flesh-colored; belly and lower fins pinkish; spinous dorsal with a large jet-black blotch on the membrane of the last 2 or 3 spines, otherwise nearly plain ; sec- ond dorsal and caudal mottled olive and yellowish ; base of pectoral dusky, without distinct black blotch. 54. YELLOW PERCH PERCA FLAVESCENS (Mitchill) (Plates 31 and 32) The Yellow Perch is found throughout the eastern United States, chiefly northward and eastward. It is abundant in the Great Lakes and in the larger coastwise streams and lakes from Nova Scotia to North Carolina; also in most of the small lakes in the upper Mississippi Valley, especially in northern Indiana, Illi- nois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnesota and Iowa. It is also found in some of the streams of this region, but is by preference a lake fish. It is not known from the Ohio River nor from the lower Missouri. In most of the New England lakes and those of New York it is an abundant and well-known fish. At Lake Maxinkuckee the Yellow Perch is the most abundant and best known fish. It is simply called "perch" here, as there is no other perch present from which it is necessary to distinguish it. The Perch seem to be less abundant and of smaller size than formerly. During the seining operations of 1899-1900, the total number caught was 4544, one or more examples were caught in each of 282 of the 612 hauls, and the greatest number taken in one haul was 141. Perch are found in abundance in all parts of the lake, though they live by preference in the shallower water and about the weedy bars. One of the pondweeds (Potamogeton americanus) of the lake is known as "perch weed" from the fact that Perch are frequently to be found in especial abundance where it grows. In rowing about the lake this is the fish most often seen in the shallow water, and it is frequently seen in large schools under the T Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 425 clear ice. The Perch are quite lively under the ice and dart away at a good rate of speed. There is no other fish of Lake Maxinkuckee so well known or held in such universal favor and esteem as the Yellow Perch. It is known to, and appreciated by, every one who comes to the lake, from the expert and professional angler to the casual visitor who only sees the fishes in the clear shallow water as he saunters along the shore. The angler does not disdain it because it will take the fly and possesses some qualities of gameness; the amateur likes it because it enables him to make good when better fish refuse to bite; the novice is pleased with it because he can usually catch more of it than he believed it possible for him to catch of any species; the women and children are delighted with it because all fish are good that come their way and they can catch them from the ends of the piers ; it appeals to the farmer-fisherman with the long cane pole because it shares with the bluegill the honor of making up the bulk of the bushel of fish in the gunny-sack which he usually takes home at the end of the day's fishing. It appeals to everybody because it will bite when all else fails; because it is gamy enough to suit anyone except the most exacting, and be- cause there is none more delicious. The Perch can be caught almost every day in the year and by all manner of bait and methods of fishing. They can be caught trolling, still-fishing or casting, and can be taken in great numbers through the ice. In the matter of bait, th'ey will take fishworms, mussels, minnows, the spoon, the fly, grasshoppers, cut bait, or probably anything else offered. The Perch is a fearless fish and by letting down a baited hook over the edge of the boat in clear water, one can look down and see these fish come up and take the bait. They usually take a small minnow with a dash and gulp and in such cases are caught deep. If cut bait is used, especially if it is large, they come somewhat with a dash and then nibble about the edges of the bait, frequently catching hold of it and shaking it as a terrier does a rat. In angling with the cork float, the characteristic "perch nibble" consisting of a rapid bobbing of the cork, separated by short intervals of rest and terminated by a long pull when the fish is hooked, is easy to learn and recognize. The Perch are usually in schools ; often several perch, especially if they are small, can be seen wrestling with the same bait at the same time. The Yellow Perch is known in various localities by different names, such as Yellow Perch, Red Perch, Ringed Perch or Ring Perch, and Raccoon Perch. Wherever it is found it is the perch g-i bd T3 o 5 " Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 427 par excellence. It is one of the most abundant and best known of freshwater fishes. Its usual length is 10 to 14 inches and its weight | to 2 pounds. Examples of 3 and 4 pounds, however, have been recorded. The largest examples of which we have a definite record are one of 4} pounds recorded by Dr. Goode, caught in Delaware Bay, by Dr. C. C. Abbott, and another reported to us by Dr. F. A. Lucas, taken at Morey's Hole, Massachusetts, and weighing 3 pounds and 2 oz. The Yellow Perch of Europe seems to grow much larger, examples of as great as 8 and 9 pounds hav- ing been recorded. The European perch is not so brightly colored as ours. As a pan-fish we do not know of any better among American freshwater fishes. The senior author has experimented with the Yellow Perch and several other species, including both species of black bass, the bluegill, wall-eyed pike and rock bass, eating each for several days in succession, and has found the Yellow Perch the sweetest and most delicious of them all. One does not tire of it so soon as of the other kinds. Several other persons who tried the same experiment reached the same conclusion. In most parts of its range it is highly esteemed, and in many places it is of very considerable commercial importance. In the Great Lakes, the Potomac River and the small lakes in the upper Mississippi Val- ley, large quantities are taken, which always find a ready sale. The diet of the Perch is exceedingly varied. In late autumn when they come near shore they subsist almost entirely on craw- fishes, and these form the greater portion of their food the year round. They also were found to contain minnows, the larvaB of May-flies, dragon-flies and caddis-flies, and quite frequently small mollusks of various sorts, such as Physa and Sphaerium. They also occasionally contain small worms, young of other fishes such as sun- fishes, and one contained a stickleback. One was found dead choked on a Johnny darter. The Perch of Lake Maxinkuckee seem to be quite free from diseases and parasites. One found dying on shore contained what appeared to be cysts in the liver; this was the only diseased one seen. A large number caught in the fall at the edge of Lake Michigan in 1903 were examined, and nearly every one had one or more white cyst-like objects imbedded near the eye, probably due to Myxosporidia, but no such phenomenon was noted at Lake Max- inkuckee. In some other lakes, particularly in New England, New York and Wisconsin, the Yellow Perch are frequently infested with tapeworms or other parasites which are found in the flesh. This condition is most apt to occur in ponds in which the water 428 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey becomes rather warm and foul in the summer or early fall and in which the fish are crowded. The presence of the parasites is usually only temporary and need cause no particular annoyance, and none whatever, if the parasites escape observation. The spawning time of the Yellow Perch is early in the spring, soon after the ice has disappeared. The egg-masses are among the most remarkable among those of freshwater fishes. The spawn is in a single piece or mass, a "much-elongated ribbon-like structure, of a semi-transparent light grayish color. One end, corresponding to the anterior part of the roe, is larger than the other, and is bluntly forked. The spring is very long, but may be compressed lengthwise by virtue of an arrangement into regular transverse folds like the sides of a bellows or accordion. When deposited the eggs are in a loose globular form, and after being fertilized and be- coming 'water-hard', their mass rapidly becomes many times larger than the fish which laid them. The length of the. strings is from 2 to more than 7 feet, depending on the size of the fish. One fish in an aquarium at Washington deposited a string of eggs 88 inches long, 4 inches wide at one end and 2 feet at the other, whose weight after fertilization was 41 ounces, while the weight of the fish before the escape of the eggs was only 24 ounces. A cavity extends the whole length of the egg mass, its walls being formed by the delicate membrane in which the eggs are em- bedded. The cavity is almost closed, small apertures occurring irregularly, which have the appearance of being accidental, but may be natural, in order to permit the circulation of water on the inside of the mass. The egg-string is quite light and resilient or springy, the least agitation of the water causing a quivering motion of the whole mass. The diameter of the egg is 1/13 inch. The quantity can not be easily measured, but the number is approximately 28,000 to a quart. Head 3.25 ; depth 3.25 ; D. XIII to XV, 13 to 15 ; A. II, 7 or 8 ; scales 7-74 to 88-17, 54 to 62 with pores ; back highest at origin of spinous dorsal, which is more or less behind insertion of pectoral ; profile convex from dorsal to occiput, thence concave anteriorly, the snout projecting, a little longer than eye; mouth somewhat oblique, maxillary not quite reaching opposite middle of orbit ; gill- rakers x -(- 15, the longest -J to £ length of branchial filaments ; cheeks closely scaled throughout, the scales imbricated; opercular striae and rugosities on top of head well marked; first anal spine longer than first dorsal spine; first dorsal spine inserted above Lake Maxinkiickee, Physical and Biological Survey 429 or a little behind base of pectoral ; pseudobranchise quite small. Back dark olivaceous; sides golden yellow; belly pale; side with 6 or 8 broad, dark bars, which extend from the back to below the axis of the body; lower fins largely red or orange; upper fins olivaceous; the spinous dorsal dusky, usually with a narrow color- less triangle behind each spine, and with or without a distinct black spot on its anterior or posterior part. 55. LOG PERCH PERCINA CAPRODES (Rafinesque) . (Plate 33) The Log Perch is abundant almost everywhere in the Great Lakes and streams of the south and west from Quebec to Lake Superior and Iowa and south to Mississippi and the Rio Grande, chiefly in swift gravelly streams of some depth. This species, represented by the subspecies zebra or the Mani- tou darter, was very abundant in the lake in 1899-1900. In the seining operations one or more examples were obtained in 143 out of the 612 hauls made — 2,310 were obtained altogether, the great- est number taken in any single haul being 310. During the prog- ress of the work after 1900, however, not so many were obtained. They ordinarily remain in shallow water near shore. They are often seen during April and the early part of May. The first one seen in 1901 was on April 6; this was found dead and was quite full of eggs. From this time on till early May these fishes crowded up in immense schools at the mouths of the various inlets of the lake. Large schools were noted at the mouth of the ditch by Far- rar's, at the mouth of Aubeenaubee Creek, and even at the mouth of a tile by the depot grounds. When the fish were frightened they darted rapidly up stream. On April 11, 1901, 29 were caught with a dip-net at the mouth of Aubeenaubee Creek, and were measured. The longest was 4.25 inches long and the shortest 3^ inches; the greater number were 3f and 3| inches long. The females were quite plump, and contained large numbers of eggs. The eggs were rather pale in color, about 22 to the inch, and were very numerous ; in one case the number of eggs in a single fish was estimated at 3,172. In darting up the streams they sometimes went with such an impetuous rush that some would get stranded on the shore. On April 29, a few were seen along the north shore and they were abundant where springs entered the lake. Although they are not ordinarily seen in small creeks, some were seen in the small creek on the north shore of the lake west of the Palmer House on 430 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey May 3. Quite a number were seen May 17, resting on the top of rocks in about 6 feet of water, and they were occasionally seen on rocks in the bottom through clear ice during the winter of 1904. A few were obtained while seining for minnows along Long Point and the Gravelpit in 1906. They are quite active during the win- ter, and not torpid as many fishes are. This fish subsists chiefly on small animals. Five examples from 2.5 to 3.75 inches long, captured August 3, contained the remains of insects or insect larvae ; of two 2.25 and 2.75 inches long, one contained several Bosminia, 1 Daphnia, Chironomus larvse, and a beach flea, the smaller one contained 12 beach fleas. The Log Perch is infested to some degree by trematodes which form small black spots in the skin, but it is not so susceptible to the attacks of these parasites as some of the other darters. The Log Perch, although one of the largest of the darters, probably never exceeds 9 or 10 inches in length. It is scarcely large enough to be of any value as a food-fish. It will occasionally take the hook, but its small size precludes the exhibition of any considerable game qualities. "The Log Perch is the giant of the family*, the most of a fish, and therefore the least of a darter. It may be readily known by its zebra-like colors. Its hue is pale olive, silvery below, darker above. On this ground color are about 15 black vertical bars or incomplete rings, alternating with as many shorter bars which reach only halfway down the side. The hindmost bar forms a mere spot on the base of the tail, and there are many dots and speckles on the fins. The body is long and slender, spindle-shaped, and firm and wiry to the touch. The head is flat on top and tapers into a flat-pointed snout which is squared off at the end like the snout of a pig, and this resemblance is heightened by the form of the small mouth underneath it. From this pig-like snout has come the scientific name caprodes. This is a translation of the older name of 'hogfish', which Rafinesque heard applied to it in his time and which is still used in the same regions. Percina reaches a length of 6 or 8 inches and it may readily be caught on a small hook baited with a worm. We often meet an urchin with two or three of them strung through the gills on a forked stick along with the 'red-eyes', 'stonetoters', 'hornyheads', and other 'boys' fish'. We find Percina usually in rapid and rather deep water. We rarely find them small enough for ordinary aquarium purposes ; and the living specimen before us, though wonderfully quick and graceful in its movements, has shown little that is note- dors* Except the rare Percina rex, described after ttv '*: was written. \ Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey 431 worthy, save his courage, his fondness for angleworms, and a possible disposition to bury himself in the sand. There is some- thing in the expression of his face, as he rests on his 'hands and feet' on a stone, that is remarkably lizard-like, suggesting the Blue-tailed Skink (Eumeces fasciatus)." — Jordan and Copeland, 1876. Head 4 to 4.25 in length ; depth 6.5 to 7 ; eye 4.3 in head ; snout 3; maxillary 3.75; D. XV-14; A. II, 10; scales 9-90-9, the nape naked, the middle cf the belly with a row of enlarged stellate scales which are finally shed leaving a naked strip; body elongate, com- pressed; head long and pointed, depressed and sloping above, the interorbital space rather broad and concave; mouth small, quite inferior, maxillary not reaching to the front of the eye; cheeks naked or with a few rudimentary scales; nape naked; opercles scaly; chest naked; fins rather low, pectoral somewhat shorter than head; caudal truncate. Ground color yellowish, with about fifteen transverse dark bands from the back to about the lateral line, these usually alter- nating with shorter and fainter ones; a black spot at base of caudal ; fins barred. Length 6 to 8 inches. 56. BLACK-SIDED DARTER HADROPTERUS ASPRO (Cope & Jordan) (Plate 33) The Black-sided Darter is found from the Great Lakes region to the middle Missouri, northward to Minnesota and southward through Missouri, Indiana and Kentucky to Arkansas, and is es- pecially common in the Ohio Valley, and is usually abundant in clear gravelly streams. It has not so far been found in Lake Max- inkuckee or any of its inlets ; several specimens have, however, been taken from the Outlet of Lost Lake. In the summer of 1906, one of the fishermen residing near the lake spoke of some queer fishes he had seen on several occasions while seining in the Outlet, and which he regarded as of no value for bait. It was thought from his brief description that the fishes mentioned were probably the blob (Coitus ictalops) no specimens of which had been obtained in the region. The fisherman was therefore accompanied on his next seining trip (September 11, 1906) and a number of the fishes were se- cured. They proved to be darters of various species ; among them were 11 which proved to be the Black-sided Darter. Associated with these 11 Black-sided Darters were 7 of its near relative, H. 28—17618 432 Lake Maxinkuckee, Physical and Biological Survey scierus. On a later visit to the same place (October 7, 1907), two large fine darters were secured, one H. aspro, and the other H. scierus. The separation of these two species was made with some diffi- culty, and the indications are that they intergrade; this indeed was suggested long ago by Jordan and Gilbert in their description of the subspecies Hadropterus scierus serrula. In nearly all the features in which this subspecies differs from the species to which it is assigned — the smaller scales, the naked breast, and relatively weaker serrulations of the opercle — it approaches the general type of H. aspro. S.'